As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 13, 2004.
Registration No. 333-119314
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment
No. 1
to
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Bermuda
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
6331
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
Not
Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
||||||||
Victoria
Hall
11 Victoria Street Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda Telephone: (441) 295-8201 Facsimile: (441) 295-1829 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices) |
||||||||||
CT
Corporation System
111 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10011
Telephone: (212) 590-9200
(Name, address,
including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of
agent for
service)
Copies to:
Michael
Groll, Esq.
LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P. 125 West 55th Street New York, NY 10019-5389 Telephone: (212) 424-8000 Facsimile: (212) 424-8500 |
Joseph D. Ferraro,
Esq.
LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P. No. 1 Minster Court Mincing Lane London, EC3R 7YL Telephone: 011-44-207-459-5000 Facsimile: 011-44-207-459-5099 |
|||||
Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title
Of Each Class Of
Securities To Be Registered |
Amount to
be Registered (1) |
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per Share (2) |
Proposed
Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (2) |
Amount
Of
Registration Fee (3) |
||||||||||||||
Ordinary Shares, par value 0.15144558¢ per share | 212,743 | $ | 23.98 | $5,501,900 | $697.10 | |||||||||||||
(1) | Consists of (a) 84,198 ordinary shares and (b) 128,545 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of options on a cash and cashless basis. |
(2) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and based upon the average of the high and low prices on the New York Stock Exchange on September 22, 2004. |
(3) | Previously Paid |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion. Dated October 13, 2004.
212,743 Shares
Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited
Ordinary Shares
The selling shareholder identified in this prospectus is offering 212,743 ordinary shares of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited. This offering is not being underwritten. Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the ordinary shares being sold by the selling shareholder. However, upon any exercise of the options held by the selling shareholder for cash, we will receive the exercise price of the options. See "Use of Proceeds".
The selling shareholder identified in this prospectus may offer its ordinary shares from time to time through public or private transactions at prevailing market prices, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at privately negotiated prices. We have agreed with the selling shareholder to keep the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, effective for not less than 30 days from the date of this prospectus.
Our ordinary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "AHL." The last reported sale price of our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange on October 12, 2004 was $23.70 per share.
See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying the ordinary shares.
The Securities and Exchange Commission, state securities regulators, the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda and the Bermuda Monetary Authority have not approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Prospectus dated , 2004.
Table of
Contents
Page | ||||||
Prospectus Summary | 1 | |||||
Risk Factors | 11 | |||||
Forward-Looking Statements | 36 | |||||
Use of Proceeds | 38 | |||||
Price Range of our Ordinary Shares | 38 | |||||
Dividend Policy | 39 | |||||
Capitalization | 40 | |||||
Dilution | 41 | |||||
Selected Consolidated Financial Data | 42 | |||||
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 44 | |||||
Business | 76 | |||||
Regulatory Matters | 95 | |||||
Management | 108 | |||||
Principal and Selling Shareholder | 120 | |||||
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions | 125 | |||||
Material Tax Considerations | 129 | |||||
Description of Share Capital | 141 | |||||
Shares Eligible for Future Sale | 154 | |||||
Plan of Distribution | 155 | |||||
Exchange Rate Information | 157 | |||||
Legal Matters | 157 | |||||
Experts | 157 | |||||
Where You Can Find More Information | 158 | |||||
Enforcement of Civil Liabilities under United States Federal Securities Laws and Other Matters | 158 | |||||
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements | F-1 | |||||
Index to Syndicates 2020 and 3030 Financial Statements | P-1 | |||||
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Underwriting Results of Syndicates 2020 and 3030 | M-1 | |||||
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information and Operating Data | U-1 | |||||
Glossary of Selected Reinsurance, Insurance, Investment and Other Terms | G-1 | |||||
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell and seeking offers to buy these securities only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of ordinary shares.
i
Ordinary shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the "BMA") must approve all issuances and transfers of shares of a Bermuda exempted company. Before this offering, we expect the BMA will have issued its permission for the issue and free transferability of the ordinary shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus, as long as the ordinary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") or other appointed stock exchange, to and among persons who are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange controls purposes and of up to 20% of the ordinary shares to and among persons who are residents in Bermuda for exchange control purposes. In addition, we will deliver to and file a copy of this prospectus with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda in accordance with Bermuda law. The BMA and the Registrar of Companies accept no responsibility for the financial soundness of any proposal or for the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.
We have not authorized any offer of the ordinary shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulation 1995, as amended (the "Regulations"). Ordinary shares may not lawfully be offered or sold to persons in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which do not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Regulations or otherwise in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Regulations.
This document is for distribution only to persons who (1) are outside the United Kingdom, (2) have professional experience in matters relating to investments or (3) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) ("high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.") of The Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2001 (as amended) (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This document must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.
In the United Kingdom, any company or individual that (together with its or his associates) directly or indirectly acquires 10% or more of our ordinary shares, or is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power of our ordinary shares, would be considered to have acquired "control" of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited and, by extension, Aspen Insurance UK Limited and therefore must first notify the U.K. Financial Services Authority ("FSA") of its or his intention to do so and obtain the FSA's prior approval. See "Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and This Offering — Laws and regulations of the jurisdictions where we conduct business could delay or deter a takeover attempt that shareholders might consider to be desirable and may make it more difficult to replace members of our board of directors and have the effect of entrenching management."
ii
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This prospectus summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. In this prospectus, references to the "Company," "we," "us" or "our" refer to Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited (formerly known as Exali Reinsurance Holdings Limited; "Aspen Holdings") or Aspen Holdings and its wholly-owned subsidiaries Aspen Insurance UK Limited (formerly known as Wellington Reinsurance Limited and The City Fire Insurance Company Limited; "Aspen Re"), Aspen (UK) Holdings Limited ("Aspen U.K. Holdings"), Aspen Insurance UK Services Limited ("Aspen U.K. Services"), Aspen Insurance Limited ("Aspen Bermuda"), Aspen U.S. Holdings, Inc. ("Aspen U.S. Holdings"), Aspen Specialty Insurance Company (formerly known as Dakota Specialty Insurance Company; "Aspen Specialty"), Aspen Specialty Insurance Management Inc. ("Aspen Management"), Aspen Re America, Inc. ("Aspen Re America"), Aspen Insurance U.S. Services Inc. ("Aspen U.S. Services") and any other direct or indirect subsidiary collectively, as the context requires. Aspen Re, Aspen Bermuda and Aspen Specialty are each referred to herein as an "Insurance Subsidiary," and collectively referred to as the "Insurance Subsidiaries." References in this prospectus to "U.S. dollars," "dollars," "$" or "¢" are to the lawful currency of the United States of America, references to "British Pounds," "pounds" or "£" are to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom, and references to "euros" or "€" are to the lawful currency adopted by certain member states of the European Union (the "E.U."), unless the context otherwise requires. In this prospectus, the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (" U.S. GAAP "). As used in this prospectus, "common shares" refers to our ordinary shares of par value 0.15144558 ¢ each ("ordinary shares") and non-voting ordinary shares of par value 0.15144558 ¢ each ("non-voting shares"), collectively. Unless otherwise stated, all figures assume no exercise of any outstanding options to purchase the shares of Aspen Holdings. Although this summary contains important information about the Company and this offering, you should read it together with the more detailed information and our financial statements and the notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements," to determine how suitable an investment in the ordinary shares would be for you. For your convenience, we have provided a Glossary of Selected Reinsurance, Insurance, Investment and Other Terms, which begins on page G-1, and have printed these terms in boldface type the first time they are used in this prospectus.
OUR COMPANY
Overview
We are a Bermuda holding company that provides property and casualty reinsurance in the global market, property and liability insurance principally in the United Kingdom and surplus lines insurance in the United States through our wholly-owned subsidiaries located in London, Bermuda and the United States. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we wrote $1,306.8 million in gross premiums , of which $1,001.9 million related to reinsurance and $304.9 million related to insurance. As of December 31, 2003, approximately 48.0% of our reinsurance gross premiums written covered risks located in the United States and Canada, approximately 21.7% covered risks located in the United Kingdom and the balance covered worldwide risks and risks located in Western Europe, Japan and Australia. Our insurance business covers commercial risks predominantly located in the United Kingdom and the United States, with a small portion in Ireland.
Our senior management and many of our underwriters worked as a team at the Society of Lloyd's ("Lloyd's") Syndicate 2020 ("Syndicate 2020") and its predecessors. Syndicate 2020 is an underwriting operation in the London insurance and reinsurance market (the "London Market") and is managed by Wellington Underwriting Agencies Limited ("WUAL"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of one of our largest shareholders, Wellington Underwriting plc ("Wellington"). When we commenced operations on
1
June 21, 2002, we secured from Wellington and WUAL the opportunity to underwrite a substantial portion of the portfolio of risks that had been developed over many years by the team of underwriters that joined us from Syndicate 2020. Since the formation of the Company, Syndicate 2020 has continued to operate within the operating and regulatory structure of the Lloyd's market. Aspen Re, our principal U.K. operating subsidiary, is an insurance company directly regulated by the U.K. Financial Services Authority ("FSA") and, as such, is not a member of Lloyd's or part of the Lloyd's market.
When we commenced operations on June 21, 2002, Wellington and WUAL agreed to facilitate the transfer to us of our senior management team at that time and all of the Syndicate 2020 underwriters that specialize in the lines of business that we underwrite.
The portion of the portfolio of risks we secured from Wellington and WUAL comprises certain of our initial lines of business, including U.K. commercial property insurance , U.K. commercial liability insurance, property reinsurance and international casualty reinsurance (the "Initial Lines of Business"). We believe this established book of business and the operational continuity we enjoy gave us a competitive advantage over other companies that started in the insurance and reinsurance sectors after the World Trade Center tragedy. As of December 31, 2003, 79% of our business consisted of these Initial Lines of Business.
We manage our operations around two business segments: reinsurance and insurance. For the six months ended June 30, 2004, approximately 83.4% of our gross premiums written were from our reinsurance operations and approximately 16.6% of our gross premiums written were from our insurance operations. These two business segments and their respective lines of business may, at times, have different business cycles, allowing us to manage our business by emphasizing one segment over the other, or one line of business within a particular segment over another, depending on market conditions.
Our reinsurance segment consists of property reinsurance, casualty reinsurance and specialty reinsurance lines of business. We strive to differentiate ourselves by providing our customers with innovative and customized reinsurance solutions to complex risks by utilizing our intellectual capital and our underwriters' extensive experience in the marketplace.
We operate in three major jurisdictions: London, Bermuda and the United States. Our reinsurance operations are primarily centered in London, one of the major reinsurance markets in the world. The London Market attracts customers from all over the world seeking flexible and innovative solutions for a wide variety of property, casualty and specialty risks. The London Market is also known for its high concentration of brokers and insurers, and for its highly developed infrastructure. Our operational base in London allows our management and underwriters to continue to access their long-standing broker and client relationships in this important market. We believe that our presence in the London Market also gives us the advantage of convenient access to extensive resources of underwriting and other professional services, such as actuarial analysis, claims adjustment and consulting services. Aspen Re also writes reinsurance through our U.S. reinsurance intermediary, Aspen Re America.
In addition to the London Market, we have expanded our reinsurance operations to the Bermuda market by establishing Aspen Bermuda. We believe that Aspen Bermuda will allow us to continue to diversify our business and to take advantage of the favorable regulatory and operating environment that Bermuda provides.
Our insurance segment consists of commercial property insurance and commercial liability insurance lines of business. We currently focus on U.K.-based commercial risks placed through our established contacts with the London and broader U.K. broker community, as well as U.S. surplus lines insurance.
2
Our insurance operations are conducted primarily in London and the United States. In the United Kingdom and Ireland we underwrite property and liability lines for small and medium-sized commercial customers. We believe that we are able to underwrite these risks successfully because of the specialized knowledge of our dedicated underwriting team and our underwriters' credibility and relationships in the London Market and throughout the U.K. regional markets. Generally, these lines of insurance have experienced a considerable shortage of capacity since 2001 as a result of, among other things, the exit from the market of a large U.K. insurance provider and events affecting the insurance industry generally.
For our U.S. surplus lines business, we write both property and casualty insurance business. We expect this book of business to consist of approximately 50% property risks and 50% casualty risks in 2004.
We started Aspen Holdings to take advantage of unprecedented opportunities for new insurers and reinsurers. We were initially capitalized with $836.9 million from our founding shareholders, which included affiliates of The Blackstone Group ("Blackstone"), Wellington, Candover Partners Limited ("Candover"), Credit Suisse First Boston Private Equity ("CSFB Private Equity"), Montpelier Re Holdings Ltd. ("Montpelier Re"), 3i Group plc ("3i"), Olympus Partners ("Olympus") and Phoenix Equity Partners ("Phoenix"). We followed this with an initial public offering of our ordinary shares on December 9, 2003. At June 30, 2004, we had $1,453.5 million in shareholders' equity.
Recent Developments
Storm Losses. On October 13, 2004, we announced that, based on anticipated total industry losses from hurricanes Charley, Frances, Ivan and Jeanne of at least $30 billion, our estimated losses from the hurricanes will have a negative impact on our third quarter earnings of approximately $135 million, net of reinsurance and tax. Additionally, we estimated that losses from Typhoon Songda could reduce our third quarter earnings by $13 million, net of reinsurance and tax.
We have received relatively few formal claims advices from clients, particularly in the cases of hurricanes Ivan and Jeanne. The estimates are therefore based on our view of total industry losses and an extensive review of our clients' exposures. There remains, however, a significant level of uncertainty and as a result, the actual impact on the Company from these storms could differ materially from the stated estimates.
Due to the rapid succession and overlapping footprint of the Florida storms, loss adjustment issues are complicating the claims process and delaying the reporting of claims at the reinsurance level. Nevertheless, we believe that industry losses of this magnitude are likely to have a significant impact on trading conditions leading to increases in price and improvement in terms and conditions for wind exposed property business in the US. See "Forward-looking Statements."
Property Lease. Aspen Re currently intends to enter into an agreement for leases with B.L.C.T. (29038) Limited (the landlord), Tamagon Limited and Cleartest Limited in connection with leasing office space in London of approximately a total of 49,500 square feet covering three floors. The term of each lease for each floor is 15 years and commences soon after the date of practical completion of the landlord's preliminary fitting-out works. Service charges and insurance of approximately £0.5 million per annum will be payable from this date, and are subject to increase. It is expected that we will begin to pay the yearly basic rent of approximately £2.7 million per annum 36 months after the relevant date of practical completion of the landlord's works. The basic annual rent for each of the leases will each be subject to 5-yearly upwards-only rent reviews. There are no contractual provisions in any of the leases allowing us to terminate any of the leases prior to expiration of the 15-year contractual terms.
Expansion and Diversification. On September 30, 2004, we announced that, in accordance with our strategy to build on our presence in the U.S., London and Bermuda, we will expand our Bermuda
3
property reinsurance underwriting activities, primarily to service our existing client base in the U.S. and Japan. To support this expansion, we intend to allocate an additional $200 million of capital to Aspen Bermuda and several of our underwriters will move to Bermuda. We also intend to diversify our operations in London, including in the marine and aviation lines, where our London-based property reinsurance operations will focus on servicing our other key markets, including the U.K., Europe and Canada.
Senior Notes Offering. On August 11, 2004, we announced the pricing of $250 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Senior Notes") under Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"). The Senior Notes were issued under the indenture and the supplemental indenture between Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, and the Company, dated as of August 16, 2004 (collectively, the "indenture") and will mature on August 15, 2014, unless previously redeemed. We also have granted and agreed certain customary exchange and shelf registration rights (the "Notes Registration Rights Agreement") to noteholders under the terms of the Senior Notes. The offering closed on August 16, 2004 and resulted in net proceeds to us of approximately $247 million. A portion of the proceeds of the offering was used to repay $40 million in principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our existing credit facilities. The remainder of the net proceeds will be contributed to one or more of our Insurance Subsidiaries in order to increase their respective capital and surplus, and consequently, their respective underwriting capacity.
Subject to certain exceptions, so long as any of the Senior Notes remain outstanding, we have agreed that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will (i) create a lien on any shares of capital stock of any designated subsidiary (currently Aspen Re and Aspen Bermuda, as defined in the Indenture), or (ii) issue, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock of any designated subsidiary. In addition, unless certain conditions are met, we have also agreed not to merge or consolidate with, or transfer our properties and assets, as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to any person, or permit any person to consolidate or merge with us, or transfer its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to us. Certain events will constitute an event of default under the Indenture, including a default in payment at maturity of any of our other indebtedness in excess of $50 million.
Under the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to file a registration statement for the Senior Notes within 150 days after the issue date of the Senior Notes, use reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective within 210 days after the issue date of the Senior Notes, and consummate the exchange offer within 45 days after the date the registration statement becomes effective. In addition, we will agree to file, in certain circumstances, a shelf registration statement that would allow some or all of the notes to be offered to the public. If we fail to meet the targets listed above (a "registration default"), the annual interest rate on the notes will temporarily increase by 0.25% during the first 90-day period during which the registration default continues, and will increase to a maximum per annum rate increase of 0.50% thereafter for any remaining period in which a registration default continues.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe we distinguish ourselves from both well-established global players and recent new market participants as follows:
• | Continuity of Business and Unencumbered Balance Sheet . Our portfolio of reinsurance and insurance risks are managed and underwritten at our Company by many of the same professionals who built and managed the business at Syndicate 2020. This continuity distinguishes us from most other new entrants in the marketplace. Like other new Bermuda entrants, however, we benefit from an unencumbered balance sheet. We do not have legacy exposure to any pre-2002 liabilities, except for small portfolios of insurance obligations |
4
assumed by us as a result of our acquisitions, for which, as of June 30, 2004, we have net reserves of approximately $12 million. |
• | Experienced Management and Underwriting Teams with Proven Execution. Our team of underwriting and risk management professionals, many of whom have worked together since 1996, has extensive experience operating a large insurance and reinsurance franchise successfully through underwriting cycles. For the calendar years 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002, the combined ratios for the Initial Lines of Business that they wrote at Syndicate 2020 were 78%, 71%, 174% (including 103 percentage points due to September 11th-related claims) and 93%, respectively, compared with average combined ratios (weighted by net premiums written ) of 112%, 112%, 128% and 107%, respectively, for the Standard & Poor's Top 25 Reinsurance Groups Ranked by Net Reinsurance Premiums Written for the years 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002. |
• | Strong Franchise with Ability to Influence Terms and Conditions . As a result of our strong franchise and recognized expertise, we believe that we have greater access to business opportunities than many of our competitors and that we are able to play a leading role (in a substantial portion of our business) in establishing the terms and conditions with respect to the business that we underwrite. |
• | Financial Strength. We believe our shareholders' equity capital base of $1,453.5 million, as of June 30, 2004, provides a high degree of financial strength to support our operations. A.M. Best Company Inc. ("A.M. Best") assigned an "A" (Excellent) financial strength rating, the third highest of fifteen rating levels, to Aspen Re and an "A-" (Excellent) rating, the fourth highest of fifteen rating levels, to Aspen Bermuda and to Aspen Specialty. Standard & Poor's Rating Services ("S&P") assigned a rating of "A" (Strong), the sixth highest of twenty-one rating levels, to both Aspen Re and Aspen Bermuda. Moody's Investors Services, Inc. ("Moody's") assigned a rating of "A2" (Good), the sixth highest of twenty-one rating levels, to Aspen Re. These ratings reflect A.M. Best's, S&P's and Moody's respective opinions of our financial strength and ability to meet ongoing obligations to policyholders and are not applicable to the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. |
Our Business Strategy
The key aspects of our business strategy are to:
Diversify Our Business Portfolio . We plan to continue to diversify our insurance and reinsurance operations by expanding into different lines of business, by offering new products within our existing lines of business, by selectively increasing our exposure in parts of the world where we are currently under-represented and by increasing the amount of insurance business that we underwrite. For example, in 2003 we began writing aviation and marine reinsurance business, have further expanded our U.K. liability insurance business and began to write U.S. surplus lines business. We intend to accomplish this diversification by building on our established underwriting expertise and analytical skills. As we expand the scope of our business, we intend to remain focused on the same type of high value-added underwriting for which we enjoy a strong reputation.
Build on Our Presence in the London, Bermuda and U.S. Markets . We believe that the London and Bermuda markets offer complementary business opportunities. Our presence in both markets allows us to serve more of our clients' needs by offering a wider range of products. In addition to maintaining a strong presence in the United Kingdom, we began to expand our underwriting capacity in Bermuda and the United States in 2003. By developing operating centers in the London Market and in Bermuda, as well as expanding in the U.S. surplus lines and property reinsurance market, we seek to increase our business opportunities and to gain access to the different types of risks offered in such markets.
5
Deploy Our Capital Effectively . We strive to maintain an optimal level of capital relative to our business plan. To do this, we employ rigorous statistical modeling techniques to assess the risk of loss to our capital base based upon the portfolio of risks we underwrite. We intend to manage our capital prudently relative to our risk exposure to maximize profitability and long-term growth in shareholder value. We believe that our capital base provides a high degree of financial strength to support our operations and to meet our clients' needs.
Anticipate and Adapt to Changing Market Conditions . By anticipating changing market conditions, we seek to access different lines of business with complementary risk/return characteristics and to deploy capital appropriately. We monitor relative and absolute rate adequacy and movements and we adjust the composition of our risk portfolio based on market conditions and underwriting opportunities. At the current time, we have increased the amount of insurance that we underwrite relative to the amount of reinsurance. We believe this will improve the balance of our business. We also have increased the amount of casualty lines we underwrite relative to the amount of property lines because of attractive market trends. We are prepared to adjust our underwriting and capital management objectives in order to respond in a timely manner to the changing market environment for all or some of our lines of business. This may include reducing our gross premiums written for a business line, or for our overall writings, should conditions warrant.
Manage Risk Retention through the Purchase of Reinsurance . While we seek to write business which is profitable on a gross basis, we manage our net exposure to catastrophic losses and large individual risk losses by selectively purchasing reinsurance. We seek the optimal protection for the individual and aggregate exposures that we assume under our reinsurance contracts and insurance policies, with a view to reducing the volatility of our underwriting results on a long-term basis. We continue to use many of the same reinsurers with whom our management had built relationships while at Syndicate 2020. The substantial majority of reinsurers that we currently use have a rating of "A" (Excellent), or better by A.M. Best, the top three of fifteen rating levels.
Employ a Conservative Investment Policy . We protect our capital by employing, among other things, a conservative investment policy that focuses on highly rated fixed income securities. We will manage the duration of our fixed income investments having regard to the nature of our reinsurance and insurance risks and wider market and economic conditions. We currently do not invest in equity securities and we do not expect that investments in equity securities will compose a significant portion of our investment portfolio for the foreseeable future.
Risks Relating to Our Company
As part of your evaluation of the Company, you should take into account the risks we face in our business. These risks include:
• | Future Performance May Differ from Syndicate 2020's Historical Operations . Aspen Re is seeking to underwrite classes of business generally similar to those underwritten by Syndicate 2020, but that business could have a substantially different risk profile or different pricing than those previously underwritten. In addition, like all insurance companies in their initial stages of development, our operations in Bermuda and the United States could face substantial business and financial risks and may suffer significant losses. It is possible that we will not be successful in duplicating the past performance of Syndicate 2020. |
• | Uncertainty of Establishing Loss Reserves . Establishing and maintaining an appropriate level of loss reserves is an inherently uncertain process. Because of this uncertainty, it is possible that our reserves at any given time will prove inadequate. This could cause a material increase in our liabilities and a reduction in our profitability, including operating losses and reduction of capital. |
6
• | Exposure to Natural and Man-Made Disasters . We may have substantial exposure to large, unexpected losses resulting from natural and man-made disasters and other catastrophic events. The incidence and severity of such catastrophes are inherently unpredictable and our losses from catastrophes could be substantial. The occurrence of large claims from catastrophic events may result in substantial volatility in our financial condition or results of operations for any fiscal quarter or year and could adversely affect our ability to write new business. |
• | Dependence on the Pricing, Availability and Performance of Reinsurance Purchased. In order to limit the effect of large and multiple losses arising from a catastrophic event upon our financial condition, we have purchased reinsurance protection. A reinsurer's insolvency or inability or reluctance to make timely payments under the terms of its reinsurance treaty with us could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, we may not be able to obtain the types and amounts of reinsurance that we consider adequate for our business needs. |
• | Uncertainty of Emerging Claim and Coverage Issues. Unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge as industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other conditions change. These issues may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until some time after we have issued insurance or reinsurance contracts that are affected by the changes. |
• | Dependence on Key Employees . Our success will depend in substantial part upon our ability to retain our principal employees and to attract additional employees. Although we are not aware of any planned departures, if we were to lose the service of members of our management team, our business could be adversely affected. |
For more information about these and other risks, see "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11. You should carefully consider these risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision.
Our principal executive offices are located at Victoria Hall, 11 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda and our telephone number at that location is (441) 295-8201.
7
THE OFFERING
Ordinary shares offered by the selling shareholder | 212,743 ordinary shares. | |
Use of proceeds | We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the ordinary shares by the selling shareholder. However, upon any exercise for cash of the Names' Options (as defined herein), we will receive the exercise price of the Names' Options. | |
The selling shareholder has delivered a notice to the Company that it will exercise 5,538 Names' Options on a cash basis pursuant to which we will receive aggregate proceeds of approximately £61,527 (approximately $110,250 based on an exchange rate of $1.7919 to £1 on October 12, 2004). We intend to use that cash for working capital and general corporate purposes. | ||
Dividend policy | Our board of directors has declared a dividend of $0.03 per ordinary share in the first, second and third quarters of 2004 and intends, at their discretion, to authorize the payment of a dividend of $0.03 per ordinary share per fiscal quarter to our shareholders of record going forward. Any determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our financial position, significant restrictions which are described under "Dividend Policy" and "Regulatory Matters" and any other factors our board of directors deems relevant at the time. | |
NYSE ticker symbol | AHL | |
As of September 1, 2004, the selling shareholder beneficially held approximately 4.90% of our ordinary shares assuming the exercise of all outstanding Names' Options on a cash basis. After giving effect to this offering, the selling shareholder would have held approximately 3.63% of our outstanding ordinary shares, as of that date, assuming the exercise of all remaining Names' Options on a cash basis and that all the ordinary shares offered in this offering have been sold. See "Principal and Selling Shareholder."
In connection with this offering, the selling shareholder has delivered a notice to the Company on September 17, 2004, as amended, that it will exercise 856,218 Names' Options with 5,538 Names' Options' being exercised on a cash basis at an exercise price of £11.11, and 850,680 Names' Options being exercised on a cashless basis resulting in 129,783 ordinary shares being issued. The exercise date is the date of effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates. As a result of the exercise of the Names' Options, a total of 135,321 ordinary shares will be issued, 128,545 of which are being offered under this prospectus.
8
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following table sets forth our selected historical financial information for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated. The summary income statement data for the period from our inception at May 23, 2002 through December 31, 2002 and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and have been audited by KPMG Audit Plc, our independent registered accounting firm. The summary income statement data for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003 and the summary balance sheet data as at June 30, 2004 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and in our opinion, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial position for these periods. These historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected from any future period, and the results presented below are not necessarily indicative of our full year performance. Due to our limited operating history, the ratios presented may not be indicative of our future performance. You should read the following selected consolidated financial information along with the information contained in this prospectus, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the audited consolidated financial statements, unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Periods Ended
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||
2004 | 2003 | 2003 | 2002 (1) | |||||||||||||||
($ in millions, except per share amounts and percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||
Summary Income Statement Data | ||||||||||||||||||
Gross premiums written | $ | 1,020.6 | $ | 830.0 | $ | 1,306.8 | $ | 374.8 | ||||||||||
Net premiums written | 873.0 | 666.0 | 1,092.8 | 312.6 | ||||||||||||||
Net premiums earned | 632.8 | 332.3 | 812.3 | 120.3 | ||||||||||||||
Loss and loss adjustment expenses | (263.5 | ) | (165.9 | ) | (428.4 | ) | (76.9 | ) | ||||||||||
Policy acquisition and general and administrative expenses | (168.4 | ) | (85.6 | ) | (205.6 | ) | (29.8 | ) | ||||||||||
Net investment income | 26.9 | 10.7 | 29.6 | 8.5 | ||||||||||||||
Net realized gains/(losses) | (5.0 | ) | 0.0 | (0.9 | ) | 12.6 | ||||||||||||
Net income | 165.9 | 65.1 | 152.1 | 28.6 | ||||||||||||||
Selected Ratios (based on U.S. GAAP income statement data): | ||||||||||||||||||
Loss ratio (on net premiums earned) (2) | 42 | % | 50 | % | 53 | % | 64 | % | ||||||||||
Expense ratio (on net premiums earned) (3) | 26 | 26 | 25 | 25 | ||||||||||||||
Combined ratio (4) | 68 | % | 76 | % | 78 | % | 89 | % | ||||||||||
As at June 30, 2004 | As at December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2002 | |||||||||||||||||
Summary Balance Sheet Data | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash and investment (5) | $2,268.2 | $ | 1,847.1 | $ | 932.0 | |||||||||||||
Premiums receivable | 754.8 | 496.5 | 214.5 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets | 3,355.6 | 2,578.5 | 1,211.8 | |||||||||||||||
9
As
at
June 30, 2004 |
As at December 31, | |||||||||||||
2003 | 2002 | |||||||||||||
($ in millions, except per share amounts and percentages) | ||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expense reserves | 755.9 | 525.8 | 93.9 | |||||||||||
Reserves for unearned premiums | 864.3 | 572.4 | 215.7 | |||||||||||
Long term loan | 40.0 | 40.0 | 0.0 | |||||||||||
Total shareholders' equity | 1,453.5 | 1,298.7 | 878.1 | |||||||||||
Per Share Data (Based on U.S. GAAP Balance Sheet Data): | ||||||||||||||
Book value per share (6) | $ | 21.0 | $ | 18.77 | $ | 15.44 | ||||||||
Diluted book value per share (treasury stock method) (7) | $ | 20.2 | 18.17 | 15.44 | ||||||||||
(1) | The financial information for this period reflects our results for the period from May, 23 2002, the date of our formation, to December 31, 2002. |
(2) | The loss ratio is calculated by dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned . |
(3) | The expense ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition expense and general and administrative expense by net premiums earned. |
(4) | The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. |
(5) | Investments include fixed maturities and short-term investments. |
(6) | Book value per share is based on total shareholders' equity divided by the number of shares outstanding of 56,876,360, 69,179,303 and 69,174,303 at December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, respectively. |
(7) | Fully diluted book value per share is calculated based on total shareholders' equity at December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, divided by the number of shares outstanding of 56,876,360, 69,179,303 and 69,174,303 at December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, respectively. Potentially dilutive options were not dilutive at December 31, 2002, but at December 31, 2003 there were 2,302,603 dilutive options and at June 30, 2004 there were 2,755,325 dilutive options. Potentially dilutive shares outstanding are calculated using the treasury method. |
10
RISK FACTORS
An investment in our ordinary shares involves a number of risks. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in our ordinary shares. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. However, these are the risks our management believes are material. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our future business or results of operations. Any of the risks described below could result in a significant or material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. In that case, you could lose all or part of your investment.
This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements about our business and results of operations that could be impacted by various risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below and elsewhere in this prospectus. See "Forward-Looking Statements."
Risks Related to Our Company
The historical operations and results of the Syndicates may not be indicative of our future performance.
We were formed on May 23, 2002 and began our business operations on June 21, 2002 when Aspen Re commenced its underwriting activities. The historic operations of Syndicate 2020, a portion of whose business we began to reinsure in 2002, do not form a meaningful basis on which to assess the value of an investment in the ordinary shares. Our management's past results prior to our formation were achieved largely as contributors to the operation of Syndicate 2020 within the London Market. Aspen Re also operates in the London Market and is seeking to underwrite classes of business with which our management is familiar, but that business could have a substantially different risk profile or different pricing than those previously underwritten by Syndicate 2020 and Lloyd's Syndicate 3030 ("Syndicate 3030"; together with Syndicate 2020, the "Syndicates"). In addition, we are still in the initial stage of our operations in Bermuda and the United States. Insurance companies, such as Aspen Bermuda and Aspen Specialty, in their initial stages of development face substantial business and financial risks and may suffer significant losses. They must establish operating procedures, hire staff, install management information and other systems and complete other tasks necessary to conduct their intended business activities. It is possible that we will not be successful in duplicating the past performance of the Syndicates, or in implementing our business strategy.
If actual claims exceed our loss reserves, our financial results could be significantly adversely affected.
Our results of operations and financial condition depend upon our ability to assess accurately the potential losses associated with the risks that we insure and reinsure. To the extent actual claims exceed our expectations, we will be required to immediately recognize the less favorable experience. This could cause a material increase in our provisions for liabilities and a reduction in our profitability, including operating losses and reduction of capital. To date, we have not been required to make any of these adjustments. It is expected that in the future, the number of claims will increase, and their size and severity could exceed our expectations.
We establish loss reserves to cover our estimated liability for the payment of all losses and loss expenses incurred with respect to premiums earned on the policies that we write. Our current loss reserves are based on estimates involving actuarial and statistical projections at a given point in time of our expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of incurred but not reported (" IBNR ") claims, based on facts and circumstances then known, predictions of future events, estimates of future trends in claim frequency and severity and variable factors such as inflation. We utilize actuarial models as well as historical insurance industry loss development patterns to establish appropriate loss reserves. Each of our Insurance Subsidiaries' reserving process and methodology are subject to a quarterly review, the results of which are presented to and reviewed by the boards of directors of our Insurance Subsidiaries. Establishing an appropriate level of loss reserves is an inherently uncertain process. The inherent uncertainties of loss reserves generally are greater for the
11
reinsurance business as compared to the insurance business, principally due to the necessary reliance on the ceding company or insurer for information regarding losses, and the lapse of time from the occurrence of the event to the reporting of the loss to the reinsurer and the ultimate resolution or settlement of the loss. In addition, although we conduct our due diligence on the transactions we underwrite in connection with our reinsurance business, we are also dependent on the original underwriting decisions made by the ceding companies. We are subject to the risk that the ceding clients may not have adequately evaluated the risks to be reinsured and that the premiums ceded may not adequately compensate us for the risks we assume. Accordingly, actual claims and loss expenses paid will likely deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements.
Our future performance may be impacted by our limited experience with claims activity.
As a newly formed company, we have not experienced any significant claims activity to date, so our claims systems and processes have not yet been utilized to the extent that we expect they will be going forward. We also rely on third party service providers to assist us in handling some claims activity. If these systems or our third party service providers fail to perform as expected, as claims begin to be filed, it could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
We could face unanticipated losses from war, terrorism and political unrest, and these or other unanticipated losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We may have substantial exposure to large, unexpected losses resulting from future man-made catastrophic events, such as acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability. Although we may attempt to exclude losses from terrorism and certain other similar risks from some coverages we write, we may not be successful in doing so. We generally exclude acts of terrorism and losses stemming from nuclear, biological and chemical events; however, some states in the United States do not permit exclusion of fires following terrorist attacks from insurance policies and reinsurance treaties. Where we believe we are able to obtain pricing that adequately covers our exposure, we have written a limited number of reinsurance contracts covering solely the peril of terrorism. These risks are inherently unpredictable and recent events may lead to increased frequency and severity of losses. It is difficult to predict the timing of these events with statistical certainty or to estimate the amount of loss that any given occurrence will generate. To the extent that losses from these risks occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by the occurrence of catastrophic events such as natural disasters.
As a part of our insurance and reinsurance operations, we have assumed substantial exposure to losses resulting from natural disasters and other catastrophic events. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including hurricanes, earthquakes, hailstorms, explosions, severe winter weather, floods, tornadoes, and fires. The incidence and severity of such catastrophes are inherently unpredictable and our losses from catastrophes could be substantial. The occurrence of large claims from catastrophic events may result in substantial volatility in our financial condition or results of operations for any fiscal quarter or year and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations and our ability to write new business. In particular, we write a considerable amount of business that is exposed to Florida windstorms and California earthquakes. More recently, on October 13, 2004, we announced that, based on anticipated total industry losses from hurricanes Charley, Frances, Ivan and Jeanne of at least $30 billion, our estimated losses from the hurricanes will have a negative impact on our third quarter earnings of approximately $135 million, net of reinsurance and tax. Additionally, we estimated that losses from Typhoon Songda could reduce our third quarter earnings by $13 million, net of reinsurance and tax. This volatility is compounded by accounting regulations that do not permit reinsurers to reserve for such catastrophic events until they occur. We expect that increases in the values and concentrations of insured property will increase the severity of such occurrences per year in the future. Although we will attempt to manage our exposure to these
12
events, a single catastrophic event could affect multiple geographic zones or the frequency or severity of catastrophic events could exceed our estimates, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. Events that are driven by Florida windstorms and earthquakes in California in particular could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our purchase of reinsurance subjects us to third-party credit risk and such reinsurance may not be available on favorable terms.
We purchase reinsurance for our own account in order to mitigate the effect of certain large and multiple losses upon our financial condition. A reinsurer's insolvency or its inability or reluctance to make timely payments under the terms of its reinsurance agreement with us could have a material adverse effect on us because we remain liable to the insured.
From time to time, market conditions have limited, and in some cases have prevented, insurers and reinsurers from obtaining the types and amounts of reinsurance that they consider adequate for their business needs. For example, following the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, reinsurance and retrocessional markets generally became less attractive for purchasers of reinsurance as supply contracted, terms were tightened and premium rates increased. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain our desired amounts of reinsurance to reduce specific exposures. In addition, even if we are able to obtain such reinsurance, we may not be able to negotiate terms that we deem appropriate or acceptable or obtain such reinsurance from entities with satisfactory creditworthiness. As is typical in our industry, many of our reinsurance contracts have a one-year term, and it is not certain that they can be renewed on reasonable terms; however, based on our past experience and the current state of the reinsurance market, we believe we will be able to renew the majority of such contracts.
The effects of emerging claim and coverage issues on our business are uncertain.
As industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. These issues may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until some time after we have issued insurance or reinsurance contracts that are affected by the changes. In addition, we are unable to predict the extent to which the courts may expand the theory of liability under a casualty insurance contract, such as the range of the occupational hazards causing losses under employers' liability insurance. In particular, our exposure to casualty reinsurance and U.K. liability insurance increases our potential exposure to this risk due to the uncertainties of expanded theories of liability and the long tail nature of these lines of business. There has been a recent, but inconclusive report, commissioned in the U.K. to address escalating premium rates in response to this uncertainty. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance or reinsurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract is issued.
We could be adversely affected by the loss of one or more principal employees or by an inability to attract and retain staff.
Our success will depend in substantial part upon our ability to retain our principal employees and to attract additional employees. As of June 30, 2004, we had approximately 195 full-time employees and, accordingly, depend upon them for the generation and servicing of our business. We rely substantially upon the services of our senior management team. In particular, we rely substantially upon the service of Paul Myners, Chairman of our board of directors, Christopher O'Kane, our Chief Executive Officer, and Julian Cusack, our Chief Financial Officer. Although we have employment agreements with all of the members of our management team and we are not aware of any planned departures or retirements, if we were to lose the services of members of our management team, our business could be adversely affected. We do not currently maintain key man life insurance policies with respect to any of our employees.
13
The failure of any of the loss limitation methods we employ could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or our results of operations.
We seek to mitigate our loss exposure by writing a number of our insurance and reinsurance contracts on an excess of loss basis, such that we must pay losses that exceed a specified retention . In addition, we limit program size for each client and purchase reinsurance for our own account. In the case of proportional reinsurance treaties, we seek per occurrence limitations or loss and loss expense ratio caps to limit the impact of losses from any one event. We also seek to limit our loss exposure by geographic diversification. Geographic zone limitations involve significant underwriting judgments, including the determination of the area of the zones and the inclusion of a particular policy within a particular zone's limits . Various provisions of our policies, such as limitations or exclusions from coverage or choice of forum, negotiated to limit our risks may not be enforceable in the manner we intend. We cannot be sure that any of these loss limitation methods will be effective. As a result of the risks we insure and reinsure, unforeseen events could result in claims that substantially exceed our expectations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make many estimates and judgments that are more difficult than those made in a more mature company because we have more limited historical information through June 30, 2004.
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make many estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities (including reserves), revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, insurance and other reserves, reinsurance recoverables, investment valuations, intangible assets, bad debts, income taxes, contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience, where possible, and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, which form the basis for our judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Estimates and judgments for a relatively new insurance and reinsurance company, like our company, are more difficult to make than those made for a more mature company because we have more limited historical information through June 30, 2004. A significant part of our current loss reserves is in respect of IBNR. This IBNR reserve is based almost entirely on estimates involving actuarial and statistical projections of our expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs. In addition to limited historical information, we utilize actuarial models as well as historical insurance industry loss development patterns to establish loss reserves. Accordingly, actual claims and claim expenses paid may deviate, perhaps substantially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements.
Our business could be adversely affected by Bermuda employment restrictions.
From time to time, we may need to hire additional employees to work in Bermuda. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than spouses of Bermudians) may not engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without an appropriate governmental work permit. Work permits may be granted or extended by the Bermuda government upon showing that, after proper public advertisement in most cases, no Bermudian (or spouse of a Bermudian) is available who meets the minimum standard requirements for the advertised position. The Bermuda government recently announced a new policy limiting the duration of work permits to six years, with certain exemptions for key employees. Only one member of Aspen Bermuda's management team (or other officers) based in Bermuda is Bermudian. As of August 15, 2004, we had 13 employees in Bermuda. One of these employees is Julian Cusack, our Chief Financial Officer. Julian Cusack is a non-Bermudian and is working under a work permit that will expire on March 9, 2008. We plan to recruit additional employees by the end of 2004 to work in Bermuda for the Company or Aspen Bermuda. None of our current Bermuda employees for whom we have applied for a work permit has been denied. It is possible that we could lose the services of Julian Cusack or another key employee who is non-Bermudian if we were unable to obtain or renew their work permits, which could have a material adverse affect on our business.
14
Our concentration on a limited number of
lines of business could make us more susceptible to
unfavorable
market conditions.
We have a portfolio of business that is currently dominated by a limited number of lines of business, including property and casualty risk excess. Given this reliance, there is risk that unfavorable market conditions in these lines could have a disproportionate impact on our Company in comparison with our industry in general.
The aggregated risks associated with reinsurance underwriting could adversely affect us.
In our reinsurance business, we do not separately evaluate each of the individual risks assumed under most reinsurance treaties. This is common among reinsurers. Therefore, we will be largely dependent on the original underwriting decisions made by ceding companies. We are subject to the risk that the ceding companies may not have adequately evaluated the risks to be reinsured and that the premiums ceded may not adequately compensate us for the risks we assume.
We
may be unable to enter into sufficient reinsurance security
arrangements and the cost of these
arrangements may materially
impact our margins.
As non-U.S. reinsurers, Aspen Bermuda and Aspen Re are required to post collateral security with respect to liabilities they assume from ceding insurers domiciled in the United States. The posting of collateral security is generally required in order for U.S. ceding companies to obtain credit in their U.S. statutory financial statements with respect to liabilities ceded to unlicensed or unaccredited reinsurers. Under applicable statutory provisions, the security arrangements may be in the form of letters of credit, reinsurance trusts maintained by third-party trustees or funds-withheld arrangements whereby the trust assets are held by the ceding company. Aspen Re is required to post letters of credit or establish other security for its U.S. cedents in an amount equal to 100% of reinsurance recoverables under the agreements to which it is a party with the U.S. cedents. We have currently in place letters of credit facilities and trust funds, as further described in "Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources," to satisfy these requirements. If these facilities are not sufficient or if the Company is unable to renew these facilities or is unable to arrange for other types of security on commercially acceptable terms, the ability of Aspen Bermuda and Aspen Re to provide reinsurance to U.S.-based clients may be severely limited. Security arrangements may subject our assets to security interests and/or require that a portion of our assets be pledged to, or otherwise held by, third parties and, consequently, reduce the liquidity of our assets. Although the investment income derived from our assets while held in trust typically accrues to our benefit, the investment of these assets is governed by the investment regulations of the state of domicile of the ceding insurer, which may be more restrictive than the investment regulations applicable to us under Bermuda or U.K. law. The restrictions may result in lower investment yields on these assets, which could adversely affect our profitability.
Our insurance subsidiaries are rated by A.M. Best, S&P and Moody's, and a decline in any of these ratings could affect our standing among brokers and customers and cause our sales and earnings to decrease.
Ratings are a significant factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance and reinsurance companies. A ratings downgrade, therefore, could result in a substantial loss of business as insureds, ceding companies and brokers that place such business move to other insurers and reinsurers with higher ratings. A.M. Best maintains a letter scale rating system ranging from "A++" (Superior) to "F" (in liquidation). S&P maintains a letter scale rating system ranging from "AAA" (Extremely Strong) to "R" (under regulatory supervision). Moody's maintains a letter and number scale rating system ranging from "Aaa" (Exceptional) to "C" (Lowest). Aspen Re is currently rated "A" (Excellent) by A.M. Best, which is the third highest of fifteen rating levels, "A" (Strong) by S&P, which is the sixth highest of twenty-one rating levels, and "A2" (Good) by Moody's, which is the sixth highest of twenty-one rating levels. Aspen Bermuda is currently rated "A–" (Excellent) by A.M. Best, which is the fourth highest of fifteen rating levels, and "A" (Strong) by S&P, which is the sixth highest
15
of twenty-one rating levels. Aspen Specialty is currently rated "A–" (Excellent) by A.M. Best, which is the fourth highest of fifteen rating levels. The objective of A.M. Best's, S&P's and Moody's rating systems is generally to provide an opinion of an insurer's financial strength and ability to meet ongoing obligations to its policyholders. These ratings reflect A.M. Best's, S&P's and Moody's opinions of the financial strength of our Insurance Subsidiaries; they are not evaluations directed to investors in our ordinary shares and are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold our ordinary shares.
The ratings of our Insurance Subsidiaries are subject to periodic review by, and may be revised downward or revoked at the sole discretion of, A.M. Best, S&P and/or Moody's. If our ratings are reduced from their current levels by any of A.M. Best, S&P or Moody's, our competitive position in the insurance and reinsurance industry would suffer, and it would be more difficult for us to sell our products.
In addition, several agreements we have with third parties would be impacted by a failure to maintain specified ratings. Under our credit facilities, we would be in default if Aspen Re's or Aspen Bermuda's insurer financial strength ratings fall below "B++" by A. M. Best or "A–" by S&P. Under the framework agreement dated May 28, 2002 among Wellington and its affiliates, Aspen U.K. Services and Aspen Holdings, Aspen Re would need to provide a letter of credit with respect to any quota share reinsurance it provides to Syndicate 2020 if Aspen Re's insurer financial strength or similar rating is down-graded below "A" by either S&P and A.M. Best or such lower rating (not being lower than "A–") acceptable to Lloyd's from time to time. In addition, the obligations to offer quota shares are subject to a condition that neither the Lloyd's market nor Aspen Re be rated below "BBB" by either S&P or A.M. Best.
Our reliance on brokers subjects us to their credit risk.
In accordance with industry practice, we generally pay amounts owed on claims under our insurance and reinsurance contracts to brokers, and these brokers, in turn, pay these amounts over to the clients that have purchased insurance or reinsurance from us. Although the law is unsettled and depends upon the facts and circumstances of the particular case, in some jurisdictions, if a broker fails to make such a payment, in a significant majority of business that we write, it is highly likely that we will be liable to the client for the deficiency because of local laws or contractual obligations. Likewise, when the client pays premiums for these policies to brokers for payment over to us, these premiums are considered to have been paid and, in most cases, the client will no longer be liable to us for those amounts, whether or not we have actually received the premiums. Consequently, we assume a degree of credit risk associated with brokers around the world with respect to most of our insurance and reinsurance business. However, due to the unsettled and fact-specific nature of the law, we are unable to quantify our exposure to this risk. To date, we have not experienced any material losses related to such credit risks.
Since we depend on a few brokers for a large portion of our insurance and reinsurance revenues, loss of business provided by any one of them could adversely affect us.
We market our insurance and reinsurance worldwide primarily through insurance and reinsurance brokers. Aon Corporation ("Aon"), Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. ("Marsh"), Willis Group Holdings, Ltd. ("Willis"), Benfield Group plc ("Benfield") and Ballantyne, McKean & Sullivan Ltd. ("Ballantyne") provided 27.9%, 17.1%, 12.4%, 12.4% and 4.3% (for a total of 74.1%), respectively, of our gross reinsurance premiums written for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. Aon, SBJ Group Limited ("SBJ"), Marsh, Willis and R. L. Davison & Co. Ltd. ("R. L. Davison") provided 21.5%, 10.9%, 7.4%, 7.4% and 6.3% (for a total of 53.5%), respectively, of our gross insurance premiums written for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. Several of these brokers also have, or may in the future acquire, ownership interests in insurance and reinsurance companies that compete with us, and these brokers may favor their own insurers or reinsurers over other companies. Loss of all or a substantial portion of the business provided by one or more of these brokers could have a material adverse effect on our business.
16
If we fail to develop the necessary infrastructure as we grow, our future financial results may be adversely affected.
Our recent and planned future expansion in the United Kingdom, United States and Bermuda has placed and will continue to place increased demands on our financial, managerial and human resources. To the extent we are unable to attract additional professionals, our financial, managerial and human resources may be strained. The growth in our staff and infrastructure also creates more managerial responsibilities for our current senior executives, potentially diverting their attention from the underwriting and business origination functions for which they are also responsible. Furthermore, although we continue to outsource support for our information technology systems to Wellington, we have not received any other significant administrative services from WUAL since the end of 2003. On December 19, 2003, WUAL gave notice to terminate its administrative services agreement with us with effect 18 months after such date. Our future profitability depends in part on our ability to further develop our resources and effectively manage such transition or expansion. Our inability to achieve such development or effective management may impair our future financial results.
Acquisitions or strategic investments that we may make could turn out to be unsuccessful.
As part of our strategy, we may pursue growth through acquisitions and/or strategic investments in businesses. The negotiation of potential acquisitions or strategic investments as well as the integration of an acquired business or new personnel could result in a substantial diversion of management resources. Acquisitions could involve numerous additional risks such as potential losses from unanticipated litigation or levels of claims and inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs. As a newly formed company, we have limited experience in identifying quality merger candidates, as well as successfully acquiring and integrating their operations.
Our ability to manage our growth through acquisitions or strategic investments will depend, in part, on our success in addressing these risks. Any failure by us to effectively implement our acquisitions or strategic investment strategies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our investment performance may affect our financial results and ability to conduct business.
Our funds are invested by several professional investment management firms under the direction of our investment committee in accordance with detailed investment guidelines set by us. See "Business—Investments." Although our investment policies stress diversification of risks, conservation of principal and liquidity, our investments are subject to market-wide risks and fluctuations, as well as to risks inherent in particular securities. The occurrence of large claims may force us to liquidate securities at an inopportune time, which may cause us to incur capital losses. If we do not structure our investment portfolio so that it is appropriately matched with our insurance and reinsurance liabilities, we may be forced to liquidate investments prior to maturity at a significant loss in order to cover such liabilities. Large investment losses could significantly decrease our asset base, thereby affecting our ability to underwrite new business. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, 3.4% or $28.7 million of our total revenue was derived from our invested assets. This represented 13.9% of our income from operations before income tax for the same period.
We may be adversely affected by interest rate changes.
Our operating results are affected, in part, by the performance of our investment portfolio. Our investment portfolio contains interest-sensitive instruments, such as bonds, which may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates could also have an adverse effect on our investment income and results of operations. For example, if interest rates decline, funds reinvested will earn less than expected.
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. Although we attempt to take measures to manage the risks of investing in a changing interest rate
17
environment, we may not be able to mitigate interest rate sensitivity effectively. Our mitigation efforts include maintaining a portfolio, diversified by obligor and emphasizing higher rated securities, with a relatively short duration to reduce the effect of interest rate changes on book value. Despite our mitigation efforts, a significant increase in interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our book value.
Profitability may be adversely impacted by inflation.
The effects of inflation could cause the severity of claims from catastrophes or other events to rise in the future. Our calculation of reserves for losses and loss expenses includes assumptions about future payments for settlement of claims and claims-handling expenses, such as medical treatments and litigation costs. We write liability business in the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia, where claims inflation has grown particularly strong in recent years. To the extent inflation causes these costs to increase above reserves established for these claims, we will be required to increase our loss reserves with a corresponding reduction in our net income in the period in which the deficiency is identified.
We may be adversely affected by foreign currency fluctuations.
Our reporting currency is the U.S. Dollar. The functional currencies of our reinsurance and insurance segments are the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, 10.3% of our gross premiums were written in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound. A portion of our loss reserves and investments are also in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound. We may, from time to time, experience losses resulting from fluctuations in the values of these non-U.S./non-British currencies, which could adversely affect our operating results.
Although we are not currently aware of any material exposures to loss payments that will be paid in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound, we may use hedges to manage probable significant losses that will be paid in non-U.S./non-British currencies. However, it is possible that we will not successfully structure those hedges so as to effectively manage these risks.
The regulatory system under which we operate, and potential changes thereto, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
General . Our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries may not be able to maintain necessary licenses, permits, authorizations or accreditations in territories where we currently engage in business or obtain them in new territories, or may be able to do so only at significant cost. In addition, we may not be able to comply fully with, or obtain appropriate exemptions from, the wide variety of laws and regulations applicable to insurance or reinsurance companies or holding companies. Failure to comply with or to obtain appropriate authorizations and/or exemptions under any applicable laws could result in restrictions on our ability to do business or to engage in certain activities that are regulated in one or more of the jurisdictions in which we operate and could subject us to fines and other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, changes in the laws or regulations to which our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are subject could have a material adverse effect on our business. See "Regulatory Matters."
Aspen Re . Aspen Re has authorization from the FSA to write certain classes of insurance business in the United Kingdom. As an authorized insurer in the United Kingdom, Aspen Re is able to operate throughout the E.U., subject to compliance with certain notification requirements of the FSA and in some cases, certain local regulatory requirements. As an FSA authorized insurer, the insurance and reinsurance businesses of Aspen Re will be subject to close supervision by the FSA. The FSA regards Aspen Re, for all intents and purposes, as a new insurer and has stated that it wishes to closely monitor Aspen Re's progress against its business plans and related issues including business development, reinsurance, underwriting controls and claims. More generally, the FSA is currently seeking to strengthen its requirements for senior management arrangements, and for systems
18
and controls of insurance and reinsurance companies under its jurisdiction. Furthermore, the FSA intends to place an increased emphasis on risk identification and management in relation to the prudential regulation of insurance and reinsurance business in the United Kingdom. Changes in the FSA's requirements may have an adverse impact on the business of Aspen Re.
If any entity were to hold 20% or more of the voting rights or 20% or more of the issued ordinary shares in Aspen Holdings, transactions between Aspen Re and such entity may have to be reported to the FSA if the value of those transactions exceeds certain threshold amounts that would render them material connected party transactions. In these circumstances, we cannot assure you that these material connected party transactions will not be subject to regulatory intervention by the FSA. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."
Aspen Re is required to provide the FSA with information about Aspen Holdings' notional solvency, which involves calculating the solvency position of Aspen Holdings in accordance with the FSA's rules. In this regard, if Aspen Bermuda or Aspen Specialty were to experience financial difficulties, it could affect the "solvency" position of Aspen Holdings and in turn trigger regulatory intervention by the FSA with respect to Aspen Re. Furthermore, any transactions between Aspen Re, Aspen Specialty and Aspen Bermuda that are material connected party transactions would also have to be reported to the FSA. We cannot assure you that the existence or effect of such connected party transactions and the FSA's assessment of the overall solvency of Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries, even in circumstances where Aspen Re has on its face sufficient assets of its own to cover its required margin of solvency, would not result in regulatory intervention by the FSA with regard to Aspen Re.
There may be reforms in liability insurance practice in the United Kingdom, in response to dramatic price increases that have greatly affected businesses, which may adversely impact the Company. The Office of Fair Trading ("OFT") in the United Kingdom undertook a study as a result of concerns regarding sharp increases in the cost of premiums charged for employers' public and product liability insurance and professional indemnity insurance, collectively referred to as liability insurance. The OFT has indicated that it will continue to keep liability insurance markets under review, including premiums to be charged during late 2004 and early 2005, as it anticipates the markets to have adjusted by that date. The OFT does not presently have price controls in place in relation to liability insurance. We are not aware at this time of any OFT proposals to recommend such price controls but the OFT has stated publicly that if liability insurance markets do not improve by early 2005 the OFT will consider if action is appropriate. In addition, the U.K. Department for Work and Pensions ("DWP") has conducted a specific study regarding employers' liability. Both the OFT and the DWP have focused on the potential benefit to businesses, as insureds, if insurers increased the renewal periods during which insureds can renew their insurance coverage. The OFT has the power to recommend wide ranging reforms to the extent that it finds competition has been hindered as a result of the sharp increase in premiums charged, and to refer the markets to the U.K. Competition Commission which may impose structural and behavioral remedies on the market participants. Although no particular regulatory or legislative reforms have been adopted, these reports and any subsequent regulation may adversely affect our business and results of operations. For example, if insurers were required to increase their renewal periods, this may result in increased competition to retain existing customers.
In addition, given that the framework for supervision of insurance and reinsurance companies in the United Kingdom is largely formed by E.U. directives (which are implemented by member states through national legislation), changes at the E.U. level may affect the regulatory scheme under which Aspen Re will operate. One such directive obliged the United Kingdom to ensure that, in any insolvency or reorganization proceedings concerning an insurer established in the United Kingdom, claims under insurance contracts receive priority over claims under reinsurance contracts. These rules, which were implemented into U.K. law in April 2003, may have the effect that prospective reinsureds may seek security for future claims under reinsurance policies issued by Aspen Re which would increase the cost to Aspen Re of writing reinsurance business. A general review of E.U. insurance directives is currently in progress and may lead to changes such as increased or risk-based minimum capital requirements. The FSA has proposed to introduce new Enhanced Capital Requirements
19
("ECR") for insurers and reinsurers which will include capital charges based on assets, claims and premiums. The level of ECR seems likely to be at least twice the existing required minimum solvency margin for most companies, although the FSA has already adopted an informal approach of encouraging companies to hold at least twice the current E.U. minimum. In addition, the FSA is proposing to give guidance regularly to insurers under "individual capital assessments", which may result in guidance that a company should hold in excess of the ECR. These changes may increase the required regulatory capital of Aspen Re.
Aspen Re does not presently intend that it will be admitted to do business in any jurisdiction other than the United Kingdom, Ireland and the other member states of the European Economic Area . We cannot assure you, however, that insurance regulators in the United States, Bermuda or elsewhere will not review the activities of Aspen Re and claim that Aspen Re is subject to such jurisdiction's licensing requirements.
Aspen Bermuda . Aspen Bermuda is a registered Class 4 Bermuda insurance and reinsurance company. Among other matters, Bermuda statutes, regulations and policies of the BMA require Aspen Bermuda to maintain minimum levels of statutory capital, surplus and liquidity, to meet solvency standards, to obtain prior approval of ownership and transfer of shares and to submit to certain periodic examinations of its financial condition. These statutes and regulations may, in effect, restrict Aspen Bermuda's ability to write insurance and reinsurance policies, to make certain investments and to distribute funds.
Aspen Bermuda does not maintain a principal office, and its personnel do not solicit, advertise, settle claims or conduct other activities that may constitute the transaction of the business of insurance or reinsurance, in any jurisdiction in which it is not licensed or otherwise not authorized to engage in such activities. Although Aspen Bermuda does not believe it is or will be in violation of insurance laws or regulations of any jurisdiction outside Bermuda, inquiries or challenges to Aspen Bermuda's insurance or reinsurance activities may still be raised in the future.
The offshore insurance and reinsurance regulatory environment has become subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions, including the United States and various states within the United States. Compliance with any new laws or regulations regulating offshore insurers or reinsurers could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Aspen Specialty . Aspen Specialty is organized in and has received a license to write certain lines of insurance business in the State of North Dakota and, as a result, is subject to North Dakota law and regulation under the supervision of the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of North Dakota. The North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance also has regulatory authority over a number of affiliate transactions between Aspen Specialty and other members of our holding company system. The purpose of the state insurance regulatory statutes is to protect U.S. insureds and U.S. ceding insurance companies, not our shareholders or noteholders. Among other matters, state insurance regulations will require Aspen Specialty to maintain minimum levels of capital, surplus and liquidity, require Aspen Specialty to comply with applicable risk-based capital requirements and will impose restrictions on the payment of dividends and distributions. These statutes and regulations may, in effect, restrict the ability of Aspen Specialty to write new business or distribute assets to Aspen Holdings.
In recent years, the U.S. insurance regulatory framework has come under increased federal scrutiny, and some state legislators have considered or enacted laws that may alter or increase state regulation of insurance and reinsurance companies and holding companies. Moreover, the NAIC, which is an association of the insurance commissioners of all 50 states and the District of Columbia, and state insurance regulators regularly examine existing laws and regulations. Changes in these laws and regulations or the interpretation of these laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.
For example, in response to the tightening of supply in certain insurance and reinsurance markets resulting from, among other things, the World Trade Center tragedy, the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (the "Terrorism Act") was enacted to ensure the availability of insurance coverage for
20
terrorist acts in the United States. This law establishes a federal assistance program through the end of 2005 to help the commercial property and casualty insurance industry cover claims related to future terrorism related losses and regulates the terms of insurance relating to terrorism coverage. Although competing bills to extend the Terrorism Act beyond 2005 have recently been introduced in the U.S. Congress, we are currently unable to predict whether the Terrorism Act will lapse, be renewed or replaced by something else in 2005, or whether any new initiatives would result in greater federal government intervention in the U.S. insurance and reinsurance markets in which we participate.
New laws and regulations or changes in existing laws and regulations or the interpretation of these laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. For example, a bill now pending in the U.S. Congress would limit the liability of certain defendants who have asbestos liabilities, but would also require defendants and insurers to contribute to a trust fund to compensate persons alleging to have been harmed by asbestos exposure. To the extent that the passage of such legislation might provide our competitors with somewhat greater certainty as to their ultimate asbestos liabilities, some of their current reserves might be released, thus providing them additional underwriting capacity. This, in turn, could result in increased competitive pressure on us. However, because prospects for passage of this bill as well as its details (the trust fund provisions in particular) are uncertain, we cannot at this time predict how the passage of such legislation might impact us.
Our ability to pay dividends or to meet ongoing cash requirements may be constrained by our holding company structure.
We are a holding company and, as such, have no substantial operations of our own. We do not expect to have any significant operations or assets other than our ownership of the shares of our Insurance Subsidiaries. Dividends and other permitted distributions from our Insurance Subsidiaries are expected to be our sole source of funds to meet ongoing cash requirements, including any future debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay dividends, if any, to our shareholders. Our Insurance Subsidiaries are subject to significant regulatory restrictions limiting their ability to declare and pay dividends. The inability of our Insurance Subsidiaries to pay dividends in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our cash requirements at the holding company level could have a material adverse effect on our business. See "Regulatory Matters — Bermuda Regulation — Minimum Solvency Margin and Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions," "— U.K. Regulation — Restrictions on Dividend Payments," and "— U.S. Regulation — North Dakota State Dividend Limitations."
Certain regulatory and other constraints may limit our ability to pay dividends.
We are subject to Bermuda regulatory constraints that will affect our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares and make other payments. Under the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended (the "Companies Act"), we may declare or pay a dividend out of distributable reserves only if we have reasonable grounds to believe that we are, and would after the payment be, able to pay our liabilities as they become due and if the realizable value of our assets would thereby not be less than the aggregate of our liabilities and issued share capital and share premium accounts. In addition, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders is limited under our Credit Agreements (as defined in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources"), which provide that, subject to the requirements specified in the agreements, Aspen Holdings may not during any fiscal year pay cash dividends in an aggregate amount exceeding 50% of its consolidated net income for such fiscal year. If you require dividend income you should carefully consider these risks before investing in our Company. For more information regarding restrictions on the payment of dividends by us and our Insurance Subsidiaries, see "Dividend Policy," "Regulatory Matters" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources."
21
Several of our founding shareholders and some of our directors may have conflicts of interest with us.
Several of our founding shareholders and some of our directors engage in commercial activities and enter into transactions or agreements with us or in competition with us, which may give rise to conflicts of interest. Of our directors, Julian Avery was the Chief Executive Officer of Wellington until his resignation effective September 20, 2004. We had in place certain quota share agreements under our framework agreement which may be entered into through 2005 and an administrative services agreement with Wellington and its affiliates for which we have received notice of termination in December 2003, with termination effective 18 months from the date of notice. We also have entered into an IT services agreement with Wellington and its affiliates for which we have provided a notice of termination on August 20, 2004, with termination being effective on August 20, 2005, subject to certain transition services. We also had an agreement with Montpelier Re, one of our founding shareholders, which in 2003 limited the type and the amount of business we could write in Bermuda. Montpelier Re is also a competitor of ours in the reinsurance business. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Transactions and Relationships with Initial Investors."
In addition, several of our founding shareholders and some of our directors have sponsored or invested in, and may in the future sponsor or invest in, other entities engaged in or intending to engage in insurance and reinsurance underwriting, some of which may compete with us. They have also entered into, or may in the future enter into, agreements with companies that may compete with us. We do not have any agreement or understanding with any of these parties regarding the resolution of potential conflicts of interest.
In addition, we may not be in a position to influence any party's decision to engage in activities that would give rise to a conflict of interest. These parties may take actions that are not in our shareholders' best interests. See "Business — Reinsurance" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." Moreover, under Bermuda law and our bye-laws, any transaction entered into by us in which a director has an interest is not voidable by us nor can such director be accountable to us for any benefit realized under that transaction provided that the nature of the interest is disclosed at the first opportunity at a meeting of directors, or in writing to the directors. In addition, our bye-laws allow a director to be taken into account in determining whether a quorum is present and to vote on a transaction in which he has an interest unless the majority of the disinterested directors determines otherwise.
We may experience
difficulty in attracting and retaining qualified independent directors
in the
increasingly regulated corporate governance
environment.
We are subject to the independent director requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"), SEC rules and the NYSE corporate governance rules, to the extent applicable. The Company has a sufficient number of independent directors to comply with such rules applicable to the audit committee. The Company does not currently have a sufficient number of independent directors to comply with the requirements for independent nomination and compensation committees, although such rules allow a phase-in period of twelve months for newly listed companies such as us and are not strictly applicable to us so long as we remain qualified as a foreign private issuer. Independent directors are generally individuals, other than our employees, officers or their family members or shareholders who hold more than a 10% interest in us, who do not have a material relationship with us and have not received certain compensation or other payments from us in previous years. The ultimate determination of independence, however, is made by our board of directors on a case-by-case basis based on all relevant facts and circumstances.
We may experience difficulty in attracting and retaining qualified independent directors to respond to the increasing regulation of public companies. If we are unable to attract or retain independent directors prior to the compliance deadlines stipulated by the various regulations, we may be faced with delisting of our ordinary shares or a violation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
22
We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may only be available on unfavorable terms.
Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including our ability to write new business successfully and to establish premium rates and reserves at levels sufficient to cover losses. To the extent that our funds are insufficient to fund future operating requirements and/or cover claim losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth and reduce our assets. Our additional needs for capital will depend on our actual claims experience, especially any catastrophic events. Any equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are not favorable to us. If we cannot obtain adequate capital on favorable terms or at all, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Risks Related to Our Industry
We operate in a highly competitive environment,
and substantial new capital inflows into the
insurance and
reinsurance industry will increase competition.
The insurance and reinsurance industry is highly competitive. In particular, we compete with General Re, Lloyd's, Montpelier Re, Munich Re, Swiss Re and XL Re in the global reinsurance industry and with Lloyd's, Mitsui, Royal & Sun Alliance and Zurich in the U.K. insurance industry. See "Business — Competition" for a more comprehensive list of our competitors. We compete primarily on the basis of experience, the strength of our client relationships, reputation, premiums charged, policy and contract terms and conditions, products offered, speed of claims payment, overall financial strength, ratings and scope of business (both by size and geographic location).
A number of newly-organized, Bermuda-based insurance and reinsurance entities compete in the same market segments in which we operate. Many of these entities derive their profits primarily through Bermuda operations and, consequently, may achieve a lower overall global effective tax rate than us. In addition, we may not be aware of other companies that may be planning to enter the lines of business of the insurance and reinsurance market in which we operate or of existing companies that may be planning to raise additional capital.
Increased competition could result in fewer submissions , lower premium rates and less favorable policy terms and conditions, which could have a material adverse impact on our growth and profitability. We have recently experienced increased competition in some lines of business which has caused a decline in rate increases or a reduction in rates.
Further, insurance/risk-linked securities and derivatives and other non-traditional risk transfer mechanisms and vehicles are being developed and offered by other parties, including non-insurance company entities, which could impact the demand for traditional insurance and reinsurance. A number of new, proposed or potential legislative or industry developments could also increase competition in our industries.
New competition could cause the demand for insurance or reinsurance to fall or the expense of customer acquisition and retention to increase, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our growth and profitability.
Recent events may result in political, regulatory and industry initiatives which could adversely affect our business.
The supply of insurance and reinsurance coverage has decreased due to withdrawal of capacity and substantial reductions in capital resulting from, among other things, the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001. This tightening of supply has resulted in governmental intervention in the insurance and reinsurance markets, both in the United States and worldwide. For example, on November 26, 2002, the Terrorism Act was enacted to ensure the availability of insurance coverage for terrorist acts in the United States. This law requires insurers writing certain lines of property and casualty insurance to offer coverage against certain acts of terrorism causing damage within the United States or to U.S. flagged vessels or aircraft. In return, the law requires the federal government
23
to indemnify such insurers for 90% of insured losses resulting from covered acts of terrorism, subject to a premium-based deductible. Although competing bills to extend the Terrorism Act beyond 2005 have recently been introduced in the U.S. Congress, the law is currently scheduled to expire automatically at the end of 2005 and we cannot predict whether it will lapse, be renewed or replaced by something else. See "Regulatory Matters — U.S. Regulation — Legislative Changes." Government-sponsored initiatives in other countries to address the risk of losses from terrorist attacks are similarly subject to change which may impact our business. We are currently unable to predict the extent to which lapse or replacement of the Terrorism Act, or other new initiatives, may affect the demand for or pricing of our products or the risks that our customers may expect us, and our competitors, to underwrite.
The insurance and reinsurance business is historically cyclical and we expect to experience periods with excess underwriting capacity and unfavorable premium rates.
Historically, insurers and reinsurers have experienced significant fluctuations in operating results due to competition, frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophic events, levels of capacity, general economic conditions and other factors. The supply of insurance and reinsurance is related to prevailing prices, the level of insured losses and the level of industry surplus which, in turn, may fluctuate in response to changes in rates of return on investments being earned in the insurance and reinsurance industry. As a result, the insurance and reinsurance business historically has been a cyclical industry characterized by periods of intense price competition due to excessive underwriting capacity as well as periods when shortages of capacity permitted favorable premium levels. The supply of insurance and reinsurance may increase, either by capital provided by new entrants or by the commitment of additional capital by existing insurers or reinsurers, which may cause prices to decrease. Although premium levels for many products have increased in the recent past, there are several lines of business in which rates are stablizing or declining which, absent a major industry event, may indicate a change in the cycle. In respect of current market conditions, there have been some rate reductions in property lines and a slowing of rate increases in casualty lines. Any of these factors could lead to a significant reduction in premium rates, less favorable policy terms and fewer submissions for our underwriting services. In addition to these considerations, changes in the frequency and severity of losses suffered by insureds and insurers may affect the cycles of the insurance and reinsurance business significantly, and we expect to experience the effects of such cyclicality.
Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and This Offering
Future sales of ordinary shares may affect their market price and the future exercise of options may result in immediate and substantial dilution.
As of September 1, 2004, there were 69,174,303 ordinary shares outstanding. Of these shares, 12,102,600 ordinary shares are freely transferable, except for any shares sold to our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Substantially all of our remaining ordinary shares may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not our affiliate, and who has not been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding any sale, is entitled to sell the shares without regard to the foregoing limitations, provided that at least two years have elapsed since the shares were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours. A large percentage of our initial investors have held a portion of our ordinary shares for at least two years, although some of those investors may be deemed our affiliates. Moreover, as of September 1, 2004, an additional 6,347,736 ordinary shares were issuable upon the full exercise of outstanding options by Wellington (the "Wellington Options") and Harrington Trust Limited, which name was changed to Appleby Trust (Bermuda) Limited effective October 1, 2004 (the "Names' Trustee"), as successor trustee of the Names' Trust (the "Names' Trust"), which holds the options (the "Names' Options"; collectively with the Wellington Options, the "Investor Options") and shares for the benefit of the members of Syndicate 2020 who are not corporate members of Wellington (the "Unaligned Members"). Wellington and the Names' Trustee may exercise their options on a cashless basis, which
24
allows them to realize the economic benefit of the difference between the subscription price under the options and the then prevailing market price without having to pay the subscription price for any such ordinary shares in cash. Thus, the option holder receives fewer shares upon exercise. Ordinary shares issued upon the exercise of options on a cashless basis will be issued as a bonus issue of shares in accordance with section 40(2)(a) of the Companies Act. This section provides that the share premium account of a company may be applied in paying up shares issued to shareholders as fully paid shares. This cashless exercise feature may provide an incentive for Wellington and the Names' Trustee to exercise their options more quickly. In the event that the outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares are exercised, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.
In addition, we have filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register ordinary shares issued or reserved for issuance under our share incentive plan. Subject to the exercise of issued and outstanding options and shareholder agreements between the Company and individual employees, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 may be available for sale into the public markets.
We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our ordinary shares, or the availability of ordinary shares for future sale, will have on the market price of our ordinary shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares. See "Description of Share Capital — Registration Rights Agreement" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for further information regarding circumstances under which ordinary shares may be sold.
There are provisions in our charter documents which may reduce or increase the voting rights of our ordinary shares.
In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each ordinary share held by them and are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the ordinary shares of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined under section 958 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) of any U.S. Person (as defined in "Material Tax Considerations — Taxation of Shareholders — United States Taxation" and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by our issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares of such U.S. Person (a "9.5% U.S. Shareholder") shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%, under a formula specified in our bye-laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. In addition, our board of directors may limit a shareholder's voting rights where it deems it appropriate to do so to (i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us or any of our subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" includes, among other things, all shares of the Company that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code). As of September 1, 2004, there were 69,174,303 ordinary shares outstanding, of which 6,571,558 ordinary shares would constitute 9.5% of the votes conferred by our issued and outstanding shares. A shareholder may own up to 6,571,558 ordinary shares without being subject to voting cutback provisions in our bye-laws.
Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. See "Description of Share Capital — Bye-Laws". Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. Our bye-laws provide that shareholders will be notified of their voting interests prior to any vote to be taken by them. See "Description of Share Capital — Voting Adjustments".
As a result of any reallocation of votes, voting rights of some of our shareholders might increase above 5% of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding ordinary shares, thereby possibly resulting in such shareholders becoming a reporting person subject to Schedule 13D or 13G filing requirements
25
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). In addition, the reallocation of the votes of our shareholders could result in some of the shareholders becoming subject to filing requirements under Section 16 of the Exchange Act in the event that the Company no longer qualifies as a foreign private issuer.
We also have the authority under our bye-laws to request information from any shareholder for the purpose of determining whether a shareholder's voting rights are to be reallocated under the bye-laws. If a shareholder fails to respond to our request for information or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to a request by us, we may, in our sole discretion, eliminate such shareholder's voting rights.
There are provisions in our bye-laws which may restrict the ability to transfer ordinary shares and which may require shareholders to sell their ordinary shares.
Our board of directors may decline to register a transfer of any ordinary shares if it appears to the board of directors, in their sole and reasonable discretion, after taking into account the limitations on voting rights contained in our bye-laws, that any non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders or their affiliates may occur as a result of such transfer.
Our bye-laws also provide that if our board of directors determines that share ownership by a person may result in material adverse tax consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates, then we have the option, but not the obligation, to require that shareholder to sell to us or to third parties to whom we assign the repurchase right for fair market value the minimum number of ordinary shares held by such person which is necessary to eliminate the material adverse tax consequences. See "Description of Share Capital — Acquisition of Ordinary Shares by the Company."
Laws and regulations of the jurisdictions where we conduct business could delay or deter a takeover attempt that shareholders might consider to be desirable and may make it more difficult to replace members of our board of directors and have the effect of entrenching management.
Ordinary shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, the BMA must approve all issuances and transfers of shares of a Bermuda exempted company. We have obtained from the BMA their permission for the issue and free transferability of the ordinary shares in the Company being offered pursuant to this prospectus, as long as the shares are listed on the NYSE or other appointed stock exchange, to and among persons who are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes and of up to 20% of the ordinary shares to and among persons who are residents in Bermuda for exchange control purposes. The BMA and the Registrar of Companies accept no responsibility for the financial soundness of any proposal or for the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.
The FSA regulates the acquisition of "control" of any U.K. insurance company authorized under the Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000 ("FSMA"). Any company or individual that (together with its or his associates) directly or indirectly acquires 10% or more of the shares of a U.K. authorized insurance company or its parent company, or is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in such authorized insurance company or its parent company, would be considered to have acquired "control" for the purposes of FSMA, as would a person who had significant influence over the management of such authorized insurance company or its parent company by virtue of his shareholding or voting power in either. A purchaser of 10% or more of our ordinary shares would therefore be considered to have acquired "control" of Aspen Re. Under FSMA, any person proposing to acquire "control" over a U.K. authorized insurance company must notify the FSA of his intention to do so and obtain the FSA's prior approval. The FSA would then have three months to consider that person's application to acquire "control." In considering whether to approve such application, the FSA must be satisfied both that the acquirer is a fit and proper
26
person to have such "control" and that the interests of consumers would not be threatened by such acquisition of "control." Failure to make the relevant prior application would constitute a criminal offense.
There can be no assurance that the applicable regulatory body would agree that a shareholder who owned greater than 10% of our ordinary shares did not, because of the limitation on the voting power of such shares, control the applicable Insurance Subsidiary.
These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of our company, including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of our shareholders might consider to be desirable. These restrictions may also operate to make it more difficult to replace members of our board of directors and may have the effect of entrenching management regardless of their performance.
A few large shareholders may be able to influence significant corporate actions.
We currently have 5 shareholder groups who own approximately 51,024,280 ordinary shares representing approximately 70% of the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares (assuming full exercise on a cash basis of Wellington Options). As a result of their ownership position, these shareholders voting together may have the ability to significantly influence matters requiring shareholder approval, including, without limitation, the election of directors and amalgamations, consolidations, changes of control of our company and sales of all or substantially all of our assets. If these shareholders were to act together, they would be able to exercise control over most matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by the other shareholders.
U.S. persons who own our ordinary shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests than U.S. persons who are shareholders of a U.S. corporation.
The Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies Act which includes, where relevant, information on modifications thereto adopted under our bye-laws, applicable to us, which differ in certain respects from provisions of Delaware corporate law (which is representative of the corporate law of the various states comprising the United States). Because the following statements are summaries, they do not discuss all aspects of Bermuda law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders.
Interested Directors . Under Bermuda law and our bye-laws, a transaction entered into by us, in which a director has an interest, will not be voidable by us, and such director will not be accountable to us for any benefit realized under that transaction, provided the nature of the interest is disclosed at the first opportunity at a meeting of directors, or in writing, to the directors. In addition, our bye-laws allow a director to be taken into account in determining whether a quorum is present and to vote on a transaction in which that director has an interest following a declaration of the interest under the Companies Act, unless the majority of the disinterested directors determine otherwise. Under Delaware law, the transaction would not be voidable if:
• | the material facts as to the interested director's relationship or interests were disclosed or were known to the board of directors and the board of directors in good faith authorized the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors; |
• | the material facts were disclosed or were known to the shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction was specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote thereon; or |
• | the transaction was fair as to the corporation at the time it was authorized, approved or ratified. |
Business Combinations with Large Shareholders or Affiliates . As a Bermuda company, we may enter into business combinations with our large shareholders or one or more wholly-owned
27
subsidiaries, including asset sales and other transactions in which a large shareholder or a wholly-owned subsidiary receives, or could receive, a financial benefit that is greater than that received, or to be received, by other shareholders or other wholly-owned subsidiaries, without obtaining prior approval from our shareholders and without special approval from our board of directors. Under Bermuda law, amalgamations require the approval of the board of directors, and except in the case of amalgamations with and between wholly-owned subsidiaries, shareholder approval. However, when the affairs of a Bermuda company are being conducted in a manner which is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to a Bermuda court, which may make an order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company's affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or the company. If we were a Delaware company, we would need prior approval from our board of directors or a supermajority of our shareholders to enter into a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of three years from the time the person became an interested shareholder, unless we opted out of the relevant Delaware statute. Bermuda law or our bye-laws would require board approval and, in some instances, shareholder approval of such transactions.
Shareholders' Suits . The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law are not as extensive as the rights of shareholders in many U.S. jurisdictions. Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. However, the Bermuda courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedent, which would permit a shareholder to commence a derivative action in our name to remedy a wrong done to us where an act is alleged to be beyond our corporate power, is illegal or would result in the violation of our memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by the court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of our shareholders than actually approved it. The winning party in such an action generally would be able to recover a portion of attorneys' fees incurred in connection with the action. Our bye-laws provide that shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in the right of the Company, against any director or officer for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except with respect to any fraud of the director or officer or to recover any gain, personal profit or advantage to which the director or officer is not legally entitled. Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys' fees incurred in connection with the action.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Under Bermuda law and our bye-laws, we may indemnify our directors, officers, any other person appointed to a committee of the board of directors or resident representative (and their respective heirs, executors or administrators) to the full extent permitted by law against all actions, costs, charges, liabilities, loss, damage or expense, incurred or suffered by such persons by reason of any act done, conceived in or omitted in the conduct of our business or in the discharge of their duties; provided that such indemnification shall not extend to any matter which would render such indemnification void under the Companies Act. Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if (i) such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
To further understand the risks associated with U.S. persons who own our ordinary shares, see "Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law" for more information on the differences between Bermuda and Delaware corporate laws.
28
Anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws could impede an attempt to replace or remove our directors, which could diminish the value of our ordinary shares.
Our bye-laws contain provisions that may entrench directors and make it more difficult for shareholders to replace directors even if the shareholders consider it beneficial to do so. In addition, these provisions could delay or prevent a change of control that a shareholder might consider favorable. For example, these provisions may prevent a shareholder from receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of our ordinary shares offered by a bidder in a potential takeover. Even in the absence of an attempt to effect a change in management or a takeover attempt, these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our ordinary shares if they are viewed as discouraging changes in management and takeover attempts in the future.
For example, our bye-laws contain the following provisions that could have such an effect:
• | election of directors is staggered, meaning that members of only one of three classes of directors are elected each year; |
• | directors serve for a term of three years; |
• | our directors may decline to approve or register any transfer of shares to the extent they determine, in their sole discretion, that any non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to Aspen Holdings, any of its subsidiaries, shareholders or affiliates would result from such transfer; |
• | if our directors determine that share ownership by any person may result in material adverse tax consequences to Aspen Holdings, any of its subsidiaries, shareholders or affiliates, we have the option, but not the obligation, to purchase or assign to a third party the right to purchase the minimum number of shares held by such person solely to the extent that it is necessary to eliminate such material risk; |
• | shareholders have limited ability to remove directors; and |
• | if the ordinary shares of any U.S. Person constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by the issued shares of Aspen Holdings, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares of such U.S. Person shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%. |
In addition, none of the seats on our board of directors may be up for election until 2005. As the shareholders may not be able to elect directors in the interim, this may further impede an attempt to replace or remove our directors and, consequently, diminish the value of our ordinary shares.
We are a Bermuda company and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or our directors and executive officers.
We are incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and our business is based in Bermuda. In addition, certain of our directors and officers reside outside the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of such persons are located in jurisdictions outside the United States. As such, it may be difficult or impossible to effect service of process within the United States upon us or those persons or to recover against us or them on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial jurisdiction under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda. A Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability, including the possibility of monetary damages, on us or our directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.
We have been advised by Bermuda counsel, that there is no treaty in force between the U.S. and Bermuda providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. As a result, whether a U.S. judgment would be enforceable in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers depends on whether the U.S. court that entered the judgment is recognized by the Bermuda court as having jurisdiction over us or our directors and officers, as
29
determined by reference to Bermuda conflict of law rules. A judgment debt from a U.S. court that is final and for a sum certain based on U.S. federal securities laws will not be enforceable in Bermuda unless the judgment debtor had submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. court, and the issue of submission and jurisdiction is a matter of Bermuda (not U.S.) law.
In addition to and irrespective of jurisdictional issues, the Bermuda courts will not enforce a U.S. federal securities law that is either penal or contrary to public policy. It is the advice of our Bermuda counsel that an action brought pursuant to a public or penal law, the purpose of which is the enforcement of a sanction, power or right at the instance of the state in its sovereign capacity, will not be entertained by a Bermuda Court. Certain remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including certain remedies under U.S. federal securities laws, would not be available under Bermuda law or enforceable in a Bermuda court, as they would be contrary to Bermuda public policy. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial jurisdiction under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda. A Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability on us or our directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.
Risks Related to Taxation
We may become subject to taxes in Bermuda after March 28,
2016, which may have a material
adverse effect on our results of
operations.
The Bermuda Minister of Finance, under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, of Bermuda, has given each of Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda an assurance that if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda that would impose tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of any such tax will not be applicable to Aspen Holdings, Aspen Bermuda or any of their respective operations, shares, debentures or other obligations until March 28, 2016. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Aspen Holdings and Subsidiaries — Bermuda." Given the limited duration of the Minister of Finance's assurance, we cannot be certain that we will not be subject to any Bermuda tax after March 28, 2016.
Our non-U.S. companies may be subject to U.S. tax that may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and your investment.
If Aspen Holdings or any of its foreign subsidiaries were considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States, it could be subject to U.S. corporate income and additional branch profits taxes on the portion of its earnings effectively connected to such U.S. business, in which case its results of operations could be materially adversely affected (although its results of operations should not be materially adversely affected if Aspen Re is considered to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business solely as a result of the binding authorities granted to Aspen Re America, Aspen Management and Wellington Underwriting, Inc. ("WU Inc.")). Further, if we or any of our subsidiaries were considered a personal holding company ("PHC") subject to U.S. tax on a portion of its U.S. income, its results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda are Bermuda companies, and Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services are U.K. companies. We intend to manage our business so that each of these companies will operate in such a manner that none of these companies will be subject to U.S. tax (other than U.S. excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premium income attributable to insuring or reinsuring U.S. risks and U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. source investment income and the likely imposition of U.S. corporate income and additional branch profits tax on the profits attributable to the business of Aspen Re produced pursuant to the binding authorities granted to Aspen Re America and Aspen Management, as well as the binding authorities previously granted to WU Inc.) because none of these companies should be treated as engaged in a trade or business within the United States (other than Aspen Re with respect to the business produced pursuant to the Aspen Re America, Aspen Management and prior WU Inc. binding authorities agreements). However, because
30
there is considerable uncertainty as to the activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or business within the United States, we cannot be certain that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") will not contend successfully that any of Aspen Holdings or its foreign subsidiaries is/are engaged in a trade or business in the United States based on activities in addition to the binding authorities discussed above. See "Material Tax Considerations — Taxation of Aspen Holdings and Subsidiaries — United States."
Aspen Holdings or a subsidiary might be subject to U.S. tax on a portion of its U.S. income if Aspen Holdings or such subsidiary is considered a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This status will depend on whether more than 50% of our shares could be deemed to be owned (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) by five or fewer individuals and whether 60% or more of Aspen Holdings' income, or the income of any of its subsidiaries, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, consists of "personal holding company income." We believe based upon the information made available to us regarding our existing shareholder base that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries should be considered a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any prior year of operations or currently. Additionally, we intend to manage our business to minimize the possibility that we will meet the 60% income threshold so that neither Aspen Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries should be considered a PHC. However, because of the legal and factual uncertainties regarding the application of the constructive ownership rules, the makeup of our shareholder base, our gross income and other circumstances, we cannot be certain that the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries will not be considered a PHC or that the amount of U.S. tax that would be imposed if the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries were a PHC would be immaterial. See "Material Tax Considerations — Taxation of Aspen Holdings and Subsidiaries — United States — Personal Holding Companies."
Our non-U.K. companies may be subject to U.K. tax that may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
None of us, except for Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, is incorporated in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, none of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, should be treated as being resident in the United Kingdom for corporation tax purposes unless our central management and control is exercised in the United Kingdom. The concept of central management and control is indicative of the highest level of control of a company, which is wholly a question of fact. Each of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, intends to manage our affairs so that none of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, is resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes.
A company not resident in the United Kingdom for corporation tax purposes can nevertheless be subject to U.K. corporation tax if it carries on a trade through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom but the charge to U.K. corporation tax is limited to profits (including revenue profits and capital gains) attributable directly or indirectly to such permanent establishment.
Each of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services (which should be treated as resident in the United Kingdom by virtue of being incorporated and managed there), intends that we will operate in such a manner so that none of us, other than Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, carries on a trade through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom. Nevertheless, because neither case law nor U.K. statute definitively defines the activities that constitute trading in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment, the U.K. Inland Revenue might contend successfully that any of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, are/is trading in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom.
The United Kingdom has no income tax treaty with Bermuda. There are circumstances in which companies that are neither resident in the United Kingdom nor entitled to the protection afforded by a double tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the jurisdiction in which they are resident may be exposed to income tax in the United Kingdom (other than by deduction or withholding) on the
31
profits of a trade carried on there even if that trade is not carried on through a permanent establishment but each of us intend that we will operate in such a manner that none of us will fall within the charge to income tax in the United Kingdom (other than by deduction or withholding) in this respect.
If any of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, were treated as being resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. corporation tax purposes, or if any of us were to be treated as carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
10% or more of Aspen
Holdings' shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation under
the
"controlled foreign
corporation" ("CFC")
rules.
If you are a "10% U.S. Shareholder" of a foreign corporation (defined as a U.S. Person (as defined in "Material Tax Considerations — Taxation of Shareholders — United States Taxation") who owns (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or "constructively" (as defined below)) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of the foreign corporation), that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and you own shares in the CFC directly or indirectly through foreign entities on the last day of the CFC's taxable year, you must include in your gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes your pro rata share of the CFC's "subpart F income," even if the subpart F income is not distributed, in which case your investment could be materially adversely affected. A foreign corporation is considered a CFC if "10% U.S. Shareholders" own (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of section 958(b) of the Code (i.e., "constructively")) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of that foreign corporation, or the total value of all stock of that foreign corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a foreign insurance company in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock (or more than 25% of the total value of the stock) is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders on any day during the taxable year of such corporation, if the gross amount of premiums or other consideration for the reinsurance or the issuing of insurance or annuity contracts exceeds 75% of the gross amount of all premiums or other consideration in respect of all risks.
We believe that because of the anticipated dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power (these provisions are described in "Description of Share Capital") and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns shares of Aspen Holdings directly or indirectly through one or more foreign entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities, or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of all classes of shares of Aspen Holdings or any of its foreign subsidiaries. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge. See "Material Tax Considerations — Taxation of Shareholders — United States Taxation — Classification of Aspen Holdings or Its Foreign Subsidiaries as Controlled Foreign Corporations."
U.S. Persons who hold ordinary shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on their proportionate share of our "related party insurance income" ("RPII").
If the RPII (determined on a gross basis) of any foreign Insurance Subsidiary were to equal or exceed 20% of that company's gross insurance income in any taxable year and direct or indirect insureds (and persons related to those insureds) own directly or indirectly through entities 20% or more of the voting power or value of Aspen Holdings, then a U.S. Person who owns any shares of the Company (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) on the last day of the taxable year would be required to include in its income for U.S. federal income tax purposes such person's pro rata share of such company's RPII for the entire taxable year, determined as if such RPII were distributed proportionately only to U.S. Persons at that date regardless of whether such income is distributed, in which case your investment could be materially adversely affected. In addition, any RPII that is includible in the income of a U.S. tax-exempt organization may be treated as unrelated business
32
taxable income. The amount of RPII earned by a foreign Insurance Subsidiary (generally, premium and related investment income from the indirect or direct insurance or reinsurance of any direct or indirect U.S. holder of ordinary shares or any person related to such holder) will depend on a number of factors, including the identity of persons directly or indirectly insured or reinsured by the company. We believe that the direct or indirect insureds of the foreign Insurance Subsidiaries (and related persons) did not directly or indirectly own 20% or more of either the voting power or value of our ordinary shares in prior years of operation and we do not expect this to be the case in the foreseeable future. Additionally, we do not expect gross RPII of either foreign Insurance Subsidiary to equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance income in any taxable year for the foreseeable future, but we cannot be certain that this will be the case because some of the factors which determine the extent of RPII may be beyond our control.
The RPII rules provide that if a U.S. Person disposes of shares in a foreign insurance corporation in which U.S. Persons own 25% or more of the shares (even if the amount of gross RPII is less than 20% of the corporation's gross insurance income and the ownership of its shares by direct or indirect insureds and related persons is less than the 20% threshold), any gain from the disposition will generally be treated as a dividend to the extent of the holder's share of the corporation's undistributed earnings and profits that were accumulated during the period that the holder owned the shares (whether or not such earnings and profits are attributable to RPII). In addition, such a holder will be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, regardless of the amount of shares owned by the holder. These RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of ordinary shares because the Company will not itself be directly engaged in the insurance business. The RPII provisions, however, have never been interpreted by the courts or the Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of the RPII rules by the IRS, the courts, or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. The Treasury Department has authority to impose, among other things, additional reporting requirements with respect to RPII. Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to us is uncertain. See "Material Tax Considerations — Taxation of Shareholders — United States Taxation — The RPII CFC Provisions."
U.S. Persons who hold ordinary shares
will be subject to adverse tax consequences if we are
considered to
be a passive foreign investment company
("PFIC") for U.S. federal income tax
purposes.
If we are considered a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Person who owns any shares of the Company will be subject to adverse tax consequences including subjecting the investor to a greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and subjecting the investor to tax on amounts in advance of when tax would otherwise be imposed, in which case your investment could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if we were considered a PFIC, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning ordinary shares, such individual's heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the ordinary shares that might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. We believe that we are not, have not been, and currently do not expect to become, a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We cannot assure you, however, that we will not be deemed a PFIC by the IRS. If we were considered a PFIC, it could have material adverse tax consequences for an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming. We cannot predict what impact, if any, such guidance would have on an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation. See "Material Tax Considerations — Taxation of Shareholders — United States Taxation — Passive Foreign Investment Companies."
33
U.S. Persons who
hold ordinary shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if we
or any of
our foreign subsidiaries are considered to be a foreign
personal holding company ("FPHC")
for
U.S. federal income tax
purposes.
If we were considered an FPHC it could have material adverse tax consequences for our shareholders who are subject to U.S. federal income taxation, including subjecting such shareholders to a greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and subjecting such shareholders to tax on amounts in advance of when tax would otherwise be imposed. In addition, if we were considered an FPHC, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning ordinary shares, such individual's heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the ordinary shares which might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. The Company and/or any of its foreign subsidiaries could be considered to be an FPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if more than 50% of our shares could be deemed to be owned by five or fewer individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States, and 60% or more of the Company's income, or that of its foreign subsidiaries, consists of "foreign personal holding company income," as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We believe, based upon information made available to us regarding our existing shareholder base, that neither the Company nor any of its foreign subsidiaries should be considered an FPHC for any prior year of operations or currently. Additionally, we intend to manage our business to minimize the possibility that we will meet the 60% income threshold so that neither the Company nor any of its foreign subsidiaries should be considered an FPHC. However, because of the legal and factual uncertainties regarding the application of the constructive ownership rules, the makeup of our shareholder base, our gross income and other circumstances, we cannot be certain that the Company and/or any of its foreign subsidiaries will not be considered an FPHC. See "Material Tax Considerations — Taxation of Shareholders — United States Taxation — Foreign Personal Holding Companies."
U.S. tax-exempt organizations who own our ordinary shares may recognize unrelated business taxable income.
A U.S. tax-exempt organization may recognize unrelated business taxable income if a portion of the insurance income of either of the foreign Insurance Subsidiaries is allocated to the organization, which generally would be the case if either of the foreign Insurance Subsidiaries is a CFC and the tax-exempt shareholder is a U.S. 10% Shareholder or there is RPII, certain exceptions do not apply and the tax-exempt organization owns any shares of the Company. Although we do not believe that any U.S. Persons should be allocated such insurance income, we cannot be certain that this will be the case. See "Material Tax Considerations — Taxation of Shareholders — United States Taxation — Classification of Aspen Holdings or its Foreign Subsidiaries as Controlled Foreign Corporations" and "Material Tax Considerations — Taxation of Shareholders — United States Taxation — The RPII CFC Provisions." U.S. tax-exempt investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors.
Changes in U.S. federal
income tax law could materially adversely affect an investment in
our
ordinary
shares.
Legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of companies (including insurance companies) that have legal domiciles outside the United States but have certain U.S. connections. In this regard, legislation has been introduced that includes a provision which permits the IRS to reallocate or recharacterize items of income, deduction or certain other items related to a reinsurance agreement between related parties to reflect the proper source, character and amount for each item (in contrast to current law, which only refers to source and character). While there are no currently pending legislative proposals which, if enacted, would have a material adverse effect on us or our shareholders, it is possible that broader-based legislative proposals could emerge in the future that could have an adverse impact on us, or our shareholders.
Additionally, the U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a trade or business within the United States, or is a PFIC, or whether U.S. Persons would be required to include in their gross income the "subpart F income" or the RPII of a CFC are subject
34
to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC rules to insurance companies and the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. We cannot be certain if, when or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be provided and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.
The impact of
Bermuda's letter of commitment to the organization for economic
cooperation and
development to eliminate harmful tax practices is
uncertain and could adversely affect our tax status in Bermuda.
The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), has published reports and launched a global dialogue among member and non-member countries on measures to limit harmful tax competition. These measures are largely directed at counteracting the effects of tax havens and preferential tax regimes in countries around the world. In the OECD's report dated April 18, 2002 and updated as of June 2004, Bermuda was not listed as a tax haven jurisdiction because it had previously signed a letter committing itself to eliminate harmful tax practices and to embrace international tax standards for transparency, exchange of information and the elimination of any aspects of the regimes for financial and other services that attract business with no substantial domestic activity. We are not able to predict what changes will arise from the commitment or whether such changes will subject us to additional taxes.
35
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus may include, and the Company may from time to time make other verbal or written, forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act that involve risks and uncertainties, including statements regarding our capital needs, business strategy, expectations and intentions. Statements that use the terms "believe," "do not believe," "anticipate," "expect," "plan," "estimate," "intend" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and because our business is subject to numerous risks, uncertainties and other factors, our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements, and the differences could be significant. The risks, uncertainties and other factors set forth below and under "Risk Factors" and other cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read and understood as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus.
All forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe that these factors include, but are not limited to, those set forth under "Risk Factors" and the following:
• | our short operating history; |
• | the impact of acts of terrorism and acts of war; |
• | greater frequency or severity of claims and loss activity, including as a result of natural or man-made catastrophic events, than our underwriting, reserving or investment practices have anticipated; |
• | the effectiveness of our loss limitation methods; |
• | changes in the availability, cost or quality of reinsurance or retrocessional coverage ; |
• | loss of key personnel; |
• | the inability to maintain financial strength or claims-paying ratings by one or more of our subsidiaries; |
• | changes in general economic conditions, including inflation, foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and other factors that could affect our investment portfolio; |
• | increased competition on the basis of pricing, capacity, coverage terms or other factors; |
• | the effects of terrorist-related insurance legislation and laws; |
• | decreased demand for our insurance or reinsurance products and cyclical downturn of the industry; |
• | changes in regulations or tax laws applicable to us, our subsidiaries, brokers or customers; and |
• | Aspen Holdings or Aspen Bermuda becomes subject to income taxes in the United States or the United Kingdom. |
The loss estimates regarding hurricanes Charley, Frances, Ivan and Jeanne and Typhoon Songda, as well as the impact of industry losses on pricing and terms and conditions, could be affected by the following:
• | the total industry losses resulting from these storms; |
• | the actual number of the Company's insureds incurring losses from these storms; |
• | the limited actual loss reports received from the Company's insureds to date; |
36
• | the Company's reliance on industry loss estimates and those generated by modelling techniques; |
• | the amount and timing of losses actually incurred and reported by insureds to the Company; |
• | the preliminary nature of the range of loss estimates to date from the insurance industry; |
• | the limited ability of claims personnel of insureds to make inspections and assess claims of losses to date; |
• | the inherent uncertainties of establishing estimates and reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses; |
• | the impact of these storms on the Company's reinsurers; |
• | the amount and timing of reinsurance recoverables and reimbursements actually received by the Company from its reinsurers; and |
• | the overall level of competition, and the related demand and supply dynamics, in the wind exposed property reinsurance lines as contracts come up for renewal. |
The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise or disclose any difference between our actual results and those reflected in such statements.
If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary materially from what we projected. Any forward-looking statements you read in this prospectus reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or individuals acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the points made above. You should specifically consider the factors identified in this prospectus which could cause actual results to differ before making an investment decision.
37
USE OF PROCEEDS
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares by the selling shareholder. The selling shareholder will pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the selling shareholder for brokerage, accounting or tax services or any other expenses incurred in disposing of the shares. We will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the ordinary shares covered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, NYSE listing fees, printing fees, and fees and expenses of our counsel and our accountants as well as the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the selling shareholder.
A portion of the ordinary shares covered by this prospectus are, prior to their resale pursuant to this prospectus, issuable upon exercise of options described herein. Upon any exercise of the Names' Options by payment of cash, we will receive the exercise price of the options. The selling shareholder has delivered a notice to the Company that it will exercise 5,538 Names' Options on a cash basis pursuant to which we will receive aggregate proceeds of approximately £61,527 (approximately $110,250 based on an exchange rate of $1.7919 to £1 on October 12, 2004). We currently expect to use that cash for working capital and general corporate purposes.
PRICE RANGE OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES
Our ordinary shares began trading publicly on December 4, 2003 on the NYSE under the symbol "AHL". Prior to that time, there was no trading market for our ordinary shares. The following table sets forth, for the months, fiscal quarters and periods indicated, the high and low sale prices per ordinary share as reported on the NYSE since our initial public offering on December 4, 2003:
On October 12, 2004, the closing price of our ordinary shares as reported on the NYSE was $23.70. The approximate number of record holders of our ordinary shares as of October 12, 2004 was 86, not including beneficial owners of shares registered in nominee or street name.
38
DIVIDEND POLICY
Our board of directors has declared a dividend of $0.03 per ordinary share in each of the first, second and third quarters of 2004 and going forward it intends to authorize the payment of a dividend of $0.03 per ordinary share per fiscal quarter to our shareholders of record. Any determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations and cash flows, our financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory and any contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and any other factors our board of directors deems relevant at the time.
We are a holding company and have no direct operations. Our ability to pay dividends depends, in part, on the ability of our Insurance Subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. The Insurance Subsidiaries are subject to significant regulatory restrictions limiting their ability to declare and pay dividends.
Additionally, we are subject to Bermuda regulatory constraints that will affect our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares and make other payments. Under the Companies Act, we may declare or pay a dividend out of distributable reserves only if we have reasonable grounds for believing that we are, and would after the payment be, able to pay our liabilities as they become due and if the realizable value of our assets would thereby not be less than the aggregate of our liabilities and issued share capital and share premium accounts. For a further description of the restrictions on our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends, see "Regulatory Matters — Bermuda Regulation — Minimum Solvency Margin and Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions," "Regulatory Matters — U.K. Regulation — Restrictions on Dividend Payments" and "Regulatory Matters — U.S. Regulation — North Dakota State Dividend Limitations."
Our credit facilities also restrict our ability to pay dividends. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources."
39
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization on an actual basis as of June 30, 2004, and as adjusted to give effect to the issuance of 135,321 ordinary shares to the Names' Trustee, of which 128,545 ordinary shares are offered by the Names' Trustee in this offering.
You should read this table in conjunction with "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of June 30, 2004(1) | ||||||||||
Actual | As Adjusted(2) | |||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Debt Outstanding(3) | $ | 40 | $ | 290 | ||||||
Shareholders' Equity: | ||||||||||
Ordinary shares (par value 0.1514458¢)(4) | $ | 1,092.7 | $ | 1,092.8 | ||||||
Retained earnings | 342.4 | 342.4 | ||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes(5) | 18.4 | 18.4 | ||||||||
Total shareholders' equity | 1,453.5 | 1,453.6 | ||||||||
Total Capitalization | $ | 1,493.5 | $ | 1,743.6 | ||||||
(1) | This table does not give effect to: |
• | the options granted to Wellington for 3,781,120 non-voting shares and to the Names' Trustee for the benefit of the Unaligned Members for an additional 1,710,398 non-voting shares, which options remain exercisable after completion of this offering as further described in "Description of Share Capital — Investor Options" and which non-voting shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares at a one-to-one ratio upon issuance; |
• | 3,884,030 ordinary shares that may be issued pursuant to options that have been granted under our share incentive plan at a weighted average exercise price of $16.20 per share and 37,665 restricted share units granted to our employees; and |
• | 1,802,885 ordinary shares available for future issuance under our share incentive plan. |
(2) | The "As Adjusted" columns: |
• | reflects 135,321 ordinary shares issued pursuant to the cash and cashless exercise of options held by the Names' Trustee on behalf of the Unaligned Members for an estimate aggregate subscription price of approximately £61,527 (approximately $110,250 based on an exchange rate of $1.7919 to £1 on October 12, 2004); and |
• | reflects the offering by the Company of $250 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2014. |
(3) | On August 16, 2004, we completed our offering of $250 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2014. On October 15, 2003, we made a drawdown of $90 million on our three-year revolving credit facility. We have previously repaid $50 million and intend to repay the $40 million in principal amount of outstanding borrowing under the credit facility at the end of the current interest period. |
(4) | As of June 30, 2004, we had 69,174,303 ordinary shares outstanding. No non-voting shares or preference shares were outstanding as of June 30, 2004. As adjusted to give effect to the issuance of the ordinary shares upon the exercise of the Names' Options, a portion of which are sold in this offering we will have 69,309,624 ordinary shares outstanding. |
(5) | Includes unrealized gains on investments and unrealized gains on foreign currency. |
40
DILUTION
As of June 30, 2004, our net tangible book value was $1,446.9 million, or $20.92 per ordinary share, assuming 69,174,303 ordinary shares outstanding. As used below, our net tangible book value per ordinary share represents shareholders' equity, minus the balance for intangible assets, divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding. After giving effect to the issuance of 135,321 of our ordinary shares upon the exercise of 856,218 options held by the Names' Trustee, 5,538 on a cash basis and 850,680 on a cashless basis and after the application of the estimated proceeds from the issuance of the ordinary shares to the Names' Trustee, our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2004 would have been approximately $1,447 million, or $20.88 per ordinary share. This amount represents an immediate decrease of $0.04 per ordinary share to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $2.62 per ordinary share issued to the new investors purchasing shares offered hereby, based on an assumed offering price of $23.50 per ordinary share. Dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share represents the difference between the assumed amount per ordinary share and the net tangible book value per ordinary share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
Assumed public offering price per ordinary share | $ | 23.50 | ||||
Net tangible book value per ordinary share before the offering | 20.92 | |||||
Decrease attributable to the offering | 0.04 | |||||
Net tangible book value per ordinary share after the offering | 20.88 | |||||
Dilution per ordinary share to new investors | $ | 2.62 | ||||
41
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth our selected historical financial information for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated. The summary income statement data for the period from our inception at May 23, 2002 through December 31, 2002 and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and have been audited by KPMG Audit Plc, our independent auditors. The summary income statement data for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003 and the summary balance sheet data as at June 30, 2004 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and in our opinion, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial position for these periods. These historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected from any future period, and the results presented below are not necessarily indicative of our full year performance. Due to our limited operating history, the ratios presented may not be indicative of our future performance. You should read the following selected consolidated financial information along with the information contained in this prospectus, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the audited consolidated financial statements, unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
42
As
at June
30,
2004 |
As at December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2002 (1) | |||||||||||||||||
($ in millions, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $3,355.6 | 2,578.5 | 1,211.8 | |||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expense reserves | 755.9 | 525.8 | 93.9 | |||||||||||||||
Reserves for unearned premiums | 864.3 | 572.4 | 215.7 | |||||||||||||||
Long Term Loan | 40.0 | 40.0 | ||||||||||||||||
Total shareholder's equity | 1,453.5 | 1,298.7 | 878.1 | |||||||||||||||
Per Share Data (Based on U.S. GAAP Balance Sheet Data): (6) | ||||||||||||||||||
Book value per share (7) | $21.0 | $ | 18.77 | $ | 15.44 | |||||||||||||
Diluted book value per share (treasury stock method) (8) | $20.2 | 18.17 | 15.44 | |||||||||||||||
(1) | The financial information for this period reflects our results for the period from May, 23 2002, the date of our formation, to December 31, 2002. |
(2) | The loss ratio is calculated by dividing losses and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned. |
(3) | The expense ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition expense and general and administrative expense by net premiums earned. |
(4) | The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. |
(5) | Investments include fixed maturities and short-term investments. |
(6) | See "Dividend Policy" for a description of dividends paid on a per share basis. |
(7) | Book value per share is based on total shareholders' equity divided by the number of shares outstanding of 56,876,360, 69,179,303 and 69,174,303 at December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, respectively. |
(8) | Fully diluted book value per share is calculated based on total shareholders' equity at December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, divided by the number of shares outstanding of 56,876,360, 69,179,303 and 69,174,303 at December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003, respectively. Potentially dilutive options were not dilutive at December 31, 2002, but at December 31, 2003 there were 2,302,603 dilutive options and at June 30, 2004 there were 2,755,325 dilutive options. Potentially dilutive shares outstanding are calculated using the treasury method. |
43
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and our unaudited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for the six months ended June 30, 2004 which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion and analysis below contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties that are not historical facts, including statements about the Company's beliefs and expectations. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements."
Overview
The following overview of our 2003 operating results and financial condition and our second quarter of 2004 is intended to identify important themes and should be read in conjunction with the more detailed discussion further below.
We are a Bermuda holding company. We provide, through our operating subsidiaries, property and liability reinsurance in the global markets and property and liability insurance principally in the United Kingdom and the United States. The principal operating subsidiaries are Aspen Re, located in London, Aspen Bermuda, located in Bermuda and Aspen Specialty, located in Boston.
Our net income after tax for the second quarter of 2004 was $80.9 million, compared to $49.9 million for the second quarter of 2003.
As in the first quarter, our second quarter operating performance has benefited from the low level of natural catastrophe activity in the quarter. In addition to the benign claims environment, we have experienced favourable development in our prior year loss reserves.
In the second quarter of 2004 we released $7.9 million of reserves which is equivalent to a reduction of 2.4% in the combined ratio for the quarter. An explanation of this release is given below under the heading "Critical Accounting Policies — Reserves for losses and loss expenses."
The contribution to our results from investment income continues to increase as a result of positive cash flow. Cash flow from operations was $228.7 million for the second quarter of 2004 compared to $208.6 million in the first quarter of 2004. During the second quarter of 2004 we continued to take a cautious view on interest rates and our investment portfolio was positioned to protect capital from the negative impact of rising rates with an average duration of between 1.5 and 1.6 years.
Net income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 was $152 million, or $2.63 per share, compared to $28.6 million, or $0.89 per share, for the period ended December 31, 2002. Management considers this per share increase in net income to reflect a strong overall performance in 2003 given the relatively short period since the Company started its operations in June 2002 and the relative immaturity of its earnings profile. We measure the maturity of the Company's earnings profile by the ratio of net premiums earned to net premiums written, which has increased from 38% for the period ended December 31, 2002 to 74% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. In a "steady state" in which written premiums were neither increasing nor decreasing from one year to the next, earned premium would equal written premium.
Gross premiums written increased from $374.8 million for the period ended December 31, 2002 to $1,306.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. This increase is reflected in similarly significant increases in net written premiums, earned premiums and expenses, all of which increases are primarily driven by the fact that the results for 2002 reflect only the period since we began our operations in June 2002 whereas the results for 2003 reflect twelve months of operations.
44
Our net premiums written of $1,092.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 represented 84% of gross premiums written of $1,306.8 million, which indicates that we ceded reinsurance premiums of $214 million. Of the ceded reinsurance premiums, $75.4 million represented proportional cessions of which our shareholder Montpelier Re was the main recipient under arrangements established at our formation. The remaining amount of the ceded reinsurance premiums mostly comprises premiums for retrocessional protection of our property reinsurance account from which we do not expect to make any material recoveries in respect of accident year 2003 because there have not been any loss events of sufficient scale.
We monitor the ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses to net earned premium (the "loss ratio") as a measure of relative underwriting performance where a lower ratio represents a better result than a higher ratio. Our overall loss ratio was 53% for 2003 compared to 64% for 2002. There was a release of reserves in 2003 from the 2002 accident year, equivalent to around 1.1 percentage points on net earned premium for the year. Further information relating to the release of reserves can be found below under "Critical Accounting Policies" below.
We monitor the ratio of expenses to net earned premium (the "expense ratio") as a measure of the cost effectiveness of our business acquisition, operating and administrative processes. The expense ratio was 25% for 2003 and was the same for 2002. The expense ratio for 2003 includes one percentage point attributable to the expensing of employee options under FAS 123.
We comment further on loss ratios and expense ratios in our discussion of the segmental results later in this section.
We generated investment income in 2003 of $29.6 million in a year in which our total liquid assets doubled from $932 million at the end of 2002 to $1.8 billion at the end of 2003, requiring us to invest significant amounts during a volatile bond market. Investment income in 2002 was $8.5 million.
We did not pay any dividends to shareholders in 2003 but our board of directors has authorized, subject to its discretion, a quarterly dividend payment of $0.03 per ordinary share starting in the first quarter of 2004.
Management considers that the Company has advanced its business position as a result of its enhanced capital and surplus which are important in securing the confidence of policyholders and in providing capital to support continued development of the insurance and reinsurance business conducted by our Insurance Subsidiaries.
Total shareholders' equity increased from $878.1 million at the beginning of 2003 to $1,298.7 million at the end of 2003 as a result of:
• | the issuance of new shares in connection with the Company's initial public offering on December 4, 2003, which raised approximately $244 million in net proceeds; |
• | the issuance of shares to the Names' Trustee in connection with the exercise of the Names' Options it holds for the benefit of the Unaligned Members on both a cash and cashless basis for a total cash consideration of approximately $1.6 million; |
• | the issue of employee options at a fair value of $7.5 million credited to additional paid-in capital; |
• | net income for the year of $152.1 million; and |
• | a net increase in currency gains less investment losses accounted for as Other Comprehensive Income of $14.6 million. |
The increase in shareholders' equity resulted in an increase in diluted book value per share (treasury stock method) of 18% to $18.17 at December 31, 2003 from $15.44 at the beginning of the 2003.
The amounts outstanding under our Credit Facilities (as defined under "Liquidity and Capital Resources") were the only material debt that we had outstanding as of December 31, 2003.
45
Management monitors the ratio of debt to total capital, with total capital being defined as shareholders' equity plus outstanding debt. At December 31, 2003 this ratio was 3% (2002 – Nil). Management considers this to be well under the level at which it would expect rating agencies or customers to be concerned about excessive financial leverage.
Management monitors the liquidity of Aspen Holdings and of each of its Insurance Subsidiaries. With respect to Aspen Holdings, management monitors its ability to service debt, to finance dividend payments to shareholders and to provide financial support to the Insurance Subsidiaries. During 2003, the cash position of Aspen Holdings was significantly enhanced by the payment of $20 million in dividends by Aspen Re to Aspen Holdings and by the retention within Aspen Holdings of part of the proceeds from our initial public offering. As at December 31, 2003, Aspen Holdings held $52.7 million in cash and fixed interest securities and $12.6 million in short-term investments which management considered sufficient to provide us liquidity at such time.
At December 31, 2003, the Insurance Subsidiaries held $765.8 million in cash and short-term investments that are readily realizable securities. Operating cash flow, borrowing and the issuance of additional ordinary shares for cash increased the total cash and cash equivalents held by the Company by $221.2 millions during the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. Management monitors the value, currency and duration of the cash and investments within its Insurance Subsidiaries to ensure that they are able to meet their insurance and other liabilities as they become due and was satisfied that there was a comfortable margin of liquidity as at December 31, 2003 and for the foreseeable future.
Outlook and trends
In respect of the current market conditions, including the July 1 renewal season, we have begun to see rate reductions in the property lines and a slowing of rate increases in the casualty lines. Our own experience varies by class of business, and in some cases, by geography within the same class.
In property reinsurance overall pricing remains attractive and we have experienced only modest rate declines in the range of 5% to 10%. Our casualty reinsurance lines continue to enjoy favourable conditions with overall rate increases of approximately 8% on average for the year-to-date, including July 1 renewals. Our overall outlook for the casualty reinsurance book is positive to stable.
In respect of the insurance segment, property rates are declining. We believe that this is due to overcapacity in the market. Although we are not immune from this trend, within our U.K. commercial property book we are somewhat insulated where we have in place various long-term undertakings.
Rates are also declining somewhat in the U.K. commercial liability business with competition coming in the form of "risk bundling" with property exposures.
Aspen Specialty is developing well. We are building the book in a conservative fashion appropriate with market conditions and are pleased with the results of its marketing efforts, as solid relationships with the broker community are being forged. With respect to the property lines, Aspen Specialty is not immune from downward pressure on rates, but because of its positioning at the small to medium end of the market, we believe that it is experiencing less rate volatility than the higher value end of the market. In casualty lines, we are beginning to see some evidence of renewed competition.
Syndicates Financial Information
We have included in this prospectus, the audited combined financial statements of the Syndicates for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 (the "Syndicates Financial Statements") because a significant part of our management team came from Wellington and the Syndicates. While at the Syndicates this team developed the business which would become our Initial Lines of Business, and we participated in 2002 and 2003 in other business lines written by the Syndicates by way of a quota share arrangement. "Quota share" is a form of reinsurance in which premiums and losses are shared proportionately between the ceding company and the reinsurer. Under quota share
46
arrangements, the same percentage of premiums and loss sharing applies to all reinsured policies in a given class of business. During 2002 and 2003, the Syndicates wrote a diverse range of business (the "Syndicates Business"), including the Initial Lines of Business written by the Company as well as other lines of business which were not written directly by the Company. However, the Company had an interest in these other lines as a result of Aspen Re's participation in the quota share arrangements with the Syndicates. Aspen Re's participation in these arrangements with the Syndicates constituted approximately 58% of our gross premiums written from our formation through December 31, 2002, but only accounted for approximately 6% of our gross premiums written for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. The Company did not acquire or assume any assets, premiums or reserves of the Syndicates Business for any years prior to 2002.
We consider the Syndicates Financial Statements as reflective of the performance of the Syndicates at a time when market conditions were very different from those currently prevailing due to a variety of reasons, including the impact of the unprecedented losses arising from the destruction of the World Trade Center. Moreover, the business mix of the Company is significantly different from the business mix of the Syndicates Business. Therefore, the results of the Syndicates Business are not necessarily indicative of the future results or performance of the Company.
In addition, the Company does not control the Syndicates and is not in a position to obtain audited U.S. GAAP financial statements for the Syndicates for periods after December 31, 2002. Accordingly, we have not updated the Syndicates Financial Statements, or the related discussion, after 2002.
Revenues from Insurance and Reinsurance Contracts
We derive our revenues primarily from our insurance and reinsurance contracts. These revenues are included in our statement of operations after taking into account amounts payable to our reinsurers.
The amount of net premiums included as revenue in any reporting period depends on:
• | the amount and type of contracts written and the premiums we are able to charge to policyholders which are influenced by multiple factors, including prevailing market prices; |
• | the amount and type of reinsurance ceded and the reinsurance premiums payable; |
• | the distribution of the renewal dates of the business we write which are fairly evenly distributed through the year for our insurance business but are concentrated at the beginning of quarters (particularly January 1st) for our reinsurance business; and |
• | the length of time over which the premiums receivable are earned and reinsurance premiums are expensed. |
Other Revenues
Revenues also include investment income and realized investment gains offset by realized investment losses. Investment income is derived from holdings of cash and money market deposits and from fixed income investments. Realized investment gains and losses are derived from the sale of fixed income investments all of which are held as marketable securities available for sale. These securities are carried at fair market value and any resulting unrealized gains and losses are not included as revenue in our statement of operations but are included in comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders' equity.
The statement of operations for the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 includes a significant amount in respect of realized currency exchange gains but such gains are not expected to be a material recurrent component of our revenues.
47
Expenses
Our expenses are classified under four headings as set out below.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses . These expenses include claims paid and payable under our insurance and reinsurance contracts and the internal and external costs of settling these claims ("loss adjustment expenses").
The amount of these expenses is a function of the amount and type of insurance and reinsurance contracts we write and, with respect to reinsurance contracts, of the loss experience of the clients we reinsure. The amount of the expense is reduced to the extent that we can make recoveries from our reinsurers.
The amount reported under this heading in any period includes payments in the period plus the change in the value of the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses between the beginning and the end of the period.
Our method for setting the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses at the end of any period is discussed below under "Critical Accounting Policies."
Policy acquisition expenses . Policy acquisition expenses consist principally of commissions and similar charges payable to brokers, other intermediaries and ceding companies, many of which represent a percentage of premiums receivable by us together with staff costs directly attributable to underwriting. The amount of expenses varies according to the amount and types of contracts written.
Operating and administrative expenses . These expenses consist primarily of staff compensation, payroll taxes, accommodation costs, information technology and other operating expenses and professional fees. This heading also includes depreciation of tangible assets. Staff compensation includes salaries, bonuses, stock options and benefits such as medical insurance and pension contributions.
Income tax expense . This expense primarily represents corporation tax paid or payable by our U.K. operating company.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our consolidated financial statements contain certain amounts that are inherently subjective in nature and have required management to make assumptions and best estimates to determine the reported values. If actual events differ significantly from management's underlying assumptions or estimates, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and liquidity.
We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. The descriptions below are summarized and have been simplified for clarity. A more detailed description of the significant accounting policies we use to prepare our financial statements is included in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. If factors such as those described in "Risk Factors" cause actual events to differ from the assumptions used in applying the accounting policy and calculating financial results, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and liquidity.
Premiums . Written premiums comprise the estimated premiums on contracts of insurance and reinsurance entered into in the reporting period except in the case of proportional reinsurance contracts where written premium relates only to our proportional share of premiums due on contracts entered into by the ceding company prior to the end of the reporting period.
Premiums written and ceded include estimates based on information received from brokers, ceding companies and insureds. As actual premiums are reported by the ceding companies, management evaluates the appropriateness of the premium estimate and any adjustment to this estimate is recorded in the period in which it becomes known. Premiums on our excess of loss and proportional reinsurance contracts are estimated by management when the business is underwritten.
48
For excess of loss contracts, the minimum and deposit premium, as defined in the contract, is generally considered to be the best estimate of the contract's written premium at inception. Accordingly, this is the amount we generally record as written premium in the period the underlying risks incept. Estimates of premiums assumed under proportional contracts are recorded in the period in which the underlying risks are expected to incept and are based on information provided by brokers and ceding companies and estimates of the underlying economic conditions at the time the risk is underwritten. Adjustments to original premium estimates could be material and these adjustments may directly and significantly impact earnings in the period they are determined because the subject premium may be fully or substantially earned.
Premiums are recognized as earned evenly over the policy periods using the daily pro rata method.
The premium related to the unexpired portion of each policy at the end of the reporting period is included in the balance sheet as unearned premiums.
Premiums receivable are recorded as amounts due less any required provision for doubtful accounts.
Reserve for Losses and Loss Expenses. Provision is made at the year-end for the estimated cost of claims incurred but not settled at the balance sheet date, including the cost of IBNR claims. The estimated cost of claims includes expenses to be incurred in settling claims and a deduction for the expected value of salvage and other recoveries. As required under U.S. GAAP, no provision is made for our exposure to natural or man-made catastrophes other than for events occurring before the balance sheet date.
We take all reasonable steps to ensure that we have appropriate information regarding our claims exposures. However, given the uncertainty in establishing claims liabilities, it is likely that the final outcome will prove to be different from the original provision established.
In establishing the reserves set by the Company, the Company's actuary employs a number of techniques to establish a "range of estimates." The insurance reserves are established for the total unpaid cost of claims and loss adjustment expenses, which cover events that have occurred before the balance sheet date. These reserves reflect the Company's estimates of the total cost of IBNR claims to it. Estimated amounts recoverable from reinsurers on unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are calculated to arrive at a net claims reserve.
For reported claims, reserves are established on a case by case basis within the parameters of coverage provided in the insurance policy or reinsurance agreement. In estimating the cost of these claims, we consider circumstances related to the claims as reported, any information available from loss adjustors and information on the cost of settling claims with similar characteristics in previous periods. For IBNR claims, reserves are estimated using established actuarial methods. Both case and IBNR reserve estimates consider such variables as past loss experience, changes in legislative conditions and changes in judicial interpretation of legal liability policy coverages and inflation.
For classes of business which are not related to catastrophe, and where early claims experience may not provide a sound statistical basis to estimate the loss reserves, our approach is to establish an initial expected loss and loss expense ratio. This is based upon a combination of (a) an analysis of a portfolio of similar business written by Syndicate 2020 adjusted by an index reflecting how insurance rates, terms and conditions have changed, (b) market benchmark data, and (c) a contract by contract analysis. This initial expected loss and loss expense ratio is then modified in light of the actual experience to date measured against the expected experience. Loss reserves for known catastrophic events are based upon a detailed analysis of our reported losses and potential exposures conducted in conjunction with our underwriters.
Because many of the coverages underwritten involve claims that may not be ultimately settled for many years after they are incurred, subjective judgments as to the ultimate exposure to losses are an integral and necessary component of the loss reserving process. Reserves are established by the
49
selection of a best estimate from within a range of estimates. The Company continually reviews its reserves, using a variety of statistical and actuarial techniques to analyze current claims costs, frequency and severity data, and prevailing economic, social and legal factors. Reserves established in prior periods are adjusted as claims experience develops and new information becomes available.
The range of estimates established by the actuary is not intended to include the minimum or maximum amount that the claims may ultimately be, but is designed to provide management with a range from which it is reasonable to select a single best estimate for inclusion in the financial statements taking into account the impact that all the factors affecting the reserves may have.
In selecting our best estimates of the reserves for each line of business we take into account all of the factors set out above, and in particular the quality of the historical information the Company has on which to establish its reserves and the degree of estimation where information is received from cedents on an underwriting year basis and needs to be converted to an accident year basis. In addition, consideration is given to the point estimate produced by our independent consulting actuaries which was towards the upper end of the range for the year ended December 31, 2003.
Loss reserves presented on an "underwriting year" basis represent claims related to all policies incepting in a given year. In contrast, "accident year" loss reserves represent claims for events that occurred during a given calendar year, regardless of when the policy was written. Loss reserves on an underwriting year basis may include claims from different accident years. For example, a policy written during 2002 may have losses in accident year 2002 and in accident year 2003. Therefore, underwriting year data as of a particular evaluation date is less mature than accident year data.
While the reported reserves make a reasonable provision for unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense obligations, it should be noted that the process of estimating required reserves does, by its very nature, involve uncertainty. The level of uncertainty can be influenced by such factors as the existence of coverage with long duration payment patterns and changes in claims handling practices, as well as the factors noted above. Ultimate actual payments for losses and loss adjustment expenses could turn out to be significantly different from our estimates.
For the six months ended June 30, 2004. As of June 30, 2004, the Company had accrued losses and loss adjustment expense reserves of $755.9 million. This amount represented the Company's best estimate of the ultimate liability for payment of losses and loss adjustment expenses. Of the total gross reserves for unpaid losses of $755.9 million at the balance sheet date of June 30, 2004 a total of $493.6 million or 65.3% represented IBNR claims.
50
For the three months ended June 30, 2004, there was a reduction of our estimate of the ultimate claims to be paid in respect of the 2002 accident year of $3.7 million and $4.2 million in respect of the 2003 accident year. An analysis of this reduction by line of business is as follows:
The key elements which gave rise to the favorable development during the three months ended June 30, 2004 were as follows:
Property Reinsurance : The release was due to specific reductions in reserves for losses associated with the Californian brush fires. The reserves established for the Philips factory loss in Normandy, France were reduced by $10.0 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2004. No further changes have been made.
Specialty Reinsurance : Favorable incurred claims development and reassessment of loss ratios on Syndicates 2020 and 3030 quota shares as additional information is received from cedents have reduced the projected ultimate loss.
Commercial Property : Better than expected settlement patterns have caused us to adjust our estimate of ultimate claims.
Other than the matters described above, the Company did not make any significant changes in assumptions used in our reserving process. However, because the period of time we have been in operation is short, our loss experience is limited and reliable evidence of changes in trends of numbers of claims incurred, average settlement amounts, numbers of claims outstanding and average losses per claim will necessarily take years to develop.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. The net actuarial range for reserves for losses and loss expenses established as at December 31, 2003 was between $407.7 million and $491.3 million. The actual net reserves established as at that date were $482.2 million. The following presents our loss reserves by business segment as at December 31, 2003.
51
In the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, there was a reduction of our estimate of the ultimate claims to be paid in respect of the 2002 accident year of $9.6 million. An analysis of this reduction by line of business is as follows:
As
at
December 31, 2003 |
||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||
Property Reinsurance | $ | 3.8 | ||||
Casualty Reinsurance | 0.4 | |||||
Specialty Reinsurance | 4.2 | |||||
Total Reinsurance | 8.4 | |||||
Commercial Property | 1.2 | |||||
Commercial Liability | — | |||||
Total Insurance | 1.2 | |||||
Total reduction in prior year loss reserves | $ | 9.6 | ||||
All of this reduction related to the business written in 2002. The reserves as at December 31, 2002 were $93.9 million gross and $81.4 million net of reinsurance.
The favorable development during the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 of $9.6 million in respect of losses incurred during 2002 primarily resulted from the nature of the business earned in 2002. The key elements that gave rise to the changes in the estimated reserves and which enabled the actuarial projections to be refined were as follows:
• | 64% of the net reserves as at December 31, 2002, amounting to $52 million, were in respect of the Wellington quota share arrangements. The level of information we receive in respect of the business ceded under these arrangements is more limited than that in respect of business written directly by the Company, and is on an underwriting year basis which means that the cedents do not allocate estimates of IBNR losses to accident years. We reviewed this information and established our best estimate of the accident year claims as at December 31, 2002 using the cedents' estimates of ultimate losses and our own assessment of the allocation of those losses to accident years. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, we requested and were given more information by the cedents and this has enabled us to make a better assessment of how much of the ultimate losses relate to the 2002 accident year. The Syndicates have also experienced less severe development of incurred losses than they did in the immediately preceding years which has led to reductions in the actuarial estimates of ultimate losses. Both of these factors have contributed to an overall reduction in the 2002 accident year reserves for this business. |
• | The Company only commenced underwriting in 2002 and, although some of the lines of business have been written for a number of years in the Syndicates' operations, some lines were new to the Company. The reserving process requires estimates to be made based on both the current and historical information. For those lines of business new to the Company, the historical information relies to a greater degree on market information. As time progresses, the reserves in respect of these lines of business are refined as additional data is received. |
The analysis of the favorable development by each line of business is as follows:
Property Reinsurance : The net reserves of the property reinsurance line of business as at December 31, 2002 were $24 million, of which $9 million related to the Wellington quota share arrangements. Premiums and claims information received from the Syndicates and other cedents during the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 has indicated both a reduction in the 2002 underwriting year loss ratio and also an improvement in the accident year loss ratio for 2002. This resulted from a lower development of the severity of reported claims than was often observed in this line of business and gave rise to a $3.8 million reduction in reserves.
52
Casualty Reinsurance: The net reserves of the casualty reinsurance line of business as at December 31, 2002 were $10 million. Although we do not receive notice of most of the claims in this line of business until a considerable time has passed, some claims have a shorter notification period due to some of the more catastrophic elements of the business. The development of incurred losses in the twelve months subsequent to December 31, 2002 has enabled a small reduction in the projected loss ratio for this business from that suggested by the actuarial projection at December 31, 2002, giving rise to the reduction in reserves of $0.4 million.
Specialty Reinsurance : The net reserves of the specialty reinsurance line of business as at December 31, 2002 were $30.9 million. All of the specialty business as at December 31, 2002 was derived through the Wellington quota share arrangements. The reserves established as at December 31, 2002 were based upon the cedents' underwriting year estimates. Management assessed these estimates and, with the data provided, determined the accident year loss ratio. Premiums and claims information received from the cedent during the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 has enabled the Company to refine its accident year assessment. This has resulted in a release in reserves of $4.2 million.
Commercial Property : The net reserves of the property insurance line of business as at December 31, 2002 were $2.4 million. This account had only two years of Syndicates history prior to its being written by the Company. The reserves established as at December 31, 2002 were partly based upon the historical performance experienced in those two years. During the course of 2003, the historical information improved due in particular to the settlement of one claim significantly below its case reserve. This improvement enabled us to reassess the likely level of IBNR claims in respect of the 2002 accident year, resulting in a reduction in reserves of $1.2 million.
Other than the matters described above, the Company did not make any significant changes in assumptions used in our reserving process. However, because the period of time we have been in operation is short, our loss experience is limited and reliable evidence of changes in trends of numbers of claims incurred, average settlement amounts, numbers of claims outstanding and average losses per claim will necessarily take years to develop.
Estimates of IBNR are generally subject to a greater degree of uncertainty than estimates of the cost of settling claims already notified to the Company, where more information about the claim event is generally available. IBNR claims often may not be apparent to the insured until many years after the event giving rise to the claims has happened. Lines of business where the IBNR proportion of the total reserve is high, such as liability insurance, will typically display greater variations between initial estimates and final outcomes because of the greater degree of difficulty of estimating these reserves. Lines of business where claims are typically reported relatively quickly after the claim event tend to display lower levels of volatility between initial estimates and final outcomes. Allowance is made, however, for changes or uncertainties which may create distortions in the underlying statistics or which might cause the cost of unsettled claims to increase or reduce when compared with the cost of previously settled claims including:
• | changes in our processes which might accelerate or slow down the development and/or recording of paid or incurred claims; |
• | changes in the legal environment; |
• | the effects of inflation; |
• | changes in the mix of business; and |
• | the impact of large losses. |
As at December 31, 2003 a 5% change in the reserve for net IBNR losses would equate to a change of approximately $16.0 million in loss reserves which would represent 7.8% of income from operations before income tax for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003.
53
Reinsurance recoveries in respect of estimated IBNR claims are assumed to be consistent with the historical pattern of such recoveries, adjusted to reflect changes in the nature and extent of our reinsurance program over time. An assessment is also made of the collectability of reinsurance recoveries taking into account market data on the financial strength of each of the reinsurance companies.
Reinstatement Premiums . Reinstatement premiums and additional premiums are accrued as provided for in the provisions of assumed reinsurance contracts, based on experience under such contracts. Reinstatement premiums are the premiums charged for the restoration of the reinsurance limit of an excess of loss contract to its full amount after payment by the reinsurer of losses as a result of an occurrence. These premiums relate to the future coverage obtained during the remainder of the initial policy term and are earned over the remaining policy term. Additional premiums are premiums charged after coverage has expired, related to experience during the policy term, which are earned immediately. An allowance for uncollectible premiums is established for possible non-payment of such amounts due, as deemed necessary.
Impact of Accounting Pronouncements to be Adopted in the Future
In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" ("FIN 46"), which requires consolidation of all variable interest entities ("VIE") by the primary beneficiary, as these terms are defined in FIN 46, effective immediately for VIEs created after January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements apply to VIEs existing on January 31, 2003 for reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2003. In addition, it requires expanded disclosure for all VIEs. In October 2003, the FASB delayed the implementation date, for VIEs existing on January 31, 2003, to reporting periods ending after December 15, 2003. In December 2003 FIN 46 was replaced by FIN 46(R) which maintained the requirement to consolidate VIEs but revised the definitions. The adoption of FIN 46(R) has had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Results of Operations
Aspen Holdings was formed on May 23, 2002 and acquired The City Fire Insurance Company Limited ("City Fire") on June 21, 2002. City Fire was subsequently renamed as Wellington Reinsurance Limited ("Wellington Re") and then as Aspen Re. Aspen Re commenced underwriting on June 21, 2002. Aspen Bermuda was formed on November 6, 2002 and commenced insurance operations on December 9, 2002. Aspen Specialty was acquired on September 5, 2003. Our fiscal year ends on December 31. Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The following is a discussion and analysis of our consolidated results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and the period from our incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002.
In 2002, we derived a significant proportion of our premiums from two quota share contracts under which we reinsured part of the portfolio of risks written by the Syndicates and managed by WUAL (the "Wellington 2002 quota share arrangements"). With effect from January 1, 2003 we renewed reinsurance business and U.K. insurance business previously written by the Syndicates within our own U.K. subsidiary. We did however continue to assume risks in respect of other lines of business written by Syndicate 2020 from January 1, 2003 under a quota share contract under which we accepted 7.5% of most of the classes written by the Syndicate from that date. The 2003 quota share arrangement with Syndicate 2020 is a much less significant part of our business than were the Wellington 2002 quota share arrangements. In 2004, we did not enter into a quota share arrangement with Syndicate 2020.
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003
The following is a discussion and analysis of the Company's consolidated results of operations for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003.
54
Gross premiums written . For the three months ended June 30, 2004, gross premiums written were $380.4 million, a 50.8% increase over the $252.3 million written for the three months ended June 30, 2003. The main contributions to the increase were the risk excess and catastrophe classes of our property reinsurance business, and our U.K. insurance business.
Reinsurance ceded . Reinsurance premiums ceded for the three months ended June 30, 2004 were $16.8 million compared to a reduction in premiums ceded of $4.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2003. The low level of expenditure in the second quarter of 2004 is due to the majority of our reinsurance having an inception date of January 1 and hence being recognised in the first quarter of 2004. The premiums which were ceded in the three months ended June 30, 2004 represented quota share premiums payable on our risk excess reinsurance and liability insurance business classes. The reduction in reinsurance ceded in 2003 was due to a change in the estimated premium due on reinsurance contracts protecting the facultative property business in our reinsurance segment.
Net premiums written . Net premiums written for the three months ended June 30, 2004 were $363.6 million. This represents a 41.5% increase over the equivalent period in 2003 and is broadly in line with the increase in gross premiums.
Net premiums earned . Net premiums earned for the three months ended June 30, 2004 were $327.0 million representing an increase of 55.2% over the comparable period in 2003. The increase was due to the effect of premiums written in the second half of 2003 earning through in 2004 being more material than premiums written in 2002 earning through in 2003. The impact of 2002 business is less material as we only commenced operating half way through 2002 and written premiums were therefore significantly lower than in subsequent years.
Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses . Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2004 were $139.4 million, an overall increase of $44.2 million compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003 reflecting the increase in earned premiums. As a percentage of net earned premiums, insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses were reduced from 45.2% for the three months ended June 30, 2003 to 42.6% for the three months ended June 30, 2004. The reduction reflected the relatively low level of catastrophe claims environment through June 30, 2004 and a $7.9 million prior year reserves release following favorable development on estimated losses for property/specialty reinsurance and property insurance classes.
Policy acquisition expenses . Policy acquisition expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2004 were $65.2 million, representing 19.9% of net premiums earned, compared to $44.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2003 which represented 21.3 % of net premiums earned for that period. This increase was due to an increase in business written. We expect this percentage to decrease during the year as the effect on earnings of our outwards reinsurance program reduces as more inwards premium is earned.
Operating and administrative expenses . Operating and administrative expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2004 were $26.1 million, which was an increase of $19.0 million compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003. The significant increase over the $7.1million charged in 2003 was due to a number of factors the most significant of which was, the growth in the infrastructure of the group reflecting the overall expansion both in terms of premium volumes and operating locations resulting in increased staff costs, increased accommodation and IT costs.
Net investment income . Net investment income of $14.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2004 represented an increase of 157% over the net investment income of $5.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2003. The increase was due to favorable movements in interest rates but more significantly a 107% increase in the value of cash and investments as at June 30, 2004 compared to June 30, 2003.
Income before tax . Income before tax for the three months ended June 30, 2004 was $107.2 million, compared to $69.2 million for the three months to June 30, 2003. The 54.9% increase is consistent with the increase in business earned in the period and improvement in loss ratios.
55
Income tax expense . Income tax expense for the three months ended June 30, 2004 was $26.3 million. Our consolidated tax rate for the three months ended June 30, 2004 was 24.5%, compared to the tax rate of 27.9% for the three months ended June 30, 2003. The higher rate for the three months ended June 30, 2003 reflected the fact that the Bermudian operations, which are not subject to tax, were in their set up phase and were not making a significant contribution at that time. We consider that the tax rate reported for the three months ended June 30, 2004 is more representative of future performance.
Net income . Net income for the three months ended June 30, 2004 was $80.9 million, equivalent to $1.17 earnings per basic share and $1.13 fully diluted earnings per share on the basis of the weighted average number of shares in issue during the three months ended June 30, 2004. Net income for the three months ended June 30, 2003 was $49.9 million.
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003
The following is a discussion and analysis of the Company's consolidated results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003.
Gross premiums written . For the six months ended June 30, 2004, gross premiums written were $1,020.6 million, a 23.0% increase over the $830.0 million written for the six months ended June 30, 2003. This was due to our increase in the casualty reinsurance book, which has expanded by 50% from $206.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2003 to $309.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2004, and the development of our U.K. insurance division which has increased by 64% over the corresponding period in 2003. In the quarter ended June 30, 2004 property reinsurance premiums, which increased by 152% over the quarter ended June 30, 2003, have enhanced our gross premiums written.
Reinsurance ceded . Reinsurance premiums ceded for the six months ended June 30, 2004 were $147.6 million compared to $164.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2003 as a result of a reduction in quota share arrangements. In addition the retention on our 2004 program is higher than 2003 thereby reducing the premiums payable.
Net premiums written . Net premiums written for the six months ended June 30, 2004 were $873.0 million. This represents a 31% increase over the equivalent period in 2003 and is a consequence of the increase in gross premiums and reduced reinsurance spend.
Net premiums earned . Net premiums earned for the six months ended June 30, 2004 were $632.8 million, an increase of 90.4% over the comparative period. The increase is due to the earn-out of 2003 premiums in 2004 whereas in 2003 the level of premiums earned from 2002 policies was significantly lower because the Company wrote a significantly lower amount of business in 2002.
Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses . Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2004 were $263.5 million, which was an increase of $97.6 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2003. This increase was due to the requirement to reserve for the new business written which was offset by the cumulative effect of a $23.1 million release from prior year reserves.
Policy acquisition and administrative expenses . Policy acquisition expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2004 were $168.4 million representing 26.6% of net premiums earned. This is relatively consistent with acquisition expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2003 which were $85.6 million representing 25.8% of net premiums earned.
Net investment income . Net investment income of $26.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2004 represents an increase of 151% over the $10.7million earned in the six months ended June 30, 2003. The increase was due to favourable movements in interest rates, but more significantly a 107% increase in the value of cash and investments held by the group.
56
Income before tax . Income before tax for the six months ended June 30, 2004 was $222.3 million, compared to $91.5 million for the six months to June 30, 2003. The $130.8 million increase is consistent with the increase in business written in the period.
Income tax expense . Income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2004 was $56.4 million. Our consolidated tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2004 was 25.3%, compared to 28.9% for the six months ended June 30, 2003. The higher rate for the six months ended June 30, 2003 reflected the fact that the Bermudian operations, which are not subject to tax, were not contributing materially to the overall results.
Net income . Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2004 was $165.9 million, equivalent to $2.40 earnings per basic share and $2.31 fully diluted earnings per share on the basis of the weighted average number of shares in issue during the six months ended June 30, 2004.
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003
Aspen Holdings was formed on May 23, 2002 but did not commence operations until June 21, 2002. The condensed consolidated statement of operations for the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 therefore reflects the results of our business operations for only twenty-eight weeks, comparisons with the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 may not be meaningful and therefore, the two periods are generally not compared below.
Gross premiums written . In the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 gross premiums written were $1,306.8 million, including $78.4 million under the 2003 quota share arrangement with Syndicate 2020.
Reinsurance ceded . Reinsurance premiums ceded for the period were $214.0 million.
Net premiums written . Net premiums written for the period were $1,092.8 million.
Gross premiums earned . Gross premiums earned for the period were $987.8 million which represents 75.6% of gross premiums written.
Net premiums earned . Net premiums earned for the period were $812.3 million, representing 74.3% of net premiums written.
Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses . Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses for the period were $428.4 million including paid claims of $53.9 million. Of the total gross reserves for unpaid losses of $525.8 million at the balance sheet date a total of $341.0 million represented IBNR claims.
Policy acquisition expenses . Policy acquisition expenses for the period were $152.3 million, representing 18.7% of net premiums earned.
Operating and administrative expenses . Operating and administrative expenses for the period were $53.3 million, including provisions for fixed and performance-related staff compensation.
Net investment income . Net investment income for the period was $29.6 million.
Income before tax . Income before tax for the period was $206.6 million, including underwriting income of $178.3 million, investment returns of $27.2 million and interest on loans of $0.4 million.
Income tax expense . Income tax expense for the period was $54.5 million. Our consolidated effective tax rate for 2003 was 26.4%, whereas in 2002 it was 18.5%. The lower rate for the year ended December 31, 2002 reflected the inclusion in pre-tax income of a non-taxable currency gain of $12.7 million. We consider that the tax rate reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 is more representative of future performance although it may decline to some degree in the future if the contribution of Aspen Bermuda to total pre-tax earnings increases. This is because the operations of Aspen Bermuda are not subject to income taxes.
57
Net income . Net income for the period was $152.1 million, equivalent to $2.63 earnings per basic share and $2.56 fully diluted earnings per share on the basis of the weighted average number of shares in issue during the period.
Period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002
Gross premiums written . For the period, gross premiums written were $374.8 million. This was derived in part from our own business and in part from the Wellington 2002 quota share arrangements. Our own business accounted for $158.4 million and the Wellington 2002 quota share arrangements for $216.4 million.
Reinsurance ceded . Reinsurance ceded for the period was $62.2 million which includes $49.9 million in respect of reinsurance contracts placed by WUAL for the benefit of its syndicates and their quota share reinsurers.
Net premiums written . Net premiums written for the period were $312.6 million of which $166.3 million were derived from the Wellington 2002 quota share arrangements and the balance from our own business.
Gross premiums earned . Gross premiums earned for the period were $163.8 million which represents 43.7% of gross premiums written. We expect gross earned premiums to continue to lag significantly behind gross premiums written while our operations are in their initial growth phase. The amount of gross earned premiums derived from the Wellington 2002 quota share arrangements was $111.6 million.
Net premiums earned . Net premiums earned for the period were $120.3 million, representing 38.5% of net premiums written and including $74.3 million in respect of the Wellington 2002 quota share arrangements.
Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses . Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses for the period were $76.9 million, including paid claims of $3.7 million. The only material claims incurred and reported during the period arose from the European floods ($3 million) and an explosion in a United States grain store ($1.8 million). Of the reserves of $93.9 million, at the balance sheet date, a total of $83.6 million represents IBNR claims. The expense for the period is stated after crediting reinsurance recoveries of $10.1 million which mainly relate to estimated recoveries against IBNR claims.
Policy acquisition expenses . Policy acquisition expenses for the period were $21.1 million including $14.1 million of ceding commissions and other acquisition expenses in respect of the Wellington 2002 quota share arrangements, the balance comprising brokerage in respect of our own business.
Operating and administrative expenses . Operating and administrative expenses for the period were $8.7 million, including provisions for fixed and performance-related staff compensation.
Net investment income . Net investment income of $8.5 million for the period was mainly derived from bank deposits and holdings of money market funds.
Other revenues . Other revenues mainly consist of a realized exchange gain of $12.7 million arising from the sale of currency in an amount equal to approximately 54% of the paid in capital of the Company to U.S. Dollars from British Pounds at a date by which the value of British Pounds had risen relative to U.S. Dollars since the date on which the capital was committed. This forward exchange contract was undertaken so as to match the currency mix of the company's capital base to the approximate currency mix of the exposures we expected to assume.
Income before tax . Income before tax for the period was $35.1 million, including underwriting income of $13.6 million, investment returns of $8.4 million and other revenues of $13.1 million.
Income tax expense . Income tax expense for the period was $6.5 million, which was mainly driven by the current rate of U.K. corporation tax of 30%.
58
Net income . Net income for the period was $28.6 million, equivalent to $0.89 earnings per basic and fully diluted share on the basis of the weighted average number of shares in issue during the period.
Underwriting Results by Operating Segments
Our business segments are based on how we monitor the performance of our underwriting operations. Management measures segment results on the basis of the combined ratio, which is obtained by dividing the sum of the losses and loss expenses, acquisition expenses and general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned. As a newly formed company, our historical combined ratio may not be indicative of future underwriting performance. We do not manage our assets by segment; accordingly, investment income and total assets are not allocated to the individual segments. General and administrative expenses are allocated to segments based on each segment's proportional share of gross premiums written.
The following table summarizes gross and net written premium, underwriting results, and combined ratios and reserves for each of our two business segments for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003.
59
The following table summarizes gross and net written premium, underwriting results, and combined ratios and reserves for each of our two business segments for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003:
60
The following table summarizes gross and net written premium, underwriting results, and combined ratios and reserves for each of our two business segments for the period from incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. Aspen Holdings was formed on May 23, 2002 but did not commence operations until June 21, 2002. The condensed consolidated statement of operations for the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 therefore reflects the results of our business operations for only twenty-eight weeks and comparisons with the corresponding period in 2003 may not be meaningful.
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31, 2003 |
Period
From May 23, 2002
to
Decmeber 31, 2002 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reinsurance | Insurance | Total | Reinsurance | Insurance | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions, except for percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross premiums written | $ | 1,001.9 | $ | 304.9 | $ | 1,306.8 | $ | 288.2 | $ | 86.6 | $ | 374.8 | ||||||||||||||
Net premiums written | 821.0 | 271.8 | 1,092.8 | 233.9 | 78.7 | 312.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Gross premiums earned | 747.2 | 240.6 | 987.8 | 135.8 | 28.0 | 163.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net premiums earned | 596.6 | 215.7 | 812.3 | 96.9 | 23.4 | 120.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses | (303.0 | ) | (125.4 | ) | (428.4 | ) | (60.9 | ) | (16.0 | ) | (76.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Policy acquisition, operating and administrative expenses | (165.6 | ) | (40.0 | ) | (205.6 | ) | (24.4 | ) | (5.4 | ) | (29.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Underwriting profit before investment income | $ | 128.0 | $ | 50.3 | $ | 178.3 | $ | 11.6 | $ | 2.0 | $ | 13.6 | ||||||||||||||
Investment return | 29.6 | 8.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income | (0.4 | ) | 0.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating income before income tax (1) | $ | 207.5 | $ | 22.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Net
reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses as at December 31, 2003
and
December 31, 2002 |
$ | 314.9 | $ | 167.3 | $ | 482.2 | $ | 64.9 | $ | 16.5 | $ | 81.4 | ||||||||||||||
Ratios: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss ratio | 51 | % | 58 | % | 53 | % | 63 | % | 68 | % | 64 | % | ||||||||||||||
Expense ratio | 28 | 19 | 25 | 25 | 23 | 25 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Combined ratio | 79 | % | 77 | % | 78 | % | 88 | % | 91 | % | 89 | % | ||||||||||||||
(1) | Operating income excludes realized investment and exchange gains and losses. |
Reinsurance
We write reinsurance for both property and casualty risks. In 2004 our property reinsurance line of business is all written on a treaty basis. The property treaty reinsurance we write includes catastrophe, risk excess and pro rata, including retrocession. In 2003 we also wrote a limited amount of property facultative reinsurance.
In 2004 our casualty reinsurance line of business is written mainly on a treaty basis with a small proportion of facultative risks. The casualty treaty reinsurance is primarily on an excess of loss basis and includes coverage for claims arising from automobile accidents, employers' liability, professional indemnity and other third party liabilities. It is written in respect of cedents located mainly in the United States, the United Kingdom, Europe and Australia. The casualty facultative business covers United States umbrella, workers' compensation and general liability business.
Our specialty reinsurance line of business includes aviation and marine reinsurance. In 2003 we also included under this heading our quota share reinsurances of Syndicates 2020 and 3030 in respect of the lines of business that we did not write under our own name, including marine, energy, accident and health and aviation risks. Our quota share reinsurance of Syndicate 2020 did not continue into 2004 and the quota share of Syndicate 3030 did not continue after 2002.
61
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003
Gross premiums written. Gross premiums written for the three months ended June 30, 2004 were $292.5 million, an increase of 50.7% over the equivalent period in 2003. This increase in gross premiums written was driven by a $117.9 million increase in property reinsurance premiums. This increase was derived from a number of different factors:
• | new business lines written through Aspen Re America in 2004; |
• | an increase in the business written in Bermuda; |
• | the growth in premiums incepting in the period under our pro-rata contracts; and |
• | timing differences due to some clients bringing forward their renewal dates compared to 2003. |
Losses and loss adjustment expenses . Losses and loss adjustment expenses were $97.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2004, representing 38.9% of net earned premiums for the three months ended June 30, 2004. The improvement in loss ratio from the 39.7% for the three months ended June 30, 2003 was due to the absence of any major catastrophe losses in the period and a $5.6 million prior year release in the three months ended June 30, 2004. During the three months ended June 30, 2003 there was a series of tornadoes in the mid-west of the United States that resulted in reported incurred property reinsurance claims of $9.8 million.
Policy acquisition, operating and administration expenses . Total expenses were $72.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2004, an increase of 67.4% as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003. This increase reflected the growth in premiums in the period and the subsequent increase in the operational resources of the Company to service this growth.
The following table summarizes gross and net written premiums and underwriting results for each of the lines of business within our reinsurance segment for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003:
62
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003
Gross premiums written. Gross premiums written for the six months ended June 30, 2004 were $851.4 million, an increase of 17.1% over the equivalent period in 2003. In accordance with our strategy, gross premiums written for our casualty reinsurance line of business increased by 49.7% compared to the six months ended June 30, 2003. The decrease in premiums from the specialty class is due to the non renewal of the 2003 quota share contract with Syndicate 2020.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses . Losses and loss adjustment expenses were $179.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2004, representing 37.3% of net earned premiums. The reduction in a 46.3% loss ratio for the six months ended June 30, 2003 to a loss ratio of 37.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2004 is a result of the relatively low level of claims experienced in 2004 and the release of $14.6 million of prior year reserves in relation to the reinsurance classes.
Policy acquisition, operating and administration expenses . Total expenses were $130.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2004, equivalent to 27.1% of net earned premiums. The increase from $72.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2003 was due to the additional operational resources required by the Company to service the growth in premiums.
The following table summarizes gross and net written premiums and underwriting results for each of the lines of business within our reinsurance segment for the six months ended June 30, 2004:
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003
Gross Premium Written. Gross premiums written for the period were $1,001.9 million, comprising $558.2 million property, $292.3 million casualty and $151.4 million specialty.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses . Losses and loss adjustment expenses were $303.0 million for the period, representing 50.8% of net earned premiums for the period. The only material claims incurred during the period arose from a series of tornadoes in the mid-west of the United States between May 2, 2003 and May 11, 2003 ($6.3 million), Hurricanes Fabian and Isabel ($5.6 million and $7.2 million, respectively), brush fires in the United States ($15.3 million) and a Philips factory loss in Normandy, France ($16.2 million).
Policy acquisition, operating and administration expenses . Total expenses were $165.6 million for the period, equivalent to 22.2% of gross earned premiums.
63
The following table summarizes gross and net written premiums and underwriting results for each of the lines of business within our reinsurance segment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003:
Period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002
Gross premiums written . Gross premiums written for the period were $288.2 million, comprising $117.6 million property, $27.8 million casualty and $142.8 million specialty. The specialty premium for this period comprises entirely that part of the business assumed under the 2002 Wellington quota share arrangements that is not included under any other heading.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses . The year 2002 developed well with relatively few major property losses. The catastrophe account was impacted by the European floods which have produced in excess of $3 million of claims. The only material loss on the risk excess account was a $1.8 million loss at a U.S. grain store. No material casualty reinsurance claims were reported in the period, reflecting the long tail nature of the casualty reinsurance business written. Total loss and loss adjustment expenses were $60.9 million representing 63% of net premiums earned.
Policy acquisition, operating and administration expenses . Total expenses were $24.4 million for the period, equivalent to 18.0% of gross earned premiums. This is lower than we expect to experience in the future because the premiums written under the Wellington 2002 quota share arrangements are ceded to us net of the brokerage payable by the Syndicates on the original business.
64
The following table summarizes gross and net written premiums and underwriting results for each of the lines of business within our reinsurance segment for the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002:
Insurance
We write both commercial property and commercial liability insurance. Our commercial property line of business is primarily composed of U.K. commercial property insurance. No major claims have been notified in respect of this business. Commercial property also includes our U.S. excess and surplus lines property business written through Aspen Specialty.
The commercial liability line of business consists of U.K. employers' and public liability insurance. We have not received notice of any individually material claims with respect to this business but this is normally the case for this class of business at this early stage in its development and it may take many years before all claims are reported, assessed and paid.
For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003
Gross premiums written . Gross premiums written for the three months ended June 30, 2004 were $87.9 million, a 51.0% increase from the three months ended June 30, 2003. The growth in the property segment reflected the contribution from our worldwide property insurance team which commenced underwriting at the end of 2003 as well as a contribution from Aspen Specialty. Premiums in our UK commercial property account remained stable. The increase in the liability segment reflected a contribution from Aspen Specialty which commenced operations late in 2003 together with an increase in the UK liability account.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses . Total loss and loss adjustment expenses were $42.0 million and are predominately IBNR provisions. The reduction in the commercial property loss ratio is due to a $2.3 million favourable development on prior year reserves.
Policy acquisition, operating and administration expenses . Total expenses were $19 million for the three months ended June 30, 2004. The increase over the comparative period is due to the set up costs associated with the establishment of our U.S. insurance operations, Aspen Specialty, and the relatively low contribution to earned premiums from these operations during this early stage of development. Additionally, the worldwide property team's costs are recorded in the quarter ended June 30, 2004. Neither of these divisions had costs in the comparative figures.
65
The following table summarizes gross and net written premiums and underwriting results for each of the lines of business within our insurance segment for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003:
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003
Gross premiums written . Gross premiums written for the six months ended June 30, 2004 were $169.2 million, a 64.3% increase from the six months ended June 30, 2003. This increase was due to the commencement of underwriting in Aspen Specialty and increases in our worldwide property account in the property segment and to the acceleration of business written in the UK liability account whilst rates remain very strong.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses . Total loss and loss adjustment expenses were $84.5 million and are predominately IBNR provisions. The reduction in selected loss ratios for 2004 business is a result of the relatively low level of claims experienced in 2004 and the release of $8.5 million of prior year reserves, which are attributed almost equally to property and liability insurance.
Policy acquisition, operating and administration expenses . Total expenses were $38.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2004, equivalent to 25.0% of net earned premiums. This increase from $13.2 million for the six months ended June 30 2003 was due to the additional operational resources required by the company to service the growth in premiums, the costs of establishing the infrastructure of Aspen Specialty, and a levy raised in 2004 on all United Kingdom insurance operations which, for the Company, has been assessed at $1.2 million.
66
The following table summarizes gross and net written premiums and underwriting results for each of the lines of business within our insurance segment for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003:
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003
Gross premiums written . Gross premiums written for the period were $304.9 million, comprising $81.7 million property and $223.2 million liability.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses . Losses and loss adjustment expenses were $125.4 million for the period, representing 58.1% of net earned premiums for the period.
Policy acquisition, operating and administration expenses . Total expenses were $40.0 million for the period, equivalent to 16.6% of gross earned premiums.
67
The following table summarizes gross and net written premiums and underwriting results for each of the lines of business within our insurance segment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003:
Period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002
Gross premiums written. Gross premiums written for the period were $86.6 million, comprising $10.9 million property and $75.7 million liability.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses . Total loss and loss adjustment expenses were $16.0 million, representing 68.4% of net premiums earned.
Policy acquisition, operating and administration expenses . Total expenses were $5.4 million for the period, equivalent to 19.3% of gross earned premiums.
The following table summarizes gross and net written premiums and underwriting results for each of the lines of business within our insurance segment for the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002:
68
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At June 30, 2004, Aspen Holdings had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $11.0 million that are available to pay its operating expenses and liabilities.
We did not pay any dividends to shareholders in 2003 but our board of directors has a policy whereby it intends to authorize, subject to its discretion, a quarterly dividend payment of $0.03 per ordinary share per fiscal quarter starting in 2004. The first such dividend was payable on March 31, 2004. We also declared our dividend in the second and third quarters of 2004.
As of January 1, 2003, the maximum amount of distributions that our Insurance Subsidiaries could have paid to us under applicable laws and regulations without prior regulatory approval was approximately $30.0 million. This amount increased to approximately $89 million as of June 30, 2004.
The ability of Aspen Bermuda to pay dividends is dependent on its ability to meet the requirements of applicable Bermuda law and regulations. Under Bermuda law, Aspen Bermuda may not declare or pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that Aspen Bermuda is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or the realizable value of Aspen Bermuda's assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. Further, Aspen Bermuda, as a regulated insurance company in Bermuda, is subject to additional regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends or distributions. As of June 30, 2004, Aspen Bermuda could pay a dividend or make a distribution out of contributed surplus totalling approximately $50 million without prior regulatory approval based upon the Bermuda Insurance Act and the Bermuda Companies Act regulations.
Aspen Re and Aspen Specialty are also subject to regulatory restrictions limiting their ability to pay dividends. As of June 30, 2004, Aspen Re could pay a dividend totalling approximately $36 million without prior regulatory approval based upon the FSA and the Companies Act regulations. Aspen Specialty could pay a dividend without regulatory approval of approximately $3 million. For a discussion of the various restrictions on our ability and our Insurance Subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends, see "Regulatory Matters" elsewhere in this prospectus.
On July 31, 2003 Aspen Re agreed to pay an interim dividend of $5.0 million to the Company and it was paid on August 11, 2003. An additional dividend of $5.0 million was paid on September 5, 2003 and $10.0 million was paid on December 17, 2003. On July 20, 2004, Aspen Re agreed to pay the Company a dividend of $15 million.
Management monitors the liquidity of Aspen Holdings and of each of its Insurance Subsidiaries. In relation to Aspen Holdings, we monitor its ability to service debt, to finance dividend payments to shareholders and to provide financial support to the Insurance Subsidiaries. During 2003, the cash position of Aspen Holdings was significantly enhanced by the payment of $20.0 million in dividends by Aspen Re to Aspen Holdings and by the retention within Aspen Holdings of part of the proceeds from our initial public offering. As at December 31, 2003, Aspen Holdings held $52.7 million in cash and fixed interest securities and $12.6 million in short-term investments which management considers sufficient to provide us liquidity at this time.
As of June 30, 2004, the Insurance Subsidiaries held approximately $742.2 million in cash and short-term investments that are readily realizable securities. Operating cash flow, borrowing and the issuance of additional ordinary shares for cash increased the total cash and cash equivalents held by the Company by $221.2 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. Management monitors the value, currency and duration of the cash and investments held by its Insurance Subsidiaries to ensure that they are able to meet their insurance and other liabilities as they become due and was satisfied that there was a comfortable margin of liquidity as at December 31, 2003 and for the foreseeable future.
Our aggregate invested assets as of June 30, 2004 totalled $2.05 billion compared to aggregate invested assets of $1.62 billion as of December 31, 2003. The increase in invested assets since December 31, 2003 resulted from collections of premiums on insurance policies and reinsurance
69
contracts and investment income, offset by policy acquisition expenses paid, reinsurance premiums paid, operating and administrative expenses paid.
Cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2004. Total net cash flow from operations from December 31, 2003 through June 30, 2004 was approximately $437 million, an increase from approximately $279 million from the prior year period. For the six months ended June 30, 2004, our cash flows from operations provided us with sufficient liquidity to meet our operating requirements. We declared our cash dividend of $0.03 per share to shareholders of record in our first, second and third quarters of 2004.
Cash flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 . In the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 we generated net cash from operating activities of $636.6 million, primarily relating to premiums and investment income received offset by reinsurance premiums payable. We paid claims of $53.9 million in the period. We made net investments in the amount of $696.4 million in market securities during the period. Cash and cash equivalents increased from $9.6 million at the beginning of the period to $230.8 million at the end of the period.
Cash flows for the period from incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 . In the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002, we received $836.9 million in cash from a private placement of our ordinary shares, net of equity raising costs of $28.1 million. During this period, we generated an operating net cash inflow of $78.1 million, primarily relating to net premiums received by Aspen Re. We did not make any significant capital expenditures during the period from inception to December 31, 2002. We made net investments of $899.7 million in market securities in the period, and had a cash balance of $9.6 million at December 31, 2002.
Aspen Holdings was formed on May 23, 2002 but did not commence operations until June 21, 2002. The condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 therefore reflects the results for only twenty-eight weeks and comparisons with the year ended December 31, 2003 may not be meaningful.
Liquidity . Our liquidity depends on operating, investing and financing cash flows, described as follows. On an ongoing basis, our Insurance Subsidiaries' sources of funds primarily consist of premiums written, investment income and proceeds from sales and redemptions of investments.
Cash is used primarily to pay reinsurance premiums, losses and loss adjustment expenses, brokerage commissions, general and administrative expenses and taxes and to purchase new investments. We may also use cash to pay for any authorized share repurchases and dividends.
Our cash flows from operations represent the difference between premiums collected and the losses and loss adjustment expenses paid, underwriting and other expenses paid. The potential for a large claim under one of our reinsurance contracts means that substantial and unpredictable payments may need to be made within relatively short periods of time.
We intend to manage these risks by maintaining a substantial proportion of our invested assets in securities having durations less than the durations of our liabilities even though this may over time reduce the yield on our investments below that which might be obtained if our asset durations were perfectly matched to our liability durations. Notwithstanding this policy, if our calculations with respect to these liabilities are incorrect, we could be forced to liquidate investments prior to maturity, potentially at a significant loss.
Aspen Bermuda is subject to the solvency requirements of the Insurance Act (as defined in "Regulatory Matters — Bermuda Regulation"). See "Regulatory Matters — Bermuda Regulation" elsewhere in this prospectus. Aspen Bermuda's fully paid up share capital was $1.0 million and statutory capital and surplus was $357.5 million at December 31, 2003.
Aspen Re is regulated by the FSA and is subject to the FSA's Handbook of Rules and Guidance with respect to solvency requirements. See "Regulatory Matters — U.K. Regulation" elsewhere in this prospectus. Aspen Re has maintained the required margin of solvency throughout 2003 and the value of its shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2003 was $754.0 million.
70
Aspen Specialty is regulated by the North Dakota insurance laws and is subject to risk-based capital regulations. See "Regulatory Matters — U.S. Regulation — North Dakota State Risk-Based Capital Regulations" elsewhere in this prospectus.
We are obliged by the terms of our contractual obligations to U.S policyholders and by undertakings to certain U.S. regulatory authorities to facilitate the issue of letters of credit or maintain certain balances in trust funds for the benefit of policyholders. Our current arrangements with our bankers for the issue of letters of credit require us to provide cash collateral for the full amount of all undrawn letters of credit that are outstanding. We monitor the proportion of our otherwise liquid assets that are committed to trust funds or to the collateralization of letters of credit. As at December 31, 2003 these funds amounted to 10% of the $1.8 billion of cash and investments held by the Company. We do not consider that this unduly restricts our liquidity at this time.
For these purposes, we have specifically established a facility for the issuance of letters of credit in the amount of $50 million with Citibank, N.A. As of June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, letters of credit totaling $56.9 million and $24.5 million, respectively, had been issued by Citibank. In addition, Barclays Bank plc has issued letters of credit totaling £47.4 million to policyholders of the Company. The Company has provided collateral to Citibank and Barclays Bank plc for the full value of the letters of credit issued on its behalf. On June 23, 2003 we established a trust fund at the Bank of New York which will be used as an alternative to letters of credit to satisfy our obligations to provide security to certain U.S.-domiciled cedents. As of June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003 the balance on this fund was $191.3 million and $45.6 million, respectively. On July 16, 2003 we established an additional trust fund at the Bank of New York, with a balance of $5.4 million, which will serve a similar purpose with respect to certain U.S. insurance clients of Aspen Re for whom we provide surplus lines insurance.
Aspen Re has established a Canadian trust fund with a Canadian bank to secure a Canadian insurance license. The initial minimum trust fund amount and balance at June 30, 2004 was Can$25.0 million. In addition, Aspen Specialty has a total of $4.7 million on deposit with seven U.S. States in order to satisfy state regulations for writing business there.
Capital Resources . On August 29, 2003, the Company entered into a 364-day revolving credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of $50 million and a three-year revolving credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of $150 million (together, the "Credit Facilities") to provide additional liquidity for our operations. Barclays Bank plc is the administrative agent under both Credit Facilities. The terms and conditions of the Credit Facilities are substantially identical.
The terms of the credit agreements entered into in connection with the Credit Facilities (as amended to the date of this prospectus, the "Credit Agreements") provide for customary covenants, as well as covenants which require the Company to (i) maintain a ratio of consolidated debt to consolidated debt plus consolidated tangible net worth of no greater than 30% as at the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company; (ii) maintain consolidated tangible net worth at all times of no less than the sum of (a) $700 million, (b) 100% of the first $200 million of net cash proceeds of the issuance by the Company of ordinary shares after the closing date of the Credit Facilities and (c) 50% of the net cash proceeds of all other issuances by the Company of ordinary shares after the closing date; and (iii) maintain a solvency ratio for each of the Company and any insurance subsidiary which is a Material Subsidiary (as defined below) on the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of no more than 135%. A subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary if (i) the total consolidated assets or total consolidated revenues of it and its subsidiaries exceed 10% of the total assets or gross revenues of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at the end of or for, respectively, the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements should have been delivered to the lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreements, or (ii) if the net assets of such subsidiary exceed $100 million at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements should have been delivered to the lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreements. Accordingly, Aspen Re, Aspen Bermuda and Aspen Specialty are currently Material Subsidiaries.
71
Other covenants include restrictions on the types and amounts of indebtedness the Company and any subsidiary may create or incur, prohibitions on the disposition of property by the Company and any subsidiary and restrictions on investments, loans and advances by the Company and any subsidiary. The Company and its subsidiaries are also prohibited from paying any dividends or making any payments on account of a sinking or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of any share capital or capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary; provided, however, that any such payments may be made by any subsidiary to the Company or another subsidiary (other than an insurance subsidiary) and so long as no default or event of default exists under the Credit Agreements or would result from such payment, the Company may during any fiscal year pay cash dividends in an aggregate amount not to exceed 50% of its consolidated net income for such fiscal year.
The terms of the Credit Agreements provide for customary events of default, as well as an event of default if the rating of any Relevant Subsidiary (as defined below) falls below an A.M. Best financial strength rating of B++ and/or an S&P financial strength rating of A-. A subsidiary is a "Relevant Subsidiary" if the total consolidated assets or total consolidated revenues of it and its subsidiaries exceed 10% of the total consolidated assets or gross consolidated revenues, respectively, of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at the end or for the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements should have been delivered to the lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreements. Accordingly, Aspen Re and Aspen Bermuda are currently Relevant Subsidiaries.
On October 15, 2003 we made a drawdown of $90 million on the three-year credit facility. Of this borrowing, $83.9 million was used to provide part of the initial capital to Aspen Specialty and the balance was used to provide working capital to Aspen Holdings. The interest rate is three-month LIBOR plus 42.5 basis points. A facility fee, currently calculated at a rate of 17.5 basis points on the average daily amount of the commitment of each lender, is paid to each lender quarterly in arrears. On December 15, 2003, $50 million of the loan was repaid following receipt of funds from our initial public offering. The $40 million balance is due and payable by August 29, 2006. With respect to such borrowing, we have repaid $40 million in principal amount due with a portion of the net proceeds from the offering of $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes due 2014.
The amounts outstanding under our credit facilities were the only material debt that we had outstanding at June 30, 2004. Management monitors the ratio of debt to total capital, with total capital being defined as shareholders' equity plus outstanding debt. At December 31, 2003 this ratio was 3% (2002 – Nil). Management considers this to be well under the level at which it would expect rating agencies or customers to be concerned about excessive financial leverage.
The Senior Notes are senior unsecured general obligations of the Company and rank equally with all of our other senior unsecured indebtedness from time to time outstanding. The Senior Notes are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries and are effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.
Subject to certain exceptions, so long as any of the Senior Notes remain outstanding, we have agreed that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will (i) create a lien on any shares of capital stock of any designated subsidiary (currently Aspen Re and Aspen Bermuda, as defined in the Indenture), or (ii) issue, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock of any designated subsidiary. In addition, unless certain conditions are met, we have also agreed not to merge or consolidate with, or transfer our properties and assets, as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to any person, or permit any person to consolidate or merge with us, or transfer its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to us. Certain events will constitute an event of default under the Indenture, including a default in payment at maturity of any of our other indebtedness in excess of $50 million.
We do not currently have any material commitments for any capital expenditures over the next twelve months.
72
Our contractual obligations other than our obligations to our policyholders and employees consist mainly of amounts outstanding under our Credit Facilities and operating leases. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2004:
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We are not party to any transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement to which an entity unconsolidated with us is a party that management believes is reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
Contingent Liabilities
Taxation Funding Facility Agreement . On June 21, 2002, we entered into the taxation funding facility agreement with the Names' Trustee, as trustee of the Names' Trust. Under that agreement, we agreed to make available cash advances to the Names' Trust to enable the Names' Trustee to make sub-advances to the Unaligned Members to fund payment of taxation payable (i) on the value of the rights granted to the Unaligned Members in respect of options granted to them and (ii) in respect of contingent payments received pursuant to the profit commission agreement. The value of these rights is the amount agreed in principle by us with the U.K. Inland Revenue prior to December 31, 2003, or, if no such agreement has been reached by then, the amount estimated by us in good faith, with provisions for upward adjustment in the event that the amount subsequently agreed with the U.K. Inland Revenue is higher. Any taxation payable by the Unaligned Members on these rights, which we may have to advance, will be based on such determination date. If no value is realized by the Unaligned Members, or to the extent that the value realized (after tax) is less than the advance, we have agreed to waive repayment. We expect that it is most likely that we will not incur any liability under the Taxation Funding Facility Agreement prior to 2006.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We believe that we are principally exposed to three types of market risk: interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and credit risk.
Interest rate risk . Our investment portfolio consists of fixed income securities. Accordingly, our primary market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates. Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the market valuation of these securities. As interest rates rise, the market value of our fixed-income portfolio falls, and the converse is also true. We expect to manage interest rate risk by selecting investments with characteristics such as duration, yield, currency and liquidity taking into account the anticipated cash outflow characteristics of Aspen Re's, Aspen Bermuda's and Aspen Specialty's insurance and reinsurance liabilities.
Our strategy for managing interest rate risk also includes maintaining a high quality portfolio with a relatively short duration to reduce the effect of interest rate changes on book value. A significant portion of the investment portfolio matures each year, allowing for reinvestment at current market rates. The portfolio is actively managed and trades are made to balance our exposure to interest rates.
As at June 30, 2004 our portfolio had an approximate duration of 1.9 years, excluding cash and money market funds. The table below depicts interest rate change scenarios and the effect on our interest-rate sensitive invested assets:
73
Foreign currency risk . Our reporting currency is the U.S. Dollar. The functional currencies of our reinsurance and insurance segments are U.S. Dollars and British Pounds. As of June 30, 2004 approximately 74.4% of our invested assets are held in U.S. Dollars, approximately 19.9% are in British Pounds and approximately 5.7% are in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound. Other foreign currency amounts are remeasured to the appropriate functional currency and the resulting foreign exchange gains or losses are reflected in the statement of operations. Functional currency amounts of assets and liabilities are then translated into U.S. Dollars. The unrealized gain or loss from this translation, net of tax, is recorded as part of ordinary shareholders' equity. The change in unrealized foreign currency translation gain or loss during the year, net of tax, is a component of comprehensive income. Both the remeasurement and translation are calculated using current exchange rates for the balance sheets and average exchange rates for the statement of operations. Management estimates that a 10% change in the exchange rate between British Pounds and U.S. Dollars as at June 30, 2004 would have impacted reported net comprehensive income by approximately $15.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2004. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, 10.3% of our gross premiums were written in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound and we expect a slight increased proportion to be written in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound in 2004. During the same period, 9.9% of our loss reserves and 6.9% of our cash and investments were also in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound. As a result, we may experience exchange losses to the extent our foreign currency exposure is not properly managed or otherwise hedged, which in turn would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We will attempt to manage our foreign currency risk by seeking to match our liabilities under insurance and reinsurance policies that are payable in foreign currencies with investments that are denominated in these currencies. During 2002, we entered into a significant forward exchange contract for the sale of British Pounds into U.S. dollars in anticipation of the receipt in November 2002 of the second tranche of our initial capital. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specified currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. Foreign currency exchange contracts will not eliminate fluctuations in the value of our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies but rather allow us to establish a rate of exchange for a future point in time. We do not expect going forward that we will enter into these contracts with respect to a material amount of our assets. All realized gains and losses and unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency forward contracts are recognized in the statement of operations. There were no outstanding forward contracts as at June 30, 2004.
Credit risk . We have exposure to credit risk primarily as a holder of fixed income securities. Our risk management strategy and investment policy is to invest in debt instruments of high credit quality issuers and to limit the amount of credit exposure with respect to particular ratings categories and any one issuer. No more than 5% of the fixed-income securities in our investment portfolio may be rated below "A–". As at June 30, 2004, the average rate of fixed income securities in our investment portfolio was "AAA". In addition, we are exposed to the credit risk of our insurance and reinsurance brokers to whom we make claims payments for insureds and our reinsureds, as well as to the credit risk of our reinsurers and retrocessionaires who assume business from us. The substantial majority of our reinsurers have a rating of "A" (Excellent), the third highest of fifteen rating levels, or better by A.M. Best and the minimum rating of any of our reinsurers is "B++" (Very Good), the fifth highest of fifteen rating levels, by A.M. Best.
74
Effects of Inflation
We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, except insofar as inflation may affect interest rates. The potential exists, after a catastrophe loss, for the development of inflationary pressures in a local economy as the demand for services such as construction typically surges. Our calculation of reserves for losses and loss expenses includes assumptions about future payments for settlement of claims and claims-handling expenses, such as medical treatments and litigation costs. We write liability business in the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia, where claims inflation has grown particularly strong in recent years. To the extent inflation causes these costs to increase above reserves established for these claims, we will be required to increase our loss reserves with a corresponding reduction in retained earnings. The actual effects of inflation on our results cannot be accurately known until claims are ultimately settled.
In addition to general price inflation we are exposed to a persisting long-term upwards trend in the cost of judicial awards for damages. We take this into account in our pricing and reserving of casualty business.
75
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a Bermuda holding company that provides property and casualty reinsurance in the global market, property and liability insurance principally in the United Kingdom and surplus lines insurance in the United States through our wholly-owned subsidiaries located in London, Bermuda and the United States. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we wrote $1,306.8 million in gross premiums, of which $1,001.9 million related to reinsurance and $304.9 million related to insurance. As of December 31, 2003, approximately 48.0% of our reinsurance gross premiums written covered risks located in the United States and Canada, approximately 21.7% covered risks located in the United Kingdom and the balance covered worldwide risks and risks located in Western Europe, Japan and Australia. Our insurance business covers commercial risks predominantly located in the United Kingdom and the United States, with a small portion in Ireland.
Our senior management and many of our underwriters worked as a team at Lloyd's Syndicate 2020 and its predecessors. Syndicate 2020 is an underwriting operation in the London Market and is managed by WUAL, a wholly-owned subsidiary of one of our largest shareholders, Wellington. When we commenced operations on June 21, 2002, we secured from Wellington and WUAL the opportunity to underwrite a substantial portion of the portfolio of risks that had been developed over many years by the team of underwriters that joined us from Syndicate 2020. Since the formation of the Company, Syndicate 2020 has continued to operate within the operating and regulatory structure of the Lloyd's market. Aspen Re, our principal U.K. operating subsidiary, is an insurance company directly regulated by the FSA and, as such, is not a member of Lloyd's or part of the Lloyd's market.
When we commenced operations on June 21, 2002, Wellington and WUAL agreed to facilitate the transfer to us of our senior management team at that time and all of the Syndicate 2020 underwriters that specialize in the lines of business that we underwrite. As part of this agreement, Wellington agreed to provide us with some administrative services for a transition period, to offer us a quota share of Syndicate 2020's business and not to compete initially with us. We have chosen to continue to outsource support for our information technology systems to Wellington, but have not received any other significant services from WUAL since the end of 2003. On December 19, 2003, WUAL gave notice to terminate this agreement with effect 18 months after such date. We also received cash from Wellington upon its exercise of rights to purchase our ordinary shares.
The portion of the portfolio of risks we secured from Wellington and WUAL comprises certain of our Initial Lines of Business. We believe this established book of business and the operational continuity we enjoy gave us a competitive advantage over other companies that started in the insurance and reinsurance sectors after the World Trade Center tragedy. As of December 31, 2003, 79% of our business consisted of the Initial Lines of Business.
We manage our operations around two business segments: reinsurance and insurance. These two business segments and their respective lines of business may, at times, have different business cycles, allowing us to manage our business by emphasizing one segment over the other, or one line of business within a particular segment over another, depending on market conditions.
In our reinsurance segment, we strive to differentiate ourselves by providing our customers with innovative and customized solutions to complex risks by utilizing our intellectual capital and our underwriters' extensive experience in the marketplace. By focusing on our customers' most difficult reinsurance needs, our underwriting team has established strong and long-standing relationships with a variety of insureds and brokers. These needs are where our clients experience genuine uncertainty regarding the likelihood of a loss occurring and, if such a loss event occurs, how much the ultimate costs may be. Large infrequent losses such as earthquakes and windstorms require considerable technical expertise to be able to be understood and priced correctly.
76
Our reinsurance segment includes the following business lines:
• | property reinsurance; |
• | casualty reinsurance; and |
• | specialty reinsurance. |
We operate in three major jurisdictions: London, Bermuda and the United States. Our reinsurance operations are primarily centered in London, one of the major reinsurance markets in the world. The London Market attracts customers from all over the world seeking flexible and innovative solutions for a wide variety of property, casualty and specialty risks. The London Market is also known for its high concentration of brokers and insurers, and for its highly developed infrastructure. Our operational base in London allows our management and underwriters to continue to access their long-standing broker and client relationships in this important market. We believe that our presence in the London Market also gives us the advantage of convenient access to extensive resources of underwriting and other professional services, such as actuarial analysis, claims adjustment and consulting services.
In addition to being a well-established reinsurer in the London Market, we have expanded our reinsurance operations to the Bermuda market by establishing Aspen Bermuda. Bermuda is an important and growing reinsurance market, and we believe that Aspen Bermuda will allow us to continue to diversify our business and to take advantage of the favorable regulatory and operating environment that Bermuda provides.
Aspen Re America, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aspen U.S. Holdings, functions as a reinsurance intermediary with offices in New Jersey and Connecticut. Aspen Re America has obtained a corporate New Jersey resident reinsurance intermediary license and a corporate Connecticut non-resident reinsurance intermediary license. Aspen Re America's New Jersey office focuses on casualty facultative reinsurance and its Connecticut office focuses on property reinsurance, in each case, written on behalf of Aspen Re.
In our insurance segment, we currently focus on U.K.-based commercial risks placed through our established contacts with the London and broader U.K. broker community, as well as U.S. surplus lines insurance. Our insurance segment includes the following business lines:
• | commercial property insurance; |
• | commercial liability insurance; and |
• | U.S. surplus lines. |
Our insurance operations are primarily conducted in London and, most recently, in the United States. In the United Kingdom and Ireland we underwrite property and liability lines for small and medium-sized commercial customers. We believe that we are able to underwrite these risks successfully because of the specialized knowledge of our dedicated underwriting team and our underwriters' credibility and relationships in the London Market and throughout the U.K. regional markets. Generally, these lines of insurance have experienced a considerable shortage of capacity since 2001 as a result of, among other things, the exit from the market of a large U.K. insurance provider and events affecting the insurance industry generally.
We have acquired Dakota Specialty, which was renamed as Aspen Specialty. Aspen Specialty is a wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in North Dakota eligible to write certain lines of insurance on a surplus lines basis in the majority of states in which we intend to write business. Aspen Specialty, which is based in Boston, Massachusetts, writes property and casualty insurance, predominantly through the U.S. wholesale surplus lines broker network.
77
Company History and Organization
Aspen Holdings was incorporated in Bermuda under the name of Exali Reinsurance Holdings Limited ("Exali") on May 23, 2002 under the Companies Act. Exali subsequently changed its name to Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited on November 20, 2002. We were initially capitalized with $836.9 million from our founding shareholders which included affiliates of Blackstone, Wellington, Candover, CSFB Private Equity, Montpelier Re, 3i, Olympus and Phoenix. At June 30, 2004, we had $1,453.5 million in shareholders' equity.
On June 21, 2002, Aspen Holdings acquired the entire issued share capital of City Fire, which is authorized by the FSA and which was renamed Wellington Re and subsequently renamed Aspen Insurance UK Limited, which we refer to as Aspen Re. The total consideration paid for City Fire including costs was £16.1 million in cash, which at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction was equal to US$24.2 million, with no additional consideration payable. Aspen Re was capitalized with $610 million and commenced underwriting activities on June 21, 2002, after it secured the opportunity to underwrite a substantial part of an established portfolio of reinsurance and insurance risks that had been developed by Syndicate 2020 and its predecessors. The insurance portfolio purchased from City Fire is in run-off administered by Aspen Re.
On November 6, 2002, Aspen Holdings established a wholly-owned Bermudian insurance subsidiary. Originally incorporated as Exali Insurance Limited, the subsidiary changed its name to Aspen Insurance Limited, which we refer to as Aspen Bermuda, on November 22, 2002. Aspen Bermuda was capitalized with $200 million. A further capital contribution of $150 million was made to Aspen Bermuda on December 15, 2003.
On September 5, 2003, Aspen U.S. Holdings acquired Dakota Specialty, which we refer to as Aspen Specialty and has been renamed Aspen Specialty Insurance Company upon completion of the acquisition. The total consideration paid for Dakota Specialty including costs was $20.9 million in cash, with no additional consideration payable. Aspen Specialty is a wholly-owned surplus lines subsidiary incorporated in North Dakota eligible to write certain lines of insurance on a surplus lines basis in the majority of states in which it intends to write business. Aspen Specialty was subsequently capitalized with approximately $101 million, derived from our existing funds and the funds available from our credit facilities.
On November 18, 2003, Aspen Re America, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aspen U.S. Holdings, was incorporated in Delaware. Aspen Re America functions as a reinsurance intermediary and has been granted binding authority from Aspen Re to underwrite reinsurance business protecting American cedents/buyers. Aspen Re America has offices in New Jersey and Connecticut and has obtained a corporate New Jersey resident reinsurance intermediary license and a corporate Connecticut non-resident reinsurance intermediary license.
On December 4, 2003, Aspen Holdings completed its initial public offering and was listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The proceeds of the initial public offering, including the proceeds from our underwriters' exercise of their over-allotment option, net of expenses, was $244.0 million.
78
Set forth below is a chart of our corporate organization and wholly-owned subsidiaries as of September 1, 2004:
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe we distinguish ourselves from both well-established global players and recent new market participants as follows:
• | Continuity of Business and Unencumbered Balance Sheet. From our formation, we have underwritten a portfolio of reinsurance and insurance risks which had previously been underwritten by Syndicate 2020, a well-established participant in the marketplace. These risks are managed and underwritten at our Company by many of the same professionals who built and managed the business at Syndicate 2020. In our Initial Lines of Business, for instance, 74% and 60% of our property reinsurance premiums in force at September 30, 2003 were derived from clients we have had relationships with for over five and ten years, respectively, and 66% and 43% of our casualty reinsurance premiums in force at September 30, 2003 were derived from clients we have had relationships with for over five and ten years, respectively. This continuity distinguishes us from most other new entrants in the marketplace. Like other new Bermuda entrants, however, we benefit from an unencumbered balance sheet. We do not have legacy exposure to any pre-2002 liabilities, except for a small portfolio of insurance obligations assumed by us as a result of our acquisition of Aspen Re, previously called City Fire, in 2002, and a small portfolio of insurance obligations assumed by us as a result of our acquisition of Aspen Specialty, previously called Dakota Specialty, in 2003. For such obligations assumed by us as a result of our acquisitions, we had net reserves of approximately $12 million as of June 30, 2004. We believe these amounts to be adequate to pay all claims related to the City Fire and Dakota Specialty books of businesses. |
• | Experienced Management and Underwriting Teams with Proven Execution. Our management and underwriting teams have extensive experience operating a large insurance and reinsurance franchise successfully through underwriting cycles. Our Chief Executive Officer Christopher O'Kane and Chief Financial Officer Julian Cusack lead a team of over 50 underwriting and risk management professionals, many of whom have worked together as a team since 1996 in the insurance and reinsurance industry. Our underwriting teams apply sophisticated quantitative approaches to pricing and risk selection. For the years 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002, the combined ratios for the Initial Lines of Business that they wrote at Syndicate 2020 were |
79
78%, 71%, 174% (including 103 percentage points due to September 11th-related claims) and 93%, respectively, compared with average combined ratios (weighted by net premiums written) of 112%, 112%, 128% and 107%, respectively, for the Standard & Poor's Top 25 Reinsurance Groups Ranked by Net Reinsurance Premiums Written for the years 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002. |
• | Strong Franchise with Ability to Influence Terms and Conditions . As a result of our strong franchise and recognized expertise, we believe that we have greater access to business opportunities than many of our competitors and that we are able to play a leading role in establishing the terms and conditions with respect to the business that we underwrite. In our reinsurance segment for 2003, for instance, we lead approximately 75% of the business we wrote which gave us the ability to influence terms and conditions. |
• | Financial Strength . We believe our shareholders' equity capital base of $1,453.5 million as of June 30, 2004 has provided a high degree of financial strength to support our operations. A.M. Best assigned an "A" (Excellent) financial strength rating, the third highest of fifteen rating levels, to Aspen Re and an "A–" (Excellent) rating, the fourth highest of fifteen rating levels, to Aspen Bermuda and to Aspen Specialty. S&P assigned a rating of "A" (Strong), the sixth highest of twenty-one rating levels to both Aspen Re and Aspen Bermuda. Moody's assigned a rating of "A2" (Good), the sixth highest of twenty-one rating levels, to Aspen Re, which we believe was the first post-September 11th new insurer/reinsurer to obtain a rating from Moody's. These ratings reflect A.M. Best's, S&P's and Moody's respective opinions of our financial strength and ability to meet ongoing obligations to policyholders and are not applicable to the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. |
Our Business Strategy
The key aspects of our business strategy are to:
Diversify Our Business Portfolio . We plan to continue to diversify our insurance and reinsurance operations by expanding into different lines of business, by offering new products within our existing lines of business, by selectively increasing our exposure in parts of the world where we are currently under-represented and by increasing the amount of insurance business that we underwrite. For example, in 2003 we began writing aviation and marine reinsurance business, have further expanded our U.K. liability insurance business and began to write U.S. surplus lines business. We intend to accomplish this diversification by building on our established underwriting expertise and analytical skills. As we expand the scope of our business, we intend to remain focused on the same type of high value-added underwriting for which we enjoy a strong reputation.
Build on Our Presence in the London, Bermuda and U.S. Markets . We believe that the London and Bermuda markets offer complementary business opportunities. Our presence in both markets allows us to serve more of our clients' needs by offering a wider range of products. In addition to maintaining a strong presence in the United Kingdom, we began to expand our underwriting capacity in Bermuda and the United States in 2003. By developing operating centers in the London Market and in Bermuda, as well as expanding in the U.S. surplus lines and property reinsurance market, we seek to increase our business opportunities and to gain access to the different types of risks offered in such markets.
Deploy Our Capital Effectively . We strive to maintain an optimal level of capital relative to our business plan. To do this, we employ rigorous statistical modeling techniques to assess the risk of loss to our capital base based upon the portfolio of risks we underwrite. We intend to manage our capital prudently relative to our risk exposure to maximize profitability and long-term growth in shareholder value. We believe that our capital base provides a high degree of financial strength to support our operations and to meet our clients' needs. See "Ratings" below.
Anticipate and Adapt to Changing Market Conditions . By anticipating changing market conditions, we seek to access different lines of business with complementary risk/return characteristics
80
and to deploy capital appropriately. We monitor relative and absolute rate adequacy and movements and we adjust the composition of our risk portfolio based on market conditions and underwriting opportunities. At the current time, we have increased the amount of insurance that we underwrite relative to the amount of reinsurance. We believe this will improve the balance of our business. We also have increased the amount of casualty lines we underwrite relative to the amount of property lines because of attractive market trends. We are prepared to adjust our underwriting and capital management objectives in order to respond in a timely manner to the changing market environment for all or some of our lines of business. This may include reducing our gross premiums written for a business line, or for our overall writings, should conditions warrant.
Manage Risk Retention through the Purchase of Reinsurance . While we seek to write business which is profitable on a gross basis, we manage our net exposure to catastrophic losses and large individual risk losses by selectively purchasing reinsurance. We seek the optimal protection for the individual and aggregate exposures that we assume under our reinsurance contracts and insurance policies, with a view to reducing the volatility of our underwriting results on a long-term basis. We continue to use many of the same reinsurers with whom our management had built relationships while at Syndicate 2020. The substantial majority of reinsurers that we currently use have a rating of "A" (Excellent), or better by A.M. Best, the top three of fifteen rating levels.
Employ a Conservative Investment Policy . We protect our capital by employing, among other things, a conservative investment policy that focuses on highly rated fixed income securities. We will manage the duration of our fixed income investments having regard to the nature of our reinsurance and insurance risks and wider market and economic conditions. We currently do not invest in equity securities and we do not expect that investments in equity securities will compose a significant portion of our investment portfolio for the foreseeable future.
Business Segments
We have two business segments: reinsurance and insurance. Our business segments and the related gross premiums written, set forth by business segment, are as follows:
Gross Premiums Written | ||||||||||||||||||
For the
Twelve Months ended
December 31, 2003 |
For the Period
from Incorporation on
May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | % of Total | ($ in millions) | % of Total | |||||||||||||||
Business Segment | ||||||||||||||||||
Reinsurance | $ | 1,001.9 | 76.7 | % | $ | 288.2 | 76.9 | % | ||||||||||
Insurance | 304.9 | 23.3 | % | 86.6 | 23.1 | % | ||||||||||||
Total | $ | 1,306.8 | 100.0 | % | $ | 374.8 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||
Reinsurance
Our reinsurance segment consists of the following lines of business: property reinsurance, casualty reinsurance and specialty reinsurance.
81
The reinsurance business we write (including the quota share business) can be analyzed by geographic region as follows for the period from January 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003:
Twelve
Months
ended
December 31, 2003 |
||||||||||
Gross Premiums Written | % of Total | |||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Australia/Asia | $ | 74.8 | 7.5 | % | ||||||
Caribbean | 7.6 | 0.8 | % | |||||||
Europe | 61.7 | 6.2 | % | |||||||
United Kingdom | 217.9 | 21.7 | % | |||||||
United States and Canada (1) | 481.2 | 48.0 | % | |||||||
Worldwide excluding United States (2) | 25.4 | 2.5 | % | |||||||
Worldwide including United States (3) | 125.4 | 12.5 | % | |||||||
Others | 7.9 | 0.8 | % | |||||||
Total | $ | 1,001.9 | 100.0 | % | ||||||
(1) | "United States and Canada" comprise individual policies that insure risks specifically in the United States and/or Canada, but not elsewhere. |
(2) | "Worldwide excluding the United States" comprise individual policies that insure risks wherever they may be across the world but specifically exclude the United States. |
(3) | "Worldwide including the United States" comprise individual policies that insure risks wherever they may be across the world but specifically include the United States. |
Property Reinsurance . Our property reinsurance line of business is written on both a treaty and a facultative basis. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, property treaty and facultative reinsurance accounted for, respectively, $516.9 million and $41.3 million of our gross premiums written. Property treaty and facultative reinsurance accounted for, respectively, $112.9 million and $4.7 million of our gross premiums written during the period from incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002. The property treaty reinsurance we write includes catastrophe, risk excess and pro rata, as well as retrocession. Treaty reinsurance contracts provide for automatic coverage of a type or category of risk underwritten by our ceding clients. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, our mix of property treaty reinsurance business, as measured by gross premiums written, was approximately 44.5% catastrophe, 43.8% risk excess and 11.7% pro rata. Our mix of property treaty reinsurance business, as measured by gross premiums written during the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002, was approximately 36.8% catastrophe, 54.1% risk excess and 9.1% pro rata. As at December 31, 2003, approximately 55.3% of the gross premiums written in our property reinsurance line of business are in the United States and Canada. The balance of our business is sourced from territories throughout the world, including the United Kingdom and Europe. An element of this business is classified as "worldwide" exposure and this may include additional exposure in the United States.
In January 2004, we expanded our U.S. property reinsurance underwriting through the establishment of our reinsurance intermediary, Aspen Re America, which focuses on underwriting treaty pro rata and treaty risk excess reinsurance.
Treaty Catastrophe . Treaty catastrophe reinsurance contracts are typically "all risk" in nature, providing protection against losses from earthquakes and hurricanes, as well as other natural and man-made catastrophes such as floods, tornadoes, fires and storms. Coverage for other perils may be negotiated on a given treaty. The predominant exposures covered are losses stemming from property damage and business interruption resulting from a covered peril. Coverage can also be more limited by extending to only specified perils such as windstorm.
82
Property catastrophe reinsurance is generally written on an excess of loss basis. Excess of loss reinsurance provides coverage to primary insurance companies when aggregate claims and claim expenses from a single occurrence from a covered peril exceed a certain amount specified in a particular contract. Under these contracts, we provide protection to an insurer for a portion of the total losses in excess of a specified loss amount, up to a maximum amount per loss specified in the contract. In the event of a loss, most contracts provide for coverage of a second occurrence following the payment of a premium to reinstate the coverage under the contract, which is referred to as a reinstatement premium. A loss from a single occurrence is limited to the initial policy limit and would not include the policy limit available following the payment of a reinstatement premium. The coverage provided for under excess of loss reinsurance contracts may be on a worldwide basis or limited in scope to selected regions or geographical areas.
Treaty Risk Excess . We also write risk excess of loss property treaty reinsurance . This type of reinsurance provides coverage to a reinsured where it experiences a loss in excess of its retention level on a single "risk" basis, rather than to aggregate losses for all covered risks, as does catastrophe reinsurance. A "risk" in this context might mean the insurance coverage on one building or a group of buildings due to fire or explosion or the insurance coverage under a single policy which the reinsured treats as a single risk. This line of business is generally less exposed to accumulations of exposures and losses but can still be impacted by natural catastrophes, particularly earthquakes.
Treaty Pro Rata . Our treaty pro rata reinsurance product provides coverage based on the original risks written by the ceding client, rather than the loss incurred by that client. Under our pro rata reinsurance treaties, we share risks in the same proportion as our share of premium and policy amounts. Pro rata contracts can be particularly prone to accumulations of exposure and losses due to catastrophic events. We write pro rata contracts where we believe historical results and the quality of information provided by the reinsured justify the writing of such coverage.
We also provide retrocessional property coverage, which is reinsurance protection to other reinsurers or retrocedents . Approximately 1.4% of the reinsurance protection that we provided was retrocessional coverage, based on the written premiums for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. Our retrocessional coverage is focused on catastrophe protections of U.K. and non-U.S. treaty accounts and London Market direct and facultative accounts. We believe, based on the historical experience of management, the most opportune time to write retrocessional coverage follows major catastrophes. Retrocessional coverage typically carries a higher degree of volatility versus reinsurance as it covers the concentration of catastrophe exposure written by retrocedents, which in turn may have an aggregation of losses from a single catastrophic event. In addition, the information available in pricing retrocessional coverage can be less precise than the information received directly from the primary companies.
A very high percentage of the reinsurance contracts that we write exclude coverage for losses arising from the peril of terrorism involving nuclear, biological or chemical attack outside the U.S. Within the U.S. our reinsurance contracts generally exclude acts that are certified as "acts of terrorism" by the U.S. Treasury Department under the Terrorism Act. With respect to personal lines risks, losses arising from the peril of terrorism that do not involve nuclear, biological or chemical attack are sometimes covered by our reinsurance contracts. Such losses relating to commercial lines risks are generally covered on a limited basis; for example, where the covered risks fall below a stated insured value or into classes or categories we deem less likely to be targets of terrorism than others. We have written a limited number of reinsurance contracts, both on a pro rata and risk excess basis, covering solely the peril of terrorism. We have done so only in instances where we believe we are able to obtain pricing that is commensurate with our exposure. These contracts typically exclude coverage protecting against nuclear, biological or chemical attack.
Facultative Property . Our facultative property reinsurance line of business was underwritten by WU Inc., a managing general agency owned by Wellington with six offices in the United States. The business was written on an excess of loss basis for U.S. primary insurance policyholders both in the United States and for their overseas interests. In facultative reinsurance, the reinsurer assumes all
83
or part of a risk under a single insurance contract. Facultative reinsurance is negotiated separately for each contract. Facultative reinsurance is normally purchased by insurers where individual risks are not covered by their reinsurance treaties, for amounts in excess of the dollar limits of their reinsurance treaties or for unusual risks. There is typically a different type of underwriting expertise required in facultative underwriting as compared to treaty underwriting. WU Inc. underwrote this business and had authority to bind us on reinsurance policies within the defined limits we agreed. This binding authority agreement ended at year end 2003. A limited amount of facultative property risks may be written on a worldwide basis by Aspen Re, but will in future be classified with direct property insurance risk written by the same business unit.
Casualty Reinsurance . Our casualty reinsurance line of business is written on both a treaty and a facultative basis. The casualty treaty reinsurance we write includes excess of loss and pro rata reinsurance. We also write U.S. casualty facultative reinsurance. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, our mix of casualty reinsurance business as measured by gross premiums written was approximately 36.8% U.S. treaty, 49.7% non-U.S. treaty and 13.5% casualty facultative. Our mix of casualty reinsurance business as measured by gross premiums written during the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 was approximately 17.6% U.S. treaty, 72.5% non-U.S. treaty and 9.9% casualty facultative. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, 86.9% of premiums were derived from the United Kingdom, Australia and the United States, with the remainder representing risks in the rest of the world. Our excess of loss positions come most commonly from layered reinsurance structures with underlying ceding company retentions. We also write pro rata reinsurance contracts that are applied to portfolios of excess of loss insurance policies.
U.S. Treaty . Our U.S. casualty reinsurance business is composed of long tail treaty contracts protecting U.S. cedents mostly on an excess of loss basis. We reinsure exposures with respect to automobile liability, workers' compensation, medical malpractice, and professional liability for lawyers, regional accountants, architects and engineers. As of the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, our U.S. casualty reinsurance business comprised 42.5% of our total casualty treaty business as measured by gross written premiums. Our U.S. casualty reinsurance business was one of our smaller lines in terms of premiums written in 2002 due to the fact that we did not have a dedicated U.S. underwriting team. Our U.S. casualty reinsurance increased significantly in 2003 due to the addition of our U.S. underwriting team and we expect an additional increase in this line of business in 2004.
Non-U.S. Treaty . Our non-U.S. casualty reinsurance business is composed of long tail treaty contracts. Approximately 90% of the non-U.S. casualty reinsurance business is written on an excess of loss basis and the remaining 10% is written on a pro rata basis. The exposures that we cover in the non-U.S. casualty business include automobile liability, workers' compensation, employers' liability, public and product liability, fidelity business and professional indemnity. We focus on business that is exposed to severe losses but not expected to produce high levels of claims frequency.
Casualty facultative . Our casualty facultative reinsurance line of business consists of umbrella, general liability and workers' compensation reinsurance, which in 2003 was written for us by WU Inc. In addition, until the end of 2003, we also wrote automobile liability reinsurance for U.S. clients through WU Inc., focusing primarily on short haul trucking clients, rather than long distance or interstate trucking. Currently, approximately all exposures reinsured in this line of business are located in the United States. This is facultative reinsurance written on an excess of loss basis. The binding authority agreement authorizing WU Inc. to bind us on automobile reinsurance policies ended at year end 2003 and we are no longer writing automobile reinsurance of this type. The umbrella, general liability and workers' compensation binding authority, together with the team that wrote this business for us at WU Inc., was transferred to Aspen Re America on February 1, 2004.
Specialty Reinsurance . Our specialty reinsurance line of business is composed of specialty risks such as those covered by aviation and marine reinsurance, including exposure to catastrophes in these lines. This line also includes quota share reinsurance to Syndicate 2020 for various specialty lines including energy, property and aviation. We also provide contingency reinsurance , such as event cancellation risks. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, our mix of specialty reinsurance
84
business as measured by gross premiums written was approximately 51.8% quota share reinsurance from Syndicate 2020, 21.3% contingency reinsurance and 26.9% aviation and marine reinsurance. Our mix of specialty reinsurance business as measured by gross premiums written during the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 was approximately 96.6% quota share reinsurance from Syndicate 2020 and 3.4% contingency reinsurance. The coverage provided for under our specialty reinsurance line of business may be on a worldwide basis.
For 2002, we acquired certain of our specialty lines business by reinsuring through quota share reinsurance approximately 13% of the business written by Syndicate 2020 and 70% of the business written by Syndicate 3030. Under the framework agreement between WUAL and Aspen Re entered into at our formation, WUAL agreed to offer to Aspen Re a quota share of up to 20% of the business written by Syndicate 2020 and Aspen Re agreed to offer Syndicate 2020 a quota share of up to 20% of its business in each calendar year. For 2003, we elected to take a 7.5% quota share of the Syndicate 2020 lines, whereas Syndicate 2020 elected not to take a quota share of any of our lines because of capacity constraints. We have agreed with Wellington that WUAL would waive its right to take a portion of the quota share of the business written by Aspen Re for 2004 only. We also did not take a quota share of the Syndicate 2020 lines of business for 2004. Our quota share reinsurance of Syndicate 3030 was for 2002 only. Syndicate 3030 did not continue into 2003 or beyond. Aspen Re's participation in these arrangements with the Syndicates constituted approximately 58% of our gross premiums written from our formation through December 31, 2002 and approximately 6% of our gross premiums written for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003.
Insurance
Our insurance segment consists of the following lines of business: commercial property insurance, commercial liability insurance and U.S. surplus lines commercial property and commercial liability insurance.
The insurance business we write can be analyzed by geographic region as follows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003:
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003 | ||||||||||
Gross Premiums Written | % of Total | |||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Europe (other than U.K.) | $ | 13.7 | 4.5 | % | ||||||
United Kingdom | 291.2 | 95.5 | % | |||||||
Total | $ | 304.9 | 100.0 | % | ||||||
Commercial Property Insurance . Our commercial property insurance line of business consists of U.K. commercial property insurance and worldwide property insurance. The U.K. commercial property insurance focuses on providing insurance coverage with respect to losses to a business' premises, inventory and equipment as a result of weather, fire, theft and other causes. Our client base is predominantly U.K. middle market corporate and public sector clients and property owners. Our maximum limit for coverage under each policy is £60 million Estimated Maximum Loss per location. Our worldwide property insurance focuses on providing physical damage and business interruption coverage to major commercial and industrial companies on a global basis.
Commercial Liability Insurance . Our commercial liability insurance line of business focuses on providing employers' liability coverage and public liability coverage for insureds domiciled in both the United Kingdom and Ireland. The maximum coverage is £10 million for employers' liability and £5 million for public liability.
In the United Kingdom, all employers must maintain employers' liability insurance. This insurance covers employers' liability for bodily injury or disease sustained by employees, and arising out of and in the course of employment. In the United Kingdom, employees are required to show breach of statute or tort prior to being entitled to any compensation. As opposed to the United States, there is no set scale of compensation in the United Kingdom, as claims are settled in accordance with legal precedent and official damages guidelines. Most claims are settled out of court; however, most employees engage legal representation that increases claim costs but in a predictable
85
way. Insurance cover is written on an "occurrence" basis, that is, the monetary limits of the insurance apply to all claims relating to any one occurrence, with the minimum legal requirement being £5 million for any one occurrence. However, the usual limit for employers' coverage is £10 million for any one occurrence.
Public liability insurance covers businesses for claims made against them by members of the public or other businesses, but not for claims by employees or shareholders of such businesses. Public liability insurance is generally not required by regulation.
U.S. Surplus Lines . Through our acquisition of Aspen Specialty we intend to write both property and casualty insurance business. We currently expect this book of business to consist of approximately 50% property risks and 50% casualty risks for 2004. Aspen Specialty was acquired on September 5, 2003. The property account will consist predominantly of mercantile, manufacturing and commercial real estate business. The casualty account will consist of primarily general liability, umbrella liability and certain errors and omissions insurance. The casualty focus will be on premises risks, low to moderate hazard products and selected classes of contracting risks.
We have also formed Aspen Management, a licensed surplus lines brokerage company based in Boston, Massachusetts to facilitate the placement of business into Aspen Specialty.
Underwriting and Risk Management
Our objective is to create a balanced portfolio of insurance and reinsurance risks, diversified across classes, products, geographic areas of coverage, cedents and sources. We undertake a detailed risk analysis in our risk management program which identifies the risks we are exposed to, and rates the impact of each risk on our business. We analyze projected catastrophe exposures and attempt to limit the amount of potential loss that may arise from a single catastrophic event. We also manage our exposure by reference to the correlation between the risk characteristics of our business portfolios.
Our underwriting team is led by our Chief Executive Officer, Christopher O'Kane. We underwrite according to specific disciplines, with the aim of maintaining the following principles:
• | operate within prescribed maximum underwriting authority limits; |
• | make consistent use of peer review—all risks underwritten are subject to peer review by at least one qualified peer reviewer; |
• | use independent reviewers; |
• | use risk assessment models such as RMS, EQE and AIR to assist in the treaty underwriting process and use RMS to quantify our aggregate catastrophe exposures; |
• | employ dedicated personnel who monitor the aggregation of our risks; and |
• | prepare monthly aggregation reports for review by our senior management. |
We delegate underwriting authority to our underwriters in accordance with an understanding of each individual's capabilities. We issue detailed letters of underwriting authority to each of our underwriters, which contain authority limits tailored to the classes of business written by the particular underwriter. The underwriting authority limits are regularly reviewed by management and are reviewed by the boards of directors of our Insurance Subsidiaries annually.
Our reinsurance and insurance segments have different risk acceptance guidelines, authority limits and accumulations. For most risks in our reinsurance segment, prior to quoting a price for a risk, the underwriter must seek at least one qualified peer review. In our insurance segment, review is required for all risks although this does not necessarily take place before acceptance. These peer reviews are in place to ensure high standards of underwriting discipline and consistency.
With respect to our U.S. facultative property and casualty reinsurance lines of business prior to the end of 2003, WU Inc. wrote reinsurance under explicit authority limits in accordance with binding authority agreements. These agreements, two of which expired on December 31, 2003 and one of
86
which expired on January 31, 2004, contained our operating guidelines, commissions, claims settlement authority limits, limits per risk coverage and aggregate premium limits. In addition, WU Inc. imposed authority limits on its individual underwriters. For risks falling outside an underwriter's authority, the underwriter consulted the relevant branch manager, senior or specialist underwriter, and ultimately the chief underwriting officer of WU Inc., as needed. The WU Inc. team that recently joined Aspen Re America reports to our Chief Casualty Underwriter.
Marketing
With respect to our reinsurance segment, our business is produced principally through brokers and reinsurance intermediaries and, in most cases, it is produced through the London Market broker communities. The brokerage distribution channel provides us with access to an efficient, variable cost and global distribution system without the significant time and expense which would be incurred in creating wholly-owned distribution networks. The brokers and reinsurance intermediaries typically act in the interest of ceding clients or insurers; however, they are instrumental to our continued relationship with our clients.
The following table shows our gross reinsurance premiums written by broker as of the twelve months ended December 31, 2003:
Our commercial lines of business are mostly produced through the U.K. regional and London broker network. Our U.S. property and casualty products are marketed through a select number of appointed wholesale brokers with the appropriate surplus lines licenses. The following table shows our gross insurance premiums written by brokers as of the twelve months ended December 31, 2003:
Claims Management
As a relatively new company, we have not experienced a high volume of claims. Notwithstanding the lack of significant claims activity to date, we have a well-developed process in place for identifying, tracking and settling potential claims based in part on our management's and staff's experience at Syndicate 2020. We have a staff of claims adjustors that will expand as needed to service our clients
87
and to ensure claims handling consistency. The responsibilities of the claims department include reviewing loss reports, monitoring claims handling activities of clients, requesting additional information where appropriate, establishing case reserves and approving payment of individual claims. We have established authority levels for all individuals involved in the reserving and settlement of claims. Our underwriters do not make the final decisions regarding the ultimate determination of reserves and settlement of claims; rather this is a function separately determined by our claims department. In addition, we regularly report to our board of directors on the status of our reserves and settlement of claims. We recognize that fair interpretation of our reinsurance agreements and insurance policies with our customers and timely payment of covered claims are a valuable service to our clients and enhance our reputation.
We have outsourced our handling of claims for the U.K. commercial property and liability lines of business to third-party specialist service providers. One provider has authority to handle claims up to £25,000 for property claims and £10,000 for liability claims. Another provider has authority to handle liability claims of up to £100,000. Claims above this level must be referred to our internal claim adjustors for all decisions. Our Chief Operating Officer oversees these outsourcing agreements. We manage, review and audit those claims handled under our outsourcing arrangements.
With respect to our U.S. property and automobile liability facultative reinsurance written during 2003, WU Inc. has claims settlement authority for up to $250,000 per claim beyond which all claims settlements require our approval. WU Inc. is handling the run-off of the claims on our U.S. property and automobile reinsurance that it had written on our behalf. Aspen Re America is handling the run-off of the claims on our U.S. casualty facultative reinsurance that was written by WU Inc. until January 31, 2004.
Our U.S. property and casualty claims written by Aspen Specialty will be handled by a staff of claims adjustors that will expand as needed to service our clients. They supervise individual claims, assign tasks to independent adjustors and attorneys, and monitor their activity. We will establish appropriate levels of authority for each claims adjustor as well as the senior claims executive for reserving and settlement of claims. We may also utilize the services of third-party specialist service providers similar to the U.K. insurance operation with similar controls. Reserving or settlement above $250,000 requires review and agreement by a member of the senior executive staff as well as the senior claims executive. In addition, we regularly report to our board of directors on the status of our reserves and settlement of claims. Aspen Specialty currently oversees the run-off of claims on insurance policies written by Dakota Specialty.
Reinsurance
We purchase retrocession and reinsurance to limit and diversify our own risk exposure and to increase our own insurance underwriting capacity. These agreements provide for recovery of a portion of losses and loss expenses from reinsurers.
A significant portion of our business accumulates property exposures in catastrophe exposed zones throughout the world. At levels of likelihood up to 1 in 250 years, we consider Florida windstorms and California earthquakes to be our peak natural catastrophe exposures. In order to mitigate those and other exposures, we purchase, through several contracts, reinsurance to limit our losses in the event of a large catastrophic event. For example, we purchased a catastrophe retrocession program that covers us for a single catastrophic loss in excess of $80 million up to $300 million arising from our property catastrophe class of business and a separate program that protects us against catastrophe or individual risk losses ( e.g. , a large fire or explosion) in excess of $40 million up to $225 million arising from our property facultative, property pro rata treaty and property risk excess classes of business.
Many of the reinsurance contracts which we underwrite and which we purchase include terms under which additional payments, known as reinstatement premiums, are payable if claims are made. We take these terms into account when assessing our overall exposure to catastrophic events, together
88
with exposures arising from parts of our business, such as the property retrocession business that we write, but are excluded from our reinsurance cover.
In 2004, we also have two proportional reinsurance contracts with Montpelier Reinsurance Limited, one of our largest shareholders as described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."
As is the case with most reinsurance treaties, we remain liable to the extent that reinsurers do not meet their obligations under these agreements, and therefore we evaluate the financial condition of our reinsurers and monitor concentrations of credit risk. Ninety-nine percent (99%) of our reinsurance limits is provided by reinsurers who have been assigned a rating of "A" (Excellent; the third highest of fifteen rating levels) or better by A.M. Best or "A–" (Strong; the seventh highest of twenty-one rating levels) or better by S&P. As of December 31, 2003, we have no exposure to reinsurers rated by A.M. Best below "B++" (Very Good; the fifth highest of fifteen rating levels), except for approximately $600,000 of recoveries against which we have established a provision of approximately $200,000.
We are also a member of Pool Reinsurance Company Limited, commonly known as Pool Re, which is authorized to write reinsurance relating to terrorist risks on commercial property insurance in the United Kingdom. Pool Re reinsures its liabilities with the U.K. government, to which it pays a reinsurance premium and from which it will recover any claims that exceed its resources. Pool Re provides an indemnity in respect of Aspen Re's ultimate net loss, in excess of our retention, relating to damage to commercial property in the United Kingdom caused by an act of terrorism. Our retention is calculated by reference to our market share of this type of coverage and for 2003 was £100,000 per event. For 2004, our retention is £240,000 per event with an annual aggregate of £480,000.
Reserves
In establishing the reserves set by the Company, the Company's actuary employs a number of techniques to establish a "range of estimates." The insurance reserves are established for the total unpaid cost of claims and loss adjustment expenses, which cover events that have occurred before the balance sheet date. These reserves reflect the Company's estimates of the total cost of IBNR claims. Estimated amounts recoverable from reinsurers on unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are calculated to arrive at a net claims reserve.
For reported claims, reserves are established on a case by case basis within the parameters of coverage provided in the insurance policy or reinsurance agreement. In estimating the cost of these claims, we consider circumstances related to the claims as reported, any information available from loss adjustors and information on the cost of settling claims with similar characteristics in previous periods. For IBNR claims, reserves are estimated using established actuarial methods. Both case and IBNR reserve estimates consider such variables as past loss experience, changes in legislative conditions, changes in judicial interpretation of legal liability policy coverages and inflation.
For classes of business which are not related to catastrophe, and where early claims experience may not provide a sound statistical basis to estimate the loss reserves, our approach is to establish an initial expected loss and loss expense ratio. This initial expected loss and loss expense ratio is then modified in light of the actual experience to date measured against the expected experience. Loss reserves for known catastrophic events are based upon a detailed analysis of our reported losses and potential exposures conducted in conjunction with our underwriters.
In selecting our estimates of the reserves for each line of business we take into account all of the factors set out above, and in particular the quality of the historical information the Company has on which to establish its reserves and the degree of estimation where information is received from cedents on an underwriting year basis and needs to be converted to an accident year basis. In addition, consideration is given to the point estimate produced by our independent consulting actuaries.
89
Loss and loss adjustment reserves represent estimates, including actuarial and statistical projections at a given point in time, of an insurer's or reinsurer's expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of claims incurred, and it is likely that the ultimate liability may exceed or be less than such estimates, perhaps even significantly. These estimates are not precise in that, among other things, they are based on predictions of future developments and estimates of future trends in loss severity and frequency and other variable factors such as inflation. During the loss settlement period, it often becomes necessary to refine and adjust the estimates of liability on a claim either upward or downward. Even after such adjustments, ultimate liability may exceed or be less than the revised estimates. To assist us in establishing appropriate loss and loss adjustment reserves, we have access to commercially available databases showing historical catastrophe losses. In addition, when reviewing a proposed reinsurance contract, we typically receive loss experience information with respect to the insured on such contract. However, reserve estimates by new reinsurers may be inherently less reliable than the reserve estimates of a reinsurer with a stable volume of business and an established claim history.
The following table shows an analysis of consolidated loss and loss expense reserve development net and gross of reinsurance recoverables as at December 31, 2003 and 2002:
Analysis of Consolidated Loss and Loss Expense Reserve
Development
Net of Reinsurance
Recoverables
Analysis of
Consolidated Loss and Loss Expense Reserve Development
Gross of
Reinsurance
Recoverables
As
at
December 31, 2002 |
As at
December 31, 2003 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Estimated gross liability for unpaid losses and loss expenses | 93.9 | 525.8 | ||||||||
Liability re-estimate of: | ||||||||||
One year later | 88.4 | |||||||||
Cumulative redundancy (deficiency) | 5.5 | |||||||||
All our reserves relate to reinsurance or insurance policies incepting on or after January 1, 2002 except for the following amounts assumed as a result of acquisitions:
Net
reserves as at
December 31, 2003 |
||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||
Aspen Re (formerly City Fire) | $ | 6.0 | ||||
Aspen Specialty (formerly Dakota Specialty) | 6.6 | |||||
$ | 12.6 | |||||
Investments
Our Investment Committee establishes investment guidelines and supervises our investment activity. The Investment Committee regularly monitors our overall investment results and reviews compliance with our investment objectives and guidelines. These guidelines specify minimum criteria
90
on the overall credit quality and liquidity characteristics of the portfolio. They include limitations on the size of certain holdings as well as restrictions on purchasing certain types of securities or investing in certain industries.
We follow a conservative investment strategy designed to emphasize the preservation of invested assets and provide sufficient liquidity for the prompt payment of claims. The composition of the investments is a diversified portfolio of highly rated, liquid, fixed income securities of one to five years duration. We do not expect that investments in equity securities will be a significant component of our investment portfolio for the foreseeable future. We do not plan to invest in alternative asset classes, such as hedge funds or private equity funds.
We utilize several third party investment managers to manage our assets. We agree to separate investment guidelines with each investment manager. These investment guidelines cover, among other things, limits on investments in the securities of any one issuer, credit quality, and limits on investments in any one sector. We expect our investment managers to adhere to strict overall portfolio credit and duration limits and a minimum "AA–" portfolio credit rating for the portion of the assets they manage.
The following presents the cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of investments in fixed maturities and other investments as at June 30, 2004:
U.S. Government and Agency Securities . U.S. government and agency securities are composed of bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury and Government Sponsored Enterprises such as FNMA, FHLMC, FHLB and FFCB.
Corporate Securities . Corporate securities are composed of both short-term and medium-term debt issued by corporations.
Foreign Government . Foreign government securities are composed of bonds issued by the U.K. government.
Municipals. Municipal securities are composed of bonds issued by U.S. municipalities.
Asset-Backed Securities . Asset-backed securities are securities backed by notes or receivables against assets other than real estate.
Mortgage-Backed Securities . Mortgage-backed securities are securities that represent ownership in a pool of mortgages. Both principal and income are backed by the group of mortgages in the pool.
Short-term investments . Short-term investments are both units in a U.S. dollar denominated bond fund operated by Wellington Management Company and money market funds. The bond fund is rated "AA+" by S&P. The fund invests in government securities, corporate securities, asset-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities, commercial paper and U.S. Treasury obligations. The money market funds are rated "AAA" by S&P and Moody's and invest in a variety of short-term instruments such as commercial paper, certificates of deposit, floating rate notes and medium term notes.
91
The maturity distribution and ratings for fixed income securities held as of June 30, 2004 was as follows:
The securities with a maturity over one year consist of U.S. and U.K. Government securities, supra-national securities as well as high grade corporate bonds, mortgage- and asset-backed securities.
For 2004, we engaged BlackRock Financial Management, Weiss, Peck & Greer LLC, Wellington Management Company (not an affiliate of Wellington), Alliance Capital Management L.P. and Credit Agricole to provide investment advisory and management services for our portfolio of assets. As of June 30, 2004, we had approximately $1,515.0 million of fixed income investments and $167.4 million of cash under management by outside firms. We have agreed to pay investment management fees based on the average market values of total assets held under management at the end of each calendar quarter. These agreements may be terminated generally by either party on short notice without penalty.
The total return of our portfolio of fixed income investments, cash and cash equivalents for the six months ended June 30, 2004 was 0.54%, as compared with the total return of (0.09)% of the Lehman Brothers 1-3 Year Treasury Index for the same period. Total return is calculated based on total net investment return, including interest on cash equivalents, divided by the average market value of our investments and cash balances during the six months ended June 30, 2004.
Competition
The insurance and reinsurance industries are highly competitive. We compete with major U.S., U.K., Bermuda and other international insurers and reinsurers and underwriting syndicates, some of which have greater financial, marketing and management resources than we do. In particular, we generally compete with insurers that provide property-based lines of insurance and reinsurance, such as ACE, Aviva, Converium, Everest Re, General Re, Hannover Re, IPC, Lloyd's of London, Munich Re, PartnerRe, Platinum Underwriters, PXRE, Renaissance Re, Swiss Re and XL Re. In addition, there are other new Bermuda reinsurers competing in similar lines, such as Allied World, Arch, AXIS, Endurance Specialty and Montpelier Re. In our insurance lines of business, we compete with Affiliated FM, Allianz, AIG, Amlin, AXA, QBE, Liberty Mutual, Mitsui, Norwich Union, Royal & SunAlliance and Zurich as well as surplus lines insurance carriers in the United States such as Lexington, RLI, First State Management, Crum & Forster, Scottsdale and Admiral.
In addition, since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, established competitors have completed or may be planning to complete additional capital raising transactions. Competition in the types of business that we underwrite is based on many factors, including:
• | the experience of the management in the line of insurance or reinsurance to be written; |
• | financial ratings assigned by independent rating agencies and actual and perceived financial strength; |
• | responsiveness to clients, including speed of claims payment; |
• | services provided, products offered and scope of business (both by size and geographic location); |
92
• | relationships with brokers; |
• | premiums charged and other terms and conditions offered; and |
• | reputation. |
Increased competition could result in fewer submissions, lower premium rates, and less favorable policy terms, which could adversely impact our growth and profitability. In addition, capital market participants have recently created alternative products that are intended to compete with reinsurance products. We are unable to predict the extent to which these new, proposed or potential initiatives may affect the demand for our products or the risks that may be available for us to consider underwriting.
Ratings
Ratings by independent agencies are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance and reinsurance companies and are important to our ability to market and sell our products. Rating organizations continually review the financial positions of insurers, including us. Aspen Re currently has a financial strength rating of "A" (Excellent) by A.M. Best, the third highest of fifteen rating levels, "A" (Strong) by S&P, the sixth highest of twenty-one rating levels, and "A2" (Good) by Moody's, the sixth highest of twenty-one rating levels. Aspen Bermuda currently has a financial strength rating of "A–" (Excellent) by A.M. Best, the fourth highest of fifteen rating levels, and "A" (Strong) by S&P. Aspen Specialty is currently rated "A–" (Excellent) by A.M. Best, which is the fourth highest of fifteen rating levels. These ratings reflect A.M. Best's, S&P's and Moody's respective opinions of Aspen Re's, Aspen Specialty's and Aspen Bermuda's ability to pay claims and are not evaluations directed to investors in our ordinary shares and are not recommendations to buy, sell, or hold our ordinary shares. A.M. Best maintains a letter scale rating system ranging from "A++" (Superior) to "F" (in liquidation). S&P maintains a letter scale rating system ranging from "AAA" (Extremely Strong) to "R" (under regulatory supervision). Moody's maintains a letter scale rating system ranging from "Aaa" (Exceptional) to "C" (Lowest). These ratings are subject to periodic review by, and may be revised downward or revoked at the sole discretion of, A.M. Best, Moody's and S&P.
Properties
We currently rent office space in Hamilton, Bermuda for our holding company and Bermuda operations. For our U.K.-based reinsurance and insurance operations, in June 2003 we entered into a sublease with ACE Global Markets Ltd. to occupy space within their offices at 100 Leadenhall Street, London. The lease covers one and a half floors of the building (up to 14,000 square feet in total) and is for a three-year period with an option to terminate upon 6 months' notice at any time after 18 months. We also license office space within the Lloyd's building on the basis of a renewable twelve-month lease. In addition, we leased office space in Boston, Massachusetts, Marlton, New Jersey and Rocky Hill, Connecticut.
Aspen Re currently intends to enter into an agreement for leases with B.L.C.T. (29038) Limited (the landlord), Tamagon Limited and Cleartest Limited in connection with leasing office space in London of approximately a total of 49,500 square feet covering three floors. The term of each lease for each floor is 15 years and commences soon after the date of practical completion of the landlord's preliminary fitting-out works. Service charges and insurance of approximately £0.5 million per annum will be payable from this date, and are subject to increase. It is expected that we will begin to pay the yearly basic rent of approximately £2.7 million per annum 36 months after the relevant date of practical completion of the landlord's works. The basic annual rent for each of the leases will each be subject to 5-yearly upwards-only rent reviews. There are no contractual provisions in any of the leases allowing us to terminate any of the leases prior to expiration of the 15-year contractual terms.
Employees
As of June 30, 2004, we employed 195 persons through the Company and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Aspen Bermuda, Aspen U.K. Services and Aspen U.S. Services, none of whom was
93
represented by a labor union. As of June 30, 2004, the significant majority of such employees are based in the United Kingdom, except for 11 employees who are based in Bermuda and 55 employees who are based in the United States. As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, we employed 57 and 142 employees, respectively.
Legal Proceedings
Similar to the rest of the insurance and reinsurance industry, we are subject to litigation and arbitration in the ordinary course of business. While any proceeding contains an element of uncertainty, we do not believe that the eventual outcome of any litigation or arbitration proceeding to which we are presently a party will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or business. Our subsidiaries are regularly engaged in the investigation and the defense of claims arising out of their business. Pursuant to our insurance and reinsurance arrangements, disputes are generally required to be finally settled by arbitration.
94
REGULATORY MATTERS
General
The business of insurance and reinsurance is regulated in most countries, although the degree and type of regulation varies significantly from one jurisdiction to another. Reinsurers are generally subject to less direct regulation than primary insurers.
The discussion below summarizes the material laws and regulations applicable to the Company's Insurance Subsidiaries. We do not believe that any of our Insurance Subsidiaries is in violation of any such laws and regulations. In addition, our Insurance Subsidiaries have met and exceeded the solvency margins and ratios applicable to them.
Bermuda Regulation
The Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda and related regulations, as amended (the "Insurance Act"), regulates insurance and reinsurance business and provides that no person may carry on any insurance business in or from within Bermuda unless registered as an insurer by the BMA under the Insurance Act; the day-to-day supervision of insurers is the responsibility of the BMA. Accordingly, the Insurance Act regulates the insurance business of Aspen Bermuda which has been registered as a Class 4 insurer by the BMA; however, as a holding company, Aspen Holdings is not subject to Bermuda insurance regulations. The BMA, in deciding whether to grant registration, has broad discretion to act as it thinks fit in the public interest. The BMA is required by the Insurance Act to determine whether the applicant is a fit and proper body to be engaged in the insurance business and, in particular, whether it has, or has available to it, adequate knowledge and expertise to operate an insurance business. The continued registration of an applicant as an insurer is subject to it complying with the terms of its registration and such other conditions as the BMA may impose from time to time. An Insurance Advisory Committee appointed by the Bermuda Minister of Finance advises the BMA on matters connected with the discharge of the BMA's functions. Sub-committees of the Insurance Advisory Committee supervise and review the law and practice of insurance in Bermuda, including reviews of accounting and administrative procedures. The Insurance Act also imposes on Bermuda insurance companies solvency and liquidity standards and auditing and reporting requirements and grants the BMA powers to supervise, investigate, require information and the production of documents and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies. Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework are set forth below.
Classification of Insurers . The Insurance Act distinguishes between insurers carrying on long-term business and insurers carrying on general business. There are four classifications of insurers carrying on general business, with Class 4 insurers subject to the strictest regulation. Aspen Bermuda, which is incorporated to carry on general insurance and reinsurance business, is registered as a Class 4 insurer in Bermuda and is regulated as such under the Insurance Act. Aspen Bermuda is not licensed to carry on long-term business.
Cancellation of Insurer's Registration . An insurer's registration may be cancelled by the Supervisor of Insurance of the BMA on certain grounds specified in the Insurance Act, including failure of the insurer to comply with its obligations under the Insurance Act or if, in the opinion of the BMA after consultation with the Insurance Advisory Committee, the insurer has not been carrying on business in accordance with sound insurance principles.
Principal Representative . An insurer is required to maintain a principal office in Bermuda and to appoint and maintain a principal representative in Bermuda. For the purpose of the Insurance Act, Aspen Bermuda's principal office is Victoria Hall, 11 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda, and Aspen Bermuda's principal representative is Marsh Management Services (Bermuda) Limited. Without a reason acceptable to the BMA, an insurer may not terminate the appointment of its principal representative, and the principal representative may not cease to act as such, unless 30 days' notice in writing to BMA is given of the intention to do so. It is the duty of the principal representative, within 30 days of reaching the view that there is a likelihood that the insurer will
95
become insolvent or that a reportable "event" has, to the principal representative's knowledge, occurred or is believed to have occurred, to make a report in writing to the BMA setting forth all the particulars of the case that are available to the principal representative. For example, the failure by the insurer to comply substantially with a condition imposed upon the insurer by the BMA relating to a solvency margin or a liquidity or other ratio would be a reportable "event."
Independent Approved Auditor . Every registered insurer must appoint an independent auditor who will audit and report annually on the statutory financial statements and the statutory financial return of the insurer, both of which, in the case of Aspen Bermuda, are required to be filed annually with the BMA. Aspen Bermuda's independent auditor must be approved by the BMA and may be the same person or firm that audits Aspen Holdings' consolidated financial statements and reports for presentation to its shareholders. Aspen Bermuda's independent auditor is KPMG.
Loss Reserve Specialist . As a registered Class 4 insurer, Aspen Bermuda is required to submit an opinion of its approved loss reserve specialist with its statutory financial return in respect of its losses and loss expenses provisions. The loss reserve specialist, who will normally be a qualified casualty actuary, must be approved by the BMA. Mr. David Hindley of Deloitte, a member of the General Insurance Board of the Institute of Actuaries, has been approved to act as Aspen Bermuda's loss reserve specialist.
Statutory Financial Statements . An insurer must prepare annual statutory financial statements. The Insurance Act prescribes rules for the preparation and substance of these statutory financial statements (which include, in statutory form, a balance sheet, an income statement, a statement of capital and surplus and notes thereto). The insurer is required to give detailed information and analyses regarding premiums, claims, reinsurance and investments. The statutory financial statements are not prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are distinct from the financial statements prepared for presentation to the insurer's shareholders under the Companies Act, which financial statements, in the case of the Company, will be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As a general business insurer, Aspen Bermuda is required to submit the annual statutory financial statements as part of the annual statutory financial return. The statutory financial statements and the statutory financial return do not form part of the public records maintained by the BMA. Aspen Bermuda's first official insurance filing with the Bermuda insurance regulators was for the period beginning November 6, 2002 and ending December 31, 2002.
Annual Statutory Financial Return . Aspen Bermuda is required to file with the BMA a statutory financial return no later than four months after its financial year end (unless specifically extended upon application to the BMA). The statutory financial return for a Class 4 insurer includes, among other matters, a report of the approved independent auditor on the statutory financial statements of the insurer, solvency certificates, the statutory financial statements, the opinion of the loss reserve specialist and a schedule of reinsurance ceded. The solvency certificates must be signed by the principal representative and at least two directors of the insurer certifying that the minimum solvency margin has been met and whether the insurer complied with the conditions attached to its certificate of registration. The independent approved auditor is required to state whether, in its opinion, it was reasonable for the directors to make these certifications. If an insurer's accounts have been audited for any purpose other than compliance with the Insurance Act, a statement to that effect must be filed with the statutory financial return.
Minimum Solvency Margin and Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions . Under the Insurance Act, the value of the general business assets of a Class 4 insurer, such as Aspen Bermuda, must exceed the amount of its general business liabilities by an amount greater than the prescribed minimum solvency margin. Aspen Bermuda:
(1) | is required, with respect to its general business, to maintain a minimum solvency margin equal to the greatest of: |
(A) | $100,000,000; |
96
(B) | 50% of net premiums written (being gross premiums written less any premiums ceded by Aspen Bermuda, but Aspen Bermuda may not deduct more than 25% of gross premiums when computing net premiums written); or |
(C) | 15% of net losses and loss expense reserves; |
(2) | is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividends would cause it to fail to meet such margin or ratio (and if it has failed to meet its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, Aspen Bermuda will be prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year); |
(3) | is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's statutory balance sheet) unless it files with the BMA (at least 7 days before payment of such dividends) an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins; |
(4) | is prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from reducing by 15% or more its total statutory capital as set out in its previous year's financial statements, and any application for such approval must include an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins; and |
(5) | is required, at any time it fails to meet its solvency margin, within 30 days (45 days where total statutory capital and surplus falls to $75 million or less) after becoming aware of that failure or having reason to believe that such failure has occurred, to file with the BMA a written report containing certain information. |
Additionally, under the Companies Act, Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda may only declare or pay a dividend if Aspen Holdings or Aspen Bermuda, as the case may be, has no reasonable grounds for believing that it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or if the realizable value of its assets would not be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts.
While generally neither the Companies Act nor the Insurance Act restricts Aspen Bermuda's ability to provide loans or advances to Aspen Holdings, any such loans or advances will be subject to the principle that any action taken by a company (e.g., Aspen Bermuda) must have a corporate benefit for that company.
Minimum Liquidity Ratio . The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business insurers, like Aspen Bermuda. An insurer engaged in general business is required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities. Relevant assets include, but are not limited to, cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment income due and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable and reinsurance balances receivable. There are certain categories of assets which, unless specifically permitted by the BMA, do not automatically qualify as relevant assets, such as unquoted equity securities, investments in and advances to affiliates and real estate and collateral loans. The relevant liabilities are total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income tax and sundry liabilities (by interpretation, those not specifically defined).
Supervision, Investigation and Intervention . The BMA may appoint an inspector with extensive powers to investigate the affairs of Aspen Bermuda if the BMA believes that such an investigation is in the best interests of its policyholders or persons who may become policyholders. In order to verify or supplement information otherwise provided to the BMA, the BMA may direct Aspen Bermuda to produce documents or information relating to matters connected with its business. In addition, the BMA has the power to require the production of documents from any person who appears to be in possession of such documents. Further, the BMA has the power, in respect of a person registered under the Insurance Act, to appoint a professional person to prepare a report on any aspect of any
97
matter about which the BMA has required or could require information. If it appears to the BMA to be desirable in the interests of the clients of a person registered under the Insurance Act, the BMA may also exercise these powers in relation to any company which is or has at any relevant time been (a) a parent company, subsidiary company or related company of that registered person, (b) a subsidiary company of a parent company of that registered person, (c) a parent company of a subsidiary company of that registered person or (d) a company in the case of which a shareholder controller of that registered person, either alone or with any associate or associates, holds 50 percent or more of the shares or is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise, of more than 50 percent of the voting power at a general meeting. If it appears to the BMA that there is a risk of Aspen Bermuda becoming insolvent, or that Aspen Bermuda is in breach of the Insurance Act or any conditions imposed upon its registration, the BMA may, among other things, direct Aspen Bermuda (i) not to take on any new insurance business, (ii) not to vary any insurance contract if the effect would be to increase its liabilities, (iii) not to make certain investments, (iv) to liquidate certain investments, (v) to maintain in, or transfer to the custody of a specified bank, certain assets, (vi) not to declare or pay any dividends or other distributions or to restrict the making of such payments and/or (vii) to limit Aspen Bermuda's premium income. The BMA intends to meet with each Class 4 insurance company on a voluntary basis, every two years.
Disclosure of Information . In addition to powers under the Insurance Act to investigate the affairs of an insurer, the BMA may require certain information from an insurer (or certain other persons) to be produced to them. Further, the BMA has been given powers to assist other regulatory authorities, including foreign insurance regulatory authorities, with their investigations involving insurance and reinsurance companies in Bermuda but subject to restrictions. For example, the BMA must be satisfied that the assistance being requested is in connection with the discharge of regulatory responsibilities of the foreign regulatory authority. Further, the BMA must consider whether cooperation is in the public interest. The grounds for disclosure are limited and the Insurance Act provides sanctions for breach of the statutory duty of confidentiality.
Under the Companies Act, the Minister of Finance (the "Minister") has been given powers to assist a foreign regulatory authority which has requested assistance in connection with enquiries being carried out by it in the performance of its regulatory functions. The Minister's powers include requiring a person to furnish him with information, to produce documents to him, to attend and answer questions and to give assistance in connection with enquiries. The Minister must be satisfied that the assistance requested by the foreign regulatory authority is for the purpose of its regulatory functions and that the request is in relation to information in Bermuda which a person has in his possession or under his control. The Minister must consider, among other things, whether it is in the public interest to give the information sought.
Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations
Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda will each also need to comply with the provisions of the Companies Act regulating the payment of dividends and making of distributions from contributed surplus. A company is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend, or making a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (a) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (b) the realizable value of the company's assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts.
Although Aspen Bermuda and Aspen Holdings are incorporated in Bermuda, both are classified as non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes by the BMA. Pursuant to their non-resident status, Aspen Bermuda and Aspen Holdings may engage in transactions in currencies other than Bermuda dollars and there are no restrictions on their ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to United States residents who are holders of their ordinary shares.
98
Under Bermuda law, exempted companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As "exempted" companies, Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda may not, without the express authorization of the Bermuda legislature or under a license or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business transactions, including: (1) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda (except that held by way of lease or tenancy agreement which is required for its business and held for a term not exceeding 50 years, or which is used to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees and held with the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, for a term not exceeding 21 years); (2) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure an amount in excess of $50,000; or (3) the carrying on of business of any kind for which it is not licensed in Bermuda, except in certain limited circumstances such as doing business with another exempted undertaking in furtherance of Aspen Holdings' business or Aspen Bermuda's business (as the case may be) carried on outside Bermuda. Aspen Bermuda is a licensed insurer in Bermuda, and so may carry on activities from Bermuda that are related to and in support of its insurance business.
Ordinary shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, the BMA must approve all issuances and transfers of shares of a Bermuda exempted company. We have obtained from the BMA their permission for the issue and free transferability of the ordinary shares in the Company that were offered in our initial public offering, as well as the ordinary shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus, as long as the shares are listed on the NYSE or other appointed stock exchange, to and among persons who are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes and of up to 20% of the ordinary shares to and among persons who are residents in Bermuda for exchange control purposes. The BMA and the Registrar of Companies accept no responsibility for the financial soundness of any proposal or for the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.
The Bermuda government actively encourages foreign investment in "exempted" entities like Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda that are based in Bermuda, but do not operate in competition with local businesses. As well as having no restrictions on the degree of foreign ownership, Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda are not currently subject to taxes computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax or to any foreign exchange controls in Bermuda.
Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than spouses of Bermudians) may not engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without an appropriate governmental work permit. Work permits may be granted or extended by the Bermuda government upon showing that, after proper public advertisement in most cases, no Bermudian (or spouse of a Bermudian) is available who meets the minimum standard requirements for the advertised position. The Bermuda government recently announced a new policy limiting the duration of work permits to six years, with certain exemptions for key employees. All of our Bermuda-based professional employees who require work permits have been granted permits by the Bermuda government. The terms of these permits range from three to five years depending on the individual.
U.K. Regulation
General . On December 1, 2001, the FSA assumed its full powers and responsibilities as the single statutory regulator responsible for regulating the financial services industry in respect of the carrying on of "regulated activities" (including deposit taking, insurance, investment management and most other financial services business by way of business in the U.K.), with the objective of maintaining confidence in the U.K. financial system, providing public understanding of the system, securing a proper degree of protection for consumers and helping to reduce financial crime. It is a criminal offense for any person to carry on a regulated activity in the U.K. unless that person is authorized by the FSA and has been granted permission to carry on that regulated activity or falls under an exemption.
99
Insurance business (which includes reinsurance business) is authorized and supervised by the FSA. Insurance business in the United Kingdom is divided between two main categories: long-term insurance (which is primarily investment-related) and general insurance. It is no longer possible for an insurance company to become authorized in both long-term and general insurance business. These two categories are both divided into "classes" (for example: permanent health and pension fund management are two classes of long-term insurance; damage to property and motor vehicle liability are two classes of general insurance). Under FSMA, effecting or carrying out contracts of insurance, within a class of general or long-term insurance, by way of business in the United Kingdom, constitutes a regulated activity requiring individual authorization. An authorized insurance company must have permission for each class of insurance business it intends to write.
Aspen Re has received authorization from the FSA to effect and carry out in the United Kingdom contracts of insurance in all classes of general business except credit and assistance business. As an authorized insurer in the United Kingdom, Aspen Re would be able to operate throughout the E.U., subject to certain regulatory requirements of the FSA and in some cases, certain local regulatory requirements. An insurance company with FSA authorization to write insurance business in the United Kingdom may provide cross-border services in other member states of the E.U. subject to notifying the FSA prior to commencement of the provision of services and to the FSA not having good reason to refuse consent. As an alternative, such insurance company may establish a branch office within another member state subject to notifying the FSA prior to the establishment of the branch and the FSA not having good reason to refuse consent; in both cases the FSA will also notify the local regulatory body that may advise additional requirements specific to its jurisdiction that applies to the operation of the proposed classes of business.
As an FSA authorized insurer, the insurance and reinsurance businesses of Aspen Re will be subject to close supervision by the FSA. The FSA is currently seeking to strengthen its requirements for senior management arrangements, systems and controls of insurance and reinsurance companies under its jurisdiction and intends to place an increased emphasis on risk identification and management in relation to the prudential regulation of insurance and reinsurance business in the United Kingdom. There are a number of proposed and forthcoming changes to the FSA's rules that will affect insurance and reinsurance companies authorized in the U.K. For example, the FSA is currently in consultation on a number of proposals, including changes to capital adequacy requirements as described below and proposals aimed at ensuring adequate diversification of an insurer's or reinsurer's exposures to any credit risks of its reinsurers. In addition, when the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers is replaced by the Integrated Prudential Sourcebook (expected on December 31, 2004), new evidential provisions relating to credit exposure to reinsurers will need to be addressed. The Integrated Prudential Sourcebook also introduces new requirements in respect of prudential risk management and associated systems and controls. A key element of this is that high level risk policies for each of insurance, credit, market, liquidity, operational and group risk are required to be set by the authorized insurer's governing body. A number of the conduct of business rules, that are being introduced by the FSA to coincide with the regulation of the sale and administration of general insurance falling under its ambit with effect from January 14, 2005, may also have an impact upon authorized insurers. Changes in the scope of the FSA's regulation may have an adverse impact on the business of Aspen Re.
Supervision . The FSA carries out the prudential supervision of insurance companies through a variety of methods, including the collection of information from statistical returns, review of accountants' reports, visits to insurance companies and regular formal interviews.
The FSA has adopted a risk-based approach to the supervision of insurance companies. Under this approach the FSA performs a formal risk assessment of insurance companies or groups carrying on business in the U.K. periodically, which varies in length according to the risk profile of the insurer. The FSA performs the risk assessment by analyzing information which it receives during the normal course of its supervision, such as regular prudential returns on the financial position of the insurance company, or which it acquires through a series of meetings with senior management of the insurance company. After each risk assessment, the FSA will inform the insurer of its views on the insurer's risk
100
profile. This will include details of any remedial action that the FSA requires and the likely consequences if this action is not taken.
The FSA carried out a risk assessment visit to Aspen Re during October and November of 2002. The results were received in January 2003. The only obligations arising from the assessment required Aspen Re to:
• | no later than July 1, 2003, provide the FSA with a summary of its governance, structure, operation, staffing, succession plans and control responsibility; and |
• | at quarterly intervals commencing in March 2003, meet FSA representatives to provide a review and progress report covering its underwriting business plan and related issues including business development, reinsurance, underwriting controls and claims. |
The deadline for the first item was met and the quarterly meetings are being held as required.
Solvency Requirements . The Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers requires that insurance companies maintain a margin of solvency at all times in respect of any general insurance undertaken by the insurance company, the calculation of which in any particular case depends on the type and amount of insurance business a company writes. The method of calculation of the solvency margin is set out in the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers, and for these purposes, all the insurer's assets and liabilities are subject to specific valuation rules. Failure to maintain the required solvency margin is one of the grounds on which wide powers of intervention conferred upon the FSA may be exercised. For financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2004, the calculation of the required margin of solvency has been amended as a result of the implementation of the EU Solvency I Directives. In respect of liability business accepted, 150% of the actual premiums written and claims incurred must be included in the calculation, which will have the effect of increasing the required minimum margin of solvency and possibly the amount of capital required for Aspen Re.
Each insurance company writing property, credit insurance business, aviation, marine, business interruption or nuclear insurance or reinsurance business is required by the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers to maintain an equalization reserve in respect of business written in the financial years ending on or after December 23, 1996 calculated in accordance with the provisions of the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers where the amount of premiums for such classes exceed the minimum threshold set forth in the provisions.
When the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers is replaced by the Integrated Prudential Sourcebook, insurers will be required to calculate an ECR in addition to their required minimum solvency margin. This represents a more risk-based calculation than the existing solvency margin requirements. There will also be a requirement for insurers to maintain financial resources that are adequate, both as to amount and quality, to ensure that there is no significant risk that its liabilities cannot be met as they come due. In order to carry out the assessment as to the necessary financial resources that are required, insurers will be required to identify the major sources of risk to its ability to meet its liabilities as they come due, and to carry out stress and scenario tests to identify an appropriate range of realistic adverse scenarios in which the risk crystallizes and to estimate the financial resources needed in each of the circumstances and events identified. In addition, the FSA is proposing to give guidance regularly to insurers and reinsurers under "individual capital assessments", which may result in guidance that an insurer should hold capital in excess of the ECR.
In addition, an insurer (other than a pure reinsurer) that is part of a group, is required to perform and submit to the FSA a solvency margin calculation return in respect of its ultimate parent undertaking, in accordance with the FSA's rules. This return is not part of an insurer's own solvency return and hence will not be publicly available. Although there is no requirement at present for the parent undertaking solvency calculation to show a positive result, the FSA is required to take action where it considers that the solvency of the insurance company is or may be jeopardized due to the group solvency position. At December 31, 2003, Aspen Re exceeded such requirements. However, the FSA has published proposals for the implementation of the European Union's Financial Groups Directive which include a requirement for insurance groups to hold an amount of capital indicated in
101
the calculation of the parent company's solvency margin at the ultimate European Economic Area parent undertaking level for financial years beginning in 2005. The purpose of these proposals is to prevent leveraging of capital arising from involvements in other group insurance firms. The FSA has recently stated that it will be considering this proposed requirement further and will announce its position in future. Given the current structure of the Company and the current status of the proposal, this proposed regulatory obligation would not apply to Aspen Re's parent, because it is incorporated in Bermuda. Further, an insurer is required to report in its annual returns to the FSA all material related party transactions (e.g., intra group reinsurance, whose value is more than 5% of the insurer's general insurance business amount).
Aspen Re is required to maintain a minimum margin of solvency equal to the greater of (1) the sum of 18% of the first €50 million and 16% of the excess over €50 million of gross premiums (for these purposes premiums relating to certain categories of liability are uplifted by 50%) for the previous financial year (but where a financial year does not have 12 months the gross premium is adjusted to arrive at a figure that is proportionate to a 12-month financial year) less an allowance for anticipated reinsurance recoveries; and (2) the sum of 26% of the average claims (for these purposes claims relating to certain categories of liability business are increased by 50%) paid for the first €35 million of claims and 23% of the average claims paid for claims comprising the excess over €35 million, as measured over a 36-month period less an allowance for anticipated reinsurance recoveries. The margin of solvency is subject to an absolute minimum of €400,000.
Restrictions on Dividend Payments . U.K. company law prohibits Aspen Re from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has "profits available for distribution." The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While the U.K. insurance regulatory laws impose no statutory restrictions on a general insurer's ability to declare a dividend, the FSA strictly controls the maintenance of each insurance company's solvency margin within its jurisdiction.
In connection with the application to the FSA for consent to the change of control of City Fire, a scheme of operations was submitted to the FSA showing, among other things, a forecast profit and loss account (including forecast dividend payments) for the three financial periods 2003 to 2005 inclusive. Aspen Re is required to submit quarterly financial returns for this period including a summary profit and loss account and must identify and explain significant differences between actual results and forecasts submitted in the scheme of operations. Further, there is an obligation to notify the FSA of any matter that is likely to happen which represents a significant departure from the scheme of operations. Aspen Re is also under separate obligations to maintain its margin of solvency and to notify the FSA of any proposed significant dividend payment. Thus, while Aspen Re's scheme of operations forecasts dividends being paid in each of 2003, 2004 and 2005, if the fortunes of Aspen Re were to change such that a dividend payment would affect its ability to maintain its solvency margin, or if a greater dividend is proposed it would be obliged to notify the FSA. In such circumstances, depending on the financial condition of Aspen Re, the FSA could use its own initiative powers to impose requirements on Aspen Re, including restrictions on dividend payments.
Reporting Requirements . U.K. insurance companies must prepare their financial statements under the Companies Act of 1985 (as amended), which requires the filing with Companies House of audited financial statements and related reports. In addition, U.K. insurance companies are required to file with the FSA regulatory returns, which include a revenue account, a profit and loss account and a balance sheet in prescribed forms. Under the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers, audited regulatory returns must be filed with the FSA within two months and 15 days (or three months where the delivery of the return is made electronically) after year-end.
Supervision of Management . The FSA closely supervises the management of insurance companies through the approved persons regime, by which any appointment of persons to perform certain specified "controlled functions" within a regulated entity, must be approved by the FSA.
Change of Control . The FSA regulates the acquisition of "control" of any U.K. insurance company authorized under FSMA. Any company or individual that (together with its or his
102
associates) directly or indirectly acquires 10% or more of the shares in a U.K. authorized insurance company or its parent company, or is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in such authorized insurance company or its parent company, would be considered to have acquired "control" for the purposes of the relevant legislation, as would a person who had significant influence over the management of such authorized insurance company or its parent company by virtue of his shareholding or voting power in either. A purchaser of 10% or more of the ordinary shares would therefore be considered to have acquired "control" of Aspen Re.
Under FSMA, any person proposing to acquire "control" over a U.K. authorized insurance company must give prior notification to the FSA of his intention to do so. The FSA would then have three months to consider that person's application to acquire "control." In considering whether to approve such application, the FSA must be satisfied that both the acquirer is a fit and proper person to have such "control" and that the interests of consumers would not be threatened by such acquisition of "control." Failure to make the relevant prior application could result in action being taken against Aspen Re by the FSA.
Intervention and Enforcement . The FSA has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of an authorized person, culminating in the ultimate sanction of the removal of authorization to carry on a regulated activity. FSMA imposes on the FSA statutory obligations to monitor compliance with the requirements imposed by FSMA, and to enforce the provisions of FSMA related rules made by the FSA. The FSA has power, among other things, to enforce and take disciplinary measures in respect of breaches of both the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers and breaches of the conduct of business rules generally applicable to authorized persons.
The FSA also has the power to institute proceedings for criminal offenses arising under FSMA, and to institute proceedings for the offense of insider dealing under Part V of the Criminal Justice Act of 1993, and breaches of money laundering regulations. The FSA's stated policy is to pursue criminal prosecution in all appropriate cases.
Fees and Levies . As an authorized insurer in the United Kingdom, Aspen Re is subject to FSA fees and levies based on Aspen Re's gross written premiums. The fees and levies charged by the FSA to Aspen Re are not material to the Company. Our fees paid to the FSA were £0.1 million for 2003. The FSA also requires authorized insurers to participate in an investors' protection fund, known as the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (the "FSCS"). The FSCS was established to compensate consumers of financial services, including the buyers of insurance, against failures in the financial services industry. Individual policyholders and small businesses may be compensated by the FSCS when an authorized insurer is unable, or likely to be unable, to satisfy policyholder claims. Aspen Re writes a small amount of insurance business that is protected by the FSCS. The levy charged to Aspen Re in connection with the FSCS is calculated on the amount of insurance business written by Aspen Re and covered by the FSCS.
Since the formation of the Company and the transfer of senior management and underwriters from Syndicate 2020, Syndicate 2020 has continued to operate within the operating and regulatory structure of the Lloyd's market under the management of WUAL. Aspen Re is an insurance company directly regulated by the FSA and, as such, is not a member of Lloyd's or part of the Lloyd's market. Aspen Re is not therefore subject to the various fees and levies (which may be several percentage points of premiums) that are incurred by members of Lloyd's in relation to the operation of the Lloyd's market and the maintenance of the Lloyd's Central Fund. The Lloyd's Central Fund acts as a policyholders' protection fund to make payments where other Lloyd's members have failed to pay valid claims.
U.S. Regulation
Aspen Specialty is licensed and domiciled in North Dakota and is eligible to write certain lines of insurance business on an approved, non-admitted basis in the majority of states in which it intends to write business. Aspen Management is a licensed surplus lines brokerage company based in Boston, Massachusetts. It has resident licenses to transact business as a licensed insurance producer and
103
surplus lines broker. Aspen Re America is incorporated in Delaware and functions as a reinsurance intermediary with offices in New Jersey and Connecticut. It has obtained a corporate New Jersey resident reinsurance intermediary license and a corporate Connecticut non-resident reinsurance intermediary license.
U.S. Insurance Holding Company Regulation of Aspen Holdings . Aspen Holdings, as the indirect parent of Aspen Specialty, Aspen U.S. Holdings, as the direct parent of Aspen Specialty, and Aspen Management, are subject to the insurance holding company laws of North Dakota, where Aspen Specialty is organized and domiciled. These laws generally require the insurance holding company and each insurance company directly or indirectly owned by the holding company to register with the North Dakota Department of Insurance and to furnish annually financial and other information about the operations of companies within the holding company system. Generally, all material transactions among companies in the holding company system affecting Aspen Specialty, including sales, loans, reinsurance agreements, service agreements and dividend payments, must be fair and, if material or of a specified category, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by the North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance.
Acquisition of Control of a North Dakota Domiciled Insurance Company . North Dakota law requires that before a person can acquire control of any North Dakota domiciled insurance company, such as Aspen Specialty, the acquisition of control must be approved by the North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a North Dakota domiciled insurer, the North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance is required by law to consider various factors, including, but not limited to, the financial strength of the applicant, the integrity and management experience of the applicant's board of directors and executive officers, the applicant's plans for the future operations of the insurer and any possible anti-competitive results in North Dakota that may arise from the proposed acquisition of control. North Dakota law provides that control over a North Dakota domiciled insurer is presumed to exist if any person directly or indirectly owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing 10% or more of the voting securities of a North Dakota insurer. Our bye-laws limit the voting power of any shareholder to less than 9.5%; nevertheless, because a person controlling 10% or more of our ordinary shares would indirectly control the same percentage of the share capital of Aspen Specialty, there can be no assurance that the North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance would not apply these restrictions on acquisition of control to any proposed acquisition of 10% or more of our ordinary shares.
These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of Aspen Holdings, including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of the shareholders of Aspen Holdings might consider to be desirable.
Legislative Changes . On November 26, 2002, the Terrorism Act was enacted to ensure the availability of insurance coverage for terrorist acts in the United States. This law requires insurers writing certain lines of property and casualty insurance to offer coverage against certain acts of terrorism causing damage within the United States or to U.S. flagged vessels or aircraft. In return, the law requires the federal government to indemnify such insurers for 90% of insured losses resulting from covered acts of terrorism, subject to a premium-based deductible. Any existing policy exclusions for such coverage were immediately nullified by the law, although such exclusions may be reinstated if either the insured consents to reinstatement or fails to pay any applicable increase in premium resulting from the additional coverage within 30 days of being notified of such. It should be noted that "act of terrorism" as defined by the law excludes purely domestic terrorism. For an act of terrorism to have occurred, the U.S. Treasury Secretary must make several findings, including that the act was committed on behalf of a foreign person or foreign interest. The Terrorism Act does not require coverage under our reinsurance contracts covering U.S. risks. The law expires automatically at the end of 2005, although competing bills to extend the Terrorism Act through 2007 or 2008 have recently been introduced in the U.S. Congress.
State Insurance Regulation of Aspen Specialty, Aspen Management and Aspen Re America . State insurance authorities have broad regulatory powers with respect to various aspects of the surplus lines
104
insurance business, including licensing to transact business, admittance of assets to statutory surplus , regulating unfair trade and claims practices, establishing reserve requirements and solvency standards and regulating investments and dividends. State insurance laws and regulations require Aspen Specialty to file financial statements with insurance departments in every state where it will be licensed or authorized or accredited or eligible to conduct insurance business; and the operations of Aspen Specialty are subject to examination by those departments at any time. Aspen Specialty will prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with Statutory Accounting Practices and procedures prescribed or permitted by these departments. State insurance departments also conduct periodic examinations of the books and records, financial reporting, policy filings and market conduct of insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years. Examinations are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other states under guidelines promulgated by the NAIC. Aspen Management which transacts business as a surplus lines brokerage company must also maintain appropriate licenses to transact such business.
Aspen Re America is incorporated in Delaware and has offices in New Jersey and Connecticut. Aspen Re America has obtained a corporate New Jersey resident reinsurance intermediary broker's license and Connecticut non-resident reinsurance intermediary broker's license. As a result, Aspen Re America is subject to Delaware law and will be regulated by the New Jersey and Connecticut departments of insurance.
North Dakota State Dividend Limitations . Under North Dakota insurance law, Aspen Specialty may not pay dividends to shareholders that exceed the greater of 10% of Aspen Specialty's statutory surplus as shown on its latest annual financial statement on file with the North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance, or 100% of Aspen Specialty's net income, not including realized capital gains, for the most recent calendar year, without the prior approval of the North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance unless 30 days have passed after receipt by the North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance of notice of Aspen Specialty's declaration of such payment without the North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance having disapproved of such payment. In addition, Aspen Specialty may not pay a dividend, except out of earned, as distinguished from contributed, surplus, nor when its surplus is less than the surplus required by law for the kind or kinds of business the company is authorized to transact, nor when the payment of a dividend would reduce its surplus to less than such amount. Aspen Specialty is required by North Dakota law to report to the North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance all dividends and other distributions to shareholders within five business days following the declaration thereof and no less than ten business days prior to payment thereof.
North Dakota State Risk-Based Capital Regulations . North Dakota requires that North Dakota domiciled insurers report their risk-based capital based on a formula calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium and reserve items. The formula takes into account the risk characteristics of the insurer, including asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk and business risk. The North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance uses the formula as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possibly inadequately capitalized insurers for the purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. North Dakota insurance law imposes broad confidentiality requirements on those engaged in any manner in the insurance business and on the North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance as to the use and publication of risk-based capital data. The North Dakota Commissioner of Insurance has explicit regulatory authority to require various actions by, or to take various actions against, insurers whose total adjusted capital does not exceed certain risk-based capital levels.
Statutory Accounting Principles . Statutory accounting, or "SAP," is a basis of accounting developed to assist insurance regulators in monitoring and regulating the solvency of insurance companies. It is primarily concerned with measuring an insurer's surplus to policyholders. Accordingly, statutory accounting focuses on valuing assets and liabilities of insurers at financial reporting dates in accordance with appropriate insurance law and regulatory provisions applicable in each insurer's domiciliary state.
U.S. GAAP is concerned with a company's solvency, but it is also concerned with other financial measurements, such as income and cash flows. Accordingly, U.S. GAAP gives more consideration to
105
appropriate matching of revenue and expenses and accounting for management's stewardship of assets than does SAP. As a direct result, different assets and liabilities and different amounts of assets and liabilities will be reflected in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP as opposed to SAP.
Statutory accounting practices established by the NAIC and adopted, in part, by the North Dakota Department of Insurance, determine, among other things, the amount of statutory surplus and statutory net income of our U.S. insurance subsidiary and thus determine, in part, the amount of funds they have available to pay as dividends to us.
Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements . Some of the jurisdictions in which Aspen Specialty is surplus lines eligible require property and casualty insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer is engaged. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets.
Operations of Aspen Re and Aspen Bermuda . Aspen Re and Aspen Bermuda are not admitted to do business in the United States. The insurance laws of each state of the United States and of many other countries regulate or prohibit the sale of insurance and reinsurance within their jurisdictions by non-domestic insurers and reinsurers, such as Aspen Re and Aspen Bermuda, which are not admitted to do business within such jurisdictions. We do not intend that Aspen Bermuda or Aspen Re maintain an office or solicit, advertise, settle claims or conduct other insurance activities in any jurisdiction other than Bermuda—or, in the case of Aspen Re, the United Kingdom—where the conduct of such activities would require Aspen Re and Aspen Bermuda to be so admitted.
In addition to the regulatory requirements imposed by the jurisdictions in which they are licensed, reinsurers' business operations are affected by regulatory requirements in various states of the United States governing "credit for reinsurance" which are imposed on their ceding companies. In general, a ceding company which obtains reinsurance from a reinsurer that is licensed, accredited or approved by the jurisdiction or state in which the reinsurer files statutory financial statements is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the liability for unearned premiums (which are that portion of premiums written which applies to the unexpired portion of the policy period) and loss reserves and loss adjustment expense reserves ceded to the reinsurer. Aspen Bermuda is not licensed, accredited or approved in any state in the United States. The great majority of states, however, permit a credit to statutory surplus resulting from reinsurance obtained from a non-licensed or non-accredited reinsurer to the extent that the reinsurer provides a letter of credit or other acceptable security arrangement. A few states do not allow credit for reinsurance ceded to non-licensed reinsurers except in certain limited circumstances and others impose additional requirements that make it difficult to become accredited. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."
For its U.S. reinsurance activities, Aspen Re has established and must retain a multi-beneficiary U.S. trust fund for the benefit of its U.S. cedents so that they are able to take financial statement credit without the need to post cedent-specific security. The minimum trust fund amount is $20 million plus an amount equal to 100% of Aspen Re's U.S. reinsurance liabilities, which was $25.6 million at December 31, 2003. Aspen Re intends to apply for "trusteed reinsurer" approvals in states where U.S. cedents are domiciled.
Aspen Re is also writing surplus lines business in certain states of the United States where it has obtained the applicable approvals or eligibilities. In certain U.S. jurisdictions, in order to obtain surplus lines approvals and eligibilities, a company must first be included on the Quarterly Listing of Alien Insurers ("Quarterly Listing") that is maintained by the International Insurers Department ("IID") of the National Association of Insurance Commissoners ("NAIC").
106
Pursuant to the IID requirements, Aspen Re has established a U.S. surplus lines trust fund with a U.S. bank to secure U.S. surplus lines policies. The initial minimum trust fund amount is $5.4 million. In subsequent years, Aspen Re must add an amount equal to 30% of its U.S. surplus lines liabilities, as at year end and certified by an actuary, subject to the current maximum of $60 million. The NAIC's IID Plan of Operation Working Group is currently in the early stages of considering proposals to increase both the trust fund maximum amount and the variable percentage amount.
Applications for state surplus lines approvals and eligibilities will be required in certain jurisdictions. As with the IID, certain jurisdictions require annual requalification filings. Such filings customarily include financial and related information, updated national and state-specific business plans, descriptions of reinsurance programs, updated officers and directors biographical affidavits and similar information.
Apart from the financial and related filings required to maintain Aspen Re's place on the Quarterly Listing and its jurisdiction-specific approvals and eligibilities, Aspen Re generally will not be subject to regulation by U.S. jurisdictions. Specifically, rate and form regulations otherwise applicable to authorized insurers will generally not apply to Aspen Re's surplus lines transactions.
Similarly, U.S. solvency regulation tools—including risk-based capital standards, investment limitations, credit for reinsurance and holding company filing requirements—otherwise applicable to authorized insurers do not generally apply to alien surplus lines insurers such as Aspen Re.
We do not believe that Aspen Re or Aspen Bermuda are in violation of insurance laws of any jurisdiction in the United States. We cannot assure you, however, that inquiries or challenges to Aspen Re's or Aspen Bermuda's insurance or reinsurance activities will not be raised in the future.
107
MANAGEMENT
Directors
Pursuant to provisions that were in our bye-laws and a shareholders' agreement by and among us and certain shareholders prior to our public offering, certain of our shareholders had the right to appoint or nominate and remove directors to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Melwani was appointed, and Mr. Rosenthal was nominated, as directors by Blackstone. Mr. Cormack was appointed director by Candover. Mr. Avery was appointed director by Wellington. Mr. Salame was nominated director by CSFB Private Equity. After our initial public offering, no specific shareholder has the right to appoint or nominate or remove one or more directors pursuant to an explicit provision in our bye-laws or otherwise.
Our bye-laws provide for a classified Board, divided into three classes of directors, with each class elected to serve a term of three years. Our incumbent Class I Directors are scheduled to serve until our 2005 Annual General Meeting, our incumbent Class II Directors are scheduled to serve until our 2006 Annual General Meeting and our incumbent Class III Directors are scheduled to serve until our 2007 Annual General Meeting.
Anthony Taylor was initially appointed as a director by Montpelier Re and was a Class I Director commencing on June 21, 2002. He has since resigned from the Company's board of directors on January 21, 2004 because as CEO of Montpelier Re, he believed it was difficult for him to contribute fully to the Company from both an operational and governance perspective. Bret Pearlman was initially appointed as a director by Blackstone and was a Class III Director commencing on June 21, 2002. He resigned from the Company's board of directors on July 29, 2004 because he accepted a position with Elevation Partners.
The Company has initiated a directors' search for possible replacement directors and is considering potential candidates who would meet the independence and other requirements.
As of July 30, 2004, we had the following directors on our board of directors:
Name | Age | Position |
Director
Since |
|||||||||||
Class I Directors: | ||||||||||||||
Christopher O'Kane | 49 | Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Aspen Re and Chairman of Aspen Bermuda | 2002 | |||||||||||
Heidi Hutter (1)(2)(3) | 46 | Director | 2002 | |||||||||||
Class II Directors: | ||||||||||||||
Paul Myners (2)(3)(4) | 56 | Chairman of the Company and Aspen Re | 2002 | |||||||||||
Julian Cusack (3) | 53 | Chief Financial Officer of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of Aspen Bermuda | 2002 | |||||||||||
Norman L. Rosenthal (1)(4) | 53 | Director | 2002 | |||||||||||
Class III Directors: | ||||||||||||||
Julian Avery | 58 | Director | 2003 | |||||||||||
Ian Cormack (1) | 56 | Director | 2003 | |||||||||||
Prakash Melwani (2)(3)(4) | 46 | Director | 2003 | |||||||||||
Kamil M. Salame (2)(3) | 35 | Director | 2002 | |||||||||||
(1) | Member of the Audit Committee |
(2) | Member of the Compensation Committee |
(3) | Member of the Investment Committee |
(4) | Member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee |
108
Paul Myners . Mr. Myners has been our Chairman and a director since June 21, 2002. He is also currently the Chairman of Aspen Re, a position he has held since June 2002, of the Guardian Media Group, a position held since March 2000 and of Marks and Spencer, a position held since May 2004. Mr. Myners is a non-executive director of The Bank of New York. He completed a review of Institutional Investment for Her Majesty's Treasury in 2001 and was a member of the Financial Reporting Council, the body responsible for overseeing the process for setting U.K. accounting standards. From August 1, 1987 until November 2001, he held the position of Chairman of Gartmore Investment Management and previously served as an executive director of National Westminster Bank, Coutts & Co., and as an independent director of the Investment Management Regulatory Organization, the Lloyd's Market Board, Celltech Group, the Scottish National Trust, PowerGen plc and Orange plc.
Christopher O'Kane . Mr. O'Kane has been our Chief Executive Officer and a director since June 21, 2002. He is also currently the Chief Executive Officer of Aspen Re and Chairman of Aspen Bermuda. Prior to the creation of Aspen Holdings, from November 2000 until June 2002, Mr. O'Kane served as a director of Wellington and Chief Underwriting Officer of Lloyd's Syndicate 2020 where he built his specialist knowledge in the fields of property insurance and reinsurance, together with active underwriting experience in a range of other insurance disciplines. From September 1998 until November 2000, Mr. O'Kane served as one of the underwriting partners for Syndicate 2020. Prior to joining Syndicate 2020, Mr. O'Kane served as deputy underwriter for Syndicate 51 from January 1993 to September 1998. Mr. O'Kane has over 16 years of specialty insurance and reinsurance underwriting experience, beginning his career as a Lloyd's broker.
Julian Cusack, Ph.D . Mr. Cusack has been our Chief Financial Officer and a director since June 21, 2002. He is also currently the Chief Executive Officer of Aspen Bermuda since 2002. From 2002 until March 31, 2004, he was also Finance Director of Aspen Re. Mr. Cusack previously worked with Wellington where he was Managing Director of WUAL from 1992 to 1996, and in 1994 joined the board of directors of Wellington Underwriting Holdings Limited. He was Group Finance Director of Wellington from 1996 to 2002.
Julian Avery . Mr. Avery has been a director since April 9, 2003. He served as Chief Executive Officer of Wellington since 2000 until September 20, 2004. Prior to becoming Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Avery had been Managing Director of Wellington since 1996. He was also a director of WUAL since 1996 and its Chairman since 2001. Mr. Avery is also a solicitor and was elected to the Council of Lloyd's in December 2000. He is Deputy Chairman of the Lloyd's Market Association Services Limited and a non-executive director of East Surrey Holdings plc.
Ian Cormack . Mr. Cormack has been a director since September 22, 2003 and has served also as a non-executive director of Aspen Re. Mr. Cormack is a Senior Partner in Cormack Tansey Partners, a strategic consulting firm that he established in 2002. From 2000 to 2002, he was Chief Executive Officer of AIG Inc.'s insurance financial services and asset management in Europe. From 1997 to 2000, he was Chairman of Citibank International plc and Co-head of the Global Financial Institutions Client Group at Citigroup. He was also Country Head of Citicorp in the United Kingdom from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Cormack also serves as a member of Millennium Associates AG's Global Advisory Board and Chairman of Hologram Insurance Services Ltd., U.K. and previously served as Chairman of CHAPS, the high value clearing system in the United Kingdom, and a Member of the Board of Clearstream (Luxembourg). Mr. Cormack is also a non-executive chairman of Aberdeen Growth Opportunities Venture Capital Trust 2 plc and a non-executive director of MphasiS BFL Ltd. (India). He was a member of the U.K. Chancellor's City Advisory Panel from 1993 to 1998.
Heidi Hutter . Ms. Hutter has been a director since June 21, 2002 and has served as a non-executive director of Aspen Re since June 2002. She has served as Chief Executive Officer of Black Diamond Group, LLC since 2001 and has over twenty years of experience in property/casualty reinsurance. Ms. Hutter began her career in 1979 with Swiss Reinsurance Company in New York, where she specialized in the then new field of finite reinsurance. From 1993 to 1995, she was Project Director for the Equitas Project at Lloyd's of London, which became the largest run-off reinsurer in the world. From 1996 to 1999, she served as Chief Executive Officer of Swiss Re America and was a
109
member of the Executive Board of Swiss Re in Zurich. Ms. Hutter also serves as a director of Aquila, Inc. and Talbot Underwriting Ltd. and its corporate affiliates.
Prakash Melwani . Mr. Melwani has been a director since July 21, 2003. In May 2003, Mr. Melwani joined Blackstone as a Senior Managing Director in its Private Equity Group. He is also a member of the firm's Private Equity Investment Committee. Prior to joining Blackstone, Mr. Melwani was a founder, in 1988, of Vestar Capital Partners and served as its Chief Investment Officer. Prior to that, Mr. Melwani was with the management buyout group at The First Boston Corporation and with N.M. Rothschild & Sons in Hong Kong and London.
Norman L. Rosenthal, Ph.D . Dr. Rosenthal has been a director since June 21, 2002. He is also currently President of Norman L. Rosenthal & Associates, Inc., a management consulting firm which specializes in the property casualty insurance industry. Previously, Dr. Rosenthal was a managing director and senior equity research analyst at Morgan Stanley & Co. following the property casualty insurance industry. He joined Morgan Stanley's equity research department covering the insurance sector in 1981 and remained there until 1996. Dr. Rosenthal also currently serves on the board of directors of The Plymouth Rock Company, Palisades Safety and Insurance Management Corporation and the Highpoint Group of Insurance Companies. Dr. Rosenthal previously served on the board of directors of Mutual Risk Management Ltd. from 1997 to 2002, and Vesta Insurance Group from 1996 to 1999.
Kamil M. Salame . Mr. Salame has been a director since June 21, 2002. He has been a partner of DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, the primary private equity funds of Credit Suisse First Boston Private Equity since June 2004 and, prior to then, a principal. Mr. Salame joined Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette's Merchant Banking Group, a predecessor to Credit Suisse First Boston Private Equity, in 1997. Previously he was a member of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette's Leveraged Finance Group. Mr. Salame is a director of Montpelier Re and US Express Leasing, Inc.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Audit Committee: Messrs. Cormack and Rosenthal and Ms. Hutter . The Audit Committee has general responsibility for the oversight and surveillance of our accounting, reporting and financial control practices. The Audit Committee annually reviews the qualifications of the independent auditors, makes recommendations to the board of directors, as to their selection and reviews the plan, fees and results of their audit. Mr. Cormack is Chairman of the Audit Committee.
The members of the audit committee have substantial experience in assessing the performance of companies, gained as members of our board of directors and audit committee, as well as by serving on the boards of directors of other companies. Our audit committee is comprised of seasoned business professionals, whereby one member has over 30 years of experience in the financial services industry, another member has over 20 years of experience in the property and casualty reinsurance business, and another member has over 15 years of experience as an equity research analyst following the insurance industry. As a result, they each have an understanding of U.S. GAAP financial statements. However, none of them has acquired the attributes of a financial expert through the specific means permitted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Accordingly, the board of directors does not consider any of them to be a "financial expert" as defined in the applicable regulations. Nevertheless, our board of directors believes that they competently perform the functions required of them as members of the audit committee and, given their background and understanding of the Company, it would not be in the best interest of the Company at this time to replace any of them with another person to qualify a member of the audit committee as a financial expert.
Compensation Committee: Messrs. Myners, Melwani and Salame and Ms. Hutter . The Compensation Committee, oversees our compensation and benefit policies and programs, including administration of our annual bonus awards and long-term incentive plans. Mr. Myners is Chairman of the Compensation Committee.
110
Investment Committee: Messrs. Myners, Cusack, Melwani and Salame and Ms. Hutter . The Investment Committee is an advisory committee to the board of directors which formulates our investment policy and oversees all of our significant investing activities. Mr. Myners is Chairman of the Investment Committee.
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee: Messrs. Myners, Melwani and Rosenthal . The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, among other things, establishes the board of directors' criteria for selecting new directors and oversees the evaluation of the board of directors and management. Mr. Myners is Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
John Barton, non-executive chairman of Wellington, was previously on our board of directors and our compensation committee from November 2002 through April 2003. Wellington is one of our shareholders with which the Company has entered into various agreements. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Transactions and Relationships with Initial Investors." We have also granted to Wellington the Wellington Options as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. Such options are exercisable or lapse upon the earlier occurrence of several events and the non-voting shares so acquired will automatically convert into ordinary shares at a one-to-one ratio once exercised. Our executive officers Messrs. O'Kane and Cusack served as directors of Wellington until June 21, 2002, and Ms. Davies and Mr. May served as directors of WUAL until June 21, 2002. None of Messrs. O'Kane, Cusack or May or Ms. Davies served as members of the compensation committee of Wellington or WUAL at any time.
Mr. Salame is a partner of DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, the primary private equity funds of CSFB Private Equity, one of our shareholders. Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, one of the underwriters in our initial public offering, is an affiliate of DLJ Merchant Banking Partners. Credit Suisse First Boston (acting through its Cayman Islands branch), an affiliate of both CSFB Private Equity and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, participates as a lender in the syndicate of our credit facilities.
Heidi Hutter, one of our directors, is also a shareholder and director of Talbot Holdings Ltd, Talbot Underwriting Holding Ltd and Talbot Underwriting Ltd. Ms. Hutter is not an executive officer of either Aspen Holdings or Talbot. We have entered into reinsurance agreements with Talbot through which we reinsure some of their risks and have received approximately $928,000 of premium income for 2003. Talbot also reinsures some of our risks for which they have received approximately $239,000 of premium income for 2003. We believe that the amount of premium income we have received from Talbot and our level of exposure with respect to the risks we have reinsured is not material to our business.
Director Compensation
For service in 2003, each director other than Messrs. O'Kane, Cusack (who are also our executive officers) and Myners received cash in the amount of £20,000 (or $32,802 based on the exchange rate of $1.6401 to £1) plus VAT (where applicable), pro-rated for the time served on our board of directors during 2003. Our directors and officers who serve on the board of directors of our subsidiaries may also receive separate fees for their services. As Chairman of our board of directors, Mr. Myners received an annual salary of £120,000 and a bonus of £80,000. In addition, options were granted to Messrs. Myners, Cormack and Rosenthal and Ms. Hutter under our share option plan. See "— Share Incentive Plan" below and "Principal and Selling Shareholder." None of our non-executive directors receive compensation benefits upon termination of their employment or appointment as members of our board of directors. For compensation benefits of our executive directors, see "— Executive Compensation" and "Employment-Related Agreements."
The compensation of non-executive directors is benchmarked against comparable companies, taking into account complexity, time commitment and committee duties. Effective in 2004, the annual compensation for the members of our board of directors who are not otherwise affiliated with the
111
Company as employees or officers will be $45,000. The chairman of each committee of our board of directors other than the audit committee will receive an additional $5,000 per annum. Mr. Cormack, the chairman of the audit committee of our board of directors, will receive an additional $25,000 per annum. Members of our board of directors who are also members of the board of directors of Aspen Re, such as Ms. Hutter and Mr. Cormack, will receive an additional $10,000 per annum. Mr. Cormack, the chairman of the audit committee of the board of directors of Aspen Re, will receive an additional $10,000 per annum. Mr. Myners will continue to receive an annual salary of £120,000 for 2004 and will be entitled to receive a bonus for serving as Chairman of our board of directors.
Executive Officers
The table below sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of July 30, 2004:
Name | Age | Position | ||||||||
Christopher O'Kane (1) | 49 | Chief Executive Officer of Aspen Holdings and Aspen Re and Chairman of Aspen Bermuda | ||||||||
Julian Cusack (1) | 53 |
Chief Financial Officer of Aspen Holdings
and
Chief Executive Officer of Aspen Bermuda |
||||||||
Sarah Davies | 40 | Chief Operating Officer | ||||||||
David May | 57 | Chief Casualty Underwriter | ||||||||
Peter Coghlan | 54 | President and Chief Executive Officer of Aspen Specialty | ||||||||
David Curtin | 46 | General Counsel of Aspen Re | ||||||||
(1) | Biography available above under "—Directors" above. |
Sarah Davies . Since June 21, 2002, Ms. Davies has served as our Chief Operating Officer. From 1999 to 2002 she served as WUAL's Operations Director. Ms. Davies initially joined Wellington in 1993 from Munich Re U.K. as a property reinsurance underwriter. Starting in 1995, she served as Market Research Manager of WUAL.
David May . Since June 21, 2002, Mr. May has served as our Chief Casualty Underwriter. In 1995, he joined Wellington and served as manager in the casualty reinsurance division for Lloyd's Syndicate 51. From 1986 to 1995, he was a senior manager at Munich Re U.K. in charge of casualty underwriting.
Peter Coghlan . Since June 21, 2003, Mr. Coghlan has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Aspen Specialty. Prior to joining Aspen Specialty, he was President of First State Management Group from 2000. Mr. Coghlan joined First State Management Group in 1984 as its Chief Property Underwriter and became Chief Underwriting Officer in 1992. His insurance career began in 1975 with George F. Brown in Boston as a Property Supervisor. He later joined Mission Re Management in 1977 as an underwriter, becoming Branch Manager in 1979.
David Curtin . Since September 2, 2003, Mr. Curtin has served as General Counsel of Aspen Re. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Curtin served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of ICO Global Communications Limited from January 2001 until October 2002. He joined ICO as Chief Banking and Financial Counsel in November 1998 and became Deputy General Counsel in March 2000. From 1988 to 1998 he was with Jones, Day, Reavis and Pogue in New York and London and from 1985 to 1988 he was with Bingham, Dana & Gould in Boston.
Management Compensation and Incentive Plans
The Compensation Committee oversees our compensation and benefit policies, including administration of annual bonus awards and long-term incentive plans. Our compensation policies are designed with the goal of maximizing shareholder value over the long term. We believe that this goal
112
is best realized by utilizing a compensation program which serves to attract and retain superior executive talent by providing management with performance-based incentives and closely aligning the financial interests of management with those of our shareholders.
The Company's compensation program combines four components: base salary, annual bonuses, benefits and perquisites and long-term compensation in the form of options and share ownership. The level of compensation is based on numerous factors, including achievement of underwriting results and financial objectives established by our Compensation Committee and our board of directors. Salary, target bonuses and incentive compensation award opportunities are reviewed regularly for competitiveness and are determined in large part by reference to compensation levels for comparable positions at comparable companies based in Bermuda, the United Kingdom and the United States. The Company intends to reward individuals appropriately taking into account the relevant local or global talent pool comparables, as well as both company and individual performance against prescribed goals.
Our current executive officers are compensated according to the terms of their respective service agreements, which are described below under the heading "—Employment-Related Agreements."
Executive Compensation
The following Summary Compensation Table sets forth, for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the compensation for services in all capacities earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and its next four most highly compensated executive officers. These individuals are referred to as the "named executive officers."
Summary Compensation Table
Long-Term Compensation | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Annual Compensation(1) | Awards | Payouts | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name
and
Principal Position |
Year | Salary($) | Bonus($) |
Other
Annual
Compensation ($)(2) |
Restricted
Stock Awards |
Securities
Underlying Options/SARs |
LTIP
Payouts |
All
Other
Compensation ($)(3) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Christopher O'Kane | 2003 | $ | 493,397 | $ | 820,050 | $ | 1,654 | — | 991,830 | — | $ | 78,943 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Executive Officer | 2002 | 232,634 | 170,126 | 4,392 | — | — | — | 37,222 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Julian Cusack | 2003 | 361,203 | 510,150 | 206,280 | — | 338,180 | — | 70,908 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Financial Officer | 2002 | 183,659 | 108,262 | 5,337 | — | — | — | 33,059 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sarah Davies | 2003 | 270,616 | 303,419 | 858 | — | 316,940 | — | 32,473 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Operating Officer | 2002 | 132,965 | 108,262 | 465 | — | — | — | 15,956 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
David May | 2003 | 311,619 | 246,015 | 2,405 | — | 155,000 | — | 62,324 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Casualty Underwriter | 2002 | 146,927 | 61,864 | 3,887 | — | — | — | 29,385 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Peter Coghlan | 2003 | 211,507 | 60,000 | — | — | 80,000 | — | 7,426 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
President
and
Chief Executive Officer of Aspen Specialty (4) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1) | The compensation reported for the named executive officers for 2002 reflects the period beginning upon their commencement of employment with us and ending on December 31, 2002. All compensation payments in 2002 were made in British Pounds and have been translated into U.S. Dollars at the average exchange rate for the period May 23, 2002 through December 31, 2002, which was $1.5466 to £1. Except as indicated, compensation payments for 2003 were made in British Pounds and have been translated into U.S. Dollars at the average exchange rate for the period January 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 which was $1.6401 to £1. For 2003, bonus payments made to Julian Cusack and Peter Coghlan were paid in U.S. Dollars. |
(2) | Other annual compensation includes benefits-in-kind and, in the case of Mr. Cusack, a housing allowance in Bermuda of $180,000 per year beginning in 2003 and a payroll tax reimbursement in an amount of $14,988 in 2003. |
(3) | The amounts listed under "All other compensation" reflect the Company's contribution to the pension plan (a defined contribution plan). |
(4) | Mr. Coghlan was not employed by us at the end of fiscal year 2002. His compensation for 2003 was paid in U.S. Dollars and reflects the period beginning upon his commencement of employment with us on June 21, 2003 and ending on December 31, 2003. |
113
The following table sets forth information concerning grants of options to purchase ordinary shares during the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 to the named executive officers.
Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year
Individual Grants(1) | Grant Date Value | |||||||||||||||||||||
Name |
Number
of
Securities Underlying Options/SARs Granted |
Percent
of
Total Options/SARs Granted to Employees in Fiscal Year |
Exercise or
Base Price ($/Share) (2) |
Expiration
Date |
Grant Date
Present Value(3) |
|||||||||||||||||
Christopher O'Kane | 991,830 | 25.50 | % | $ | 16.20 | August 19, 2013 | $5.27 million | |||||||||||||||
Julian Cusack | 338,180 | 8.70 | % | 16.20 | August 19, 2013 | 1.80 million | ||||||||||||||||
Sarah Davies | 316,940 | 8.20 | % | 16.20 | August 19, 2013 | 1.69 million | ||||||||||||||||
David May | 155,000 | 4.00 | % | 16.20 | August 19, 2013 | 0.82 million | ||||||||||||||||
Peter Coghlan | 80,000 | 2.00 | % | 16.20 | August 19, 2013 | 0.42 million | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
(1) | As discussed further below under "—Share Incentive Plan," all options were granted pursuant to the 2003 Share Incentive Plan, 65% of the options granted are subject to time-based vesting with 20% vesting upon grant and 20% vesting on each December 31 of the calendar years 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006. The remaining 35% of the options granted are subject to performance-based vesting determined by achievement of return on equity targets, and subject to achieving a threshold combined ratio target, in each case, over the applicable one or two year performance period. Any unvested and outstanding performance-based options will automatically vest on December 31, 2009. Vesting may be accelerated upon a change in control. For the performance-based options, vesting is accelerated upon attainment of certain performance goals. |
(2) | On the date of grant, the exercise price was calculated at £10.70 per ordinary share. The option award agreement at the time of grant provided that the exercise price was to be converted into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate of $1.5144558, the exchange rate used to convert shareholders' equity from British Pounds to U.S. Dollars on August 20, 2003. |
(3) | There was no public market for our ordinary shares on the date the options were granted. The fair value of each option has been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The model is based on the following assumptions: risk free interest rate of 4.7%; expected life of 7 years; a dividend yield of 0.6%; share price volatility of zero (as the minimum value method was utilized because the Company was not listed on the date that the options were issued); and foreign currency volatility of 9.4% (as the exercise price was in British Pounds and the share price of the Company is in U.S. Dollars). Although the exercise price was denominated in British Pounds, the grant date present value is shown in U.S. Dollars based on the exchange rate on August 20, 2003, the date of grant, at £1 to $1.5924. |
The following table sets forth information concerning the exercise of options to purchase ordinary shares by the named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2003, as well as the number and potential value of unexercised options (both options which are presently exercisable and options which are not presently exercisable) as of December 31, 2003.
Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Fiscal Year 2003 and Year-End Option/SAR Values
Name |
Shares
Acquired on Exercise |
Value
Realized |
Number
of Securities
Underlying Options/SARs at Fiscal Year-End |
Value
of
Unexercised In-the-Money Options/SARs at Fiscal Year-End (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercisable | Unexercisable | Exercisable | Unexercisable | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Christopher O'Kane | — | — | 362,018 | 629,812 | $ | 3,116,975 | $ | 5,422,681 | ||||||||||||||||||
Julian Cusack | — | — | 123,436 | 214,744 | 1,062,784 | 1,848,945 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Sarah Davies | — | — | 115,683 | 201,257 | 996,031 | 1,732,823 | ||||||||||||||||||||
David May | — | — | 56,575 | 98,425 | 487,111 | 847,439 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Peter Coghlan | — | — | 29,200 | 50,800 | 251,412 | 437,388 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(1) |
Calculated
based upon a price of $24.81 per share of the Company's ordinary
shares at
December 31, 2003, less the option exercise price. |
114
Employment-Related Agreements
The following information summarizes the new service agreements for Messrs. O'Kane and Cusack and Ms. Davies, all of which commenced on September 24, 2004. The agreement with Mr. May commenced on June 21, 2002 and the agreement with Mr. Coghlan commenced on June 21, 2003. In respect of each of the agreements with Messrs. O'Kane and Cusack and Ms. Davies:
(i) | employment terminates automatically when the employee reaches 65 years of age. |
(ii) | employment may be terminated for cause if: |
• | the employee becomes bankrupt, is convicted of a serious criminal offence, commits serious misconduct or other conduct bringing the executive or Aspen Holdings or any of its subsidiaries into disrepute; |
• | the employee materially breaches any provisions of the service agreement or conducts himself/herself in a manner prejudicial to the business; |
• | the employee is disqualified from being a director; |
• | the employee breaches any code of conduct or ceases to be registered by any regulatory body; or |
• | the employee materially breaches any provision of the shareholder's agreement with Aspen Holdings. |
(iii) | employment may be terminated by the employee without notice for good reason if: |
• | the employee's annual salary or bonus opportunity is reduced; |
• | there is a material diminution in the employee's duties, authority, responsibilities or title, or the employee is assigned duties materially inconsistent with his/her positions; |
• | the employee is removed from any of his/her positions or is not elected or reelected to such positions; |
• | an adverse change in the employee's reporting relationship occurs; or |
• | the employee is required to relocate more than 50 miles from the employee's current office; |
provided that, in each case, the default has not been cured within 30 days of receipt of a written notice from the employee.
(iv) | if the employee is terminated without cause or resigns with good reason (as defined in the agreement), the employee is entitled to receive accrued salary and benefits, and an amount equal to two times the sum of the employee's highest salary during the term of the agreement and the average annual bonus paid to the executive in the previous three years (or lesser period if employed less than three years). 50% of this severance payment is paid to the employee within 14 days of the execution by the employee of a valid release and the remaining 50% is paid in four equal installments during the 12 months following the first anniversary of the date of termination, conditional on the employee complying with the non-solicitation provisions applying during that period; |
(v) | if the employee is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason in the six months prior to a change of control or the two-year period following a change of control, in addition to the benefits discussed above, all share options and other equity-based awards granted to the executive during the course of the agreement shall immediately vest and remain exercisable in accordance with their terms. In addition, the employee may be entitled to excise tax gross-up payments; |
(vi) | the agreement contains provisions relating to reimbursement of expenses, confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation; and |
115
(vii) | the employees have for the benefit of their respective beneficiaries life cover of four times their basic salary which is fully insured by the Company and there are no key man insurance policies in place. |
Christopher O'Kane . Mr. O'Kane has entered into a service agreement with Aspen Insurance UK Services Limited and Aspen Holdings under which he has agreed to serve as Chief Executive Officer and director of both companies, terminable upon 12 months' notice by either party. The agreement provides that Mr. O'Kane shall be paid an annual salary of £346,830, subject to annual review. Mr. O'Kane's service agreement also entitles him to participate in all management incentive plans and other employee benefits and fringe benefit plans made available to other senior executives or employees generally, including continued membership in Aspen's pension scheme and to medical insurance, permanent health insurance, personal accident insurance and life insurance. The service agreement also provides for a discretionary bonus to be awarded annually as the Compensation Committee of our board may determine.
Julian Cusack . Mr. Cusack has entered into a service agreement with Aspen Holdings under which he has agreed to serve as Executive Vice President, Group Chief Financial Officer and director of Aspen Holdings, terminable upon 12 months' notice by either party. The agreement provides that Mr. Cusack shall be paid an annual salary of US$342,000 and £30,000, both subject to annual review. Mr. Cusack is also entitled to reimbursement of housing costs in Bermuda, up to a maximum of US$180,000 per annum, two return airfares per annum for him and his family from Bermuda to the U.K. as well as reimbursement of reasonable relocation expenses. Mr. Cusack's service agreement also entitles him to participate in all management incentive plans and other employee benefits and fringe benefit plans made available to other senior executives or employees generally, including continued membership in Aspen's pension scheme and to medical insurance, permanent health insurance, personal accident insurance and life insurance. The service agreement also provides for a discretionary bonus to be awarded annually as the Compensation Committee of our board may determine.
Sarah Davies . Ms Davies has entered into a service agreement with Aspen Insurance UK Services Limited and Aspen Holdings under which she has agreed to serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of both companies and as a director of Aspen Insurance UK Services Limited, terminable upon 12 months' notice by either party. The agreement provides that Ms. Davies shall be paid an annual salary of £180,000, subject to annual review. Ms. Davies' service agreement also entitles her to participate in all management incentive plans and other employee benefits and fringe benefit plans made available to other senior executives or employees generally, including continued membership in Aspen's pension scheme and to medical insurance, permanent health insurance, personal accident insurance and life insurance. The service agreement also provides for a discretionary bonus to be awarded annually as the Compensation Committee of our board may determine.
David May . Aspen U.K. Services has entered into a management services contract with Mr. May under which he has agreed to serve as our Chief Casualty Underwriter, terminable upon 12 months' notice by either party. The agreement provides that Mr. May will be paid an annual salary which is subject to review from time to time. Mr. May's management services contract also entitles him to participate in any pension scheme which is established by our board, and to private medical insurance, permanent health insurance, personal accident insurance and life assurance. The management services contract also provides for a discretionary bonus to be awarded at such times and at such level as the Compensation Committee of our board may determine. Mr. May's employment terminates automatically if employment terminates automatically when he reaches 65 years of age, if he is a director of the Company and ceases to be a director, if he becomes bankrupt, is convicted of a serious criminal offence, or serious misconduct or if he is disqualified from being a director or ceases to be registered by any regulatory body. Mr. May for the benefit of his beneficiaries has life cover of four times his basic salary which is fully insured by the Company.
Peter Coghlan . Aspen U.S. Services has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Coghlan, effective as of June 21, 2003, under which he has agreed to serve as the President and Chief
116
Executive Officer of Aspen Specialty. The initial term of the agreement will expire on June 21, 2005, subject to automatic one-year extensions beginning on the first anniversary of the effective date unless either party provides at least 12 months' prior notice. The agreement provides that Mr. Coghlan will receive (i) an annual salary of $400,000, subject to periodic review for increases (but which may not be decreased below $400,000), (ii) an annual bonus with a target payout of 5.2% of the profits of Aspen Specialty (based on achievement of a 20% return on equity), and (iii) a grant of 80,000 share options pursuant to the Company's 2003 Share Incentive Plan (as defined under "—Share Incentive Plan"). Mr. Coghlan's employment agreement also entitles him to participate in any fringe benefit or other employee benefit plan provided to other senior officers of Aspen U.S. Services, and his dependents are entitled to coverage under Aspen U.S. Services' health and welfare benefit plans.
If Mr. Coghlan's employment terminates as a result of his death or disability (as defined in the agreement), then he would be entitled to (i) payment of accrued but unpaid salary, earned but unpaid bonuses for the prior year, accrued but unused vacation days, and unreimbursed business expenses (the "Accrued Obligations") and (ii) a prorated annual bonus for the year of termination. If Mr. Coghlan's employment is terminated by Aspen U.S. Services for cause (as defined in the agreement), then he would be entitled to payment of the Accrued Obligations. If Mr. Coghlan's employment is terminated by Aspen U.S. Services for other than cause, death or disability, or by Mr. Coghlan with good reason (as defined in the agreement), then he would be entitled to receive, in addition to the severance benefits to which he would be entitled if his employment were terminated on account of his death or disability, a lump sum payment equal to his annual salary in effect at the time of termination (disregarding any reduction that would constitute good reason under the agreement). Except in the case of Mr. Coghlan's death, Aspen U.S. Services' obligation to pay severance benefits under the agreement is conditioned upon Mr. Coghlan's release of Aspen U.S. Services and its affiliates from all claims (in which case Aspen U.S. Services will execute a reciprocal release).
Mr. Coghlan's employment agreement provides for a one-year non-solicitation covenant following termination of employment along with an ongoing confidentiality requirement. In addition, Mr. Coghlan's employment agreement provides for a one-year non-competition covenant following termination of employment if his employment is terminated by Aspen U.S. Services for cause or by him without good reason.
Mr. Coghlan's employment agreement entitles him to participation in an unfunded Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ("SERP"). Under the SERP, effective January 1, 2004, Aspen U.S. Services will credit, subject to satisfactory performance of Aspen Specialty, Mr. Coghlan's SERP account with a $119,500 annual contribution. Aspen U.S. Services has the discretion to credit Mr. Coghlan's account with additional contributions. Interest will be credited on the account balance at an annual rate of 6%. Annual contributions and interest credited thereon are 100% vested at all times. Discretionary contributions and interest credited thereon vest as provided by Aspen U.S. Services, provided that Mr. Coghlan will become 100% vested in his discretionary contributions (and interest credited thereon) upon his death or upon his termination of employment after reaching age 60. The present value of the projected benefit payments to Mr. Coghlan at age 60, under the SERP, will be approximately $1.25 million.
If Mr. Coghlan's employment is terminated following his attainment of age 60, his benefits will be distributed as soon as administratively practicable after termination of employment in the manner specified in his distribution election or, if he fails to make a distribution election, in 23 annual instalments. If Mr. Coghlan's employment is terminated prior to his attainment of 60, his benefits will be distributed as soon as administratively practicable after termination of employment in the manner specified in his distribution election or, if he fails to make a distribution election, in 10 annual instalments. If Mr. Coghlan's employment is terminated by reason of his death prior to commencement of benefits, his benefits will be distributed to his designated beneficiary as soon as practicable after his death.
117
Aspen U.S. Services has purchased a corporate-owned life insurance policy to provide a source of funds for it to satisfy its obligations under the SERP. The annual premium for the policy is $206,953 and Aspen U.S. Services will make five premium payments under the policy beginning in 2003.
Annual Bonus Plan
On March 12, 2004, bonus payments were approved for our officers based on the final terms of the bonus scheme and the performance of the Company for fiscal year ending 2003. Each year, officers that participate in the annual bonus plan will be eligible to receive a bonus based upon the officer's achievement of annual performance targets that have been established by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors. The Compensation Committee will establish a bonus pool at the end of each year, with the amount of such pool determined based upon our year-end results. The pool will then be allocated to officers based upon their individual performance with respect to their performance targets.
Share Incentive Plan
We have adopted the Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited 2003 Share Incentive Plan ("2003 Share Incentive Plan") to aid us in recruiting and retaining key employees and directors and to motivate such employees and directors.
The plan provides for the grant to selected employees and non-employee directors of share options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares and other share-based awards. The shares subject to initial grant of options (the "initial grant options") will represent an aggregate of 5.75% of our ordinary shares on a fully diluted basis (3,884,030 shares), assuming the exercise of all outstanding options issued to Wellington and the Names' Trustee. In addition, an aggregate of 2.5% of our ordinary shares on a fully diluted basis (1,840,540 shares), are reserved for additional grant or issuance of share options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares and/or other share-based awards as and when determined in the sole discretion of our board of directors or the Compensation Committee. No award may be granted under the plan after the tenth anniversary of its effective date. The plan provides for equitable adjustment of affected terms of the plan and outstanding awards in the event of any change in the outstanding ordinary shares by reason of any share dividend or split, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, combination or transaction or exchange of shares or other corporate exchange, or any distribution to shareholders of shares other than regular cash dividends or any similar transaction. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the plan), our board of directors or the Compensation Committee may accelerate, vest or cause the restrictions to lapse with respect to, all or any portion of an award (except that shares subject to the initial grant options shall vest); or cancel awards for fair value; or provide for the issuance of substitute awards that substantially preserve the terms of any affected awards; or provide that for a period of at least 15 days prior to the change in control share options will be exercisable and that upon the occurrence of the change in control, such options shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.
The initial grant options have a term of ten years and an exercise price of $16.20 per share, which price was calculated based on 109% of the calculated fair market value of our ordinary shares as of May 29, 2003 and was determined by an independent consultant. Sixty-five percent of the initial grant options are subject to time-based vesting with 20% vesting upon grant and 20% vesting on each December 31 of calendar years 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006. The remaining 35% of the initial grant options are subject to performance-based vesting determined by achievement of return on equity targets, and subject to achieving a threshold combined ratio target, in each case, over the applicable one or two-year performance period. Initial grant options that do not vest based on the applicable performance targets may vest in later years to the extent performance in such years exceeds 100% of the applicable targets, and in any event, any unvested and outstanding performance-based initial grant options will become vested on December 31, 2009. Upon termination of a participant's employment, any unvested options shall be forfeited, except that if the termination is due to death or disability (as defined in the option agreement), the time-based portion of the initial grant options shall vest to the extent such option would have otherwise become vested within 12 months immediately succeeding
118
such termination due to death or disability. Upon termination of employment, vested initial grant options will be exercisable, subject to expiration of the options, until (i) the first anniversary of termination due to death or disability or, for nine members of senior management, without cause or for good reason (as those terms are defined in the option agreement), (ii) six months following termination without cause or for good reason for all other participants, (iii) three months following termination by the participant for any reason other than those stated in (i) or (ii) above or (iv) the date of termination for cause. As provided in the plan, in the event of a change in control unvested and outstanding initial grant options shall immediately become fully vested.
The initial grant options may be exercised by payment in cash or its equivalent, in ordinary shares, in a combination of cash and ordinary shares, or by broker-assisted cashless exercise. The initial grant options are not transferable by a participant during his or her lifetime other than to family members, family trusts, and family partnerships.
On March 12, 2004, our board of directors approved, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, the grant of 37,665 restricted share units under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan to six employees of a subsidiary of the Company. Subject to the participants' continued employment, the units will vest in tranches with one-third of the units vesting on each of December 31, 2004, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006. Vesting of a participant's units may be accelerated, however, if the participant's employment with the Company and its subsidiaries is terminated without cause (as defined in such participant's award agreement), on account of the participant's death or disability (as defined in such participant's award agreement), or, with respect to one of the participants, by the participant with good reason (as defined in such participant's award agreement). Participants will be paid one ordinary share for each unit that vests as soon as practicable following the vesting date.
Recipients of the restricted share units generally will not be entitled to any rights of a holder of ordinary shares, including the right to vote, unless and until their units vest and ordinary shares are issued; provided, however, that participants will be entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to their units. Dividend equivalents will be denominated in cash and paid in cash if and when the underlying units vest. Participants may, however, elect to defer the receipt of any ordinary shares upon the vesting of units, in which case payment will not be made until such time or times as the participant may elect. Payment of deferred share units would be in ordinary shares with any cash dividend equivalents credited with respect to such deferred share units paid in cash.
119
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDER
The following table sets forth information as of September 1, 2004 (including, in this table only, options that would be exercisable by October 31, 2004 (namely, within 60 days after September 1, 2004)) regarding beneficial ownership of ordinary shares and the applicable voting rights attached to such share ownership in accordance with our bye-laws by:
• | the Names' Trustee as the selling shareholder; |
• | each person known by us to beneficially own approximately 5% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares; |
• | each of our directors; |
• | each of our named executive officers; and |
• | all of our named executive officers and directors as a group. |
As of September 1, 2004, 69,174,303 ordinary shares were outstanding.
120
* | Less than 1% |
(1) | Unless otherwise stated, the address for each director and officer is c/o Aspen Insurance UK Limited, 100 Leadenhall Street, London EC3A 3DD, United Kingdom. The address for Mr. Cusack is c/o Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, Victoria Hall, 11 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. |
(2) | Includes the outstanding ordinary shares and, with respect to Wellington and the Names' Trustee, assumes the exercise of all outstanding options on a cash basis by Wellington or the Names' Trustee, as the case may be, to purchase non-voting shares, which non-voting shares so acquired will automatically convert into ordinary shares upon issuance. We note that both the Names' Trustee and Wellington have the ability to exercise their options on a cashless basis, which would impact the number of ordinary shares issued upon exercise. However, we are unable at this time to calculate the number of ordinary shares issued upon a cashless exercise of the outstanding options not exercised in connection with this offering, because the calculation involves average market price of the ordinary shares over a period of time prior to the exercise date, we have assumed for purposes of this table that the options are exercised on a cash basis. Ordinary shares issued upon the exercise of options on a cashless basis will be issued as a bonus issue of shares in accordance with section 40(2)(a) of the Companies Act. This section provides that the share premium account of a company may be applied in paying up shares issued to shareholders as fully paid shares. |
With respect to the named executive officers and directors, includes any vested options as applicable. |
Our bye-laws generally provide for voting adjustments in certain circumstances. |
(3) | Includes 135,321 ordinary shares issued to the Names' Trustee in connection with the exercise of the Names' Options. |
(4) | Includes 945,353 ordinary shares and options to purchase 2,566,616 non-voting shares. Options held by the Names' Trustee for the benefit of the Unaligned Members become exercisable or lapse upon the occurrence of several events as further described in "Description of Share Capital — Investor Options," and which non-voting shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares at a one-to-one ratio upon issuance. The Names' Trustee, as the successor trustee of the Names' Trust, is the holder of ordinary shares and options in the Company for the benefit of the Unaligned Members effective November 2003. |
(5) | The number of ordinary shares offered in this prospectus consist of 128,545 ordinary shares issued upon exercise of the Names' Options and 84,198 ordinary shares previously held by the Names' Trustee. In connection with this offering, the selling shareholder has delivered a notice to the Company on September 17, 2004, as amended, that it will exercise 856,218 Names' Options (with 1,710,398 Names' Options remaining outstanding), with 5,538 being exercised on a cash basis at an exercise price of £11.11, and 850,680 Names' Options being exercised on a cashless basis resulting in 129,783 ordinary shares being issued. As a result of the exercise of Names' Options, a total of 135,321 ordinary shares will be issued, of which 128,545 ordinary shares are sold in this offering. The exercise date is the date of effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates. |
121
(6) | Includes 867,931 ordinary shares and options to purchase 1,710,398 non-voting shares. Non-voting shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares at a one-to-one ratio upon issuance. |
(7) | Because the offering contemplated by this prospectus is not being underwritten, no estimate can be given as to the actual number of ordinary shares that will ultimately be sold in this offering. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that all ordinary shares offered by the selling shareholder will be sold. |
(8) | Includes 13,730,800 ordinary shares held by BCP Excalibur Holdco (Cayman) Limited, 1,042,220 ordinary shares held by BFIP Excalibur Holdco (Cayman) Limited, 629,720 ordinary shares held by BGE Excalibur Holdco (Cayman) Limited and 2,597,260 ordinary shares held by BOCP Excalibur Holdco (Cayman) Limited. Blackstone FI2 Capital Partners (Cayman) L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership ("BCP III"), Blackstone FI Offshore Capital Partners (Cayman) L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership ("BOCP III") and Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) III L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership ("BFIP III"), are the sole members of BCP Excalibur Holdco (Cayman) Limited, BOCP Excalibur Holdco (Cayman) Limited, and BFIP Excalibur Holdco (Cayman) Limited, respectively. As the sole general partner of each of BCP III and BFIP III, and the sole investment general partner of BOCP III, Blackstone Management Associates III L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("BMA III"), may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of 17,370,280 ordinary shares. As the sole member of BGE Excalibur II Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted limited company, which itself is the sole director and sole voting member of BGE Excalibur Holdco (Cayman) Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted limited company ("BGE"), Blackstone LR Associates (Cayman) III LDC, a Cayman Islands limited duration company ("BLR III") may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of 629,720 ordinary shares. Messrs. Peter G. Peterson and Stephen A. Schwarzman are the founding members of each of BMA III and BLR III (the "Blackstone Founding Members") and have the shared power to vote or to direct the vote of, and to dispose or to direct the disposition of, the shares of the identified class of securities that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by BMA III or BLR III. As a result, the Blackstone Founding Members may be deemed to beneficially own the ordinary shares that BMA III or BLR III may be deemed to beneficially own, but they disclaim any such beneficial ownership except to the extent of their individual pecuniary interest in such ordinary shares. |
(9) | Includes 11,262,460 ordinary shares and options to purchase 3,781,120 non-voting shares, which options have become exercisable or lapse upon the occurrence of several events as further described in "Description of Share Capital — Investor Options," and which non-voting shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares at a one-to-one ratio upon issuance. We have been notified by Wellington that it has entered into a loan agreement with Barclays Bank plc and a syndicate of banks. Wellington has pledged its ordinary shares in Aspen Holdings to Barclays Bank plc and the syndicate under the loan facility. If Wellington defaults under the loan agreement, it is possible that Barclays and the syndicate would become shareholders in Aspen Holdings. |
(10) | Includes 968,080 ordinary shares held by MBP III Plan Investors, L.P., 9,330 ordinary shares held by Millennium Partners II, L.P., 46,300 ordinary shares held by DLJ MB Partners III GmbH & Co. KG, 69,780 ordinary shares held by DLJ Offshore Partners III-2, C.V., 97,970 ordinary shares held by DLJ Offshore Partners III-1, C.V., 379,060 ordinary shares held by DLJ Offshore Partners III, C.V., and 5,429,480 ordinary shares held by DLJMB Overseas Partners III, C.V., which, along with all of the shareholders named in this footnote are referred to collectively as the "DLJ Related Entities." Credit Suisse First Boston, a Swiss bank, owns all the voting stock of Credit Suisse First Boston (USA), Inc. (formerly Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc.) ("CSFB-USA"). The DLJ Related Entities are direct and indirect subsidiaries of CSFB-USA and merchant banking funds advised by subsidiaries of CSFB USA. Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, one of the underwriters in our initial public offering, is a direct subsidiary of CSFB-USA and itself does not hold any ownership interest in either CSFB Private Equity or any of the DLJ Related Entities. Affiliates of DLJ Related Entities own an approximately 9.1% interest in Montpelier Re, which is also a beneficial owner of the ordinary shares of the Company. See footnote (7) below. |
122
(11) | Includes 783,050 ordinary shares held by Candover Investments plc, 35,620 ordinary shares held by Candover (Trustees) Limited, 153,790 ordinary shares held by Candover 2001 GmbH & Co. KG, 466,630 ordinary shares held by Candover Partners Limited as general partner of Candover 2001 Fund US No. 5 Limited Partnership, 111,680 ordinary shares held by Candover Partners Limited as general partner of Candover 2001 Fund US No. 4 Limited Partnership, 394,250 ordinary shares held by Candover Partners Limited as general partner of Candover 2001 Fund US No. 3 Limited Partnership, 699,290 ordinary shares held by Candover Partners Limited as general partner of Candover 2001 Fund US No. 2 Limited Partnership, 1,109,410 ordinary shares held by Candover Partners Limited as general partner of Candover 2001 Fund US No. 1 Limited Partnership, 634,880 ordinary shares held by Candover Partners Limited as general partner of Candover 2001 Fund UK No. 6 Limited Partnership, 81,490 ordinary shares held by Candover Partners Limited as general partner of Candover 2001 Fund UK No. 5 Limited Partnership, 115,670 ordinary shares held by Candover Partners Limited as general partner of Candover 2001 Fund UK No. 4 Limited Partnership, 1,170,400 ordinary shares held by Candover Partners Limited as general partner of Candover 2001 Fund UK No. 3 Limited Partnership, 365,420 ordinary shares held by Candover Partners Limited as general partner of Candover 2001 Fund UK No. 2 Limited Partnership and 859,120 ordinary shares held by Candover Partners Limited as general partner of Candover 2001 Fund UK No. 1 Limited Partnership, but excludes 19,300 ordinary shares held by Mourant & Co. Trustees Limited ("Mourant") as trustee of The Candover 2001 Employee Benefit Trust. |
(12) | 4,000,000 ordinary shares are held by Montpelier Reinsurance Ltd., a direct subsidiary of Montpelier Re. |
(13) | Includes 100,000 ordinary shares and 114,650 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by Mr. Myners. |
(14) | Includes 30,430 ordinary shares and 362,018 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by Mr. O'Kane. |
(15) | Includes and 13,040 ordinary shares and 123,436 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by Mr. Cusack. |
(16) | Includes 13,040 ordinary shares and 115,683 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by Ms. Davies. |
(17) | The 6,520 ordinary shares held by Mr. May include 300 ordinary shares held by Mr. May's son Aaron Nicholas May, 300 ordinary shares held by his son Jacob Marcus May, 300 ordinary shares held by his daughter Kendra Bethany May and 300 ordinary shares held by his son Toby Sebastian May. Also includes 56,575 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by Mr. May. |
(18) | Represents 29,200 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by Mr. Coghlan. |
(19) | Mr. Avery, one of our directors, was Chief Executive Officer of Wellington until September 20, 2004. The business address of Mr. Avery is c/o Wellington Underwriting plc, 88 Leadenhall Street, London EC3A 3BA, United Kingdom. |
(20) | Includes 2,170 ordinary shares and 14,870 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by Mr. Cormack. |
(21) | Ms. Hutter, one of our directors, is the beneficial owner of 870 ordinary shares. As Chief Executive Officer of The Black Diamond Group, LLC, Ms. Hutter has shared voting and investment power over the 3,470 ordinary shares beneficially owned by The Black Diamond Group, LLC. The business address of Ms. Hutter is c/o Black Diamond Group, 780 Third Avenue, 32nd Floor, New York, NY 10017. Ms. Hutter also holds vested options exercisable for 29,744 ordinary shares. |
123
(22) | Mr. Melwani, one of our directors, is a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group of Blackstone. Mr. Melwani disclaims beneficial ownership of any of the ordinary shares or options held by Blackstone. The business address of Mr. Melwani is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10154. |
(23) | Includes 6,850 ordinary shares and 14,870 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of vested options held by Mr. Rosenthal. Mr. Rosenthal, one of our directors, was nominated by Blackstone and appointed by the board of directors. Mr. Rosenthal disclaims beneficial ownership of any of the ordinary shares held by Blackstone. The business address of Mr. Rosenthal is c/o Norman L. Rosenthal & Associates, Inc., 415 Spruce Street, Philadelphia, PA 19106. |
(24) | Mr. Salame, one of our directors, is a Director in the Private Equity Group of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, of which the DLJ Related Entities are a part. Mr. Salame disclaims beneficial ownership of any of the ordinary shares owned by the DLJ Related Entities. The business address of Mr. Salame is c/o DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, Credit Suisse First Boston Private Equity, Eleven Madison Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, NY 10010. |
124
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
We describe below some of the transactions we have entered into with parties that are related to our Company.
Transactions and Relationships with Initial Investors
Certain of our founding shareholders, including Blackstone, CSFB Private Equity, Olympus, Candover, Mourant & Co. Trustees Limited ("Mourant"), 3i, Phoenix, Montpelier Re and The Lexicon Partnership LLP ("Lexicon"), received $10.0 million (applying the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate at $1.5000 to £6.7 million) in the aggregate for assistance with Aspen Holdings' initial funding completed on June 21, 2002 and second funding completed on November 29, 2002.
Aspen Holdings and Aspen Re have entered into a number of arrangements with Wellington and some of its affiliates. Wellington is a holder of 16.28% of our ordinary shares as of March 1, 2004. These arrangements are as follows:
• | Quota Share Agreements . Aspen Re obtained some of its 2002 business through reinsuring National Indemnity Company ("NICO") and Syndicate 3030. Syndicate 2020, managed by WUAL, placed a qualifying quota share contract with NICO, a member of the Berkshire Hathaway group of companies under which it ceded 35.7% of all Syndicate 2020's business, excluding U.S. surplus lines business, effective between January 1, 2002 and May 31, 2002, plus all surplus lines business written between June 1, 2002 and June 30, 2002. WUAL established a consortium Syndicate 3030, with the backing of the Berkshire Hathaway group companies, with which it placed a 35.7% share of all business effective between June 1, 2002 and December 31, 2002, excluding U.S. surplus lines business written between June 1, 2002 and June 30, 2002. With respect to the qualifying quota share contract with NICO, Aspen Re entered into a quota share contract under which it has reinsured 34% of NICO's liabilities under the qualifying quota share agreement with Syndicate 2020. Aspen Re also entered into a quota share agreement with Syndicate 3030 for 2002 only in respect of 70% of its portfolio, whose single corporate member is a member of the Berkshire Hathaway group. Of Aspen Re's gross written premiums of $374.8 million for the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002, $98.2 million was written as retrocession of the Syndicate 2020 qualifying quota share and $118.0 million as a quota share of Syndicate 3030. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, gross premiums written under the 2003 quota share agreement with Syndicate 2020 were $78.4 million. |
• | Option to Purchase Retrocession Agreement . Under this agreement entered into on May 28, 2002, Wellington and Aspen Holdings agreed to pay NICO $2.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, to procure (i) the retrocession to a subsidiary of Aspen Holdings of the NICO qualifying quota share of Syndicate 2020 and (ii) the reinsurance of Syndicate 3030. On June 21, 2002, the amount of $2.5 million was repaid to Wellington by Aspen Holdings (reimbursed by Aspen Re on the same day) together with a fee of $275,000 for bearing the risk from May 28, 2002. |
• | Framework Agreement . Under the framework agreement entered into by and among Aspen Holdings, Aspen U.K. Services, Wellington, WUAL, WUSL and WU Inc. on May 28, 2002, Aspen Holdings agreed to cause Aspen Re to offer Syndicate 2020, for 2003 and each subsequent year of account, a 20% quota share of Aspen Re's business (comprising the lines of business previously underwritten by Syndicate 2020) during such year. WUAL agreed, on behalf of Syndicate 2020, to offer to Aspen Re for 2003 and each subsequent year of account, a 20% quota share of all business (other than Aspen Re lines) allocated to that year of account of Syndicate 2020's business. For 2003, Aspen Re elected to take up a 7.5% quota share of Syndicate 2020 lines, and WUAL, on behalf of Syndicate 2020, has elected not to accept any quota share reinsurance of Aspen Re. Neither Aspen Re nor WUAL on behalf of Syndicate 2020 will be obligated to offer a quota share to the other after the 2005 year of account. Under the framework agreement, Wellington, WUAL, WUSL and WU Inc. initially |
125
agreed, until March 31, 2004, not to, subject to exceptions, compete with Aspen Re or engage in activities that will directly or indirectly foster competition with Aspen Re in the property reinsurance, U.S. and non-U.S. casualty reinsurance and U.K. commercial insurance lines of business that were previously written by Syndicate 2020 and currently written by Aspen Re. However, we have agreed with Wellington to terminate such non-competition obligations with effect from December 9, 2003. As part of that agreement, WUAL has waived its right to take a quota share of the business written by Aspen Re for 2004 only. For 2004 only we have also waived our right to take a quota share of business written by Syndicate 2020. |
• | Binding Authority Letters . Aspen Re had entered into three binding authority letters with WU Inc. to underwrite and market our U.S. facultative property and casualty products effective January 1, 2003, two of which expired on December 31, 2003. The remaining binding authority relating to casualty facultative reinsurance has been transferred from WU Inc. to Aspen Re America, together with the team that wrote this business at WU Inc. See "Business — Underwriting and Risk Management." |
• | Administrative Services Agreement . At formation, Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries entered into an administrative services agreement as of June 21, 2002, for the provision of services that include accounting, actuarial, operations, risk management and technical support by a subsidiary of Wellington. The agreement may be terminated by either party upon the occurrence of certain specified circumstances, such as the inability to pay debts, and after an initial period of 3 years may be terminated by either party on 18 months' prior notice. We may also terminate individual services under the agreement on six months' notice provided they are not contracted to a third party. The provision of these services is priced on an actual cost basis. For the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002, we paid $2.6 million to Wellington and its affiliates under the administrative services agreement. During 2003 we have progressively reduced our reliance on the services provided under this agreement by developing our own in-house resources. We have chosen to continue to outsource support for our information technology systems to Wellington, but we have not received any other significant services from WUAL since the end of 2003. We paid approximately $8.4 million for services under this agreement in 2003. On December 19, 2003, WUAL gave notice of termination, effective 18 months after such date. |
• | IT Services Agreement . Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services have entered into an IT services agreement with WUSL, Wellington and WUAL as of January 9, 2004 for the provision of information technology services by WUSL. The agreement is for an indefinite period but may be terminated by either party upon the occurrence of certain specified circumstances, such as the other party's inability to pay debts, and may be terminated by either party on 12 months' prior notice. This agreement replaces the administrative services agreement described above in relation to information technology services. On August 20, 2004, we gave notice of termination. The agreement will terminate 12 months thereafter on August 20, 2005, subject to certain transition services. |
• | Run-Off Services Agreement . Aspen U.K. Services has entered into a run-off services agreement with WUAL as of May 20, 2003 to handle the run-off of the claims for Syndicate 2020, Syndicate 3030 and their predecessors for the lines of business that were assumed by the Company. Under the agreement, Aspen Holdings acts as guarantor of the services to be performed by Aspen U.K. Services. The commencement period was as of June 21, 2002, and the agreement may be terminated by either party on 3 months' notice. Under certain circumstances, including regulatory requirements and change of control, the agreement may be terminated immediately by either party. Services are charged on an at-cost basis. Aspen U.K. Services is in the process of replacing this agreement with a similar one for reduced services. |
• | Indemnification Agreement . In connection with the preparation of the Syndicate 2020 and 3030 Financial Information included in the prospectus relating to our initial public offering, |
126
we agreed with WUAL and Wellington, in their capacity as the providers of such information, to jointly represent to KPMG as to certain facts and circumstances surrounding the preparation of the financial information of the Syndicates. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify Wellington, WUAL and their respective directors for any liability or loss incurred as a result of investigating, disputing or settling any claim arising out of provision of the representation to KPMG, the content of the financial information of the Syndicates as presented in the filings with the SEC or the public filings of such information with the SEC, other than the liabilities or losses found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct of Wellington, WUAL or their respective directors. |
• | Option Instrument . In connection with our formation and initial funding, Wellington and the Names' Trustee received options to purchase, respectively, 3,781,120 and 3,006,760 non-voting shares exercisable or lapsing upon the earlier occurrence of several events, which non-voting shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares at a one-to-one ratio upon issuance. |
We have agreed with the Names' Trustee, a holder of 945,353 ordinary shares and the holder of 2,566,616 Names' Options as of September 1, 2004, the following:
• | Taxation Funding Facility Agreement . On June 21, 2002, we entered into the taxation funding facility agreement with the Names' Trustee, as trustee of the Names' Trust. Under that agreement, we agreed to make available cash advances to the Names' Trust to enable the Names' Trustee to make sub-advances to the Unaligned Members to fund payment of taxation payable on the value of rights granted to the Unaligned Members in respect of options granted to them and taxation payable in respect of contingent payments received under the profit commission agreement. The value of the rights is the amount agreed in principle by Aspen Holdings with the U.K. Inland Revenue prior to December 31, 2003, or, if no such agreement has been reached by then, the amount estimated by us in good faith, with provisions for upward adjustment in the event that the amount subsequently agreed with the U.K. Inland Revenue is higher. Any taxation payable by the Unaligned Members on these rights, which we may have to advance, will be based on such determination of value. If no value is realized by the Unaligned Members, or to the extent that the value realized (after tax) is less than the advance, we have agreed to waive repayment. We expect that it is most likely that we will not incur any liability under the Taxation Funding Facility Agreement prior to 2006. |
• | Deed of Retirement, Appointment and Amendment . In connection with the appointment of the Names' Trustee as successor trustee to the Names' Trust, Aspen Holdings has entered into a deed of retirement, appointment and amendment with the Names' Trustee as successor trustee, the Names' Trustees Limited (the "Predecessor Trustee"), as initial trustee, and WUSL, whereby the Names' Trustee's liability is limited under the various agreements which it administers for the benefit of the Unaligned Members under the Names' Trust. We have agreed to indemnify the Predecessor Trustee and its directors and officers with respect to any present or future liabilities arising out of or as a result of its trusteeship, except for any liabilities that may arise out of any breach of trust, fraud or willful misconduct. We have also agreed to indemnify the Names' Trustee and its officers, directors and employees for any liabilities arising out of any act or omission with respect to the formation and enforcement of the agreements which it administers for the benefit of the Unaligned Members under the Names' Trust, except for any liabilities arising out of the Names' Trustee's breach of trust, fraud, willful misconduct or negligence. We have further agreed to indemnify the Names' Trustee for any liabilities, subject to limitations, that may arise under agreements with underwriters in connection with a sale of ordinary shares by the Names' Trustee in a secondary underwritten offering in the United States, except where the Names' Trustee does not hold good title to the ordinary shares or if it created any encumbrances on the ordinary shares to be sold in such offering. |
127
Aspen Re had been a party to four quota share reinsurance arrangements with Montpelier Reinsurance Ltd., an affiliate of Montpelier Re and one of our founding shareholders. These contracts related to our property risk excess of loss reinsurance line, the automobile liability facultative reinsurance and property facultative reinsurance lines written by WU Inc. on our behalf under binding authority agreements and our U.K. liability insurance line of business. Anthony Taylor, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Montpelier Re, was one of our directors from June 2002 until January 2004. Three of the contracts were meant to run for three years commencing January 1, 2003, but with the termination of our binding authority agreements with WU Inc. at the end of 2003, the two Montpelier contracts relating to the facultative lines written by WU Inc. are no longer effective. The contract relating to our property risk excess of loss reinsurance line has a capping mechanism designed to limit the amount ceded in the aggregate to $29.9 million in the first year, $59.8 million in the first two years and $89.7 million over three years. The cap applies to gross written premiums ceded before deductions and brokerage and profit commissions. This contract will have the benefit of the reinsurance protections placed by Aspen Re. Aspen Re will receive an over-riding commission of 7.5% of net premiums and profit commission of 15% of the reinsurer's net profit from the contracts. With respect to our U.K. liability insurance line of business, Aspen Re has entered into a 10% quota share treaty effective from January 1, 2003 with Montpelier Reinsurance Ltd. and continuing annually unless cancelled with respect to its U.K. and Irish employers' liability and public liability business. Aspen Re will receive an over-riding commission of 5% of premiums (after deductions except reinsurance premiums) and a profit commission of 20% of the reinsurer's net profit from the treaty. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2003, the reinsurance premiums ceded under such quota share arrangements with Montpelier Re were $66.0 million.
Under letter agreements dated June 21, 2002, January 22, 2003 and June 2, 2003, respectively, Aspen Holdings agreed with Montpelier Re that:
• | after December 20, 2003, Aspen Holdings shall not take any steps to establish a Class IV Reinsurance Company in Bermuda without first advising Montpelier Re in writing of such intention (prior to such date Aspen Holdings was prohibited from establishing a Class IV Reinsurance Company in Bermuda, other than a Captive (the "Captive") and Aspen Bermuda was permitted to provide property and casualty reinsurance risks to third parties in an amount not greater than $25 million of gross written premium); and |
• | in the event Aspen Holdings does establish a Captive wholly-owned by Aspen Holdings whose sole business shall be the reinsurance of risks underwritten by Aspen, it shall enter into negotiations with Montpelier Re in good faith with a view to appointing Montpelier Reinsurance Ltd. as manager in preference to any other party. |
128
MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following summary of our taxation, and the taxation of our shareholders is based upon current law and does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all the tax consideration that may be relevant to a decision to purchase ordinary shares. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes may be forthcoming that could be retroactive and could affect this summary.
The following legal discussion (including and subject to the matters and qualifications set forth in such summary) of the material tax considerations under (i) "Taxation of Aspen Holdings and Subsidiaries — Bermuda" and "Taxation of Shareholders — Bermuda Taxation" is based upon the advice of Appleby Spurling Hunter, (ii) "Taxation of Aspen Holdings and Subsidiaries — United Kingdom" is based upon the advice of LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae London, England and (iii) "Taxation of Aspen Holdings and Subsidiaries — United States" and "Taxation of Shareholders — United States Taxation" is based upon the advice of LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P., New York, New York. Each of these firms has reviewed the relevant portion of this discussion (as set forth above) and believes that such portion of the discussion constitutes, in all material respects, a fair and accurate summary of the relevant income tax considerations relating to Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries and the ownership of Aspen Holdings' ordinary shares by investors that are U.S. Persons (as defined below) who acquire such shares in the offering. The advice of such firms does not include any factual or accounting matters, determinations or conclusions such as insurance accounting determinations or RPII, amounts and computations and amounts or components thereof (for example, amounts or computations of income or expense items or reserves entering into RPII computations) or facts relating to the business, income, reserves or activities of Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries. The advice of these firms relies upon and is premised on the accuracy of factual statements and representations made by Aspen Holdings concerning the business and properties, ownership, organization, source of income and manner of operation of Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries. The discussion is based upon current law. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could be retroactive and could affect the tax consequence to holders of ordinary shares. The tax treatment of a holder of ordinary shares, or of a person treated as a holder of ordinary shares for U.S. federal income, state, local or non-U.S. tax purposes, may vary depending on the holder's particular tax situation. Statements contained herein as to the beliefs, expectations and conditions of Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries as to the application of such tax laws or facts represent the view of management as to the application of such laws and do not represent the opinions of counsel. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING ORDINARY SHARES UNDER THE LAWS OF THEIR COUNTRIES OF CITIZENSHIP, RESIDENCE, ORDINARY RESIDENCE OR DOMICILE.
Taxation of Aspen Holdings and Subsidiaries
Bermuda.
The following is a summary of certain Bermuda tax considerations under current law and is based upon the advice of Appleby Spurling Hunter, our Bermuda counsel. Under current Bermuda law, there is no income, corporate or profits tax or withholding tax, capital gains tax or capital transfer tax, estate or inheritance tax payable by us or our shareholders, other than shareholders ordinarily resident in Bermuda, if any. Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda have each obtained from the Minister of Finance under The Exempted Undertaking Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda or to any of their operations or their shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 28, 2016. Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda could be subject to taxes in Bermuda after that date. This assurance is subject to the proviso that it is not to be construed so as to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to any
129
property leased to Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda. Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda each pay annual Bermuda government fees, and Aspen Bermuda pays annual insurance license fees. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda government.
United Kingdom.
Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services are companies incorporated and managed in the United Kingdom and are, therefore, resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom corporation tax purposes and will be subject to the United Kingdom corporation tax on their worldwide profits (including revenue profits and capital gains), whether or not such profits are remitted to the United Kingdom. The maximum rate of United Kingdom corporation tax is currently 30% on profits of whatever description. Currently, no United Kingdom withholding tax applies to dividends paid by Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services.
None of us except for Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services are incorporated in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, except for Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, we should not be treated as being resident in the United Kingdom unless our central management and control is exercised in the United Kingdom. The concept of central management and control is indicative of the highest level of control of a company, which is wholly a question of fact. The directors of each of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, intend to manage our affairs so that none of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, are resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes.
A company not resident in the United Kingdom for corporation tax purposes can nevertheless be subject to U.K. corporation tax if it carries on a trade through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom but the charge to U.K. corporation tax is limited to profits (including revenue profits and capital gains) attributable directly or indirectly to such permanent establishment.
The directors of each of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services (which should be treated as resident in the United Kingdom by virtue of being incorporated and managed there), intend that we will operate in such a manner so that none of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, carry on a trade through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom. Nevertheless, because neither case law nor U.K. statute definitively defines the activities that constitute trading in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment, the U.K. Inland Revenue might contend that any of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, are/is trading in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom.
The United Kingdom has no income tax treaty with Bermuda. There are circumstances in which companies that are neither resident in the United Kingdom nor entitled to the protection afforded by a double tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the jurisdiction in which they are resident may be exposed to income tax in the United Kingdom (other than by deduction or withholding) on the profits of a trade carried on there even if that trade is not carried on through a permanent establishment but the directors of each of us intend that we will operate in such a manner that none of us will fall within the charge to income tax in the United Kingdom (other than by deduction or withholding) in this respect.
If any of us, other than Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services, were treated as being resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. corporation tax purposes, or if any of us were to be treated as carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment, our results of operations and your investment could be materially adversely affected.
United States.
The following discussion is a summary of all material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to our operations. A foreign corporation that is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. tax as described below, unless entitled to the benefits of an applicable tax treaty. Whether business is being conducted in the United States is an inherently factual
130
determination. Because the Code, regulations and court decisions fail to identify definitively activities that constitute being engaged in a trade or business in the United States, we cannot be certain that the IRS will not contend successfully that Aspen Holdings and/or its foreign subsidiaries are or will be engaged in a trade or business in the United States based on activities in addition to the binding authorities discussed below. A foreign corporation deemed to be so engaged would be subject to U.S. income tax at regular corporate rates, as well as the branch profits tax, on its income which is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business unless the corporation is entitled to relief under the permanent establishment provision of an applicable tax treaty, as discussed below. Such income tax, if imposed, would be based on effectively connected income computed in a manner generally analogous to that applied to the income of a U.S. corporation, except that a foreign corporation is generally entitled to deductions and credits only if it timely files a U.S. federal income tax return. Aspen Bermuda intends to file protective U.S. federal income tax returns on a timely basis in order to preserve the right to claim income tax deductions and credits if it is ever determined that it is subject to U.S. federal income tax. The highest marginal federal income tax rates currently are 35% for a corporation's effectively connected income and 30% for the additional "branch profits" tax.
If Aspen Bermuda is entitled to the benefits under the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the United States (the "Bermuda Treaty"), Aspen Bermuda would not be subject to U.S. income tax on any income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business unless that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the United States. No regulations interpreting the Bermuda Treaty have been issued. Aspen Bermuda currently intends to conduct its activities so that it does not have a permanent establishment in the United States, although we cannot be certain that we will achieve this result.
An insurance enterprise resident in Bermuda generally will be entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty if (i) more than 50% of its shares are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the United States or Bermuda or U.S. citizens and (ii) its income is not used in substantial part, directly or indirectly, to make disproportionate distributions to, or to meet certain liabilities of, persons who are neither residents of either the United States or Bermuda nor U.S. citizens. We cannot be certain that Aspen Bermuda will be eligible for Bermuda Treaty benefits immediately following the offering or in the future because of factual and legal uncertainties regarding the residency and citizenship of Aspen Holdings' shareholders. Aspen Holdings would not be eligible for treaty benefits because it is not an insurance company. Accordingly, Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda have conducted and intend to conduct substantially all of their foreign operations outside the United States and to limit their U.S. contacts so that neither Aspen Holdings nor Aspen Bermuda should be treated as engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States.
Foreign insurance companies carrying on an insurance business within the United States have a certain minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income, determined in accordance with a formula that depends, in part, on the amount of U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If Aspen Bermuda is considered to be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the United States and it is not entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in general (because it fails to satisfy one of the limitations on treaty benefits discussed above), the Code could subject a significant portion of Aspen Bermuda's investment income to U.S. income tax. In addition, while the Bermuda Treaty clearly applies to premium income, it is uncertain whether the Bermuda Treaty applies to other income such as investment income. If Aspen Bermuda is considered engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the United States and is entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in general, but the Bermuda Treaty is interpreted to not apply to investment income, a significant portion of Aspen Bermuda's investment income could be subject to U.S. income tax.
Under the income tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the United States, a U.K. company is entitled to the benefits of the U.K. Treaty (the "U.K. Treaty") if, among other things, (i) during at least half of the days during the relevant taxable period, at least 50% of Aspen U.K. Holdings', Aspen Re's and Aspen U.K. Services' stock is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by citizens or residents of the United States and the United Kingdom, and less than 50% of each of Aspen U.K. Holdings', Aspen Re's and Aspen U.K. Services' gross income for the relevant taxable
131
period is paid or accrued, directly or indirectly, to persons who are not U.S. or U.K. residents in the form of payments that are deductible for purposes of U.K. taxation, (ii) with respect to specific items of income, profit or gain derived from the United States, if such income, profit or gain is considered to be derived in connection with, or incidental to each of Aspen U.K. Holdings', Aspen Re's and Aspen U.K. Services' business conducted in the United Kingdom or (iii) at least 50% of the aggregate vote and value of their shares is owned directly or indirectly by five or fewer companies the principal class of shares of which is listed and regularly traded on a recognized stock exchange. Although we cannot be certain that Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services will be eligible for treaty benefits under the U.K. Treaty because of factual and legal uncertainties regarding (i) the residency and citizenship of Aspen Holdings' shareholders, and (ii) the interpretation of what constitutes income incidental to or connected with a trade or business in the United Kingdom, we will endeavor to so qualify. As a result, Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re and Aspen U.K. Services should be subject to U.S. federal income tax on their income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business only if such income is attributable to the conduct of a trade or business carried on through a permanent establishment in the United States and the branch profits tax will not apply. Aspen U.K. Holdings and Aspen U.K. Services each have conducted and intend to conduct their activities in a manner so that each of them should not have a permanent establishment in the United States, although we cannot be certain that we will achieve this result. Because of the binding authorities granted by Aspen Re to Aspen Re America and Aspen Management it is likely that Aspen Re would be characterized as having a permanent establishment in the United States and the IRS may be able to successfully assert that Aspen Re has a permanent establishment in the United States as a result of the WU Inc. binding authorities. However, we believe that such characterization and successful assertion by the IRS should not materially adversely affect our results of operations or your investment.
Under the U.K. Treaty, the additional U.S. branch profits tax may be imposed at a rate of up to 5% absent an applicable exception to the extent Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen Re or Aspen U.K. Services has a permanent establishment in the United States.
Foreign corporations not engaged in a trade or business in the United States are nonetheless subject to U.S. income tax imposed by withholding on certain "fixed or determinable annual or periodic gains, profits and income" derived from sources within the United States (such as dividends and certain interest on investments), subject to exemption under the Code or reduction by applicable treaties. Generally under the U.K. Treaty the withholding rate on dividends from less than 10% owned corporations is reduced to 15% and on interest is reduced to 0%. The Bermuda Treaty does not reduce the U.S. withholding rate on U.S.-sourced investment income.
The United States also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to foreign insurers or reinsurers with respect to risks located in the United States. The rates of tax applicable to premiums paid to Aspen Bermuda are 4% for casualty insurance premiums and 1% for reinsurance premiums. The excise tax does not apply to premiums paid to Aspen Re if (i) it is entitled to the benefits of the U.K. Treaty and (ii) the policies are not entered into as part of a conduit arrangement.
Aspen U.S. Holdings, Aspen Re America and Aspen U.S. Services are Delaware corporations, Aspen Specialty is a North Dakota corporation and Aspen Management is a Massachusetts corporation and as such each is subject to taxation in the United States at regular corporate rates. Additionally dividends paid by Aspen U.S. Holdings will be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax subject to reduction under the income tax treaty between the United States and the United Kingdom to 5%.
Personal Holding Companies . Aspen Holdings and/or any of its subsidiaries could be subject to U.S. tax on a portion of its income if any of them are considered to be a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A corporation generally will be classified as a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a given taxable year if (i) at any time during the last half of such taxable year, five or fewer individuals (without regard to their citizenship or residency) own or are deemed to own (pursuant to
132
certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of the stock of the corporation by value and (ii) at least 60% of the corporation's gross income, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for such taxable year consists of "PHC income." PHC income includes, among other things, dividends, interest, royalties, annuities and, under certain circumstances, rents. Under the constructive ownership rules, among other things, a partner will be treated as owning a proportionate amount of the stock owned by the partnership and a partner who is an individual will be treated as owning the stock owned by his partners. For example, all of the ordinary shares owned by a partnership will be attributed to each of its partners, if any, who are individuals. Also, stock treated as owned by such partner proportionately through such partnership will be treated as owned by the partner for purposes of reapplying the constructive ownership rules. Additionally, certain entities (such as tax-exempt organizations and pension funds) will be treated as individuals. The PHC rules contain an exception for foreign corporations that are classified as foreign personal holding companies (as discussed below).
If Aspen Holdings or any subsidiary were a PHC in a given taxable year, such corporation would be subject to a 15% PHC tax on its "undistributed PHC income" (which, in the case of foreign entities, would exclude PHC income that is from non-U.S. sources, except to the extent that such income is effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States). For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008, the PHC tax rate would be the highest marginal rate on ordinary income applicable to individuals. Thus, the PHC income of Aspen Holdings and its foreign subsidiaries would not include underwriting income or investment income derived from non-U.S. sources and should not include dividends received by Aspen Holdings from its foreign subsidiaries (as long as such foreign subsidiaries are not engaged in the trade or business in the United States).
We believe based upon the information made available to us regarding our existing shareholder base that neither Aspen Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries should be considered a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any prior years of operations or immediately following the offering. Additionally, we intend to manage our business to minimize the possibility that we will meet the 60% income threshold so that neither Aspen Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries should be considered a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
We cannot be certain, however, that Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries will not become PHCs in the future because of factors including legal and factual uncertainties regarding the application of the constructive ownership rules, the makeup of Aspen Holdings' shareholder base, the gross income of Aspen Holdings or any of its subsidiaries and other circumstances that could change the application of the PHC rules to Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries. In addition, if Aspen Holdings or any of its subsidiaries were to become PHCs we cannot be certain that the amount of PHC income will be immaterial.
Taxation of Shareholders
Bermuda Taxation.
Currently, there is no Bermuda withholding or other tax payable on principal, interests or dividends paid to the holders of the ordinary shares.
United States Taxation.
The following summary sets forth the material United States federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with shareholders that are U.S. Persons (as defined below) who purchase their ordinary shares in this offering and who hold their ordinary shares as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code. The following discussion is only a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax matters as described herein and does not purport to address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder in light of such shareholder's specific circumstances. In addition, the following summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to special classes of shareholders, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, financial asset securitization investment trusts, dealers or traders in securities, tax exempt
133
organizations, expatriates, investors in pass through entities, persons who are considered with respect to any of us as "United States shareholders" for purposes of the CFC rules of the Code (generally, a U.S. Person, as defined below, who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of Aspen Holdings or the stock of any of our foreign subsidiaries entitled to vote ( i.e. , 10% U.S. Shareholders)), or persons who hold the ordinary shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle, who may be subject to special rules or treatment under the Code. This discussion is based upon the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and any relevant administrative rulings or pronouncements or judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof and as currently interpreted, and does not take into account possible changes in such tax laws or interpretations thereof, which may apply retroactively. This discussion does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments within the United States or of any foreign government. Persons considering making an investment in the ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the U.S. federal tax laws to their particular situations as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction prior to making such investment.
For purposes of this discussion, the term "U.S. Person" means: (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a partnership or corporation, or entity treated as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, (iv) a trust if either (x) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. Persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (v) any other person or entity that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if it were one of the foregoing.
Taxation of Dividends . Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the CFC, RPII, FPHC and PFIC rules, cash distributions, if any, made with respect to the ordinary shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits of Aspen Holdings (as computed using U.S. tax principles). Under new legislation, we believe dividends paid by us before 2009 should be eligible for reduced rates of tax because we believe our ordinary shares should be treated as readily tradeable on an established securities market in the United States. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction. To the extent such distributions exceed Aspen Holdings' earnings and profits, they will be treated first as a return of the shareholder's basis in the ordinary shares to the extent thereof, and then as gain from the sale of a capital asset.
Classification of Aspen Holdings or Its Foreign Subsidiaries as Controlled Foreign Corporations . Each 10% U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and who owns shares in the CFC, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, on the last day of the CFC's taxable year, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC's "subpart F income," even if the subpart F income is not distributed. A foreign corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders own (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of section 958(b) of the Code (i.e., "constructively")) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of such foreign corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all stock of such corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a foreign insurance company in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or more than 25% of the total value of all stock is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders on any day of the taxable year of such corporation, if the gross amount of premiums or other consideration for the reinsurance or the issuing of insurance or annuity contracts exceeds 75% of the gross amount of all premiums or other consideration in respect of all risks. A "10% U.S. Shareholder" is a U.S. Person who owns (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of the foreign corporation. We believe that because of the
134
anticipated dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power (these provisions are described in "Description of Share Capital") and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns shares of Aspen Holdings directly or indirectly through one or more foreign entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities, or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of all classes of shares of Aspen Holdings or any of its foreign subsidiaries. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge.
The RPII CFC Provisions . The following discussion generally is applicable only if the RPII of a foreign Insurance Subsidiary, determined on a gross basis, is 20% or more of such company's gross insurance income for the taxable year and the 20% Ownership Exception (as defined below) is not met. The following discussion generally would not apply for any fiscal year in which such company's RPII falls below the 20% threshold or the 20% Ownership Exception is met. Although we cannot be certain, Aspen Holdings believes that each of the foreign Insurance Subsidiaries met the 20% Ownership Exception in prior years of operation and that the gross RPII of each of the foreign Insurance Subsidiaries as a percentage of its gross insurance income will be below the 20% threshold for each tax year for the foreseeable future. Additionally, as Aspen Holdings is not licensed as an insurance company we do not anticipate that Aspen Holdings will have insurance income, including RPII.
RPII is any "insurance income" (as defined below) attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to which the person (directly or indirectly) insured is a "RPII shareholder" (as defined below) or a "related person" (as defined below) to such RPII shareholder. In general, and subject to certain limitations, "insurance income" is income (including premium and investment income) attributable to the issuing of any insurance or reinsurance contract which would be taxed under the portions of the Code relating to insurance companies if the income were the income of a domestic insurance company. For purposes of inclusion of the RPII of a foreign Insurance Subsidiary in the income of RPII shareholders, unless an exception applies, the term "RPII shareholder" means any U.S. Person who owns (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) any amount of Aspen Holdings' ordinary shares. Generally, the term "related person" for this purpose means someone who controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the RPII shareholder. Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock applying certain constructive ownership principles. A corporation's pension plan is ordinarily not a "related person" with respect to the corporation unless the pension plan owns, directly or indirectly through the application of certain constructive ownership rules, more than 50% measured by vote or value, of the stock of the corporation. Each foreign Insurance Subsidiary will be treated as a CFC under the RPII provisions if RPII shareholders are treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) 25% or more of the shares of Aspen Holdings by vote or value.
RPII Exceptions. The special RPII rules do not apply to a foreign Insurance Subsidiary if (i) direct and indirect insureds and persons related to such insureds, whether or not U.S. Persons, are treated as owning (directly or indirectly through entities) less than 20% of the voting power and less than 20% of the value of the shares of Aspen Holdings (the "20% Ownership Exception"), (ii) RPII, determined on a gross basis, is less than 20% of the gross insurance income of the foreign Insurance Subsidiary for the taxable year (the "20% Gross Income Exception"), (iii) the foreign Insurance Subsidiary elects to be taxed on its RPII as if the RPII were effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and to waive all treaty benefits with respect to RPII and meet certain other requirements or (iv) the foreign Insurance Subsidiary elects to be treated as a U.S. corporation and waives all treaty benefits and meets certain other requirements. Where none of these exceptions applies to a foreign Insurance Subsidiary, each U.S. Person owning or treated as owning any shares in Aspen Holdings (and therefore, indirectly, in each foreign Insurance Subsidiary) on the last day of Aspen Holdings' taxable year will be required to include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its share of the RPII of the company or companies, as the case may be, that failed to qualify for the exception for the portion of the taxable year during which the foreign Insurance
135
Subsidiary was a CFC under the RPII provisions, determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to such U.S. Persons at that date, but limited by each such U.S. Person's share of such company's current-year earnings and profits as reduced by the U.S. Person's share, if any, of certain prior-year deficits in earnings and profits. Our foreign Insurance Subsidiaries intend to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that each qualifies for the 20% Gross Income Exception. Although we do not expect that the gross RPII of either foreign Insurance Subsidiary will equal or exceed 20% of such company's gross insurance income in the foreseeable future, it is possible that we will not be successful in qualifying under this exception.
Computation of RPII. In order to determine how much RPII a foreign Insurance Subsidiary has earned in each taxable year, our foreign Insurance Subsidiaries may obtain and rely upon information from their insureds and reinsureds to determine whether any of the insureds, reinsureds or persons related thereto own (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) shares of Aspen Holdings and are U.S. Persons. Aspen Holdings may not be able to determine whether any of the underlying direct or indirect insureds to which our foreign Insurance Subsidiaries provide insurance or reinsurance are shareholders or related persons to such shareholders. Consequently, Aspen Holdings may not be able to determine accurately the gross amount of RPII earned by each of our foreign Insurance Subsidiaries in a given taxable year. For any year in which gross RPII of a foreign Insurance Subsidiary is 20% or more of its gross insurance income for the year and the 20% Ownership Exception does not apply, Aspen Holdings may also seek information from its shareholders as to whether beneficial owners of ordinary shares at the end of the year are U.S. Persons so that the RPII may be determined and apportioned among such persons; to the extent Aspen Holdings is unable to determine whether a beneficial owner of ordinary shares is a U.S. Person, Aspen Holdings may assume that such owner is not a U.S. Person, thereby increasing the per share RPII amount for all known RPII shareholders.
If, as expected, the RPII of each foreign Insurance Subsidiary is less than 20% of its gross insurance income, RPII shareholders will not be required to include RPII in their taxable income. The amount of RPII includable in the income of a RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses.
Apportionment of RPII to U.S. Holders. Every RPII shareholder who owns ordinary shares on the last day of any fiscal year of Aspen Holdings in which the 20% Ownership Exception does not apply to a foreign Insurance Subsidiary and the gross insurance income constituting RPII for that year equals or exceeds 20% of such company's gross insurance income should expect that for such year it will be required to include in gross income its share of such company's RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which such company was a CFC under the RPII provisions, whether or not distributed, even though it may not have owned the shares throughout such period. A RPII shareholder who owns ordinary shares during such taxable year but not on the last day of the taxable year is not required to include in gross income any part of company's RPII.
Basis Adjustments. A RPII shareholder's tax basis in its ordinary shares will be increased by the amount of any RPII that the shareholder includes in income. The RPII shareholder may exclude from income the amount of any distributions by Aspen Holdings out of previously taxed RPII income. The RPII shareholder's tax basis in its ordinary shares will be reduced by the amount of such distributions that are excluded from income.
Uncertainty as to Application of RPII. The RPII provisions have never been interpreted by the courts or the Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of RPII by the IRS, the courts or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. These provisions include the grant of authority to the Treasury Department to prescribe "such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purpose of this subsection including . . . regulations preventing the avoidance of this subsection through cross insurance arrangements or otherwise." Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the
136
application thereof to our foreign Insurance Subsidiaries is uncertain. In addition, we cannot be certain that the amount of RPII or the amounts of the RPII inclusions for any particular RPII shareholder, if any, will not be subject to adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. Any prospective investors considering an investment in ordinary shares should consult his tax advisor as to the effects of these uncertainties.
Information Reporting . Under certain circumstances, U.S. Persons owning stock in a foreign corporation are required to file IRS Form 5471 with their U.S. federal income tax returns. Generally, information reporting on IRS Form 5471 is required by (i) a person who is treated as a RPII shareholder, (ii) a 10% U.S. Shareholder of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during any tax year of the foreign corporation, and who owned the stock on the last day of that year and (iii) under certain circumstances, a U.S. Person who acquires stock in a foreign corporation and as a result thereof owns 10% or more of the voting power or value of such foreign corporation, whether or not such foreign corporation is a CFC. For any taxable year in which Aspen Holdings determines that gross RPII constitutes 20% or more of the gross insurance income of a foreign Insurance Subsidiary and the 20% Ownership Exception does not apply, Aspen Holdings will provide to all U.S. Persons registered as shareholders of its ordinary shares a completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the form. Failure to file IRS Form 5471 may result in penalties.
Tax-Exempt Shareholders . Tax-exempt entities will be required to treat certain subpart F insurance income, including RPII, that is includible in income by the tax-exempt entity as unrelated business taxable income. Prospective investors that are tax exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the potential impact of the unrelated business taxable income provisions of the Code. A tax-exempt organization that is treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder or a RPII Shareholder also must file IRS Form 5471 in the circumstances described above.
Dispositions of Ordinary Shares . Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the Code section 1248, PFIC and FPHC rules, U.S. holders of ordinary shares generally should recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares in the same manner as on the sale, exchange or other disposition of any other shares held as capital assets. If the holding period for these ordinary shares exceeds one year, any gain will be subject to tax at a current maximum marginal tax rate of 15% for individuals and 35% for corporations. Moreover, gain, if any, generally will be a U.S. source gain and generally will constitute "passive income" for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Code section 1248 provides that if a U.S. Person sells or exchanges stock in a foreign corporation and such person owned, directly, indirectly through certain foreign entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC's earnings and profits (determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with certain adjustments). We believe that because of the anticipated dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power and other factors, that no U.S. shareholder of Aspen Holdings should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of Aspen Holdings; to the extent this is the case, the application of Code Section 1248 under the regular CFC rules should not apply to dispositions of our ordinary shares. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge. A 10% U.S. Shareholder may in certain circumstances be required to report a disposition of shares of a CFC by attaching IRS Form 5471 to the U.S. federal income tax or information return that it would normally file for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. In the event this is determined necessary, Aspen Holdings will provide a completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the Form.
137
Code section 1248 also applies to the sale or exchange of shares in a foreign corporation if the foreign corporation would be treated as a CFC for RPII purposes regardless of whether the shareholder is a 10% U.S. Shareholder or whether RPII constitutes 20% or more of the corporation's gross insurance income or the 20% Ownership Exception applies. Existing proposed regulations do not address whether Code section 1248 would apply if a foreign corporation is not a CFC but the foreign corporation has a subsidiary that is a CFC and that would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a domestic corporation. We believe, however, that this application of Code section 1248 under the RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of ordinary shares because Aspen Holdings will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. We cannot be certain, however, that the IRS will not interpret the proposed regulations in a contrary manner or that the Treasury Department will not amend the proposed regulations to provide that these rules will apply to dispositions of ordinary shares. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effects of these rules on a disposition of ordinary shares.
Passive Foreign Investment Companies . In general, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC during a given year if (i) 75% or more of its gross income constitutes "passive income" (the "75% test") or (ii) 50% or more of its assets produce passive income (the "50% test").
If Aspen Holdings were characterized as a PFIC during a given year, U.S. Persons holding ordinary shares would be subject to a penalty tax at the time of the sale at a gain of, or receipt of an "excess distribution" with respect to, their shares, unless such persons made a "qualified electing fund election" or "mark-to-market" election. It is uncertain that Aspen Holdings would be able to provide its shareholders with the information necessary for a U.S. Person to make these elections. In addition, if Aspen Holdings were considered a PFIC, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning ordinary shares, such individual's heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the ordinary shares that might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. In general, a shareholder receives an "excess distribution" if the amount of the distribution is more than 125% of the average distribution with respect to the shares during the three preceding taxable years (or shorter period during which the taxpayer held the shares). In general, the penalty tax is equivalent to an interest charge on taxes that are deemed due during the period the shareholder owned the shares, computed by assuming that the excess distribution or gain (in the case of a sale) with respect to the shares was taken in equal portion at the highest applicable tax rate on ordinary income throughout the shareholder's period of ownership. The interest charge is equal to the applicable rate imposed on underpayments of U.S. federal income tax for such period. In addition, a distribution paid by Aspen Holdings to U.S. shareholders that is characterized as a dividend and is not characterized as an excess distribution would not be eligible for a reduced rate of tax under new legislation with respect to dividends paid before 2009.
For the above purposes, passive income generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income. The PFIC rules provide that income "derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation which is predominantly engaged in an insurance business . . . is not treated as passive income." The PFIC provisions also contain a look-through rule under which a foreign corporation shall be treated as if it "received directly its proportionate share of the income . . ." and as if it "held its proportionate share of the assets . . ." of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the stock.
The insurance income exception is intended to ensure that income derived by a bona fide insurance company is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the insurance business. We expect, for purposes of the PFIC rules, that each of our Insurance Subsidiaries will be predominantly engaged in an insurance business and is unlikely to have financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of its insurance business in each year of operations. Accordingly, none of the income or assets of our Insurance Subsidiaries should be treated as passive. Additionally, we expect that in each year of operations the passive income and assets of Aspen U.K. Holdings, Aspen U.K. Services will not meet the 75% test or the 50% test because they should have sufficient non-passive income and assets. Finally, we expect that the passive income and assets of Aspen U.S. Holdings, Aspen U.S. Services
138
and Aspen Management will be de minimis in each year of operations with respect to the overall income and assets of Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries. Under the look-through rule Aspen Holdings should be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets and to have received its proportionate share of the income of its direct and indirect subsidiaries for purposes of the 75% test and the 50% test. As a result, we believe that Aspen Holdings was not and should not be treated as a PFIC. We cannot be certain, however, as there are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company and new regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming, that the IRS will not challenge this position and that a court will not sustain such challenge. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisor as to the effects of the PFIC rules.
Foreign Personal Holding Companies . A foreign corporation will be classified as an FPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if (i) at any time during the taxable year at issue, five or fewer individuals who are U.S. citizens or residents own or are deemed to own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of all classes of the corporation's stock measured by voting power or value and (ii) at least 60% of its gross income for the year is "FPHC income." Under these constructive ownership rules, among other things, a partner will be treated as owning a proportionate amount of the stock owned by the partnership and a partner who is an individual will be treated as owning the stock owned by his partners. For example, all of the ordinary shares owned by a partnership will be attributed to each of its partners, if any, who are individuals. Also, stock treated as owned by such partner proportionately through such partnership will be treated as owned by the partner for purposes of reapplying the constructive ownership rules. If Aspen Holdings or any of its foreign subsidiaries were to become FPHCs, a portion of the "undistributed foreign personal holding company income" (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of each such FPHC would be imputed to all of Aspen Holdings' shareholders who are U.S. Persons. Such income would be taxable as a dividend and should not be eligible for a reduced rate of tax under recently enacted legislation, even if no cash dividend were actually paid. In such event, subsequent cash distributions will first be treated as a tax-free return of any previously taxed and undistributed amounts. In addition, a distribution paid by Aspen Holdings to a U.S. shareholder that is not treated as a tax-free return of any previously taxed and undistributed amount and is characterized as a dividend would not be eligible for a reduced rate of tax under new legislation with respect to dividends paid before 2009. Further, in such case, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning ordinary shares, such individual's heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the ordinary shares which might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. Moreover, each shareholder who owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the value of an FPHC is required to file IRS Form 5471.
We believe based upon information made available to us regarding our existing shareholder base that neither Aspen Holdings nor any of its foreign subsidiaries should be considered an FPHC for any prior year of operations or immediately following the offering. Additionally, we intend to manage our business to minimize the possibility that we will meet the 60% income threshold so that neither Aspen Holdings nor any of its foreign subsidiaries should be considered an FPHC. We cannot be certain, however, that Aspen Holdings and/or any of its foreign subsidiaries will not be considered an FPHC, because of factors including legal and factual uncertainties regarding the application of the constructive ownership rules, the makeup of Aspen Holdings' shareholder base, the gross income of Aspen Holdings and/or any of its foreign subsidiaries and other circumstances that could change the application of the FPHC rules to Aspen Holdings and its foreign subsidiaries. In addition, if Aspen Holdings or any of its foreign subsidiaries were to become an FPHC, we cannot be certain that the amount of FPHC income will be immaterial.
Foreign tax credit . Because it is anticipated that U.S. Persons will own a majority of our shares, only a portion of the current income inclusions, if any, under the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules and of dividends paid by us (including any gain from the sale of ordinary shares that is treated as a dividend under section 1248 of the Code) will be treated as foreign source income for purposes of computing a shareholder's U.S. foreign tax credit limitations. We will consider providing shareholders with information regarding the portion of such amounts constituting foreign source income to the extent
139
such information is reasonably available. It is also likely that substantially all of the "subpart F income," RPII and dividends that are foreign source income will constitute either "passive" or "financial services" income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Thus, it may not be possible for most shareholders to utilize excess foreign tax credits to reduce U.S. tax on such income.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding on Distributions and Disposition Proceeds . Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with distributions on the ordinary shares and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares unless the holder of the ordinary shares establishes an exemption from the information reporting rules. A holder of ordinary shares that does not establish such an exemption may be subject to U.S. backup withholding tax on these payments if the holder is not a corporation or non-U.S. Person or fails to provide its taxpayer identification number or otherwise comply with the backup withholding rules. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Person will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Person's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Person to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
Proposed U.S. Tax Legislation . Legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of companies (including insurance companies) that have legal domiciles outside the United States but have certain U.S. connections. In this regard, legislation has been introduced that includes a provision which permits the IRS to reallocate or recharacterize items of income, deduction or certain other items related to a reinsurance agreement between related parties to reflect the proper source, character and amount for each item (in contrast to current law, which only refers to source and character). While there are no currently pending legislative proposals which, if enacted, would have a material adverse effect on us or our shareholders, it is possible that broader-based legislative proposals could emerge in the future that could have an adverse impact on us or our shareholders.
Additionally, the U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a trade or business within the United States or is a PFIC, or whether U.S. Persons would be required to include in their gross income the "subpart F income" or the RPII of a CFC, are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC rules to insurance companies and the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. We cannot be certain if, when or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be provided and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.
140
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL
The following summary of our bye-laws is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of such bye-laws, a copy of which has been incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement to which this prospectus relates. As of January 1, 2003, we had 56,876, 360 ordinary shares outstanding. On February 11, 2003 and August 11, 2003, we issued 43,420 and 4,340 ordinary shares, respectively, to our employees. On December 4, 2003, pursuant to our initial public offering we issued a total of 12,102,600 ordinary shares (including the over-allottment option). On December 9, 2003, and December 17, 2003, we issued 126,706 and 25,877 ordinary shares, respectively, to the Names' Trustee in accordance with the Option Instrument, as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. For a further description of the history of our share capital, see Part II, Item 7 of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates. As of December 31, 2003, there were 69,179,303 ordinary shares outstanding. During the first quarter of 2004, we repurchased 5,000 ordinary shares from one of our previous employees. As of September 1, 2004, there were 69,174,303 ordinary shares outstanding, 6,347,736 options granted that will be exercisable for shares or lapse upon the earlier occurrence of several events as further described in "— Investor Options" below, 3,884,030 options to purchase shares and 37,665 restricted share units granted to employees as described under "Management — Share Incentive Plan." Our board of directors approved the issuance of all ordinary shares, and regulatory approval was sought where necessary.
Aspen Holdings has authorized share capital of $1,630,185.83 divided into 1,076,416,910 shares of par value 0.15144558 ¢ per share, of which 969,629,030 are ordinary shares, 6,787,880 are non-voting shares which automatically convert into ordinary shares upon issuance and 100,000,000 are preference shares. The following summary of our share capital is qualified in its entirety by reference to our memorandum of association and by our bye-laws, the shareholders' agreement, the registration rights agreement and the option instrument, have been incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement to which this prospectus relates.
Ordinary Shares
In general, subject to the adjustments regarding voting set forth in "— Voting Adjustments" below, holders of our ordinary shares have one vote for each ordinary share held by them and are entitled to vote, on a non-cumulative basis, at all meetings of shareholders. Holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as may be lawfully declared from time to time by our board of directors. Holders of our ordinary shares have no redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any remain after the payment of all our debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares.
Non-Voting Shares
Holders of our non-voting shares have the same rights as the holders of ordinary shares, except that (unless otherwise granted a vote pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act) they have no right to vote on any matters put before the shareholders of Aspen Holdings. After the completion of our initial public offering, each non-voting share will automatically convert, immediately upon issue, into one ordinary share carrying rights to vote. See "— Investor Options" for a description of the rights of certain optionholders to purchase non-voting shares.
Preference Shares
As of the date of this prospectus, there were no preference shares in issue. Subject to certain limitations contained in our bye-laws and any limitations prescribed by applicable law, our board of directors is authorized to issue preference shares in one or more series and to fix the rights, privileges, principles and restrictions of such shares, including but not limited to dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption prices and
141
liquidation preferences, and the number of shares constituting and the designation of any such series, without further vote or action by our shareholders.
Investor Options
The following table shows the number of Investor Options outstanding to purchase shares as of September 1, 2004 and after completion of this offering:
Option Holder |
Options to
Acquire
Shares as of September 1, 2004 |
Options
to
Acquire shares After this Offering(1) |
Percentage
of
Ordinary Shares(2) |
Exercise
Price
at October 15, 2004(3) |
Expiration(4) | |||||||||||||||||
Wellington | 3,781,120 | 3,781,120 | 5.05 | % | £ | 11.11 | June 21, 2012 | |||||||||||||||
Names' Trustee(5) | 2,566,616 | 1,710,398 | 2.29 | % | £ | 11.11 | June 21, 2012 | |||||||||||||||
Total | 6,347,736 | 5,491,518 | 7.34 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
(1) | Wellington did not exercise any of its options. In connection with this offering, the selling shareholder has delivered a notice to the Company on September 17, 2004, as amended, that it will exercise 856,218 Names' Options with 5,538 Names' Options being exercised on a cash basis at an exercise price of £11.11, and 850,680 Names' Options being exercised on a cashless basis resulting in 129,783 ordinary shares being issued. As a result of the exercise of the Names' Options, a total of 135,321 ordinary shares will be issued, 128,545 of which are being offered in this offering. The exercise date is the date of effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates. |
(2) | Percentages are based upon 69,174,303 ordinary shares outstanding as of September 1, 2004 ordinary shares plus 135,321 ordinary shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Names' Options plus 5,491,518 shares issuable upon cash exercise of outstanding investor options. |
(3) | The initial exercise price for the Investor Options is £10 to be increased by 5% per annum from June 21, 2002 (the date of grant) to date of exercise, less the amount of any prior dividend or distribution per share. |
(4) | The Investor Options originally had a five-year term, which has been extended to ten years upon the completion of our initial public offering. |
(5) | The Names' Trustee holds the options solely as trustee of the Names' Trust, the beneficiaries of which are the Unaligned Members. |
Prior to this offering, the Names' Trustee held 2,566,616 Names' Options and in connection with this offering it has exercised 856,218 Names' Options. The rights of the holders of the Investor Options are governed by an amended and restated option instrument dated December 2, 2003 (the "Option Instrument"). A portion of the Names' Options is held by WUSL (as sub-trustee) for certain Unaligned Members and may be exercised on a cashless basis only. All non-voting shares issued or to be issued upon the exercise of the Investor Options will automatically convert into ordinary shares at a one-to-one ratio upon issuance.
The term of the Investor Options expires on June 21, 2012. The Investor Options may be exercised in whole or in part.
Under the Option Instrument, the Wellington Options are exercisable at any time subject to a minimum number of options to be exercised. The Names' Options are exercisable without regard to a minimum number of options to be exercised, at a Sale and at the end of an annual 45-day window period (expiring June 21, 2012 unless earlier lapsed) starting in 2005 during which the Unaligned Members may notify the Names' Trustee of their elections to exercise the Names' Options. The annual 45-day window period begins on the day following the day on which Aspen Holdings' annual report is published. In addition to the annual 45-day window period, the Names' Options also are exercisable at the time of the first underwritten secondary offering following our initial public offering
142
or at the time of a non-underwritten direct resale registration if the first underwritten offering does not occur by August 5, 2004, as further described under "—Registration Rights Agreement" below. The Names' Trustee has exercised a portion of the Names' Options in this offering in connection with the Names' Trustee's right under the Registration Rights Agreement to initiate a non-underwritten registration for direct resale of ordinary shares it holds on behalf of the Names.
The Investor Options will lapse on the earlier occurrence of (i) the end of the term of the Investor Options, (ii) the liquidation of the Company (other than a liquidation in connection with a reconstruction or amalgamation) and (iii) the completion of a Sale (if such options are not exercised in connection with such Sale).
The exercise price payable for each option share is £10, together with interest accruing at 5% per annum (less any dividends or other distributions) from the date of issue of the Investor Options (June 21, 2002) until the date of exercise of the Investor Options. Each optionholder may exercise its options on a cashless basis, subject to relevant requirements of the Companies Act. A cashless exercise allows the optionholders to realize, through the receipt of ordinary shares, the economic benefit of the difference between the subscription price under the Investor Options and the then-prevailing market prices without having to pay the subscription price for any such ordinary shares. Thus, the optionholder receives fewer shares upon exercise.
For any exercise of the Investor Options on a cashless basis, the number of ordinary shares to be issued would be based on the difference between the exercise price on the date of exercise and the then-prevailing market price of the ordinary shares, calculated using the average closing price for five preceding trading days. The number of ordinary shares to be issued would be based on the difference between the exercise price on the date of exercise and in the case of a non-underwritten direct resale such as this offering, the market price of the ordinary shares based on an average closing price for five preceding trading days.
Following the issuance of the Investor Options, there are a range of anti-dilution protections for the optionholders if any issuance or reclassification of our shares or similar matters are effected below fair market value, subject to certain exceptions. Under these circumstances, an adjustment to the subscription rights of the optionholders or the subscription price of the Investor Options shall be made by our board of directors. If optionholders holding 75% or more of the rights to subscribe for non-voting shares under the Investor Options so request, any adjustment proposed by our board of directors may be referred to independent financial advisors for their determination.
Employee Options
As of June 30, 2004, an aggregate of 3,884,030 options to purchase our ordinary shares and 37,665 restricted share units have been granted to our employees and non-employee directors under our 2003 Share Incentive Plan. See "Management — Share Incentive Plan" and "— Share Options Granted."
Voting Adjustments
In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each ordinary share held by them and are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the ordinary shares of a shareholder in the Company are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined pursuant to section 958 of the Code) of any U.S. Person and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by the issued shares of Aspen Holdings, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares owned by such U.S. Person shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%, under a formula specified in our bye-laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. In addition, our board of directors may limit a shareholder's voting rights when it deems it appropriate to do so to (i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" includes, among other things, all shares of the Company that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code).
143
Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. Our bye-laws provide that shareholders will be notified of their voting interests prior to any vote to be taken by them.
We are authorized to require any shareholder to provide information as to that shareholder's beneficial share ownership, the names of persons having beneficial ownership of the shareholder's shares, relationships with other shareholders or any other facts the directors may deem relevant to a determination of the number of ordinary shares attributable to any person. If any holder fails to respond to this request or submits incomplete or inaccurate information, we may, in our sole discretion, eliminate the shareholder's voting rights. All information provided by the shareholder shall be treated by the Company as confidential information and shall be used by the Company solely for the purpose of establishing whether any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder exists (except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation).
Acquisition of Ordinary Shares by the Company
Under our bye-laws and subject to Bermuda law, we have the option, but not the obligation, to require a shareholder to sell to us or a third party at fair market value, as determined in the good faith discretion of our board of directors, the minimum number of ordinary shares which is necessary to avoid or cure any material adverse tax consequences to us, our subsidiaries or our shareholders or affiliates if our board of directors unanimously determines that failure to exercise such option would result in such material adverse tax consequences.
Issuance of Shares
In accordance with our bye-laws, our board of directors has the power to issue any unissued shares of the Company, except that our board of directors may not issue preference shares having voting rights or powers (other than any mandatory voting rights or powers required under the Companies Act) unless a resolution authorizing such issuance is approved by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of the Company's shareholders.
Shareholders' Agreement
The Company has entered into an amended and restated shareholders' agreement dated as of September 30, 2003 with Blackstone, Wellington, Candover, Mourant, CSFB Private Equity, Montpelier Re, the Names' Trustee, 3i, Phoenix, Olympus and Lexicon and, for limited purposes, Mr. Myners, Mr. O'Kane, Mr. Cusack, Ms. Davies and Mr. May.
The shareholders' agreement defines certain rights and obligations of the shareholders parties to the shareholders' agreement with respect to the transfer of shares and other matters. Pursuant to the terms of the shareholders' agreement, generally if any existing shareholder party thereto (or group of existing shareholder parties thereto) proposes to transfer 20% or more of our outstanding shares, then the other shareholders party to the shareholders' agreement have a right to participate proportionally in the transfer.
If a change of control (as defined in the shareholders' agreement) is approved by the board of directors and by investors (as defined in the shareholders' agreement) holding not less than 60% of the voting power of shares held by the investors (in each case, after taking into account voting power adjustments under the bye-laws), Wellington, certain entities affiliated with Wellington and the Names' Trustee undertake to:
• | exercise their respective voting rights as shareholders to approve the change of control; and |
• | tender their respective shares for sale in relation to the change of control on terms no less favorable than those on which the investors sell their shares. |
144
Each shareholder party to the shareholders' agreement consented to the bonus issue of shares pursuant to a cashless exercise (as defined and described in the Option Instrument). Each shareholder party to the shareholders' agreement agreed to vote its shares and otherwise take all reasonable action within its power to give effect to the foregoing and the cashless exercise provision of the Investor Options.
Each shareholder party has agreed to require any transferee of the ordinary shares beneficially owned by such shareholder within 36 months after our initial public offering to sign a deed of adherence to the shareholders' agreement, except if such transfer is pursuant to a registered public offering, sale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or certain other circumstances. In addition, until twelve months after our initial public offering, a shareholder party may not make transfers to its shareholders, members, partners or beneficiaries by way of a dividend, distribution or otherwise.
Generally, the shareholders' agreement may only be amended if the amendment is in writing and signed by or on behalf of the Company (acting with the approval of the board of directors) and the shareholder parties holding 75% of the voting power of the shares held by the shareholder parties, provided that any amendment or variation of the shareholders' agreement that would adversely affect a shareholder party thereto in a disproportionate manner relative to the other shareholder parties thereto may not be effected without the consent of such disproportionately affected shareholder.
Directors, officers and employees of the Company who currently hold ordinary shares are deemed third party beneficiaries of some of the provisions of the shareholders' agreement. However, these directors, officers and employees are not entitled to vote in connection with any amendment or variation of the shareholders' agreement, unless such amendment or variation adversely affects only them or adversely affects them in a disproportionate manner relative to the other shareholder parties thereto, in which case the consent of a majority of voting power of ordinary shares held by these directors, officers and employees is required.
We have agreed to pay the reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the shareholders parties to the shareholders' agreement in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of the shareholders' agreement, the registration rights agreement, the management shareholders' agreements (and all other documents relating to the 2003 Share Incentive Plan) and all other matters in connection with our initial public offering prior to the completion date of our initial public offering.
In addition, we have agreed to pay the reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by all of our management shareholders, taken together, in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of the shareholders' agreement, the registration rights agreement, the management shareholders' agreements (and all other documents relating to the 2003 Share Incentive Plan) and all other matters in connection with our initial public offering prior to the completion date of our initial public offering and the management service contracts; provided that, we shall only reimburse our management shareholders for any such legal fees and expenses incurred for the services of one firm of legal counsel.
We have agreed to pay each year the reasonable costs of administration of the Names' Trust incurred by the Names' Trustee and will bear the reasonable or pre-approved costs of Names' Trustee incurred in connection with the transmission of notices received by the Names' Trustee (in its capacity as trustee for the Names' Trust) to the Unaligned Members and any other communications with the Unaligned Members which are made to or by the Names' Trustee on behalf of the Unaligned Members.
Registration Rights Agreement
We have entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement, dated November 14, 2003, with Blackstone, Wellington, Candover, Mourant, CSFB Private Equity, Montpelier Re, the Names' Trustee, 3i, Phoenix, Olympus and Lexicon, pursuant to which we may be required to register our ordinary shares held by such parties under the Securities Act. At any time any such shareholder party or group of shareholders (other than directors, officers or employees of the Company) that
145
holds in the aggregate $50 million of our shares has the right to request registration for a public offering of all or a portion of its shares, subject to the limitations and restrictions provided in the agreement.
Because no other shareholder has requested the registration of its ordinary shares by August 5, 2004, the Names' Trustee has the right to demand the registration of ordinary shares it holds on behalf of the Unaligned Members, subject to a registration of a minimum number of ordinary shares, for a non-underwritten direct resale of such ordinary shares between August 5, 2004 and September 19, 2004. This offering of the ordinary shares held by the Names' Trustee is a result of the Names' Trustee's demand on September 17, 2004, as amended, to register the ordinary shares it holds on behalf of the Unaligned Members for a non-underwritten direct resale of the registered ordinary shares.
In addition, under certain circumstances, if we propose to register the sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act (other than a registration on Form S-8 or F-4), such parties holding our ordinary shares or other securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for our ordinary shares, will have the right to participate proportionately in such sale.
Parties to the registration rights agreement who wish to register their ordinary shares must notify us within 10 days of receipt of our notice that a registration statement will be filed, though a 20 business day period will apply for the Names' Trustee to allow it additional time to coordinate with the Names' Trust beneficiaries. If the registration requested would not be delayed by the extended period provided to the Names' Trustee, then the Names' Trustee will participate in the underwritten offering. If a delay would occur as a result of the extended period to the Names' Trustee, then the Names' Trustee would be entitled to request the registration of ordinary shares it holds on behalf of the Unaligned Members, for a non-underwritten direct resale of such shares under a separate registration statement to be filed by us.
Generally, the registration rights agreement may only be amended if the amendment is in writing and signed by or on behalf of shareholders party to the registration rights agreement holding 75% of the number of ordinary shares (or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into ordinary shares) that are considered registrable under the registration rights agreement ("Registrable Securities"), provided that any amendment or variation of the registration rights agreement that would adversely affect a shareholder party thereto in a disproportionate manner relative to the other shareholders parties thereto may not be effected without the consent of such disproportionately affected shareholder.
Directors, officers and employees of the Company who currently hold ordinary shares and options are deemed third party beneficiaries of some of the provisions of the registration rights agreement. However, these directors, officers and employees are not entitled to vote in connection with any amendment or variation of the registration rights agreement, unless such amendment or variation adversely affects only them or adversely affects them in a disproportionate manner relative to the other shareholders parties thereto, in which case the consent of a majority of the number of Registrable Securities held by these directors, officers and employees is required.
Bye-laws
In addition to the provisions of our bye-laws described elsewhere in this prospectus, the following provisions are a summary of some of the other important provisions of our bye-laws.
Our Board and Corporate Action . Our bye-laws provide that the board shall consist of not less than six and not more than 15 directors. Subject to our bye-laws and Bermuda law, the directors shall be elected or appointed by holders of ordinary shares. Our board of directors is divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III and is elected by the shareholders as follows. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general meeting of shareholders next following the annual general meeting at which such director was elected, provided that (i) Directors initially designated as Class I Directors shall serve for an initial term ending on the date of
146
the third annual general meeting of Shareholders following June 21, 2002, (ii) directors initially designated as Class II Directors shall serve for an initial term ending on the fourth annual general meeting following June 21, 2002, and (iii) directors initially designated as Class III Directors shall serve for an initial term ending on the fifth annual general meeting following June 21, 2002. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such director's successor shall have been duly elected or until such director is removed from office or such office is otherwise vacated. In the event of any change in the number of directors, the board of directors shall apportion any newly created directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes as shall equalize, as nearly as possible, the number of directors in each class. In no event will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Generally, the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be required to authorize corporate action. Corporate action may also be taken by a unanimous written resolution of the board without a meeting and with no need to give notice, except in the case of removal of auditors or directors. The quorum necessary for the transaction of business of the board of directors may be fixed by the board of directors and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be a majority of directors in office from time to time and in no event less than two directors, provided, that the majority of the directors present does not consist of persons residing in the United Kingdom for U.K. tax purposes.
Shareholder Action . Except as otherwise required by the Companies Act and our bye-laws, any question proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of votes cast at such meeting (in each case, after taking into account voting power adjustments under the bye-laws). Our bye-laws require 21 days' notice of annual general meetings.
The following actions shall be approved by the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders (in each case, after taking into account voting power adjustments under the bye-laws): any amendment to Bye-Laws 13 (first sentence - Modification of Rights); 24 (Transfer of Shares); 49 (Voting); 63, 64, 65 and 66 (Adjustment of Voting Power); 67 (Other Adjustments of Voting Power), 76 (Purchase of Shares), 84 or 85 (Certain Subsidiaries); provided, however, that in the case of any amendments to Bye-Laws 24, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67 or 76, such amendment shall only be subject to this voting requirement if the board determines in its sole discretion that such amendment could adversely affect any shareholder in any non-de minimis respect. The following actions shall be approved by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six percent (66%) of the voting power of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders (in each case, after taking into account voting power adjustments under the bye-laws): (i) a merger or amalgamation with, or a sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to, a third party, where any shareholder does not have the same right to receive the same consideration as all other shareholders in such transaction; or (ii) discontinuance of the Company out of Bermuda to another jurisdiction.
Amendment . Our bye-laws may be revoked or amended by a majority of the board of directors, but no revocation or amendment shall be operative unless and until it is approved at a subsequent general meeting of the Company by the shareholders by resolution passed by a majority of the voting power of votes cast at such meeting (in each case, after taking into account voting power adjustments under the bye-laws) or such greater majority as required by our bye-laws.
Voting of Non-U.S. Subsidiary Shares . If we are required or entitled to vote at a general meeting of any of Aspen Re, Aspen Bermuda, Aspen U.K. Holdings or Aspen U.K. Services or any other directly held non-U.S. subsidiary of ours (together, the "Non-U.S. Subsidiaries"), our directors shall refer the subject matter of the vote to our shareholders and seek direction from such shareholders as to how they should vote on the resolution proposed by the Non-U.S. Subsidiary. Substantially similar provisions are or will be contained in the bye-laws (or equivalent governing documents) of the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries.
147
Capital Reduction . In the event of a reduction of capital, our bye-laws require that such reduction apply to the entire class or series of shares affected. We may not permit a reduction of part of a class or series of shares.
Differences in Corporate Law
You should be aware that the Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. In order to highlight these differences, set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies Act (including modifications adopted pursuant to our bye-laws) applicable to us which differ in certain respects from provisions of the State of Delaware corporate law. Because the following statements are summaries, they do not address all aspects of Bermuda law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders.
Duties of Directors . Under Bermuda law, at common law, members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty has the following essential elements:
• | a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the company; |
• | a duty not to make a personal profit from opportunities that arise from the office of director; |
• | a duty to avoid conflicts of interest; and |
• | a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended. |
The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:
• | to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company; and |
• | to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. |
In addition, the Companies Act imposes various duties on officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of the company.
The Companies Act provides that in any proceedings for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust against any officer, if it appears to a court that such officer is or may be liable in respect of negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, but that he has acted honestly and reasonably, and that, having regard to all the circumstances of the case, including those connected with his appointment, he ought fairly to be excused for the negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, that court may relieve him, either wholly or partly, from any liability on such terms as the court may think fit. This provision has been interpreted to apply only to actions brought by or on behalf of the company against such officers. Our bye-laws, however, provide that shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in the right of the Company, against any director or officer of Aspen Holdings for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except this waiver does not extend to any claims or rights of action that arise out of fraud on the part of such director or officer or with respect to the recovery of any gain, personal profit or advantage to which the officer or director is not legally entitled.
Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its stockholders.
The duty of care requires that directors act in an informed and deliberative manner and inform themselves, prior to making a business decision, of all material information reasonably available to them. The duty of care also requires that directors exercise care in overseeing and investigating the conduct of corporate employees. The duty of loyalty may be summarized as the duty to act in good faith, not out of self-interest, and in a manner which the director reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the stockholders.
148
A party challenging the propriety of a decision of a board of directors bears the burden of rebutting the applicability of the presumptions afforded to directors by the "business judgment rule." If the presumption is not rebutted, the business judgment rule attaches to protect the directors and their decisions, and their business judgments will not be second guessed. Where, however, the presumption is rebutted, the directors bear the burden of demonstrating the entire fairness of the relevant transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Delaware courts subject directors' conduct to enhanced scrutiny in respect of defensive actions taken in response to a threat to corporate control and approval of a transaction resulting in a sale of control of the corporation.
Interested Directors. Under Bermuda law and our bye-laws, any transaction entered into by us in which a director has an interest is not voidable by us nor can such director be accountable to us for any benefit realized under that transaction provided the nature of the interest is disclosed at the first opportunity at a meeting of directors, or in writing to the directors. In addition, our bye-laws allow a director to be taken into account in determining whether a quorum is present and to vote on a transaction in which he has an interest unless the majority of the disinterested directors determine otherwise. Under Delaware law, such transaction would not be voidable if (1) the material facts as to such interested director's relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, (2) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote thereon or (3) the transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, such interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.
Voting Rights and Quorum Requirements. Under Bermuda law, the voting rights of our shareholders are regulated by our bye-laws and, in certain circumstances, the Companies Act. Under our bye-laws, at any general meeting, shareholders holding at least 50% of our shareholders' aggregate voting power in the ordinary shares shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In general, except for the removal of the Company's auditors or directors, any action that we may take by resolution in a general meeting may, without a meeting, be taken by a resolution in writing signed by all of the shareholders entitled to attend such meeting and vote on the resolution. In general, any question proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the bye-laws.
Any individual who is a shareholder of Aspen Holdings and who is present at a meeting may vote in person, as may any corporate shareholder which is present by a duly authorized representative. Our bye-laws also permit votes by proxy, provided the instrument appointing the proxy, together with evidence of its due execution, is satisfactory to our board of directors.
In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each ordinary share held by them and are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders. If, and so long as, the ordinary shares of a shareholder in the Company are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined pursuant to section 958 of the Code) of any U.S. Person and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by the issued ordinary shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares owned by such 9.5% U.S. Shareholder shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%, under a formula specified in our bye-laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. In addition, our board of directors may limit a shareholder's voting rights where it deems it appropriate to do so to (1) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; and (2) avoid material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" includes, among other things, all ordinary shares of the Company that such U.S. Person is deemed to beneficially own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code).
We are authorized to require any shareholder to provide information as to that shareholder's beneficial share ownership, the names of persons having beneficial ownership of the shareholder's
149
shares, relationships with other shareholders or any other facts the directors may deem relevant to a determination of the number of ordinary shares attributable to any person. If any holder fails to respond to such a request or submits incomplete or inaccurate information, we may in our sole discretion, eliminate the shareholder's voting rights. All information provided by the shareholder shall be treated by the Company as confidential information and shall be used by the Company solely for the purpose of establishing whether any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder exists or assisting the Company in determining whether any U.S. Person that is a shareholder directly or indirectly through foreign entities would have "related person insurance" inclusions under Section 953(c) of the Code (except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation). The amount of any reduction of votes that occurs by operation of the above limitations will generally be reallocated proportionately among all other shareholders of Aspen Holdings whose shares were not "controlled shares" of the 9.5% U.S. Shareholder so long as such: (i) reallocation does not cause any person to become a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; (ii) no portion of such reallocation shall apply to the shares held by Wellington or the Names' Trustee, except where the failure to apply such increase would result in any person becoming a 9.5% shareholder, and (iii) reallocation shall be limited in the case of existing shareholders 3i, Phoenix and Montpelier Re so that none of their voting rights exceed 10%.
Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. The bye-laws of Aspen Holdings also provide that shareholders will be notified of their voting interests prior to any vote to be taken by the shareholders. See "— Voting Adjustments."
Dividends . Bermuda law does not permit payment of dividends or distributions of contributed surplus by a company if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company, after the payment is made, would be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or the realizable value of the company's assets would be less, as a result of the payment, than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. The excess of the consideration paid on issue of shares over the aggregate par value of such shares must (except in certain limited circumstances) be credited to a share premium account. Share premium may be distributed in certain limited circumstances, for example to pay up for unissued shares which may be distributed to shareholders in proportion to their holdings, but is otherwise subject to limitation. In addition, Aspen Bermuda's ability to pay dividends is subject to Bermuda insurance laws and regulatory constraints. See "Regulatory Matters — Bermuda Regulation — Minimum Solvency Margin and Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions."
Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions contained in the company's certificate of incorporation, a company may pay dividends out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. Delaware law also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.
Amalgamations, Mergers and Similar Arrangements . We may acquire the business of another Bermuda exempted company or a company incorporated outside Bermuda when conducting such business would benefit the Company and would be conducive to attaining our objectives contained within our memorandum of association. Under our bye-laws, we may, except in certain circumstances, with the approval of at least a majority of the voting power of votes cast (after taking account of any voting power adjustments under the bye-laws) at a general meeting of our shareholders at which a quorum is present, amalgamate with another Bermuda company or with a body incorporated outside Bermuda. In the case of an amalgamation, a shareholder may apply to a Bermuda court for a proper valuation of such shareholder's shares if such shareholder is not satisfied that fair market value has been paid for such shares. The court ordinarily would not disapprove the transaction on that ground absent evidence of fraud or bad faith.
150
Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. Under Delaware law, a shareholder of a corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which such shareholder may receive payment in the amount of the fair market value of the shares held by such shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration such shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.
Takeovers . Bermuda law provides that where an offer is made for shares of a company and, within four months of the offer, the holders of not less than 90% of the shares which are the subject of the offer accept, the offeror may by notice require the non-tendering shareholders to transfer their shares on the terms of the offer. Dissenting shareholders may apply to the court within one month of the notice objecting to the transfer. The burden is on the dissenting shareholders to show that the court should exercise its discretion to enjoin the required transfer, which the court will be unlikely to do unless there is evidence of fraud or bad faith or collusion between the offeror and the holders of the shares who have accepted the offer as a means of unfairly forcing out minority shareholders. Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any stockholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of capital stock. Upon any merger, dissenting stockholders of the subsidiary would have appraisal rights.
Certain Transactions with Significant Shareholders. As a Bermuda company, we may enter into certain business transactions with our significant shareholders, including asset sales, in which a significant shareholder receives, or could receive, a financial benefit that is greater than that received, or to be received, by other shareholders with prior approval from our board of directors but without obtaining prior approval from our shareholders. Amalgamations require the approval of the board of directors and, except for certain amalgamations, a resolution of shareholders approved by a majority of at least a majority of the votes cast (after taking account of any voting power adjustments under the bye-laws). If we were a Delaware corporation, we would need, subject to certain exceptions, prior approval from shareholders holding at least two-thirds of our outstanding ordinary shares not owned by such interested shareholder to enter into a business combination (which, for this purpose, includes asset sales of greater than 10% of our assets that would otherwise be considered transactions in the ordinary course of business) with an interested shareholder for a period of three years from the time the person became an interested shareholder, unless we opted out of the relevant Delaware statute.
Shareholders' Suits . The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law are not as extensive as the rights of shareholders under legislation or judicial precedent in many U.S. jurisdictions. Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. However, the Bermuda courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedent, which would permit a shareholder to commence an action in our name to remedy a wrong done to us where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond our corporate power or is illegal or would result in the violation of our memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by the court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of our shareholders than actually approved it. The winning party in such an action generally would be able to recover a portion of attorneys' fees incurred in connection with such action. Our bye-laws provide that shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in the right of the Company, against any director or officer for any action or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except such waiver shall not extend to claims or rights of action that arise out of any fraud of such director or officer or with respect to the recovery of any gain, personal profit or advantage to which the officer or director is not legally entitled. Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court generally has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys' fees incurred in connection with such action.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Under Bermuda law and our bye-laws, we may indemnify our directors, officers or any other person appointed to a committee of the board of
151
directors and any resident representative (and their respective heirs, executors or administrators) against all liabilities, loss, damage or expense to the full extent permitted by law, incurred or suffered by this person by reason of any act done, conceived in or omitted in the conduct of our business or in the discharge of his/her duties; provided that such indemnification shall not extend to any matter which would render it void under the Companies Act. Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if (1) that director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (2) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
Inspection of Corporate Records . Members of the general public have the right to inspect our public documents available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda and our registered office in Bermuda, which will include our memorandum of association (including its objects and powers) and any alteration to our memorandum of association and documents relating to any increase or reduction of authorized capital. Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect our bye-laws, minutes of general meetings and financial statements, which must be presented to the annual general meeting of shareholders. The register of our shareholders is also open to inspection by shareholders without charge, and to members of the public for a fee. We are required to maintain our share register in Bermuda but may establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. We are required to keep at our registered office a register of our directors and officers which is open for inspection by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records. Delaware law permits any shareholder to inspect or obtain copies of a corporation's shareholder list and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a shareholder.
Shareholder Proposals. Under Bermuda law, the Companies Act provides that shareholders may, as set forth below and at their own expense (unless a company otherwise resolves), require a company to give notice of any resolution that the shareholders can properly propose at the next annual general meeting and/or to circulate a statement prepared by the requesting shareholders in respect of any matter referred to in a proposed resolution or any business to be conducted at a general meeting. The number of shareholders necessary for such a requisition is either that number of shareholders representing at least 5% of the total voting rights of all shareholders having a right to vote at the meeting to which the requisition relates or not less than 100 shareholders. Delaware law does not include a provision restricting the manner in which nominations for directors may be made by shareholders or the manner in which business may be brought before a meeting.
Calling of Special Shareholders Meetings. Under Bermuda law a special meeting may also be called by the shareholders when requisitioned by the holders of at least 10% of the paid up voting share capital of Aspen Holdings as provided by the Companies Act. Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bye-laws to call a special meeting of shareholders.
Staggered Board of Directors . Bermuda law does not contain statutory provisions specifically requiring staggered board of directors arrangements for a Bermuda exempted company. These provisions, however, may validly be provided for in the bye-laws governing the affairs of a company and our bye-laws do so provide. Similarly, Delaware law permits corporations to have a staggered board of directors.
Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent . Under Bermuda law, the Companies Act provides that shareholders may take action by written consent with 100% shareholders consent required. Delaware law permits shareholders to take action by the consent in writing by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of stockholders at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
152
Amendment of Memorandum of Association . Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. An amendment to the memorandum of association that alters the company's business objects may require approval of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, who may grant or withhold approval at his or her discretion.
Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company's issued share capital have the right to apply to the Bermuda courts for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company's share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda court. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the company's memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their designees as such holders may appoint in writing for such purpose. No application may be made by the shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.
Under Delaware law, amendment of the certificate of incorporation, which is the equivalent of a memorandum of association, of a company must be made by a resolution of the board of directors setting forth the amendment, declaring its advisability, and either calling a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote or directing that the amendment proposed be considered at the next annual meeting of the shareholders. Delaware law requires that, unless a different percentage is provided for in the certificate of incorporation, a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon is required to approve the amendment of the certificate of incorporation at the shareholders meeting. If the amendment would alter the number of authorized shares or par value or otherwise adversely affect the rights or preference of any class of a company's stock, the holders of the outstanding shares of such affected class, regardless of whether such holders are entitled to vote by the certificate of incorporation, should be entitled to vote as a class upon the proposed amendment. However, the number of authorized shares of any class may be increased or decreased, to the extent not falling below the number of shares then outstanding, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, if so provided in the company's certificate of incorporation or any amendment that created such class or was adopted prior to the issuance of such class or that was authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such class or classes of stock.
Amendment of Bye-laws . Our bye-laws may be revoked or amended by the board of directors, which may from time to time revoke or amend them in any way by a resolution of the board of directors passed by a majority of the directors then in office and eligible to vote on the resolution, but no revocation or amendment shall be operative unless and until it is approved at a subsequent general meeting of the Company by the shareholders by resolution passed by a majority of the voting power of votes cast at such meeting (in each case, after taking into account voting power adjustments under the bye-laws) or such greater majority as required by bye-laws.
Under Delaware law, holders of a majority of the voting power of a corporation and, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation, have the power to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of a corporation.
Listing
Our ordinary shares are listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol "AHL."
Transfer Agent, Registrar and Dividend Disbursing Agent
The transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursing agent for the ordinary shares is Mellon Investor Services LLC.
153
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
As of September 1, 2004, we had a total of 69,174,303 ordinary shares outstanding. All of the 212,743 shares sold in the offering will be, and 12,102,600 shares sold in our initial public offering in 2003 are, freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than "affiliates." Under the Securities Act, an "affiliate" of a company is a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with that company. Any shares purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described below. Substantially all of our remaining ordinary shares may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144.
Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not our affiliate, and who has not been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding any sale, is entitled to sell the shares without regard to the foregoing limitations, provided that at least two years have elapsed since the shares were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours. A large percentage of our initial investors have held a portion of our ordinary shares for at least two years, although some of those investors may be deemed our affiliates. In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated), including any person who may be deemed our affiliate, is entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of unregistered securities that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding ordinary shares or the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding each such sale, provided that at least one year has elapsed since these shares were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours and certain manner of sale, notice requirements and requirements as to availability of current public information about us are satisfied. Any person who is deemed to be our affiliate must comply with the provisions of Rule 144 (other than the one-year holding period requirement) in order to sell ordinary shares which are not restricted securities (such as shares acquired by affiliates either in the offering or through purchases in the open market following the offering).
Under the registration rights agreement, each of Blackstone, Candover (including Mourant), CSFB Private Equity and Wellington, individually, and 3i, Phoenix, Olympus, Montpelier Re, The Lexicon Partnership LLP and the Names' Trustee, collectively, have demand registration rights which will continue to apply to all of their shares after this offering. At any time, any of these shareholders may request that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering their shares, subject to certain minimum offering size requirements and certain exceptions. Upon receipt of each request, we generally will be required to use reasonable best efforts to effect the registration. Each such shareholder may only demand a specific number of registrations. In addition, we are not required to effect any registration requested by any such shareholders if we have effected any registration (other than on Form F-3 or any successor form relating to secondary offerings) within six months prior to the request. We are generally obligated to bear the expenses, excluding underwriting fees, discounts and sales commissions, of all registrations.
Under the registration rights agreement, holders of our ordinary shares or other securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for our ordinary shares also have certain "piggyback" registration rights with respect to our ordinary shares. Accordingly, if we propose to register any of our securities, either for our own account or for the account of other shareholders, with certain exceptions, we are required to notify these shareholders and to include in the registration all the ordinary shares requested to be included by them, subject to reduction of the number of shares that may be included in the offering under certain circumstances by an underwriter.
No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of ordinary shares, or the availability of ordinary shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our ordinary shares prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our ordinary shares.
154
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
We are registering 212,743 ordinary shares on behalf of the selling shareholder. The shares covered by this prospectus may be offered and sold from time to time by the selling shareholder. The selling shareholder will act independently of us in making decisions with respect to the timing, manner and size of each sale. Such sales may be made directly to purchasers or through broker-dealers or agents, who may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling shareholder. This offering is not being underwritten. These discounts, concessions or commissions as to any particular broker-dealer or agent may be in excess of those customary in the types of transactions involved.
Our ordinary shares may be sold in one or more transactions through public or private transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at privately negotiated prices. The selling shareholder may sell some or all of its ordinary shares through:
• | a block trade in which a broker-dealer may resell a portion of the block, as principal, in order to facilitate the transaction; |
• | purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by such broker-dealer for its own account; |
• | any national securities exchange or U.S. inter-dealer system of a registered national securities association on which our ordinary shares may be listed or quoted at the time of sale; |
• | in the over-the-counter market; |
• | in transactions otherwise than on these exchanges or systems or in the over-the-counter market, including negotiated sales; or |
• | ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchasers. |
In connection with the sale of shares of our ordinary shares, the selling shareholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of our ordinary shares in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling shareholder may also sell our ordinary shares short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge our ordinary shares to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these ordinary shares. The selling shareholder may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of ordinary shares offered by this prospectus, which ordinary shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus, as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction. The selling shareholder may also pledge or hypothecate ordinary shares to a broker-dealer or other financial institution, and, upon a default, such broker-dealer or other financial institution may effect sales of the pledged ordinary shares pursuant to this prospectus, as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction. In effecting sales, broker-dealers or agents engaged by the selling shareholder may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate.
The aggregate proceeds to the selling shareholder from the sale of our ordinary shares offered by it will be the purchase price of our ordinary shares less discounts or commissions, if any. The selling shareholder reserves the right to accept and, together with its agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of ordinary shares to be made directly or through agents.
In order to comply with the securities laws of some states, if applicable, our ordinary shares may be sold in these jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states our ordinary shares may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption form registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.
155
The selling shareholder and any broker-dealers or agents that participate in the sale of our ordinary shares or interests herein may be "underwriters" within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of the ordinary shares may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Where the selling shareholder is an "underwriter" within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, it will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
We have advised the selling shareholder that the anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of ordinary shares in the market and to the activities of the selling shareholder and its affiliates. In addition, we will make copies of this prospectus, as it may be supplemented or amended from time to time, available to the selling shareholder for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The selling shareholder may indemnify any broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving the sale of the ordinary shares against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
In addition, any ordinary shares covered by this prospectus which qualify for sale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act may be sold under Rule 144 rather than pursuant to this prospectus.
To the extent required, our ordinary shares to be sold, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agent or dealer and any applicable commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement which includes this prospectus.
We have agreed to indemnify the selling shareholder against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and state securities laws, relating to the registration of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus.
We have agreed with the selling shareholder under the registration rights agreement to keep the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, effective for not less than 30 days from the date of effectiveness.
156
EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION
Unless this prospectus provides a different rate, the translations of British Pounds into U.S. Dollars have been made at the rate of £1 to $1.7902, which was the closing exchange rate on December 31, 2003 for the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate as displayed on the Bloomberg Service under USD—GBP "Currencies" HP screen. Using this rate does not mean that British Pound amounts actually represent those U.S. Dollars amounts or could be converted into U.S. Dollars at that rate.
The following table sets forth the history of the exchange rates of one British Pound to U.S. Dollars for the periods indicated.
BRITISH POUND/U.S. DOLLAR EXCHANGE RATE HISTORY(1)
Last(2) | High | Low | Average(3) | |||||||||||||||
Month Ended September 30, 2004 | 1.8120 | 1.8131 | 1.7731 | 1.7932 | ||||||||||||||
Month Ended August 31, 2004 | 1.8024 | 1.8470 | 1.7855 | 1.8197 | ||||||||||||||
Month Ended July 31, 2004 | 1.8199 | 1.8771 | 1.8084 | 1.8431 | ||||||||||||||
Month Ended June 30, 2004 | 1.8135 | 1.8205 | 1.8013 | 1.8074 | ||||||||||||||
Month Ended May 31, 2004 | 1.8334 | 1.8372 | 1.8301 | 1.8324 | ||||||||||||||
Month Ended April 30, 2004 | 1.7734 | 1.7809 | 1.7663 | 1.7720 | ||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2003 | 1.7902 | 1.7902 | 1.5500 | 1.6450 | ||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2002 | 1.6099 | 1.6099 | 1.4088 | 1.5033 | ||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2001 | 1.4554 | 1.5049 | 1.3727 | 1.4398 | ||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2000 | 1.4938 | 1.6522 | 1.4016 | 1.5159 | ||||||||||||||
(1) | Data obtained from FactSet/Bloomberg. |
(2) | "Last" is the closing exchange rate on the last business day of each of the periods indicated. |
(3) | "Average" for the monthly exchange rates is the average daily exchange rate during the periods indicated. "Average" for the year ended periods is calculated using the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period. |
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain matters as to U.S. law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P., a limited liability partnership including professional corporations, New York, New York. Certain matters as to Bermuda law in connection with the offering of the ordinary shares will be passed upon for us by Appleby Spurling Hunter, Hamilton, Bermuda.
EXPERTS
The consolidated balance sheet of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, comprehensive income and cash flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and for the period from incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002, the combined balance sheets of the Syndicates as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive income/(loss), members deficits and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2002 and the financial statement schedules for Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited and the Syndicates included in this prospectus have been audited by KPMG Audit Plc, independent registered accountants, as set forth in their reports appearing herein. These financial statements and financial statement schedules, referred to above are included in reliance upon such reports of KPMG Audit Plc, given upon authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
157
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC, a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our ordinary shares, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, with each such statement being qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. Anyone may inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the public reference facilities that the SEC maintains at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of these materials from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect these reports and other information without charge at a web site maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.
The Company will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a foreign private issuer (as defined in rules under the Exchange Act), the Company is not required to comply with the periodic reporting requirements imposed upon a U.S. domestic private issuer of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act, and is exempt from the provisions of, the Exchange Act prescribing the content and filing of proxy statements and the solicitation of proxies and the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act relating to the reporting of securities transactions by certain persons and the recovery of "short-swing" profits from the purchase or sale of securities. Pursuant to a provision in our bye-laws, we have and will continue to file with the SEC all annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports with respect to specified events on Form 8-K, as would be required of a U.S. domestic private issuer subject to those particular requirements of the Exchange Act (including the informational and timing requirements for filing such reports ). The audited financial statements contained in such annual reports and unaudited quarterly financial information contained in such quarterly reports have been and will be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and will include "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for the relevant periods. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You also will be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SEC's web site. We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered accounting firm.
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL
LIABILITIES UNDER
UNITED STATES
FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND OTHER
MATTERS
We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. In addition, some of our directors and officers reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets and our assets are or may be located in jurisdictions outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our non-U.S. directors and officers or to recover against our company, or our non-U.S. directors and officers on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. However, we may be served with process in the United States with respect to actions against us arising out of or in connection with violations of U.S. federal securities laws relating to offers and sales of ordinary shares made hereby by serving CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011, our U.S. agent irrevocably appointed for that purpose.
We have been advised by Appleby Spurling Hunter, our Bermuda counsel, that there is doubt as to whether the Courts of Bermuda would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against
158
us or our directors and officers, as well as the experts named herein, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or original actions brought in Bermuda against us or such persons predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. Further, we have been advised by Appleby Spurling Hunter that there is no treaty in force between the United States and Bermuda providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. As a result, whether a U.S. judgment would be enforceable in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers depends on whether the U.S. court that entered the judgment is recognized by the Bermuda court as having jurisdiction over us or our directors and officers, as determined by reference to Bermuda conflict of law rules. A judgment debt from a U.S. court that is final and for a sum certain based on U.S. federal securities laws will not be enforceable in Bermuda unless the judgment debtor had submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. court, and the issue of submission and jurisdiction is a matter of Bermuda (not U.S.) law.
In addition, and irrespective of jurisdictional issues, the Bermuda courts will not enforce a U.S. federal securities law that is either penal or contrary to public policy. It is the advice of Appleby Spurling Hunter that an action brought pursuant to a public or penal law, the purpose of which is the enforcement of a sanction, power or right at the instance of the state in its sovereign capacity, will not be entertained by a Bermuda Court. Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies under U.S. federal securities laws, would not be available under Bermuda law or enforceable in a Bermuda court as they would be contrary to Bermuda public policy. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial jurisdiction under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda. A Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability on us or our directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.
159
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTANTS
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the period from incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the period from incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ KPMG Audit Plc
Chartered Accountants
London, United Kingdom
March 26, 2004
F-2
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For
The Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003 And
For The Period From
Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To December 31,
2002
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
F-3
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
As at December
31, 2003 and
2002
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
F-4
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS'
EQUITY
For The Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003 And
For
The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To December 31,
2002
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
F-5
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME
For The Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003 And
For
The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To December 31,
2002
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
F-6
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For
The Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003 And
For The Period From
Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To December 31,
2002
Twelve
Months
Ended December 31, 2003 |
Period
from
Incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Operating Activities: | ||||||||||
Net income | $ | 152.1 | $ | 28.6 | ||||||
Adjustments: | ||||||||||
Amortisation of premium or discount on investments | 5.0 | — | ||||||||
Share-based compensation expense | 7.5 | — | ||||||||
Changes in insurance reserves: | ||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses (includes $84.1 million in 2003 and $62.2 million in 2002 from related parties) | 443.8 | 86.0 | ||||||||
Unearned premiums (includes $(29.9) million in 2003 and $104.6 million in 2002 from related parties) | 319.0 | 210.6 | ||||||||
Changes in reinsurance balances: | ||||||||||
Reinsurance recoverables (includes $16.5 million in 2003 and $10.4 million in 2002 from related parties) | (15.4 | ) | (10.5 | ) | ||||||
Ceded unearned premiums (includes $23.3 million in 2003 and $12.8 million in 2002 from related parties) | (38.5 | ) | (18.4 | ) | ||||||
Changes in accrued investment income and other receivables | (40.0 | ) | (0.8 | ) | ||||||
Changes in deferred policy acquisition costs (includes $(2.1) million in 2003 and $13.9 million in 2002 from related parties) | (50.7 | ) | (30.0 | ) | ||||||
Changes in reinsurance premiums payable | 56.1 | 2.1 | ||||||||
Changes in premiums receivable (includes $70.5 million in 2003 and $151.4 million in 2002 from related parties) | (261.2 | ) | (209.7 | ) | ||||||
Changes in accrued expenses and other payable (includes $10.5 million in 2003 and $1.5 million in 2002 from related parties) | 58.9 | 16.4 | ||||||||
Other | — | 3.8 | ||||||||
Net Cash from Operating Activities | 636.6 | 78.1 | ||||||||
Investing Activities: | ||||||||||
Purchases of fixed maturities | (1,903.3 | ) | (129.1 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sales and maturities of fixed maturities | 943.5 | 63.5 | ||||||||
Net (purchases)/sales of short-term investments | 263.4 | (834.1 | ) | |||||||
Purchase of equipment | (0.3 | ) | — | |||||||
Payments for acquisition net of cash acquired | (6.6 | ) | (17.7 | ) | ||||||
Net cash used investing activities | (703.3 | ) | (917.4 | ) | ||||||
Financing Activities: | ||||||||||
Proceeds from the issuance of Ordinary Shares, net of issuance costs | 246.4 | 836.9 | ||||||||
Proceeds from long term loan | 90.0 | — | ||||||||
Repayment of long term loan.. | (50.0 | ) | — | |||||||
Net cash from financing activities | 286.4 | 836.9 | ||||||||
Effect of exchange rate movements on cash and cash equivalents | 1.5 | 12.0 | ||||||||
Increase in cash and cash equivalents | 221.2 | 9.6 | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period | 9.6 | — | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period | 230.8 | 9.6 | ||||||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: | ||||||||||
Cash paid during the period for income taxes | 24.8 | 3.2 | ||||||||
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
F-7
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation . Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited ("Aspen Holdings") was incorporated under the name of Exali Reinsurance Holdings Limited ("Exali") on May 23, 2002 to hold the subsidiaries that provide insurance and reinsurance on a worldwide basis. Exali subsequently changed its name to Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited on November 20, 2002. On June 21, 2002, Aspen Holdings acquired the entire issued share capital of The City Fire Insurance Company Limited ("City Fire"). City Fire was renamed Wellington Reinsurance Limited ("Wellington Re") and commenced underwriting on June 23, 2002. On March 4, 2003, Wellington Re was renamed Aspen Insurance UK Limited ("Aspen Re"). Aspen Insurance Limited ("Aspen Bermuda") was established on November 6, 2002 as Exali Insurance Limited and changed its name to Aspen Insurance Limited on November 22, 2002. Aspen Insurance UK Services Limited ("Aspen U.K. Services") provides services to Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") in its capacity as the employer of the directors and staff of Aspen Re. On September 5, 2003, Aspen US Holdings acquired Dakota Specialty Insurance Company ("Dakota"). Dakota was renamed Aspen Specialty Insurance Company on September 25, 2003.
The Consolidated Financial Statements of Aspen Holdings are prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("U.S. GAAP"). The financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis including the transactions of all operating subsidiaries. Transactions between Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries are eliminated within the consolidated financial statements.
Use of Estimates . Estimates and assumptions are made by the directors that have an effect on the amount reported within these consolidated financial statements. The most significant estimates relate to the reserves for property and liability losses. These estimates are continually reviewed and adjustments made as necessary, but actual results could turn out significantly different from those expected when the estimates were made.
Accounting for Underwriting Operations
Premiums Earned . Assumed premiums are recognized as revenues proportionately over the coverage period. Premiums earned are recorded in the statement of operations, net of the cost of purchased reinsurance. Premiums not yet recognized as revenue are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as unearned premiums, gross of any ceded unearned premiums. Written and earned premiums, and the related costs, which have not yet been reported to the Company are estimated and accrued. Due to the time lag inherent in reporting of premiums by cedents, such estimated premiums written and earned, as well as related costs, may be significant. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts will be recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined.
Premiums on proportional treaty type contracts are generally not reported to the Company until after the reinsurance coverage is in force and the syndicates are at risk. As a result, an estimate of these "pipeline" premiums is recorded. The Company estimates pipeline premiums based on estimates of ultimate premium, calculated unearned premium and premiums reported from ceding companies. The Company estimates commissions, losses and loss adjustment expenses on these premiums.
Reinstatement premiums and additional premiums are accrued as provided for in the provisions of assumed reinsurance contracts, based on experience under such contracts. Reinstatement premiums are the premiums charged for the restoration of the reinsurance limit of an excess of loss contract to its full amount after payment by the reinsurer of losses as a result of an occurrence. These premiums relate to the future coverage obtained during the remainder of the initial policy term and are earned
F-8
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
over the remaining policy term. Additional premiums are premiums charged after coverage has expired, related to experience during the policy term, which are earned immediately. An allowance for uncollectible premiums is established for possible non-payment of such amounts due, as deemed necessary.
Outward reinsurance premiums are accounted for in the same accounting period as the premiums for the related direct insurance or inwards reinsurance business. Reinsurance contracts that operate on a "losses occurring during" basis are accounted for in full over the period of coverage whilst "risk attaching during" policies are expensed using the same ratio as the underlying premiums on a daily pro rata basis.
Insurance Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses . Losses represent the amount paid or expected to be paid to claimants in respect of events that have occurred on or before the balance sheet date. The costs of investigating, resolving and processing these claims are known as loss adjustment expenses ("LAE"). The statement of operations records these losses net of reinsurance, meaning that gross losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred are reduced by the amounts recovered or expected to be recovered under reinsurance contracts.
Reinsurance . Written premiums earned and incurred claims and LAE all reflect the net effect of assumed and ceded reinsurance transactions. Assumed reinsurance refers to the Company's acceptance of certain insurance risks that other insurance companies have underwritten. Ceded reinsurance means other insurance companies have agreed to share certain risks with this Company.
Reinsurance accounting is followed when risk transfer requirements have been met.
Reinsurance does not isolate the Company from its obligations to policyholders. In the event a reinsurer fails to meet their obligations the Company's obligations remain.
The Company regularly evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors the concentration of credit risk to minimize its exposure to financial loss from reinsurers' insolvency. Where it is considered required, appropriate provision is made for balances deemed irrecoverable from reinsurers.
Insurance Reserves . Insurance reserves are established for the total unpaid cost of claims and LAE, which cover events that have occurred by the balance sheet date. These reserves reflect the Company's estimates of the total cost of claims incurred but not yet reported to it ("IBNR"). Claim reserves are reduced for estimated amounts of salvage and subrogation recoveries. Estimated amounts recoverable from reinsurers on unpaid losses and LAE are reflected as assets.
For reported claims, reserves are established on a case-by-case basis within the parameters of coverage provided in the insurance policy or reinsurance agreement. For IBNR claims, reserves are estimated using established actuarial methods. Both case and IBNR reserve estimates consider such variables as past loss experience, changes in legislative conditions, changes in judicial interpretation of legal liability policy coverages, and inflation.
Because many of the coverages underwritten involve claims that may not be ultimately settled for many years after they are incurred, subjective judgments as to the ultimate exposure to losses are an integral and necessary component of the loss reserving process. Reserves are established by the selection of a best estimate' from within a range of estimates. The Company continually reviews its reserves, using a variety of statistical and actuarial techniques to analyze current claims costs,
F-9
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
frequency and severity data, and prevailing economic, social and legal factors. Reserves established in prior periods are adjusted as claim experience develops and new information becomes available.
Adjustments to previously estimated reserves are reflected in the financial results of the period in which the adjustments are made.
Whilst the reported reserves make a reasonable provision for unpaid claim and LAE obligations, it should be noted that the process of estimating required reserves does, by its very nature, involve uncertainty. The level of uncertainty can be influenced by factors such as the existence of coverage with long duration payment patterns and changes in claims handling practices, as well as the factors noted above. Ultimate actual payments for claims and LAE could turn out to be significantly different from our estimates.
Policy Acquisition Expenses . The costs directly related to writing an insurance policy are referred to as policy acquisition expenses and consist of commissions, premium taxes and other direct underwriting expenses, primarily underwriters' salaries. Although these expenses are incurred when a policy is issued they are deferred and amortized over the same period as the corresponding premiums are recorded as revenues.
On a regular basis a recoverability analysis is performed of the deferred policy acquisition costs in relation to the expected recognition of revenues, including anticipated investment income, and reflect adjustments, if any, as period costs. Should the analysis indicate that the acquisition costs are unrecoverable, further analyses are performed to determine if a reserve is required to provide for losses which may exceed the related unearned premium.
Accounting for Investments
Fixed Maturities . The fixed maturity portfolio is composed primarily of high-quality, U.S. and U.K. government securities. The entire fixed maturity investment portfolio is classified as available for sale. Accordingly, that portfolio is carried on the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair value. Fair values are based on quoted market prices from a third party pricing service.
Short-term Investments . Short-term investments include highly liquid debt instruments and commercial paper and are held as part of the investment portfolio of the Company.
Realized Investment Gains and Losses . The cost of each individual investment is recorded so that when an investment is sold the resulting gain or loss can be identified and recorded in the statement of operations.
The difference between the cost and the estimated fair market value of all investments is monitored. If we determine that any investment has experienced a decline in value that is believed to be other than temporary, we consider the current facts and circumstances, including the financial position and future prospects of the entity that issued the investment security, and make a decision to either record a write-down in the carrying value of the security or sell the security; in either case a realized loss is recorded in the statement of operations.
Unrealized Gains or Losses on Investments . For investments carried at estimated fair value, the difference between amortized cost and fair value, net of deferred taxes, is recorded as part of shareholders' equity. This difference is referred to as unrealized gains or losses on investments. The change in unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, during the year is a component of other comprehensive income.
F-10
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
Investment Income. Investment income is recognized when earned and includes income together with amortization of premium and accretion of discount on fixed maturity investments.
Cash and Cash Equivalents . Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and with banks.
Derivative Financial Instruments
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," all derivatives are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for the gain or loss due to the changes in the fair value of these instruments is dependent on whether the derivative qualifies as a hedge. If the derivative does not qualify as a hedge, the gains or losses are reported in earnings when they occur. If the derivative does qualify as a hedge, the accounting varies based on the type of risk being hedged. The Company has not entered into any derivative contracts qualifying as hedges during the reporting period.
Intangible Assets
Acquired insurance licenses are held in the consolidated balance sheet at cost. This intangible asset is not currently being amortized as the directors believe that these will have an indefinite life. The directors test for impairment annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.
Office Properties and Equipment
Office equipment is carried at depreciated cost . These assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets of four years.
Foreign Currency Translation
The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar. The functional currencies of the Company's operations are U.S. Dollars for the reinsurance operations segment and British Pounds for the U.K. insurance operations segment. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of an operations segment are measured in the functional currency of that operations segment at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies are remeasured at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. Any resulting foreign exchange gains or losses are reflected in the statement of operations.
Assets and liabilities of the Company's British Pound functional currency operations segment are then translated into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. Income and expenses of this operations segment are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The unrealized gain or loss from this translation, net of tax, is recorded as part of shareholders' equity. The change in unrealized foreign currency translation gain or loss during the year, net of tax, is a component of other comprehensive income.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is determined by dividing income/loss available to shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the effect on earnings and average number of shares outstanding associated with dilutive securities.
Income Tax
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the
F-11
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
Stock Based Employee Compensation
In 2003 the Company launched an employee stock compensation plan. The Company has adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" for all awards granted to its employees. The cost of the options, based on their fair value at date of grant, is recognized over the period that the options vest.
Related Party Transactions
The following summarizes the related party transactions of the Company.
Wellington Underwriting plc
Wellington Underwriting plc ("Wellington") holds 16.2% of the ordinary shares of Aspen Holdings and is represented on the board of directors of Aspen Holdings. In addition, Wellington holds 3,781,120 options to subscribe for ordinary shares of Aspen Holdings, as noted below and in note 12.
The principal operating subsidiary of the Company, Aspen Re, has a number of arrangements with Wellington. These arrangements can be summarized as follows:
Quota Share Arrangements . For 2002, Wellington's managed Syndicate 2020 ("Syndicate 2020") has placed a qualifying quota share contract with a Berkshire Hathaway group company, National Indemnity Corporation of Omaha ("NICO"), and established a consortium Syndicate 3030 with another Berkshire Hathaway subsidiary. Aspen Re has accessed certain of its business through these arrangements.
On July 9, 2002, Aspen Re wrote two quota share contracts. Under the first, Aspen Re assumed a 34% share of NICO's qualifying quota share reinsurance of Syndicate 2020, subject to an overall premium limit of £63.8 million. Under the second, Aspen Re assumed a 70% reinsurance quota share of Syndicate 3030. Of the gross written premiums of $374.8 million for the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002, $98.2 million related to the Syndicate 2020 qualifying quota share and $118.0 million to the quota share of Syndicate 3030.
These arrangements were undertaken on a funds withheld basis whereby the premiums due to Aspen Re will be paid net of claims and expenses, along with interest due on the funds withheld, calculated at rates specified in the quota share agreements. For 2003, the Company has entered into a 7.5% quota share agreement directly with Syndicate 2020.The written premiums for 2003 under this contract were $78.4 milllion. The Company had an option, but no contractual obligation, to assume up to a 20% quota share of Syndicate 2020's business for subsequent years, while Syndicate 2020 had an option, but no contractual obligation, to assume up to a 20% quota share of Aspen Re's business for subsequent years.These options were not exercised in 2004. At December 31, 2003 the net amounts receivable from NICO, Syndicate 2020 and Syndicate 3030 under these contracts were $10.1 million, $4.8 million and $4.0 million respectively.
At December 31, 2002 the net amounts receivable from NICO and Syndicate 3030 under these contracts were $7.4 million and $0.4 million respectively.
F-12
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
Option to Purchase Retrocession Agreement . The quota share arrangements for 2002 described above were entered into pursuant to an option agreement entered into on May 28, 2002, whereby Wellington and Aspen Holdings agreed to pay NICO $2.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, to procure (i) the retrocession to a subsidiary of Aspen Holdings of the NICO qualifying quota share of Syndicate 2020 and (ii) the reinsurance of Syndicate 3030. On June 21, 2002, Aspen Holdings repaid Wellington $2.5 million for the amount that Wellington paid to NICO for the option, together with a fee of $275,000 for the risk borne by Wellington during the period from May 28, 2002 to June 21, 2002. Subsequently Aspen Holdings recharged the cost of the option to Aspen Re. The cost of these option agreements has been treated as a policy acquisition cost and is charged to the income statement in proportion to the premiums recognized under the contracts. At December 31, 2003 the cost has been fully charged to income.
Provision of Services . In 2002 the Company entered into a contract for the provision of services by a subsidiary company of Wellington to the Company.
These services include accounting, actuarial, operations, risk management and technical support. This agreement was perpetual but could be terminated by either party upon the occurrence of certain circumstances, such as the inability to pay debts or upon an Initial Public Offering, and, after an initial period of 3 years, may be terminated by either party upon 18 months' prior notice. The Company can also terminate specific services if it undertakes those services itself and does not contract those services to a third party. During 2003 the company took over responsibility for accounting, actuarial, operations and risk management services. The provision of services under the service agreement has therefore reduced to purely IT technical support for 2004. The provision of these services is covered by a detailed service level agreement and is priced on an actual cost basis. The cost of these services in 2003 was $6.6 million, and the amount due to Wellington at December 31, 2003 was $6.9 million.
Wellington Options . As disclosed in note 12, the Company granted options to subscribe to its shares to Wellington and to a trust established for the benefit of the unaligned members of Syndicate 2020 in consideration for the transfer of an underwriting team from Wellington, the right to seek to renew certain business written by Syndicate 2020, an agreement in which Wellington agrees not to compete with Aspen Re through March 31, 2004, the use of the Wellington name and logo and the provision of certain outsourced services to the Company. These options have been recorded at a value of nil, equal to the transferor's historical cost basis of the assets transferred to the Company.
Shares Issued to Employees . Shares in Aspen Holdings have been issued to the employees of Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries in the period. These amounts and the consideration received by the Company are disclosed in note 9.
Montpelier Re Holdings Limited
A subsidiary operation of Aspen Holdings entered into four proportional reinsurance contracts with effect from January 1, 2003 with a subsidiary of Montpelier Re Holdings Limited ("Montpelier Re"). Reinsurance premiums ceded under the contracts in the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 were $66.0 million. The amount payable by the Company in respect of these transactions as at December 31, 2003 was $49.3 million.
Montpelier Re owns approximately 6% of the issued share capital of Aspen Holdings.
F-13
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
2. Acquisition of Dakota Specialty Insurance Company
On September 5, 2003, Aspen U.S. Holdings acquired Dakota Specialty Insurance Company for cash consideration of $20.9 million. The name of Dakota Specialty was subsequently changed to Aspen Specialty Insurance Company. The directors of Aspen Holdings have assessed the fair value of the net tangible and financial assets acquired at $16.3 million. An amount of $4.6 million is the estimated fair value of that company's insurance licenses that are treated as an intangible asset.
3. Earnings Per Ordinary Share
Twelve
Months Ended
December 31, 2003 |
Period from
Incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Earnings | ||||||||||
Basic | ||||||||||
Net
income as reported and available to ordinary
shareholders |
$ | 152.1 | $ | 28.6 | ||||||
Diluted | ||||||||||
Net
income as reported and available to ordinary
shareholders |
152.1 | 28.6 | ||||||||
Ordinary shares | ||||||||||
Basic | ||||||||||
Weighted average ordinary shares | 57,751,852 | 32,424,100 | ||||||||
Diluted | ||||||||||
Weighted average ordinary shares | 57,751,852 | 32,424,100 | ||||||||
Weighted average effect of dilutive securities | 1,739,908 | — | ||||||||
Total | 59,491,760 | 32,424,100 | ||||||||
Earnings per ordinary share | ||||||||||
Basic | $ | 2.63 | $ | 0.89 | ||||||
Diluted | $ | 2.56 | $ | 0.89 | ||||||
F-14
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
4. Investments
The following presents the cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of investments in fixed maturities and other investments:
F-15
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
The following table presents the breakdown of investment maturities by year to stated maturity. Actual maturities may differ from those stated as a result of calls and prepayments:
5. Investment Transactions
The following table sets out an analysis of investment purchases sales and maturities:
Twelve
Months Ended
December 31, 2003 |
Period from
Incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Purchases of Fixed Maturity Investments | $ | 1,903.3 | $ | 129.1 | ||||||
Proceeds from sales and maturities of fixed maturity investments | (943.5 | ) | (63.5 | ) | ||||||
Net purchases/(sales) of short-term investments | (263.4 | ) | 834.1 | |||||||
Net purchases | $ | 696.4 | $ | 899.7 | ||||||
The following is a summary of investment income:
Twelve
Months Ended
December 31, 2003 |
Period from
Incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Fixed Maturities | $ | 16.7 | $ | 1.5 | ||||||
Short-term investments | 12.9 | 7.0 | ||||||||
Net investment income | $ | 29.6 | $ | 8.5 | ||||||
F-16
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
The following table summarizes the pretax realized investment gains and losses, and the change in unrealized gains of investments recorded in shareholders' equity and in comprehensive income.
Twelve
Months Ended
December 31, 2003 |
Period from
Incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Pretax realized investment gains and losses | ||||||||||
Short-term investments and fixed maturities | ||||||||||
Gross realized gains | $ | 0.6 | $ | 0.1 | ||||||
Gross realized losses | (3.0 | ) | (0.2 | ) | ||||||
Total pretax realized investment gains and losses | (2.4 | ) | (0.1 | ) | ||||||
Change in unrealized gains | ||||||||||
Fixed maturities | (0.5 | ) | (0.2 | ) | ||||||
Short-term investments | (0.9 | ) | 1.0 | |||||||
Total change in pretax unrealized gains | (1.4 | ) | 0.8 | |||||||
Change in taxes | (0.2 | ) | (0.2 | ) | ||||||
Total change in unrealized gains, net of tax | $ | (1.2 | ) | $ | 0.6 | |||||
6. Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative financial instruments include futures, forward, swap and option contracts and other financial instruments with similar characteristics. The Company has very limited involvement with these instruments, primarily for the purpose of protecting against fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company has not had any instruments that qualify as hedges under SFAS 133 during the reporting period. There were no derivatives outstanding at the end of the period.
Non-Hedge Derivatives – During the period ended December 31, 2002, the Company sold forward, under a contract which matured before December 31, 2002, £230 million at a fixed exchange rate. A gain of $12.7 million was realized under the contract.
F-17
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
7. Reserves for Losses and Adjustment Expenses
The following table represents a reconciliation of beginning and ending consolidated loss and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE") reserves:
Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
As
at
December 31, 2003 |
As at
December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Provision for losses and LAE at start of year/date of incorporation | $ | 93.9 | $ | — | ||||||
Less reinsurance recoverable | (12.5 | ) | — | |||||||
Net loss and LAE at start of year | 81.4 | — | ||||||||
Loss and LAE reserves of subsidiary at date of acquisition | 22.4 | 6.1 | ||||||||
Less reinsurance recoverable | (15.9 | ) | (1.6 | ) | ||||||
Net loss and LAE reserves of subsidiary at date of acquisition | 6.5 | 4.5 | ||||||||
Provision for losses and LAE for claims incurred | ||||||||||
Current year | 438.0 | 76.2 | ||||||||
Prior years | (9.6 | ) | 0.7 | |||||||
Total incurred | 428.4 | 76.9 | ||||||||
Losses and LAE payments for claims incurred | ||||||||||
Current year | (44.9 | ) | (0.7 | ) | ||||||
Prior years | (9.0 | ) | (3.0 | ) | ||||||
Total paid | (53.9 | ) | (3.7 | ) | ||||||
Foreign exchange | 19.8 | 3.7 | ||||||||
Net losses and LAE reserves at year end | 482.2 | 81.4 | ||||||||
Plus reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses at end of year | 43.6 | 12.5 | ||||||||
Loss and LAE reserves at December 31, 2003 | $ | 525.8 | $ | 93.9 | ||||||
8. Income Taxes
Aspen Holdings and Aspen Bermuda are incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. Under current Bermudan law, they are not taxed on any Bermuda income or capital gains taxes and they have received an undertaking from the Bermuda Minister of Finance that, in the event of any Bermuda income or capital gains being imposed, they will be exempt from those taxes until 2016. The Company's U.S. operating companies are subject to United States corporate tax at a rate of the 34 percent. Under current United Kingdom law, Aspen Re is taxed at the U.K. corporate tax rate of 30 percent.
F-18
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
Total income tax for the twelve months to December 31, 2003 and for the period from incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 is allocated as follows:
Twelve
Months Ended
December 31, 2003 |
Period from
Incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||
Income from operations | $ | 54.5 | $ | 6.5 | ||||||
Other comprehensive income | 3.3 | 0.2 | ||||||||
Total income tax | $ | 57.8 | $ | 6.7 | ||||||
Income from operations before tax and income tax expense attributable to that income consists of:
F-19
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
The weighted average expected tax provision has been calculated using the pre-tax accounting income/loss in each jurisdiction multiplied by that jurisdiction's applicable statutory tax rate. The reconciliation between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax at the weighted average rate provision is provided below:
Twelve
Months Ended
December 31, 2003 |
Period from
Incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Income Tax Reconcilation | ||||||||||
Expected tax provision at weighted average rate | $ | 56.5 | $ | 10.2 | ||||||
Effect of exchange gains exempt from U.K. taxation | — | (3.6 | ) | |||||||
Prior year adjustment | (0.3 | ) | — | |||||||
Other | (1.7 | ) | (0.1 | ) | ||||||
Total income tax expense | $ | 54.5 | $ | 6.5 | ||||||
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented in the following table:
As
at
December 31, 2003 |
As at
December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities | $ | $ | ||||||||
Insurance reserves | 16.4 | 4.0 | ||||||||
Intangible assets | 0.6 | 0.6 | ||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities | $ | 17.0 | $ | 4.6 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets | ||||||||||
Operating loss carryforward | 0.7 | — | ||||||||
Deferred tax assets | $ | 0.7 | — | |||||||
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. In order to fully realize the deferred tax asset, the Company will need to generate future taxable income of approximately $2.0 million prior to the expiration of the $0.7 million of net operating loss carryforwards. Based upon projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2003. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.
F-20
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
9. Capital Structure
Aspen Holdings was formed on May 23, 2002 with the issue of 120,000 nil paid shares with a par value of $0.1 to members of management of the Company. On June 18, 2002 the denomination of the share capital was changed to British Pounds and the par value of the shares changed to £0.001. On August 20, 2003, the denomination of the share capital was changed from British Pounds to U.S. Dollars and the par value of the shares changed to 0.15144558¢. Following the funding of Aspen Holdings by the accredited investors on June 21, 2002 the nil paid shares were purchased by Aspen Holdings and made available for reissue, extinguishing the liability of the original shareholders for the amounts unpaid on those shares.
Number | U.S. $000 | |||||||||
Authorized Share Capital | ||||||||||
Ordinary Shares 0.15144558¢ per share | 969,629,030 | 1,469 | ||||||||
Non-Voting Shares 0.15144558¢ per share | 6,787,880 | 10 | ||||||||
Preference Shares 0.15144558¢ per share | 100,000,000 | 152 | ||||||||
Issued Ordinary Shares of 0.15144558¢ per share | 69,179,303 | 105 | ||||||||
Share Premium account | — | 1,083,153 | ||||||||
Issued Ordinary Shares | 69,179,303 | 1,083,258 | ||||||||
Share Based Compensation | 7,500 | |||||||||
1,090,758 | ||||||||||
During 2003, the Company issued 12,302,943 ordinary shares. On February 11, 2003, 43,420 ordinary shares were issued to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries for a total consideration of $707,746.
On August 13, 2003, the Company issued 4,340 ordinary shares to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries for a total consideration of $67,461.
On December 9 and 17, 2003, the Company issued 126,706 and 25,877 ordinary shares respectively to Harrington Trust Limited in connection with the exercise of share options. The total consideration for these shares was $1,622,591.
On December 12, 2003, the Company completed an initial public offering of 12,102,600 ordinary shares for an aggregate consideration of $244.0 million, net of $28.3 million issuing expenses. The net proceeds of the offering were used to provide initial or additional capital to our subsidiaries and to repay a portion of our revolving credit facility.
10. Statutory Requirements and Dividends Restrictions
As a holding company, Aspen Holdings relies on dividends from its insurance subsidiaries to provide cash flow to meet ongoing cash requirements, including any future debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay dividends, if any, to our shareholders. The Company's insurance subsidiaries are subject to insurance laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate, including Bermuda, the United Kingdom and the United States, and are subject to significant regulatory restrictions limiting their ability to declare and pay dividends.
F-21
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
Aspen Bermuda's ability to pay dividends and make capital distributions is subject to certain regulatory restrictions based principally on the amount of Aspen Bermuda's premiums written and net reserves for losses and loss expenses.
Under the jurisdiction of the Financial Services Authority ("FSA"), Aspen Re must maintain a margin of solvency at all times, which is determined based on the type and amount of insurance business written. The U.K. regulatory requirements impose no explicit restrictions on Aspen Re's ability to pay a dividend, but Aspen Re would have to notify the FSA 28 days prior to any proposed dividend payment.
Aspen Specialty is subject to regulation by the State of North Dakota Insurance Department regarding payment of dividends and capital distributions.
Statutory capital and surplus as reported to the relevant regulatory authorities for the principal operating subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2003 is as follows:
U.S. | Bermuda | U.K. | ||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||
Required statutory capital and surplus | $ | 1.4 | $ | 100.0 | $ | 192.3 | ||||||||
Actual statutory capital and surplus | $ | 101.4 | $ | 357.5 | $ | 754.0 | ||||||||
As of December 31, 2003, there are no statutory restrictions on the payment of dividends from retained earnings by the Company as the minimum statutory capital and surplus requirements are satisfied by the share capital and additional paid-in capital of the Company in all jurisdictions.
11. Retirement Plans
The Company operates a defined contribution retirement plan for the majority of its employees at varying rates of their salaries, up to a maximum of 20%. Total contributions by the Company to the retirement plan were $1.4 million in the 12 months ended December 31, 2003 and $0.3 million in the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002.
12. Share Options
The Company has issued options under two schemes: investor options and employee options. The investor options were issued on June 21, 2002 in consideration for the transfer of an underwriting team from Wellington, the right to seek to renew certain business written by Syndicate 2020, an agreement in which Wellington agrees not to compete with Aspen Re through March 31, 2004, the use of the Wellington name and logo and the provision of certain outsourced services to the Company, and confer the option to subscribe for up to 6,787,880 ordinary shares of Aspen Holdings to Wellington and the members of Syndicate 2020 who are not corporate members of Wellington. The subscription price payable under the options is initially £10 and increases by 5% per annum, less any dividends paid. Option holders are not entitled to participate in any dividends prior to exercise and would not rank as a creditor in the event of liquidation. The options were exercisable on the initial public offering of the ordinary shares in the United States or the first listing of the ordinary shares on a stock exchange (a "Listing") or a sale of all or substantially all of the business, assets or undertakings of Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries or a sale of 50% or more of the ordinary shares of Aspen Holdings (a "Sale") or, if no Listing or Sale had occurred prior to June 21, 2007, at any time within the five business days following June 21, 2007. If not exercised, the options will expire after a period of ten years.
F-22
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
In connection with our initial public offering, the Names' Trustee exercised 440,144 Names' Options on both a cash and cashless basis, pursuant to which 152,583 ordinary shares were issued. The Names' Trustee currently holds 2,566,616 Names' Options.
The following table summarizes information about investor options outstanding at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002 to purchase ordinary shares:
(1) | To be increased by 5% per annum from June 21, 2002 to date of exercise, less the amount of any prior dividend or distribution per share. |
On August 20, 2003 the Company granted 3,884,030 options to employees under the Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited 2003 Share Incentive Plan. The initial grant options have a term of ten years and an exercise price of $16.20 per share. Sixty-five percent of the initial grant options are subject to time-based vesting with 20% vesting upon grant and 20% vesting on each December 31 of the calendar years 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006. The remaining 35% of the initial grant options are subject to performance-based vesting. In addition to the initial grant of 3,884,030 options, 1,840,540 options are reserved for additional grants following the completion of the Company's initial public offering.
The following table summarizes information about employee options outstanding to purchase ordinary shares at December 31, 2003:
Options |
Weighted
Average
Fair Value at Grant Date |
|||||||||||||||||
Option Holder | Outstanding | Exercisable | Exercise Price | |||||||||||||||
Employees | 3,884,030 | 1,417,670 | $ | 16.20 | $ | 5.31 | ||||||||||||
The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," which establishes a fair value-based method of accounting for share-based compensation plans.
Compensation cost charged against income was $7.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. The per share weighted average fair value at grant date of the share options granted under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan is $5.31. This amount was estimated on the date of the grant using a modified Black-Scholes option pricing model under the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 4.70%; dividend yield of 0.6%; expected life of 7 years; share price volatility of zero (as the minimum value method was utilized because the Company was unlisted on the date that the options were issued); and foreign currency volatility of 9.40% (as the exercise price was in British Pounds and the share price of the Company is in U.S. Dollars).
F-23
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
13. Intangible Assets
Intangible Assets |
As at December 31,
2003 |
As at December 31,
2002 |
||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Insurance Licenses | ||||||||||
Beginning of period | $ | 2.0 | $ | — | ||||||
Cost in period | 4.6 | 2.0 | ||||||||
End of period | 6.6 | 2.0 | ||||||||
Impairments | ||||||||||
Beginning of period | — | — | ||||||||
Charge in period | — | — | ||||||||
End of period | — | — | ||||||||
Net book value | ||||||||||
Beginning of period | 2.0 | — | ||||||||
Movement in period | 4.6 | 2.0 | ||||||||
End of period | $ | 6.6 | $ | 2.0 | ||||||
14. Commitments and Contingencies
In the normal course of business, letters of credit are issued as collateral on behalf of the business, as required within our reinsurance operations. As of December 31, 2003 and as of December 31, 2002, letters of credit with an aggregate amount of $24.6 million and £47.4 million were outstanding respectively. As of December 31, 2003 the Company had funds on deposit of $30.0 million as collateral for the letters of credit.
For its U.S. reinsurance activities, Aspen Re has established and must retain a multi-beneficiary U.S. trust fund for the benefit of its U.S. cedents so that they are able to take financial statement credit without the need to post cedent-specific security. The minimum trust fund amount is $20 million plus an amount equal to 100% of Aspen Re's U.S. reinsurance liabilities, which was $25.6 million at December 31, 2003. Aspen Re has established a U.S. surplus lines trust fund with a U.S. bank to secure U.S. surplus lines policies. The initial minimum trust fund amount is $5.4 million. The balance held in the trust at December 31, 2003 was $5.4 million. Aspen Re has established a Canadian trust fund with a Canadian bank to secure a Canadian insurance license. The initial minimum trust fund amount and balance at December 31, 2003 was Can$25.0 million. Aspen Specialty has a total of $4.7 million on deposit with seven U.S. States in order to satisfy state regulations for writing business there.
Amounts outstanding under operating leases as of December 31, 2003 were:
Due in | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 1 year | 1-2 years | 3-4 years | 4 years | 5 years | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating Lease Obligation | 6.0 | 1.0 | 0.7 | 0.6 | 0.6 | |||||||||||||||||
F-24
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
15. Reinsurance Ceded
The primary purpose of the ceded reinsurance program is to protect the Company from potential losses in excess of what the Company is prepared to accept. It is expected that the companies to which reinsurance has been ceded will honor their obligations. In the event that these companies are unable to honor their obligations to the Company, the Company will pay these amounts. Appropriate provision is made for possible non-payment of amounts due to the Company.
Balances pertaining to reinsurance transactions are reported "gross" on the consolidated balance sheet, meaning that reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and ceded unearned premiums are not deducted from insurance reserves but are recorded as assets.
The largest concentration of reinsurance recoverables and ceded unearned premiums as at December 31, 2003, excluding related party quota share arrangements, was with Munchener Ruckversicherungs-Gesellschaft, Germany, which is rated A+ (Superior) by A.M. Best, the second highest of fifteen rating levels, and A+ by Standard & Poor's, the fifth highest of twenty-one rating levels for its financial strength. Balances with Munchener Ruckversicherungs-Gesellschaft represented 3.6% of reinsurance recoverables and 8.0% of ceded unearned premiums. As at December 31, 2002 the largest concentration of reinsurance recoverables excluding related party quota share arrangements, was with XL Re Limited (Bermuda), which is rated A+ by A.M. Best and AA by Standard & Poor's for its financial strength. The largest concentration of ceded unearned premiums as at December 31, 2002, excluding related party quota share arrangements, was with Everest Re (Bermuda) Limited, which is rated A+ (Superior) by A.M. Best, the second highest of fifteen rating levels, and AA– (Very Strong) by Standard & Poor's, the third highest of twenty-one rating levels for its financial strength. Balances with XL Re represented 29.3% of reinsurance recoverables and balances with Everest Re represented 23.6% of ceded unearned premiums.
F-25
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
The effect of assumed and ceded reinsurance on premiums written, premiums earned and insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses is as follows:
Twelve
Months
Ended December 31, 2003 |
Period from
Incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Premiums written: | ||||||||||
Direct | $ | 304.9 | $ | 86.6 | ||||||
Assumed | 1,001.9 | 288.2 | ||||||||
Ceded | (214.0 | ) | (62.2 | ) | ||||||
Net premiums written | 1,092.8 | 312.6 | ||||||||
Premiums earned: | ||||||||||
Direct | $ | 240.6 | $ | 28.0 | ||||||
Assumed | 747.2 | 135.8 | ||||||||
Ceded | (175.5 | ) | (43.5 | ) | ||||||
Net premiums earned | 812.3 | 120.3 | ||||||||
Insurance Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses: | ||||||||||
Direct | $ | 126.1 | $ | 17.2 | ||||||
Assumed | 317.7 | 69.8 | ||||||||
Ceded | (15.4 | ) | (10.1 | ) | ||||||
Net insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses | $ | 428.4 | $ | 76.9 | ||||||
16. Segment Information
The Company has two reportable segments, reinsurance operations and insurance operations. The directors have determined these segments by reference to the organization structure of the business and the different services provided by the segments.
The accounting policies of both segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Results are analyzed separately for each of our property-liability segments. Property-liability underwriting assets are reviewed in total by the directors for the purpose of decision-making.
Geographical Areas — The following summary presents financial data of the Company's operations based on their location.
F-26
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
Segment — Information - The summary below presents revenues and pre-tax income from operations for the reportable segments.
Twelve
Months Ended
December 31, 2003 |
Period from
Incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Revenues: | ||||||||||
Underwriting | ||||||||||
Total primary insurance operations | $ | 215.7 | $ | 23.4 | ||||||
Total reinsurance operations | 596.6 | 96.9 | ||||||||
Total underwriting | 812.3 | 120.3 | ||||||||
Investment operations | ||||||||||
Net investment income | 29.6 | 8.5 | ||||||||
Realised investment gains/(losses) | (2.4 | ) | (0.1 | ) | ||||||
Total investment operations | 27.2 | 8.4 | ||||||||
Exchange gains and other | 1.5 | 13.1 | ||||||||
Total Revenues | 841.0 | 141.8 | ||||||||
Expenses: | ||||||||||
Underwriting — Claims and expenses | ||||||||||
Total primary insurance operations | $ | (165.4 | ) | $ | (21.4 | ) | ||||
Total reinsurance operations | (468.3 | ) | (85.2 | ) | ||||||
Total underwriting — claims and expenses | (633.7 | ) | (106.6 | ) | ||||||
Investment Operations | ||||||||||
Investment and investment management expenses | (0.3 | ) | (0.1 | ) | ||||||
Interest expense | (0.4 | ) | — | |||||||
Total Expenses | $ | (634.4 | ) | $ | (106.7 | ) | ||||
Income from operations before income taxes: | ||||||||||
Underwriting | ||||||||||
Total primary insurance operations | $ | 50.3 | $ | 2.0 | ||||||
Total reinsurance operations | 128.0 | 11.6 | ||||||||
Total underwriting | 178.3 | 13.6 | ||||||||
Interest expense | (0.4 | ) | — | |||||||
Investment operations | ||||||||||
Net investment income | 29.6 | 8.5 | ||||||||
Realized investment gains/(losses) | (2.4 | ) | (0.1 | ) | ||||||
Total investment operations | 27.2 | 8.4 | ||||||||
Other income | 1.5 | 13.1 | ||||||||
Total Income before income taxes | $ | 206.6 | $ | 35.1 | ||||||
F-27
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
17. Other Comprehensive Income
Other comprehensive income is defined as any change in the Company's equity from transactions and other events originating from non-owner sources. These changes are comprised of our reported net income, changes in unrealized gains and losses on investments and changes in currency adjustments, net of taxes. The following table sets out the components of the Company's other comprehensive income, other than net income.
18. Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Non-Cash Investing And Financing Activities
On September 5, 2003 the Company purchased all of the capital stock of Dakota Specialty Insurance Company for $20.9 million. In conjunction with the acquisition, liabilities were assumed as follows:
Fair value of assets acquired, including cash of $14.3 million | $ | 43.1 | ||||
Cash paid for the capital stock | (20.9 | ) | ||||
Liabilities assumed | $ | 22.2 | ||||
On June 21, 2002 the Company purchased all of the capital stock of City Fire Insurance Company Ltd for $24.2 million. In conjunction with the acquisition, liabilities were assumed as follows:
Fair value of assets acquired, including cash of $6.5 million | $ | 33.0 | ||||
Cash paid for the capital stock | (24.2 | ) | ||||
Liabilities assumed | $ | 8.8 | ||||
F-28
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
19. Loan Facility
The Company has entered into a credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks under which it may, subject to the terms of the credit agreements, borrow up to $150 million for periods of up to three years and a further $50 million for periods of up to one year. Credit Suisse First Boston, an affiliate of Credit Suisse First Boston Private Equity, which is a shareholder of the Company, is a member of the syndicate on terms and conditions similar to other syndicate members.
On October 15, 2003, we drew down $90 million on the three-year credit facility. Of these borrowings, $83.9 million was used to provide part of the initial capital to Aspen U.S. and the balance was used to provide working capital to Aspen Holdings. The initial interest rate is three-month LIBOR plus 42.5 basis points. A facility fee, currently calculated at a rate of 17.5 basis points on the average daily amount of the commitment of each lender, is paid to each lender quarterly in arrears. On December 15, 2003, $50 million of the outstanding loan was repaid following receipt of funds from the initial public offering. The $40 million balance is due and payable by August 29, 2006. The collateral for the loan is "the capital stock of material subsidiaries now owned or hereafter acquired". The terms of the loan restrict the payment of cash dividends during any fiscal year to 50% of consolidated net income.
F-29
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
20. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data
The following is a summary of the quarterly financial data for twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and for the period from incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002.
F-30
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
— (continued)
For the Twelve Months Ended December
31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 To
December 31, 2002
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
F-31
ASPEN
INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE
SHEETS
($ in millions, except per share
amounts)
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-32
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS
LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS
($ in millions, except shares and per share
amounts)
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-33
UNAUDITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
SHAREHOLDERS'
EQUITY
($ in millions)
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-34
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS
OF COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME
($ in millions)
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-35
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in millions)
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Six Months Ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||
2004 | 2003 | 2004 | 2003 | |||||||||||||||
Operating Activities: | ||||||||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 80.9 | $ | 49.9 | $ | 165.9 | $ | 65.1 | ||||||||||
Adjustments: | ||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and Amortisation of premium or discount on investments | 1.5 | 1.5 | 3.0 | 3.0 | ||||||||||||||
Share-based compensation expense | 0.9 | 0 | 1.9 | 0 | ||||||||||||||
Changes in insurance reserves: | ||||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses | 96.5 | 84.1 | 228.9 | 158.8 | ||||||||||||||
Unearned premiums | 6.3 | 8.4 | 288.5 | 396.9 | ||||||||||||||
Changes in reinsurance balances: | ||||||||||||||||||
Reinsurance recoverables | (8.9 | ) | (1.8 | ) | (17.2 | ) | (8.1 | ) | ||||||||||
Ceded unearned premiums | 30.3 | 45.4 | (48.3 | ) | (82.8 | ) | ||||||||||||
Changes in accrued investment income and other receivables | 16.0 | (45.5 | ) | 19.3 | (45.5 | ) | ||||||||||||
Changes in deferred policy acquisition costs | (4.1 | ) | (1.3 | ) | (51.8 | ) | (47.6 | ) | ||||||||||
Changes in reinsurance premiums payable | (13.4 | ) | (34.4 | ) | 39.4 | 49.3 | ||||||||||||
Changes in premiums receivable | (33.0 | ) | (46.3 | ) | (255.7 | ) | (386.9 | ) | ||||||||||
Changes in accrued expenses and other payable | 55.7 | 35.7 | 63.4 | 56.3 | ||||||||||||||
Net Cash from Operating Activities | 228.7 | 95.7 | 437.3 | 158.5 | ||||||||||||||
Investing Activities: | ||||||||||||||||||
Purchases of fixed maturities | (2,161.1 | ) | (349.7 | ) | (2,743.3 | ) | (659.7 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds from sales and maturities of fixed maturities | 1,840.2 | 456.0 | 2,262.4 | 230.1 | ||||||||||||||
Net (purchases)/sales of short-term investments | 126.2 | (267.9 | ) | 32.7 | 366.0 | |||||||||||||
Purchase of equipment | (0.3 | ) | 0 | (0.8 | ) | 0.0 | ||||||||||||
Net cash used in/generated by investing activities | (195.0 | ) | (161.6 | ) | (449.0 | ) | (63.6 | ) | ||||||||||
Financing Activities: | ||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from the issuance of Ordinary Shares, net of issuance costs | 0 | 1.0 | 0 | 0.7 | ||||||||||||||
Dividends paid | 0 | 0 | (2.1 | ) | 0.0 | |||||||||||||
Net cash from financing activities | 0 | 1.0 | (2.1 | ) | 0.7 | |||||||||||||
Effect of exchange rate movements on cash and cash equivalents | (1.8 | ) | 2.9 | 0.7 | 0.1 | |||||||||||||
(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents | 31.9 | (62.0 | ) | (13.1 | ) | 95.7 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period | 185.8 | 167.3 | 230.8 | 9.6 | ||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period | $ | 217.7 | $ | 105.3 | $ | 217.7 | $ | 105.3 | ||||||||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Cash paid during the period for income tax | $ | 11.8 | $ | 21.6 | ||||||||||||||
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-36
NOTES
TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
($ in millions, except share and per share
amounts)
1. | General |
Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited ("Aspen", "Aspen Holdings" or the "Company"), is a Bermuda holding company. Aspen provides, through its principal operating subsidiaries, property and liability reinsurance in the global markets and property and liability insurance principally in the United Kingdom and the United States. The principal operating subsidiaries are Aspen Insurance UK Limited ("Aspen Re"), located in London, Aspen Insurance Limited ("Aspen Bermuda") located in Bermuda and Aspen Specialty Insurance Company Inc ("Aspen Specialty") located in Boston.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP") for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2004. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Aspen and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, which are collectively referred to herein as the "Company". All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated on consolidation. Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Among other matters, significant estimates and assumptions are used to record premiums and to record reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses. Estimates and assumptions are periodically reviewed and the effects of revisions are recorded in the consolidated financial statements in the period that they are determined to be necessary.
The balance sheet at December 31, 2003 has been derived from the audited financial statements at that date but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2003 contained herein and in Aspen's Annual Report filed on Form 10-K with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (File No. 001 - 31909).
F-37
2. | Reserves for Losses and Adjustment Expenses |
The following table represents a reconciliation of beginning and ending consolidated loss and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE") reserves:
As
at June 30,
2004 |
As at
December 31, 2003 |
|||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||
Provision for losses and LAE at start of year | $ | 525.8 | $ | 93.9 | ||||||
Less reinsurance recoverable | (43.6 | ) | (12.5 | ) | ||||||
Net loss and LAE at start of year | $ | 482.2 | $ | 81.4 | ||||||
Loss and LAE reserves of subsidiary at date of acquisition | — | 22.4 | ||||||||
Less reinsurance recoverable | — | (15.9 | ) | |||||||
Net loss and LAE reserves of subsidiary at date of acquisition | — | $ | 6.5 | |||||||
Provision for losses and LAE for claims incurred | ||||||||||
Current year | 286.6. | 438.0 | ||||||||
Prior years | (23.1 | ) | (9.6 | ) | ||||||
Total incurred | $ | 263.5 | $ | 428.4 | ||||||
Losses and LAE payments for claims incurred | (51.8 | ) | (53.9 | ) | ||||||
Foreign exchange | (1.1 | ) | 19.8 | |||||||
Net losses and LAE reserves at period end | 692.8 | 482.2 | ||||||||
Plus reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses at end of period | 63.1 | 43.6 | ||||||||
Loss and LAE reserves at June 30, 2004 & December 31, 2003 | $ | 755.9 | $ | 525.8 | ||||||
For the six months ended June 30, 2004, there was a reduction of our estimate of the ultimate claims to be paid in respect of the 2002 accident year of $9.0 million and $14.1 million in respect of the 2003 accident year. An analysis of this reduction by line of business is provided in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
3. | Debt and financing arrangements |
During 2003 the Company entered into a credit facility with a syndicate of commercial banks under which it may, subject to the terms of the credit agreements, borrow up to $150 million for periods of up to three years and a further $50 million for periods of up to one year. Credit Suisse First Boston, an affiliate of Credit Suisse First Boston Private Equity, which is a shareholder of the Company, is a member of the syndicate on terms and conditions similar to other syndicate members.
On October 15, 2003, the Company drew down $90 million on the facility at an initial interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 42.5 basis points. A facility fee, currently calculated at a rate of 17.5 basis points on the average daily amount of the commitment of each lender, is paid to each lender quarterly in arrears. The interest rate at June 30, 2004 was 1.565%. On December 15, 2003, $50 million of the outstanding loan was repaid following receipt of funds from the initial public offering. The $40 million balance outstanding as at June 30, 2004 is due and payable by August 29, 2006. The terms of the loan restrict the payment of cash dividends during any fiscal year to 50% of consolidated net income.
4. | Earnings per ordinary share |
Basic earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing net income available to holders of Aspen's ordinary shares by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per ordinary share are based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares outstanding during the period of calculation using the treasury stock method.
F-38
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 respectively:
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Six Months Ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||
2004 | 2003 | 2004 | 2003 | |||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share | ||||||||||||||||||
Net income | $1.17 | $0.88 | $2.40 | $1.14 | ||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share | ||||||||||||||||||
Net income | 1.13 | 0.88 | 2.31 | 1.14 | ||||||||||||||
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding | 69,174,303 | 56,919,780 | 69,176,253 | 56,919,780 | ||||||||||||||
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding and dilutive potential ordinary shares | 71,929,628 | 56,919,780 | 71,916,678 | 56,919,780 | ||||||||||||||
5. | Stock-based compensation plans |
The Company has issued options under three schemes: investor options, employee options and restricted share units.
Investor options. The investor options were issued on June 21, 2002 in consideration for the transfer of an underwriting team from Wellington Underwriting plc ("Wellington"), the right to seek to renew certain business written by Syndicate 2020, an agreement in which Wellington agreed not to compete with Aspen Re through March 31, 2004, the use of the Wellington name and logo and the provision of certain outsourced services to the Company, and confer the option to subscribe for up to 6,787,880 ordinary shares of Aspen to Wellington and Harrington Trust Limited (the "Names' Trustee") on behalf of the members of Syndicate 2020 who are not corporate members of Wellington. The subscription price payable under the options is initially £10 and increases by 5% per annum, less any dividends paid. Option holders are not entitled to participate in any dividends prior to exercise and would not rank as a creditor in the event of liquidation. The options became exercisable on the initial public offering of our ordinary shares. As a result of our initial public offering, the options will expire on June 21, 2012.
In connection with our initial public offering, the Names' Trustee exercised 440,144 investor options on both a cash and cashless basis, pursuant to which 152,583 ordinary shares were issued. The Names' Trustee currently holds 2,566,616 options.
Employee options. On August 20, 2003 the Company granted 3,884,030 options to employees under the Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited 2003 Share Incentive Plan. The initial grant options have a term of ten years and an exercise price of $16.20 per share. Sixty-five percent of the initial grant options are subject to time-based vesting with 20% vesting upon grant and 20% vesting on each December 31 of the calendar years 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006. The remaining 35% of the initial grant options are subject to performance-based vesting. In addition to the initial grant of 3,884,030 options, 1,840,540 options are reserved for additional grants following the completion of the Company's initial public offering.
The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," which establishes a fair value-based method of accounting for share-based compensation plans.
Compensation cost charged against income was $7.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and $1.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004. The per share weighted average fair value at grant date of the share options granted under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan is $5.31. This amount was estimated on the date of the grant using a modified Black-Scholes option
F-39
pricing model under the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 4.70%; dividend yield of 0.6%; expected life of 7 years; share price volatility of zero (as the minimum value method was utilized because the Company was unlisted on the date that the options were issued); and foreign currency volatility of 9.40% (as the initial exercise price was in British Pounds and the share price of the Company is in U.S. Dollars).
Restricted share units. On March 12, 2004, the Board approved, the grant of 37,665 restricted share units under the 2003 Share Incentive Plan to six employees of a subsidiary of the Company. Subject to the participants' continued employment, the units will vest in tranches with one-third of the units vesting on each of December 31, 2004, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006. Vesting of a participant's units may be accelerated, however, if the participant's employment with the Company and its subsidiaries is terminated without cause (as defined in such participants' award agreement), on account of the participant's death or disability (as defined in such participants' award agreement), or, with respect to one of the participants, by the participant with good reason (as defined in such participants' award agreement). Compensation cost charged against income was $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2004.
Participants generally will not be entitled to any rights of a holder of ordinary shares, including the right to vote, unless and until their units vest and ordinary shares are issued; provided, however, that participants will be entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to their units. Dividend equivalents will be denominated in cash and paid in cash if and when the underlying units vest. Participants will be paid one ordinary share for each unit that vests as soon as practicable following the vesting date. Participants may, however, elect to defer the receipt of any ordinary shares upon the vesting of units, in which case payment will not be made until such time or times as the participant may elect. Payment of deferred share units would be in ordinary shares with any cash dividend equivalents credited with respect to such deferred share units paid in cash.
6. | Segment reporting |
The Company has two reportable segments, reinsurance operations and insurance operations. The directors have determined these segments by reference to the organization structure of the business and the different services provided by the segments.
F-40
The following table provides a summary of the segment revenues and results for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2004 and, 2003 and the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses as of June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003:
7. | Commitments and contingencies |
In the normal course of business, letters of credit are issued as collateral on behalf of the business, as required within our reinsurance operations. As of June 30, 2004, letters of credit with an aggregate amount of $56.9 million (December 31, 2003 – $24.6 million) and £47.4 million (December 31, 2003 – £47.4 million) were outstanding respectively. As of June 30, 2004 the Company had funds on deposit of $57.9 million and £50.9 million (December 31, 2003 – $30 million and £47.4 million respectively) as collateral for the letters of credit.
F-41
For its U.S. reinsurance activities, Aspen Re has established and must retain a multi-beneficiary U.S. trust fund for the benefit of its U.S. cedents so that they are able to take financial statement credit without the need to post cedent-specific security. The minimum trust fund amount is $20 million plus an amount equal to 100% of Aspen Re's U.S. reinsurance liabilities, which was $191.3 million at June 30, 2004 (December 31, 2003 – $25.6 million). Aspen Re has established a U.S. surplus lines trust fund with a U.S. bank to secure U.S. surplus lines policies. The initial minimum trust fund amount is $5.4 million. The balance held in the trust at June 30, 2004 was $5.4 million. Aspen Re has established a Canadian trust fund with a Canadian bank to secure a Canadian insurance license. The initial minimum trust fund amount and balance at June 30, 2004 was Can$25.0 million. Aspen Specialty has a total of $4.9 million on deposit with seven U.S. States in order to satisfy state regulations for writing business there.
Amounts outstanding under operating leases as of June 30, 2004 were:
Due in | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than
1 year |
1-2 years | 3-4 years | 4 years | 5 years | ||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating Lease Obligations | 5.5 | 1.4 | 0.6 | 0.6 | 0.6 | |||||||||||||||||
8. | Investments |
The following table presents the cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of investments in fixed maturities and other investments:
F-42
INDEX TO SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
P-1
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
To the Board of Directors of Wellington Underwriting Agencies Limited:
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Syndicates 2020 and 3030 as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related combined statements of operations and comprehensive income/(loss), members' deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2002. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of Wellington Underwriting Agencies Limited. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined balance sheets of Syndicates 2020 and 3030 as of December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2002 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ KPMG Audit Plc
London, United Kingdom
September 15,
2003
P-2
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)
See accompanying notes to the Syndicates financial statements
P-3
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
See accompanying notes to the Syndicates financial statements
P-4
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS' DEFICIT
See accompanying notes to the Syndicates financial statements
P-5
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Twelve Months Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||
2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||
Operating Activities | ||||||||||||||
Net income/(loss) | $ | 71 | $ | (217 | ) | $ | 64 | |||||||
Adjustments | ||||||||||||||
Change in property-liability insurance reserves: | ||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses | (2 | ) | 993 | 252 | ||||||||||
Unearned premiums | 230 | 204 | 25 | |||||||||||
Change in reinsurance balances: | ||||||||||||||
Reinsurance recoverables on paid losses | 300 | (712 | ) | (211 | ) | |||||||||
Ceded unearned premiums | (122 | ) | (56 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||||
Change in deferred policy acquisition costs | (23 | ) | (51 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||||
Change in reinsurance premiums payable | 301 | 205 | 63 | |||||||||||
Change in reinsurance recoverables on paid losses | (153 | ) | (130 | ) | (110 | ) | ||||||||
Change in accounts receivable | (259 | ) | (91 | ) | 59 | |||||||||
Change in accrued expenses and other payables | 19 | 106 | (114 | ) | ||||||||||
Other | 4 | (15 | ) | 2 | ||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 366 | 236 | 20 | |||||||||||
Investing Activities | ||||||||||||||
Overseas regulatory deposits placed | (23 | ) | (9 | ) | (46 | ) | ||||||||
Purchase of investments | (2,996 | ) | (2,008 | ) | (752 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from the sales and maturities of investments | 2,730 | 1,704 | 812 | |||||||||||
Net Cash (Used In) Provided By Investing Activities | (289 | ) | (313 | ) | 14 | |||||||||
Financing Activities | ||||||||||||||
Amounts distributed to Syndicate members | (7 | ) | (25 | ) | (57 | ) | ||||||||
Amounts received from Syndicate members | — | 74 | — | |||||||||||
Net Cash (Used In) Provided By Financing Activities | (7 | ) | 49 | (57 | ) | |||||||||
Effects Of Exchange Rate Movements On Cash And Cash Equivalents | 18 | 7 | (34 | ) | ||||||||||
Increase (Decrease) In Cash And Cash Equivalents | 88 | (21 | ) | (57 | ) | |||||||||
Cash at beginning of the year | 16 | 37 | 94 | |||||||||||
Cash at end of the year | $ | 104 | $ | 16 | $ | 37 | ||||||||
See accompanying notes to the Syndicates financial statements
P-6
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
1. Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
Status of Syndicate 2020 and Syndicate 3030 as Predecessor to the Company.
Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited ("Aspen Holdings") was formed in May 2002. The management of Aspen Holdings largely comprises the management team for the lines of business which were underwritten by Aspen Holdings' insurance subsidiaries after being developed by Syndicate 2020 and Syndicate 3030.
As a result, the predecessor to Aspen Holdings comprises the combined businesses of Syndicate 2020, and for the period that it conducted business, Syndicate 3030 (the "Syndicates"). The method by which Aspen Holdings assumed this business is described in detail in Note 10.
Constitution of the Syndicates
The Syndicates operate within Lloyd's which has a unique operating structure allowing individuals and corporations ("Members") to participate in the underwriting of insurance risks. Members of Lloyd's join together on an annual basis to form syndicates. These Members may be either individuals or corporate members.
As Lloyd's syndicates, the Syndicates operate as annual joint ventures between their Members that are fully accounted for and settled at the end of a 36-month period. The declared results are distributed to (or collected from) the Members who are responsible at an individual level for any of the tax liabilities thereon. The Members of these Syndicates pledge capital to support the syndicates for each underwriting year of account and a proportion of the capital pledged is deposited at Lloyd's. The Syndicates are allowed to underwrite up to a premium capacity based on the level of capital committed for each underwriting year of account.
Each Lloyd's syndicate is managed by a managing agent. Wellington Underwriting Agencies Limited ("WUAL") is the managing agent of the Syndicates. WUAL appoints and employs the staff of the Syndicates, including the Chief Underwriting Officer and, also provides the business infrastructure and support services. WUAL recharges the Syndicates for the cost of services provided and also charges fees and profit commission based on the Syndicates' capacity and profits respectively.
WUAL maintains the Syndicates' accounting records and prepares their annual reports in accordance with the Lloyd's Syndicate Accounting Bye-Law, which uses the Lloyd's three year funded basis of accounting. These annual reports include the results of underwriting, Syndicate operating expenses and investment income earned on insurance funds, but do not include details of the capital deposited by Members, the investment income earned thereon and the members' liability for tax on the results of the syndicate. This is because the capital supporting these Syndicates, investment income earned thereon and tax on Syndicates' results are the responsibility of the members of the Syndicates and not of the Syndicates themselves.
The financial statements of the Syndicates have been prepared for the purpose of the prospectus relating to our initial public offering in accordance with United States generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("U.S. GAAP"). The financial statements for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 include the transactions of Syndicate 3030 which commenced business on June 1, 2002 and underwrote on a co-insurance basis with Syndicate 2020 for that year only. Transactions between Syndicate 2020 and Syndicate 3030 have been eliminated.
Use of Estimates
Estimates and assumptions are made by the directors of WUAL that have an effect on the amounts reported within these combined financial statements. The most significant estimates relate to the reserves for property and liability losses. These estimates are continually reviewed and
P-7
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
adjustments made as necessary, but actual results could turn out significantly different from those expected when the estimates were made.
Accounting For Underwriting Operations
Premiums Earned
Assumed premiums are recognized as revenues proportionately over the coverage period. Premiums earned are recorded in the statement of operations, net of the cost of purchased reinsurance. Premiums not yet recognized as revenue are recorded in the balance sheet as unearned premiums, gross of any ceded unearned premiums. Written and earned premiums, and the related costs, which have not yet been reported to the Syndicates are estimated and accrued. Due to the time lag inherent in reporting of premiums by cedents, such estimated premiums written and earned, as well as related costs, may be significant. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts will be recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined.
Premiums on proportional treaty contracts are generally not reported to the Syndicates until after the reinsurance coverage is in force and the Syndicates are at risk. As a result an estimate of these "pipeline" premiums is recorded. The directors of WUAL estimate pipeline premiums based on estimates reported from ceding companies. The directors of WUAL estimate commissions, losses and loss adjustment expenses on these premiums.
Reinstatement premiums and additional premiums are accrued as provided for in the provisions of assumed reinsurance contracts, based on experience under such contracts. Reinstatement premiums are the premiums charged for the restoration of the reinsurance limit of a catastrophe contract to its full amount after payment by the reinsurer of losses as a result of an occurrence. These premiums relate to the future coverage obtained during the remainder of the initial policy term and are earned over the remaining policy term. Additional premiums are premiums charged after coverage has expired, related to experience during the policy term, which are earned immediately. An allowance for uncollectible premiums is established for possible non-payment of such amounts due, as deemed necessary.
Outward reinsurance premiums are accounted for in the same accounting period as the premiums for the related direct insurance or inwards reinsurance business. Reinsurance contracts that operate on a "losses occurring during" basis are accounted for in full over the period of coverage whilst "risks attaching during" policies are expensed using the same ratio as the underlying premiums on a daily pro rata basis.
Insurance Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Losses represent the amount paid or expected to be paid to claimants in respect of events that have occurred on or before the balance sheet date. The costs of investigating, resolving and processing these claims are known as loss adjustment expenses ("LAE"). The statement of operations records these losses net of reinsurance, meaning that gross losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred are reduced by the amounts recovered or expected to be recovered under reinsurance contracts.
Reinsurance
Written premiums earned and incurred claims and LAE all reflect the net effect of assumed and ceded reinsurance transactions in the income statement. Assumed reinsurance refers to the Syndicates' acceptance of certain insurance risks that other insurance companies have underwritten. Ceded reinsurance means other insurance companies have agreed to share certain risks with the Syndicates. Reinsurance accounting is followed when risk transfer requirements have been met.
P-8
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
WUAL regularly evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors the concentration of credit risk to minimize the Syndicates' exposure to financial loss from reinsurers' insolvency. Where it is considered required, appropriate provision is made for balances deemed irrecoverable from reinsurers.
Insurance Reserves
Insurance reserves are established for the total unpaid cost of claims and LAE, which cover events that have occurred by the balance sheet date. These reserves reflect estimates by the directors of WUAL of the total cost of claims incurred but not yet reported to it ("IBNR"). Claim reserves are reduced for estimated amounts of salvage and subrogation recoveries. Estimated amounts recoverable from reinsurers on unpaid losses and LAE are reflected as assets.
For reported claims, reserves are established on a case-by-case basis within the parameters of coverage provided in the insurance policy or reinsurance agreement. For IBNR claims, reserves are estimated using established actuarial methods. Both case and IBNR reserve estimates consider such variables as past loss experience, changes in legislative conditions, changes in judicial interpretation of legal liability policy coverages, and inflation.
Because many of the coverages underwritten involve claims that may not be ultimately settled for many years after they are incurred, subjective judgments as to the ultimate exposure to losses are an integral and necessary component of the loss reserving process. Reserves are established by the selection of a "best estimate" from within a range of estimates. The directors of WUAL continually review the Syndicates' reserves, using a variety of statistical and actuarial techniques to analyze current claims costs, frequency and severity data, and prevailing economic, social and legal factors. Reserves established in prior periods are adjusted as claim experience develops and new information becomes available. Adjustments to previously estimated reserves are reflected in the financial results of the period in which the adjustments are made.
While the directors of WUAL believe that the reported reserves make a reasonable provision for unpaid claim and LAE obligations, it should be noted that the process of estimating required reserves does, by its very nature, involve uncertainty. The level of uncertainty can be influenced by factors such as the existence of coverage with long duration payment patterns and changes in claims handling practices, as well as the factors noted above. Ultimate actual payments for claims and LAE could turn out to be significantly different from estimates made.
Policy Acquisition Expenses
The costs directly related to writing an insurance policy are referred to as policy acquisition expenses and consist of commissions, premium taxes and other direct underwriting expenses. Although these expenses are incurred when a policy is issued they are deferred and amortized over the same period as the corresponding premiums are recorded as revenues.
On a regular basis a recoverability analysis is performed of the deferred policy acquisition costs in relation to the expected recognition of revenues, including anticipated investment income, and reflects adjustments, if any, as period costs. Should the analysis indicate that the acquisition costs are unrecoverable, further analyses are performed to determine if a reserve is required to provide for losses which may exceed the related unearned premium.
Accounting For Investments
Fixed Maturities
The fixed maturity portfolio is composed primarily of high quality, U.S. and U.K. government securities. The entire fixed maturity investment portfolio is classified as available for sale. Accordingly,
P-9
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
that portfolio is carried on the balance sheet at estimated fair value. Fair values are based on quoted market prices from a third party pricing service.
Short-term investments
Short-term investments include highly liquid debt instruments and commercial paper. The investments are classified as available for sale and are therefore carried on the balance sheet at estimated fair value.
Overseas Regulatory Deposits
Overseas Regulatory Deposits are restricted in use as they are required to enable the Syndicates to write business in the relevant territories.
Realized Investment Gains and Losses
When an investment is sold the resulting gain or loss is recorded in the combined statement of operations.
If the Directors of WUAL determine that any investment has experienced a decline in value that is believed to be other than temporary, the directors of WUAL will consider the current facts and circumstances, including the financial position and future prospects of the entity that issued the investment security, and make a decision to either record a write-down in the carrying value of the security to its fair value, thereby establishing a new cost basis for the security, or sell the security; in either case a realized loss is recorded in the statement of operations.
Unrealized Gains or Losses on Investments
For investments carried at estimated fair value, the difference between amortized cost and fair value is recorded as part of members' interests. This difference is referred to as unrealized gains or losses on investments. The change in unrealized gains or losses, during the year is a component of other comprehensive income.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash, and that are so near maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates.
Derivative Financial Instruments
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities", all derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for the gain or loss due to the changes in the fair value of these instruments is dependent on whether the derivative qualifies as a hedge. If the derivative does not qualify as a hedge, the gains or losses are reported in earnings when they occur. If the derivative does qualify as a hedge, the accounting varies based on the type of risk being hedged.
Foreign Currency Translation
The functional and reporting currency of the Syndicates' operations is U.S. Dollars. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are measured at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies are re-measured at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. Any resulting foreign exchange gains or losses are reflected in the combined statement of operations.
P-10
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
2. Investments
The following presents the cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of investments in fixed maturities and other investments:
As of December 31, 2002 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cost or
Amortized Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Estimated
Fair Value |
|||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||
Fixed maturities | ||||||||||||||||||
Foreign Governments | $ | 235 | $ | 3 | — | $ | 238 | |||||||||||
Corporate Securities | 500 | 9 | — | 509 | ||||||||||||||
Total Fixed maturities | 735 | 12 | — | 747 | ||||||||||||||
Short-Term Investments | 346 | 2 | — | 348 | ||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 1,081 | $ | 14 | — | $ | 1,095 | |||||||||||
As of December 31, 2001 | ||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||
Fixed maturities | ||||||||||||||||||
Foreign Governments | $ | 353 | $ | 1 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 353 | |||||||||
Corporate Securities | 357 | 4 | — | 361 | ||||||||||||||
Total Fixed maturities | 710 | 5 | (1 | ) | 714 | |||||||||||||
Short-Term Investments | 103 | 1 | — | 104 | ||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 813 | $ | 6 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 818 | |||||||||
The following table presents the breakdown of investments as at December 31, 2002 to stated maturity. Actual maturities may differ from those stated as a result of calls and prepayments:
P-11
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
3. Investment Transactions
The following is a summary of investment income:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||
2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||
Fixed maturities: | $ | 24 | $ | 32 | $ | 21 | ||||||||
Short-term Investments | 10 | 5 | 16 | |||||||||||
Investment Expenses | (3 | ) | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||
Net investment income | $ | 31 | $ | 35 | $ | 35 | ||||||||
The following table summarizes the realized investment gains and losses, and the change in unrealized gains on investments recorded in shareholders' equity and in comprehensive income:
P-12
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
4. September 11, 2001 Terrorist Attack
The estimates of the ultimate gross and net losses at December 31, 2002 and 2001 arising from the terrorist attacks in the United States of America on September 11, 2001 are set out below:
* | net of provision for bad debts of $11.3 million |
A loss of $239 million was recorded in the Income Statement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001. A profit of $6 million has been recognized in the Income Statement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002.
Movements of the individual components and the resulting balances at December 31, 2002 comprise the following:
Paid |
Outstanding
and IBNR Claims Reserve |
Reinstatements |
Estimated
Ultimate Net Loss |
|||||||||||||||
January 1, 2002 | $ | 2 | $ | 170 | $ | 67 | $ | 239 | ||||||||||
Movement | 12 | (17 | ) | (1 | ) | (6 | ) | |||||||||||
December 31, 2002 | $ | 14 | $ | 153 | $ | 66 | $ | 233 | ||||||||||
The method used in assessing the ultimate losses at December 31, 2002 is consistent with the approach taken at December 31, 2001. Specific provisions have been made based on notification of losses incurred received from policyholders, intermediaries and loss adjustors and in the light of other information available. Amongst other things, these specific provisions are sensitive to assumptions about the quantum of property damage. Additionally, estimates for business interruption claims, for which notifications are based upon policyholders' computation of their own losses will change as forensic claims investigations determine a more realistic amount of loss. Additional provisions (incurred but not reported reserves) continue to be held at December 31, 2002 to provide for additional claims which have been incurred but not reported, or increases in the estimates already reported by policyholders. Independent actuaries have reviewed such estimates.
Uncertainties continue to exist as to whether the destruction of the twin towers of the World Trade Center ("WTC") constitutes one event or two for the purposes of aggregation of losses under insurance and reinsurance policies. Based on legal advice, the directors of WUAL continue to
P-13
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
consider that a one event basis is the correct interpretation of the policies, which is a matter in current litigation among insurers (including Syndicate 2020) and those holding property interests in the WTC. If a two event loss basis were to be applied, it is estimated that the loss to the Syndicates from direct and reinsurance policies would increase by approximately $141 million gross and $13 million net of reinsurance. Estimated reinsurance recoveries on ultimate losses (net of provisions for bad debt) total $719 million of which $277 million had been received at December 31, 2002. A further $326 million is supported by outstanding claims advances or letters of credit received from reinsurers as security for the amount which will become due and payable when the underlying claims are settled. Of the uncollateralized amount, 98.2% is associated with reinsurers with a rating of A or better.
The directors of WUAL consider that the WTC loss estimate continues to be the best estimate that can be made on the basis of information currently available. The directors are, however, aware that this estimate is subject to uncertainties, the outcome of which could have a positive or a negative impact on such an estimate. As further information becomes available and as claims in dispute are eventually resolved, the estimate of ultimate losses will be revised. It may take some time to resolve such uncertainties.
5. Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative financial instruments include futures, forward, swap and option contracts and other financial instruments with similar characteristics. The Syndicates have no involvement with these instruments, other than with respect to certain forward contracts entered into primarily for the purpose of protecting against fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and which did not qualify as hedges under SFAS No. 133 during the reporting period.
Non-hedge Derivatives — During the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, the Syndicates entered into foreign exchange contracts which matured after the year end for the purchase of £37.9 million at a fixed exchange rate. Similar contracts were outstanding at the end of 2001 and 2000 for the purchase of £51.4 million and £23.7 million, respectively. A gain of $7.1 million (2001: loss of $2.1 million); (2000: gain of $0.3 million) was realized under these contracts. These contracts were taken out to protect the Syndicates from exchange rate fluctuations.
P-14
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
6. Reserves For Losses And Loss Adjustment Expenses
The following table represents a reconciliation of beginning and ending property — liability insurance loss and LAE reserves.
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||
2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||
Provision for losses and LAE at start of year | $ | 2,509 | $ | 1,501 | $ | 1,289 | ||||||||
Less reinsurance recoverable | (1,501 | ) | (781 | ) | (590 | ) | ||||||||
Net loss and LAE reserves at start of year | 1,008 | 720 | 699 | |||||||||||
Provision for losses and LAE for claims incurred | ||||||||||||||
Current year | 570 | 579 | 260 | |||||||||||
Prior years | (47 | ) | 26 | 15 | ||||||||||
Total incurred | 523 | 605 | 275 | |||||||||||
Losses and LAE payments for claims incurred | ||||||||||||||
Current year | (81 | ) | (116 | ) | (80 | ) | ||||||||
Prior years | (151 | ) | (196 | ) | (167 | ) | ||||||||
Total paid | (232 | ) | (312 | ) | (247 | ) | ||||||||
Foreign Exchange gains/(losses) | 32 | (5 | ) | (7 | ) | |||||||||
Net loss and LAE reserves at year end | 1,331 | 1,008 | 720 | |||||||||||
Plus reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses at end of year | 1,224 | 1,501 | 781 | |||||||||||
Loss and LAE reserves at end of year | $ | 2,555 | $ | 2,509 | $ | 1,501 | ||||||||
The Syndicates have no material exposures to environmental or asbestos liabilities. There are no exposures arising on policies incepting before January 1, 1993 as all policies for that period have been reinsured into Equitas, the run-off reinsurer established by Lloyd's of London. Policies since then were normally written with specific exclusions for asbestos and environmental liabilities.
The $47 million prior year reduction in the provision for losses and LAE for claims incurred recognized in the 2002 calendar year represents a redundancy on the opening reserves of approximately 5%. The redundancy arises from the business written in 2001 where the reserves established were primarily based upon historical trends due to the delay in claims being reported. Subsequent to the year end, the level of claims development was below historical trends which has resulted in a reassessment of the reserves held at December 31, 2001 and the reported redundancy.
7. Commitments And Contingencies
In the normal course of business letters of credit are issued as collateral on behalf of the business, as required within our reinsurance operations. As of December 31, 2002, letters of credit with an aggregate amount of $114 million were outstanding (December 31, 2001: $91 million; December 31, 2000: $82 million). No amounts have been drawn down on these letters of credit.
Legal matters
In the ordinary courses of conducting business, the Syndicates have been named as defendants in various lawsuits. Some of these lawsuits attempt to establish liability under reinsurance contracts
P-15
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
issued by the Syndicates' underwriting operations. Plaintiffs in these lawsuits are asking for money damages or to have the court direct the activities of the Syndicates' operations in certain ways. It is possible that the settlement of these lawsuits may be material to the Syndicates' results of operations and liquidity in the period in which they occur. However, the Directors of WUAL believe the total amounts that the Syndicates will ultimately have to pay in these matters will have no material effect on the Syndicates' overall financial position.
Citibank, N.A.
Certain members of Lloyd's ("Names") have commenced legal proceedings against Citibank, N.A. ("Citibank"), as trustee of the Lloyd's American Trust Funds ("LATFs"), regarding the operation of the LATFs. Lloyd's is not a party to the proceedings. This action was brought prior to the completion of Reconstruction And Renewal . The Names in these proceedings allege that Citibank breached its duties as the trustee of the LATFs by, inter alia: (1) engaging in a pattern of transferring money from the trust funds of solvent Names to trust funds of insolvent Names in order to meet the latter's obligations; (2) engaging in unauthorized commingling of the assets from the different trust funds; and (3) failing to maintain appropriate and necessary records with respect to each trust fund. The Court has certified the proceedings as a class action, the class being of all those names who have not settled with Citibank through the 1996 Reconstruction & Renewal settlement offer or otherwise.
At the beginning of 1997, on the application of Citibank, the U.S. District Court dismissed a number of the Names' claims. The Court held, however, that the plaintiffs may continue to bring their claim for damages for breach of fiduciary duty by Citibank in U.S. courts. These initial findings were on preliminary motion, and are not findings on the merits of the claims.
Citibank strongly denies the allegations made by the Names and will vigorously defend the proceedings if pursued. Under the terms of the Lloyd's American Trust Deed ("LATD"), Citibank has a right to reimbursement from the LATFs of expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by Citibank in its capacity as trustee and in certain circumstances a preferred lien for up to 1% of the LATFs' principal and income in order to cover reimbursable expenses and liabilities. At this time Citibank is not seeking to recover its fees and expenses from the LATFs.
E.C. Aviation Inquiry
The E.C. competition directorate is currently investigating certain agreements in the market for aviation and hull war insurance within the European Community which followed the events of September 11, 2001.
We believe that the industry response to the events in question was the least restrictive means of ensuring the continued availability of insurance cover to airlines. We are advised, however, that there is a risk that the European Commission may consider imposing fines should they establish an infringement of Article 81(1) of the E.C. Treaty (which prohibits any arrangement which restricts competition in a market and which affects E.U. trade).
8. Reinsurance Ceded
The primary purpose of the ceded reinsurance program is to protect the Syndicates from potential losses in excess of what the Syndicates are prepared to accept. It is expected that the companies to which reinsurance has been ceded will honor their obligations. In the event that these companies are unable to honor their obligations to the Syndicates, the Syndicates will pay these amounts. Appropriate provision is made for possible non-payment of amounts due to the Syndicates.
Balances pertaining to reinsurance transactions are reported "gross" on the combined balance sheet, meaning that reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and ceded unearned premiums are not deducted from insurance reserves but are recorded as assets.
P-16
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
Excluding related party quota share arrangements, there was no exposure with any reinsurer of more than 10% of unearned premiums. The largest concentration of reinsurance recoverables as at December 31, 2002, excluding related party quota share arrangements, was with Munich Re which represented 12% of total recoverables.
The effect of assumed and ceded reinsurance on premiums written, premiums earned and insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses is as follows:
9. Other Comprehensive Income
Other comprehensive income is defined as any change in the Syndicates members' interests from transactions and other events originating from non-member sources. These changes are comprised of the Syndicates' reported net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on investments. The following table sets out the components of the Syndicates' comprehensive income, other than net income.
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||
2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||
Unrealized gains on investments | $ | 9 | $ | 4 | $ | 13 | ||||||||
Unrealized losses on investments | — | (1 | ) | (5 | ) | |||||||||
Total other comprehensive income | $ | 9 | $ | 3 | $ | 8 | ||||||||
P-17
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
10. Related Party Transactions
The following summarizes the related party transactions of the Syndicates:
WELLINGTON UNDERWRITING PLC ("Wellington")
Wellington is the holding company of WUAL and of certain corporate Members of Lloyd's which are Members of Syndicate 2020.
Management fees paid to WUAL in respect of the Syndicates in 2002 were $6.0 million (2001: $4.3 million; 2000: $3.1 million). There were no payments outstanding at the year end (2001: nil; 2000: nil).
WELLINGTON SYNDICATE SERVICES LIMITED ("WSS")
WSS is a wholly owned subsidiary of Wellington.
Activities
WSS introduces terrorism, cargo, political risk, commercial lines, accident and health, hull, and war marine liability business to Syndicate 2020 and commercial lines business to Syndicate 3030. All business is introduced by WSS to the participating Syndicates by means of registered binding authorities.
Premium Income
The percentage of total net written premium income introduced by WSS to Syndicate 2020 during 2002 was 10% (2001 and 2000 — 3.3%). The percentage of total net written premium income introduced to Syndicate 3030 was 4.5% for 2002. WSS does not charge income or commission to Syndicate 2020 or Syndicate 3030.
WELLINGTON UNDERWRITING INC ("WU Inc.")
WU Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Wellington.
Activities
WU Inc., which is a company incorporated in Delaware in the USA, introduces US property and casualty facultative reinsurance business to Syndicate 2020 by way of a registered binding authority.
Premium Income
All premium income introduced by WU Inc. to WUAL in the years 2000, 2001 and 2002 was underwritten by Syndicate 2020. The percentage to total net premium income introduced to WU Inc. to Syndicate 2020 during 2002 was 10.7% (2001 — 5.6%; 2000 — 1.4%). WU Inc. charged binder commission of $18.2 million (2001: $10.5 million; 2000: $6.5 million) in respect of business introduced to Syndicate 2020.
WU Inc. also charged Syndicate 2020 a profit commission of $0.9 million (2001: $0.5 million; 2000: $0.6 million).
SWISS RE
Syndicate 2020 has entered into various reinsurance contracts with Swiss Re which currently owns 9.5% of the share capital of Wellington. Prior to July 17, 2001, it owned more than 10.0% of the share capital of Wellington. The terms of these contracts are similar to those that are available to non-related cedents. Premium payable under these contracts amount to approximately 1.6% of the reinsurance premiums payable for 2002 (2001: 23%; 2000: 3%).
P-18
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
ASPEN HOLDINGS AND ASPEN INSURANCE UK LIMITED ("Aspen Re")
Aspen Re is an insurance company based in London which is authorized by the FSA. Following approval by the underwriting members of Syndicate 2020, on June 20, 2002 Lloyd's granted all necessary consents for WUAL to transfer the Casualty and Property Reinsurance, UK Liability and UK Commercial Lines business written by Syndicate 2020 to Aspen Re. Aspen Re is a wholly owned subsidiary of Aspen Holdings.
The management of Aspen Holdings comprise the management which were previously involved in the management of Syndicate 2020. Between October 16, 2002 and November 29, 2002, following FSA approval, Wellington acquired a total of 12,055,230 shares in Aspen Holdings, the holding company of Aspen Re. This holding was subsequently reduced in January 2003, to 11,262,680 (19.8%) following a sale of shares to non-aligned Members of Syndicate 2020.
Aspen Holdings issued options to subscribe for up to 6,787,880 of its ordinary shares of £0.01 each to Wellington Holdings (3,781,120 options) and the non-aligned Members of Syndicate 2020 (3,006,760 options). The subscription price payable under the options is initially £10 and increases by 5% per annum, less any dividends paid. Option holders are not entitled to participate in any dividends and would not rank as creditors in the event of liquidation. The options are exercisable on the first registered public offering of the ordinary shares in the United States or the first listing of the ordinary shares on a stock exchange (a "Listing") or a sale of all or substantially all of the business, assets or undertakings of Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries or a sale of 50% or more of the ordinary shares of Aspen Holdings (a "Sale") or, if no Listing or Sale has occurred prior to June 21, 2007, at any time within the five business days following June 21, 2007. If not exercised, the options will expire after five years but if a Listing occurs within those five years the term is automatically extended to a period of ten years.
REINSURANCE ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN SYNDICATE 2020 AND SYNDICATE 3030 AND ASPEN RE
Prior to the formation of Aspen Holdings in May 2002, Syndicate 2020 entered into two arrangements with Berkshire Hathaway Inc. group companies that increased the premium income capacity of Syndicate 2020 for the 2002 year of account, to enable Syndicate 2020 to meet its premium income target for the year. Those arrangements comprised:
• | A quota share reinsurance contract with National Indemnity Corporation of Omaha ("NICO"), a Berkshire Hathaway Inc. group company, under which Syndicate 2020 ceded 35.7% of all business, other than U.S. Surplus Lines Business, incepting between January 1, 2002 and May 31, 2002, plus all U.S. Surplus Lines business written between June 1, 2002 and June 30, 2002. NICO subsequently ceded 34% of these risks to Aspen Re. |
• | A consortium underwriting arrangement with Syndicate 3030. Syndicate 3030 was formed in May 2002 and, like Syndicate 2020, is managed by WUAL. All of its capital is provided by Tonicstar Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. Under the terms of the consortium agreement, Syndicates 2020 and 3030 shared all business written by Syndicate 2020 between June 1, 2002 and December 31, 2002, other than US Surplus Lines Business written between June 1 and June 30, 2002 in the proportion of 64.3% to Syndicate 2020 and 35.7% to Syndicate 3030. The consortium arrangement was Syndicate 3030's sole source of income in 2002. Syndicate 3030 entered into a quota share reinsurance contract to cede 70% of these risks to Aspen Re. |
P-19
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
These arrangements were undertaken on a funds withheld basis whereby the premiums due to Aspen Re will be paid net of claims and expenses, along with interest due on the funds withheld, and calculated at rates recified in the quota share arrangements.
The total net earned premium ceded by the Syndicates to Aspen Re under the quota share arrangements outlined above was $74.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002. Policy acquisition expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 included $14.1 million of ceded commissions received from Aspen Re in respect of the quota share arrangements.
At December 31, 2002 the net amounts receivable from NICO and payable to Aspen Re under these contracts were $22.0 million and $1.0 million respectively analyzed as follows:
NICO | Aspen Re | Total | ||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||
Assets: | ||||||||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable | $ | 19 | $ | 4 | $ | 23 | ||||||||
Ceded unearned premiums | 7 | 10 | 17 | |||||||||||
Underwriting premium receivables | 289 | 118 | 407 | |||||||||||
Other receivables | — | — | — | |||||||||||
Total Assets | 315 | 132 | 447 | |||||||||||
Liabilities: | ||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses | (110 | ) | (25 | ) | (135 | ) | ||||||||
Unearned premiums | (88 | ) | (75 | ) | (163 | ) | ||||||||
Reinsurance premiums payables | (72 | ) | (26 | ) | (98 | ) | ||||||||
Accrued expenses and other payables | (23 | ) | (7 | ) | (30 | ) | ||||||||
Total Liabilities | (293 | ) | (133 | ) | (426 | ) | ||||||||
$ | 22 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 21 | ||||||||
ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN ASPEN HOLDINGS AND WELLINGTON
Under the framework agreement entered into by and among Aspen Holdings, Aspen Insurance U.K. Services Limited ("Aspen U.K. Services"), Wellington, WUAL, WUSL and WU Inc. on May 28, 2002, Aspen Holdings agreed to cause Aspen Re to offer Syndicate 2020, for 2003 and each subsequent year of account, a 20% quota share of Aspen Re's business (comprising the lines of business previously underwritten by Syndicate 2020) during such year. WUAL agreed, on behalf of Syndicate 2020, to offer to Aspen Re for 2003 and each subsequent year of account, a 20% quota share of all business (other than Aspen Re lines) allocated to that year of account of Syndicate 2020's business. For 2003, Aspen Re has elected to take up a 7.5% quota share of Syndicate 2020 lines, and WUAL, on behalf of Syndicate 2020, has elected not to accept any quota share reinsurance of Aspen Re. Neither Aspen Re nor WUAL on behalf of Syndicate 2020 will be obligated to offer a quota share to the other after the 2005 year of account should an initial public offering by Aspen Holdings be completed prior to December 21, 2005.
Under the framework agreement, Wellington, WUAL, WUSL and WU Inc. also agree, until March 31, 2004, not to, subject to exceptions, compete with Aspen Re or engage in activities that will directly or indirectly foster competition with Aspen Re in the property reinsurance, U.S. and non-U.S. casualty reinsurance and U.K. commercial insurance lines of business that were previously written by Syndicate 2020 and currently written by Aspen Re.
P-20
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
NOTES TO SYNDICATES FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Continued)
Aspen U.K. Services has entered into a run-off services agreement with WUAL as of May 20, 2003 to handle the run-off of the claims for Syndicate 2020, Syndicate 3030 and their predecessors for the lines of business that were written by Aspen Holdings. Under the agreement, Aspen Holdings acts as guarantor of the services to be performed by Aspen U.K. Services. The commencement period is as of June 21, 2002, and the agreement may be terminated by either party on 3 months' notice. Under certain circumstances, including regulatory requirements and change of control, the agreement may be terminated immediately by either party. Services are charged on an at-cost basis.
Aspen Holdings and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") entered into a contract for the provision of services by a subsidiary company of Wellington. These services include accounting, actuarial, operations and technical support. This agreement is for an indefinite period but may be terminated by either party upon the occurrence of certain specified circumstances, such as the inability to pay debts, on an initial public offering, and, after an initial period of 3 years, may be terminated by either party on 18 months' prior notice. The Company may also terminate specific services if it undertakes those services itself and does not contract those services to a third party. The provision of these services is covered by a detailed service level agreement and is priced on an actual cost basis. The cost of these services in 2002 was $2.6 million, and the amount due to Wellington at December 31, 2002 was $1.5 million.
P-21
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND UNDERWRITING RESULTS OF SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited Syndicates Financial Statements and accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this prospectus.
For the purpose of this prospectus, we have prepared the audited financial statements of Syndicate 2020 and Syndicate 3030 (the "Syndicates") due to the following:
• | the reinsurance and commercial lines teams of Syndicate 2020 joined the Company between June 21, 2002 and December 31, 2002; |
• | the Company participated by way of quota share arrangements in the business written by Syndicate 2020 during 2002, continues to participate as quota share reinsurer, to a much lesser extent, during 2003; |
• | although the Company did not acquire the renewal rights to any of the business written by Syndicate 2020, it has since January 1, 2003 been able to renew the majority of the risks within those classes of business that Syndicate 2020 had agreed would be underwritten by the Company; and |
• | Wellington agreed that it would not compete with the Company in respect of those classes from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2004 and that in the period from June 21, 2002 through December 31, 2002 it would only seek to write risks within those classes to the extent needed to complete its 2002 business plan. By mutual agreement, this non-compete arrangement came to an end in December 2003. |
The Company's management believes that the financial results of our business will be materially different from financial results of the Syndicates for the following reasons:
• | The following discussion and analysis relate to the results of Syndicate 2020 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000. The financial statements of Syndicate 2020 for 2002 include the transactions of Syndicate 3030 which wrote on a co-insurance basis with Syndicate 2020 for that year only; and |
• | The Company did not acquire any rights to the assets of the Syndicates or assume any obligations in respect of the liabilities of the Syndicates and consequently is not exposed to any risks relating to any diminution in value of the assets of the Syndicates or increases in their liabilities and would not benefit from any increases in value of these assets or decreases in these liabilities. |
In addition, the Company does not control the Syndicates and is not in a position to obtain audited U.S. GAAP Financial Statements for the Syndicates for periods after December 31, 2002. Accordingly, we have not updated the Syndicates Financial Statements, or this discussion, for 2003 or any period thereafter.
Basis Of Preparation
We have prepared the financial statements of the Syndicates from the Annual Accounting Returns of the Syndicates and made such adjustments as were required to present the financial statements on a U.S. GAAP basis. The Annual Accounting Returns are financial statements in a prescribed form filed with Lloyd's by WUAL as managing agent of the Syndicates and which are used by Lloyd's to prepare consolidated financial statements for the Lloyd's market as if it were a single insurance operation. They include insurance and reinsurance transactions reported under U.K. GAAP except that there is no requirement for the establishment of equalization reserves (a normal requirement of U.K. GAAP for general insurers). The basis on which insurance reserves are assessed and premiums reported within these returns is similar to the basis required under U.S. GAAP.
M-1
The principal adjustments required to restate the financial statements under U.S. GAAP are the conversion of transactions and balances in British Pounds into U.S. dollars and the transfer of unrealized gains and losses on investments from operating income to other comprehensive income.
The financial statements do not deal with the capital underlying the business or with taxation for the reasons set out in the "Basis of Preparation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" beginning on page P-7.
Critical Accounting Policies
We consider that the critical accounting policies relevant to the Syndicate Financial Statements are those related to premium recognition and the establishment of loss reserves as set out in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of the Company's results discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. This should be read in conjunction with the "Basis of Preparation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" beginning on page P-7.
Results Of Operations
The following is a discussion and analysis of the underwriting results of the Syndicates for the years 2000, 2001 and 2002.
Overview.
This period was a time of major change in the property and casualty market following a period of very poor results at the end of the 1990s. Rates were beginning to improve from their low point in 1999 during 2000 and the first part of 2001. The industry then suffered a massive upheaval following the events of September 11, 2001 and the pace of rate hardening accelerated rapidly. During this period the capacity of Syndicate 2020 was increased from $641 million (£430 million) in 2000 to $730 million (£500 million) in 2001 and $1,006 million (£625 million) in 2002. In accordance with the regulatory arrangements at Lloyd's each $1 million of capacity was supported by approximately $0.5 million of capital pledged by members of the Syndicates. Consistent with this relatively high level of operating leverage it was the practice of the management of Syndicate 2020 to purchase significant levels of reinsurance protection. This proved materially beneficial during 2001 although it was not sufficient to avoid an overall underwriting loss for that year.
Provisions net of reinsurance totaling $239 million for claims arising from the destruction of the World Trade Center and related losses were established at the end of 2001 and maintained at around that level (subject to reductions for payments) through 2002. Uncertainties continue to exist as to the final amounts payable by Syndicate 2020 (and many other insurers and reinsurers) and the estimate of ultimate losses will be revised as more information becomes available. Our company does not have any exposure to claims arising from business written before January 1, 2002 and will therefore not be affected by any change in the ultimate cost to Syndicate 2020 of these events.
The combined ratios for the three years 2000, 2001 and 2002 for the Syndicates were 96%, 146% and 94% respectively. These combined ratios include those lines of business that are not currently written by the Company. Excluding the World Trade Center and related claims, the combined ratio for 2001 would have been 104% and the simple average for the three years would have been 98%.
Year Ended December 31, 2002 vs. Year Ended December 31, 2001
Gross premiums written. Gross premiums written increased by 46.5% from $1,262 million to $1,849 million. This increase was mainly attributable to increases in premium rates which were estimated by Wellington Underwriting plc to have increased by an average of 42%. Capital support for the increase came from an increase in capacity and capital pledged by the Members of Syndicate 2020, a quota share reinsurance of Syndicate 2020 by the National Indemnity Company (a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway) and the establishment of Syndicate 3030 to write in parallel with Syndicate 2020 with capital provided by another subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway.
M-2
Reinsurance ceded. Premiums payable to reinsurers increased by 50.7% from $574 million to $865 million. In the aftermath of the terrorist attack on the World Trade Center, placing reinsurance proved extremely difficult and this was reflected in rising reinsurance costs. The management of the Syndicates considered that the most prudent move was to complete a full reinsurance program, with financially sound reinsurers, notwithstanding significant rate increases.
Gross premiums earned. Gross premiums earned were 87% and 83% of gross premiums written for 2002 and 2001, respectively. This is higher than for our initial trading period because there was relatively little change in business volumes between 2001 and 2002 whereas our business volume is increasing rapidly as it becomes established.
Net premiums earned. Net premiums earned increased by 53.6% from $562 million to $863 million.
Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses. Loss and loss adjustment expenses dropped from 107.7% of "Net premiums earned" to 60.6% of "Net premiums earned", the ratio for 2001 being stated inclusive of the impact of the terrorist attack on the World Trade Center. Calendar year 2002 benefited from a low level of major catastrophe and property risk losses.
Policy acquisition costs. Policy acquisition costs increased from $189 million to $254 million but fell as a percentage of gross earned premiums from 18% to 15%.
Operating and administrative expenses. Operating and administration expenses increased from $27 million to $36 million which, together with policy acquisition costs and the increase in earned premiums, resulted in a fall in the expense ratio (based on net earned premiums) from 38.4% to 33.6%.
Year Ended December 31, 2001 vs. Year Ended December 31, 2000
Gross premiums written. Gross premiums written increased by 66.7% from $757 million to $1,262 million. This very significant increase includes the impact of rate increases (estimated at 31% overall). Capital support for the increase in business came from a 16% increase in the capacity of Syndicate 2020 and a quota share with a premium limit of £100 million placed by Syndicate 2020 with a subsidiary of Swiss Re.
Reinsurance ceded. Reinsurance ceded increased from $262 million (34.6% of gross premiums written) to $574 million (45.5% of gross premiums written). Most of the increase in the ceded percentage is attributable to the quota share referred to above. The amount reported for 2001 also includes $100 million in respect of reinstatement premiums payable following the losses of September 11, 2001.
Net premiums earned. Net premiums earned increased by 20.6% from $466 million to $562 million. This is lower than the reported 39.0% increase in net premiums written which reflects a disproportionate increase in the unearned premium reserve which is attributable mainly to the quickening pace of rate increases and new business written in the fourth quarter of 2001.
Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses. Losses and loss adjustment expenses of $605 million for 2001 increased 120% from loss and loss adjustment expense of $275 million for 2000. Loss and loss adjustment expenses for 2001 include $172 million, net of reinsurance, arising from the events of September 11, 2001. Excluding these claims, the increase in losses and loss adjustment expenses from 2000 to 2001 would have been 57.5%. The Syndicates also reported net losses of $8.0 million in 2001 from Tropical Storm Allison whereas in 2000 there were no individually significant impacts from catastrophe losses. The loss ratio (based on net earned premiums) was 59% in 2000 and 108% in 2001. Excluding the impact of the World Trade Center loss the claims ratio in 2001 would have been 68.8%. Both years were adversely affected by losses in the non-marine energy and professional indemnity classes of business written by Syndicate 2020 including reserve strengthening in respect of prior years exposures in these classes. The losses in the non-marine energy account arose from an increase in the frequency of fire and explosion losses in power plants and other on-shore energy installations
M-3
combined with a poor underwriting environment. In the case of professional indemnity, a significant proportion of the losses arose from an unanticipated frequency and severity of claims from U.S. law firms.
Policy acquisition costs. Policy acquisition expenses, mainly comprising brokerage, increased by 29.5% from $146 million to $189 million, representing a reduction from 20% of gross earned premiums in 2000 to 18% of gross earned premiums in 2001 as a result of changes in the mix of business towards lines of business such as treaty reinsurance, which carries lower levels of broker commission.
Operating and administrative expenses. Operating and administrative expenses increased marginally from $26 million to $27 million, which, taken together with the increase in policy acquisition costs, resulted in an increase in the expense ratio (based on net earned premiums) from 36.9% to 38.4%. Syndicate 2020 was able to support the increased level of business in 2001 compared to 2000 because although volumes of business had been reduced in 1999 and 2000 compared to previous years as the market softened, the Syndicate had not reduced its staffing levels and was therefore able to respond to the improving market opportunities in 2001 without needing to significantly increase operating expenditure.
Material Cash Flow Movements
Losses and loss adjustment expenses. The change in loss adjustment expenses between 2000 and 2001 was a direct result of the events of September 11. The losses from the terrorist attacks contributed $918 million during 2001 to the overall figure of $993 million. The reduction in loss provisions in 2002 resulted from the favorable underwriting conditions in 2002 giving rise to new incurred claims at a similar level to the value of claims paid in the year.
Unearned premiums. The movement in the unearned premium reserves in 2002 and 2001 was a direct result of the 46.5% and 66.7% increase in gross written premiums reported in 2002 and 2001 respectively. The small movement in 2000 was consistent with the 7.8% increase in syndicate capacity between 1999 and 2000.
Reinsurance recoverables. The movement in reinsurance recoverables between the 2001 and 2000 years was due to the $679 million of additional recoveries due following the events of September 11. The reduction in recoverables recorded in 2002 was due to the receipt of recoveries associated with September 11 losses.
Ceded unearned premium. The movement in ceded unearned premium reserves was consistent with increases in reinsurance premiums ceded following the growth in the Syndicates and due to increased reinsurance rates.
Changes in accrued expenses and other payables. The significant increase in accrued expenses in 2001 was due to the recognition of $96 million on account payments which were made by the Syndicate 2020's reinsurers to assist in meeting U.S. funding requirements post September 11.
Reserves For Losses And Loss Adjustment Expenses For The Syndicates Business
Historically the Syndicates prepared their financial statements in accordance with the requirements of Lloyd's of London under which the financial statements are required to include separate underwriting accounts for each successive underwriting year of account until such time (normally at the end of three years) when the account is closed and the profit or loss for that year of account determined. This reporting arrangement had the following implications for the setting of reserves:
• | Reserves for a new year of account were not included in the audited financial statements until the end of three years (for example at December 31, 2000 in respect of the 1998 year of account); |
• | At that point, the reserves set related to all outstanding claims and LAE (including IBNR) attributable to business incepting in the year of account irrespective of the date of occurrence |
M-4
of the events giving rise to claims (such reserves together with paid claims referred to as "ultimate claims"). Thus, for example, the ultimate claims at December 31 2000 in respect of the 1998 year of account would have included unpaid claims in respect of business incepting in 1998 including claims arising from events in calendar years 1998, 1999 and 2000; |
• | It was the practice of management to issue regular forecasts of the results of each year of account between the end of that year and the date two years later when it was closed. This led to management deploying its actuarial resources to estimate ultimate claims for each year of account as at the end of each calendar year. For example, management estimated the ultimate claims for the 1998 year of account at the end of 1998 and again at the end of 1999 even though those estimates were not included in the audited financial statements of Syndicate 2020; |
• | Management monitored the effectiveness of the reserving process by comparing successive estimates of ultimate claims for each year of account; |
• | The outstanding liabilities of each year of account were normally assumed by the following year of account at the point at which the account was closed. Thus at December 31, 2000 the outstanding liabilities of the 1998 account were assumed by the 1999 year of account; |
• | Any change in the assessment of the ultimate claims for a year of account after it was closed was included in the financial statements of the following year of account; management continued to monitor the ultimate claims for each original year of account until run-off or reinsured to a third party; |
• | Although the reserves at the end of the first and second year of each year of account were not included in the audited financial statements of Syndicate 2020, they were reflected, subject to statutory adjustments, in the solvency returns made to the regulator and in this context, the reserves were subject to audit; |
• | As a result of these arrangements, reserves at the end of each year could be analyzed by year of account but would normally include estimates in respect of future claims arising from unexpired policies at that date irrespective of whether a deficit or surplus was projected in respect of unearned premium. This is in contrast to a calendar year-basis in which no provision is made for future claims unless such estimates exceed the unearned premium reserves; and |
• | Reserves have been established by the selection of a "best estimate" from within a range of estimates. |
The loss and LAE reserve development table in Table 1 illustrates the change over time of the loss and LAE reserves of Syndicate 2020 at the end of the years indicated. The reserves represent the estimated amount of gross loss and LAE for claims arising in the current and all prior accident years that are unpaid at the balance sheet date, including IBNR. Since Wellington Underwriting plc adopted annual accounting for the results of Syndicate 2020 in 1999, historical loss development data is available on an annual basis of accounting for the four years from 1999 to 2002 only.
The first section of each table shows gross reserves for loss and LAE as initially established at the end of each stated year. The second section, reading down, shows the cumulative amounts paid, gross, as of the end of the successive years with respect to the reserve initially established. The third section shows the retroactive re-estimation of the initially established gross reserves for loss and LAE as of the end of each successive year, which results primarily from expanded awareness of additional facts and circumstances that pertain to open claims. The last section compares the latest re-estimated gross reserves for loss and LAE to the gross reserves as initially established and indicates the cumulative development of the liability established gross reserves through December 31, 2002. For instance, the surplus (deficiency) shown in the table for each year represents the aggregate amount by which the
M-5
original estimates of reserves at that year-end have changed in subsequent years. Accordingly, the cumulative surplus/(deficiency) for a year-end relates only to reserves at that year-end and such amounts are not additive.
Caution should be exercised in evaluating the information shown on Table 2, as each amount includes the effects of all changes in amounts for prior periods. Conditions and trends that have affected development of liability in the past may or may not necessarily indicative of development of such liability in the future.
In view of the fact that Aspen Holdings is unable to present a loss development table on an accident year basis for years prior to 1999, a supplementary underwriting year loss development table has been prepared. Table 2 shows the loss development table for Syndicate 2020 on an underwriting year basis. This table has been prepared for the 1993 to 2002 underwriting years of account. Loss reserves presented on an "underwriting year" basis represent claims related to all policies incepting in a given year. In contrast, "accident year" loss reserves represent claims for events that occurred during a given calendar year, regardless of when the policy was written. Loss reserves on an underwriting year basis may include claims from different accident years. For example, a policy written during 1999 may have losses in accident year 1999 and in accident year 2000. Therefore, underwriting year data as of a particular evaluation date is less mature than accident year data.
The first section of each table shows gross reserves for loss and LAE for each underwriting year as initially estimated at the end of each stated underwriting year. The second section, reading down, shows the cumulative amounts paid, gross, as of the end of the successive years with respect to the reserve initially estimated. The third section shows the retroactive re-estimation of the initially estimated gross reserves for loss and LAE as of the end of each successive year, which results primarily from expanded awareness of additional facts and circumstances that pertain to open claims. The last section compares the latest re-estimated gross reserves for loss and LAE to the gross reserves as initially estimated and indicates the cumulative development of the liability established for gross reserves through December 31, 2002. For instance, the surplus/(deficiency) shown in the table for each underwriting year represents the aggregate amount by which the original estimates of reserves for each underwriting year have changed in subsequent years. Accordingly, the cumulative surplus/(deficiency) for each underwriting year relates only to reserves for that underwriting year.
It should be noted that WUAL purchased reinsurance protection consisting of quota shares, excess of loss and facultative reinsurance during the years from 1993 through 2002. During softer market conditions in the late 1990s, WUAL actively managed the Syndicates' retentions to take advantage of lower reinsurance pricing and to protect its members from poor pricing conditions. Therefore, the results shown on a gross basis do not represent the ultimate net losses or gains the members of the Syndicates would have incurred during those years. Moreover, the net effect of the reinsurance protection was to cover entirely the cumulative deficiency for the 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001 underwriting years.
Caution should be exercised in evaluating the information shown on Table 2, as each amount includes the effects of all changes in amounts for prior periods. Conditions and trends that have affected development of liability in the past may or may not necessarily be indicative of development of such liability in the future.
M-6
As the establishment of reserves for the Syndicates Business is not within the Company's control, we are not in a position to monitor its reserve development on any basis after 2002. Accordingly, the tables below reflect claims development through 2002.
Table 1: FOUR YEAR CLAIMS DEVELOPMENT TABLE ON CALENDAR YEAR BASIS
Table 2: TEN-YEAR CLAIMS DEVELOPMENT TABLE ON UNDERWRITING YEAR BASIS (1)(2)
(1) | Table 2 has been prepared for the 1993 to 2002 underwriting years of account. Loss reserves presented on an "underwriting year" basis represent claims related to all policies incepting in a |
M-7
given year. In contrast, "calendar year" loss reserves represent claims for events that occurred during a given calendar year, regardless of when the policy was written. Loss reserves on an underwriting year basis may include claims from different calendar years. For example, a policy written during 1999 may have losses in 1999 and 2000. Therefore, underwriting year data as of a particular evaluation date is less mature than calendar year data. |
(2) | The net effect of the reinsurance protections was to cover entirely the gross deterioration for the 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001 underwriting years. |
(3) | The 1998 underwriting year was protected by reinsurance consisting of quota share, excess of loss and facultative reinsurance. In addition Syndicate 2020 purchased two stop loss policies which provided cover for 80% of applicable losses in excess of a 92.5% loss ratio and 100% of applicable losses in excess of a 90% loss ratio. Cumulative recoveries under the stop loss policies were: |
December 31, 1998 $Nil |
December 31, 1999 $5.6 million |
December 31, 2000 $16.3 million |
(4) | The 1999 underwriting year was protected by an extensive reinsurance program. In addition to specific protections, the year was protected by a whole account excess of loss program, excess $10 million, which provided significant recoveries. The final element of the reinsurance program was a whole account stop loss, the first layer of which provided cover for losses in excess of a 78% loss ratio and the second layer, for losses above an 80% loss ratio. Cumulative recoveries under the stop loss police were: |
December 31, 1999 $37.0 million |
December 31, 2000 $96.7 million |
December 31, 2001 $98.6 million |
December 31, 2002 $90.4 million |
(5) | The 2000 underwriting year was protected by a similar program to that used in 1999. Specific protections were purchased and the whole account excess of loss program, excess $10 million, which was purchased in 1999 was renewed. The 1999 account stop loss was also renewed on the same terms and provided cumulative recoveries of: |
December 31, 2000 $60.7 million |
December 31, 2001 $75.6 million |
December 31, 2002 $93.2 million |
(6) | The 2001 underwriting year was protected by a similar program to the 1999 and 2000 years, including a large non-marine surplus treaty, two whole account excess of loss program and a variety of specific protections. Additionally, a qualifying quota share with a premium limit of £100 million was placed which absorbed a significant proportion of the gross deterioration. |
M-8
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OPERATING DATA
We have prepared our unaudited pro forma combined statement of underwriting results for the year ended December 31, 2002 to describe the underwriting results for the year ended December 31, 2002 as if Aspen Holdings had itself commenced its operations on January 1, 2002.
We have based our presentation on Aspen Holdings' statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2002 and the Syndicates' combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002. We have then adjusted these historical results to remove the amounts in respect of Syndicate 2020's business other than the Initial Lines of Business. The pro forma financial information shows what the underwriting results of Aspen Holdings might have been had it itself written the Initial Lines of Business from January 1, 2002 and also assumed responsibility for the Initial Lines of Business lines written by Syndicate 2020 prior to January 1, 2002. The pro forma financial information includes the results for the year ended December 31, 2002 of business written by each of the Syndicates and Aspen Holdings in 2002 and also the results, including premium and loss development, of business written by Syndicate 2020 in 2001 and prior years. The pro forma financial information is net of the amounts retained by National Indemnity Company, a member of the Berkshire Hathaway group of companies, under its quota share reinsurance of Syndicate 2020.
We have included a reconciliation of the underwriting results of each of Aspen Holdings and the Syndicates to the net income included in their respective audited financial statements for the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 and year ended December 31, 2002.
The following table sets forth our unaudited pro forma combined statement of underwriting results to represent our business as if we had commenced our operations as of January 1, 2002 and had underwritten for the entire period. We have based our presentation on the actual underwriting results of the Syndicates for the period presented.
Aspen
Holdings Historical |
Syndicates
Historical |
Adjustments |
Aspen
Holdings pro forma |
|||||||||||||||
($ in millions, except percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||
Net premiums earned | $ | 120.3 | $ | 863.0 | $ | (497.4 | ) | $ | 485.9 | |||||||||
Insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses | (76.9 | ) | (523.0 | ) | 299.7 | (300.2 | ) | |||||||||||
Policy acquisition expenses | (21.1 | ) | (254.0 | ) | 137.6 | (137.5 | ) | |||||||||||
Operating and administration expenses | (8.7 | ) | (36.0 | ) | 33.8 | (10.9 | ) | |||||||||||
Underwriting result | $ | 13.6 | $ | 50.0 | $ | (26.3 | ) | $ | 37.3 | |||||||||
Loss Ratio (on net premiums earned) | 64 | % | 61 | % | 60 | % | 62 | % | ||||||||||
Expense Ratio (on net premiums earned) | 25 | 34 | 35 | 31 | ||||||||||||||
Combined Ratio (on net premiums earned) | 89 | % | 95 | % | 95 | % | 93 | % | ||||||||||
The "Adjustments" column presents amounts included in the Syndicates' underwriting results on lines of business that Aspen Holdings will not write and that Syndicate 2020 will continue to write.
Investment income and realized gains and losses have been excluded from the pro forma financial information during the period from January 1, 2002 to the date we commenced our operations because the Syndicates do not operate with any paid-up capital. As such, it would be inappropriate to make assumptions on investment income related to hypothetical capital and it would be confusing to include investment income on only reserves and not capital. Additionally, we have not included realized gains or losses because this would provide an incomplete assessment of the investment portfolio.
U-1
The underwriting result of Aspen Holdings shown above can be reconciled to the net income included in Aspen Holdings' Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 as follows:
The underwriting result of the Syndicates shown above can be reconciled to the net income included in the Syndicates' Combined Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2002 as follows:
Year
Ended
December 31, 2002 |
||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||
Net income | $ | 71.0 | ||||
Net investment income | (31.0 | ) | ||||
Realized investment losses | (4.0 | ) | ||||
Foreign exchange losses | 14.0 | |||||
Underwriting result | $ | 50.0 | ||||
We have assumed that from January 1, 2002, we wrote the Initial Lines of Business directly, rather than assuming them by way of quota share arrangements, together with the business we have bound directly since our formation and our quota share reinsurance of the Syndicate 2020 and 3030 business that are not part of the Initial Lines of Business.
Our senior management team and the majority of the underwriters responsible for our reinsurance and U.K. commercial property and liability insurance business joined Aspen Holdings from WUAL, a wholly owned subsidiary of Wellington and the managing agent of the Syndicates. Aspen Holdings did not acquire and does not have the right to renew any business previously written by the Syndicates, but Wellington has agreed not to compete with Aspen Holdings until after March 31, 2004 in the Initial Lines of Business previously written by the Syndicates. Aspen Holdings started to write renewals of the Initial Lines of Business in the third and fourth quarters of 2002. Aspen Holdings has not assumed responsibility for any business written by the Syndicates prior to January 1, 2002 and has participated in business written by the Syndicates after January 1, 2002 by way of quota share arrangements. These agreements are described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Transactions and Relationships with Initial Investors."
We caution that the Aspen Holdings pro forma statement of underwriting results presented herein is not indicative of the future underwriting results that we will achieve. Many factors may cause our actual underwriting results to differ materially from the pro forma results, including, but not limited to, the following:
• | Our unaudited pro forma statement of underwriting results includes premium and loss development on Initial Lines of Business lines entered into by Syndicate 2020 prior to January 1, 2002. Given the non-compete and other arrangements with Wellington as more specifically described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Transactions and Relationships with Initial Investors"; we are assuming no premium or loss development on Initial Lines of Business written by Syndicate 2020 prior to January 1, 2002. Therefore, our reported premiums written and |
U-2
earned and reported losses and loss adjustment expenses in our initial years of operation could be lower than as presented in our unaudited pro forma statement of underwriting results. |
• | We have made no adjustments to illustrate the impact of Aspen Holdings' reinsurance program other than the Syndicates' reinsurance program on the unaudited pro forma statement of underwriting results, as it is not practicable to do so. |
• | Our future results of operations will depend in part on the amount of our investment income, which cannot be predicted and which will fluctuate depending upon the types of investments we select, our underwriting results and market factors. |
• | Actual tax expense in future periods will be based on underwriting results plus investment income and other income and expense items not reflected in the unaudited pro forma statement of underwriting results. |
U-3
GLOSSARY OF SELECTED REINSURANCE, INSURANCE, INVESTMENT AND OTHER TERMS
G-1
G-2
G-3
G-4
G-5
G-6
212,743 Shares
Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited
Ordinary Shares
PROSPECTUS
, 2004
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the ordinary shares being registered hereby. All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing and quotation fees payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") and the New York Stock Exchange.
Securities and Exchange Commission Filing Fee | $ | 1,000 | ||||
New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee | 4,000 | |||||
Fees and Expenses of Company and Shareholders' Counsels | $ | 200,000 | ||||
Printing Expenses | 1,000 | |||||
Fees and Expenses of Accountants | 13,500 | |||||
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees | 5,000 | |||||
Miscellaneous Expenses | $ | 5,000 | ||||
Total | $ | 229,500 | ||||
ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Bye-Law 145 of the Registrant's bye-laws provides, among other things, that, subject to certain provisos, the Registrant's directors, officers or any other person appointed to a committee of the board of directors and any resident representative (and their respective heirs, executors or administrators; collectively, the "Indemnified Persons") shall be indemnified and held harmless out of the assets of the Registrant against all liabilities, loss, damage or expense (including but not limited to liabilities under contract, tort and statute or any applicable foreign law or regulation and all reasonable legal and other costs and expenses properly payable) incurred or suffered by him by or by reason of any act done, conceived in or omitted in the conduct of the Registrant's business or in the discharge of his duties and the indemnity contained in Bye-Law 145 shall extend to the Indemnified Persons of the Registrant acting in any office or trust in the reasonable belief that he has been appointed or elected to such office or trust notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election provided always that the indemnity contained in this Bye-Law 145 shall not extend to any matter which would render it void under the Companies Acts.
Bye-Law 149 of the Registrant's bye-laws provides that each shareholder and the Registrant agree to waive any claim or right of action he or it may at any time have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Registrant, against any director or officer of the Registrant on account of any action taken by such director or officer or the failure of such director or officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Registrant, provided, however, that such waiver shall not apply to any claims or rights of action arising out of the fraud of such director or officer or to recover any gain, personal profit or advantage to which such director or officer is not legally entitled.
The Companies Act provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to them as a result of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which they may be guilty. However, the Companies Act also provides that any provision, whether contained in the Company's bye-laws or in a contract or arrangement between the Company and the director, indemnifying such director against any liability which would attach to him in respect of his fraud or dishonesty will be void.
The Registrant has purchased directors and officers liability insurance policies. Such insurance will be available to the Registrant's directors and officers in accordance with its terms. In addition, certain directors may be covered by directors and officers liability insurance policies purchased by their respective employers, subject to the limitation of the policy terms.
II-1
Reference is made to the Registration Rights Agreement for provisions providing that the selling shareholder is obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify the directors, certain officers and the controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities under the Securities Act.
ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Since its formation, the Registrant has issued unregistered securities as described below. None of the transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering and the Registrant believes that each transaction, if deemed to be a sale of a security, was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof, Regulation D promulgated thereunder, Rule 701 pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or Regulation S for offerings of securities outside of the United States. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, such securities were restricted as to transfers and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions.
• | On June 21, 2002, the Registrant sold 24,859,590 ordinary shares to certain accredited investors and members of management of the Registrant for an aggregate price of $372,893,850 (based on the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate on such date at £1 to $1.5000). The sale of ordinary shares was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. |
• | On October 16, 2002, the Registrant sold 4,625,070 ordinary shares to Wellington for an aggregate price of $73,052,040 (based on the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate on such date at £1 to $1.5543). The sale of ordinary shares was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. |
• | On November 19, 2002, the Registrant sold 4,874,930 ordinary shares to Wellington for an aggregate price of $79,044,003 (based on the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate on such date at £1 to $1.5884). The sale of ordinary shares was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. |
• | On November 29, 2002, the Registrant sold 2,555,230 ordinary shares to Wellington for an aggregate price of $40,497,797 (based on the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate on such date at £1 to $1.5523). The sale of ordinary shares was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. |
• | On November 29, 2002, the Registrant sold 19,951,320 ordinary shares to certain accredited investors and members of management of the Registrant for an aggregate price of $299,269,800 (based on the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate on June 21, 2002 at £1 to $1.5000 since this subscription was the second part of the June 21, 2002 subscription). The sale of ordinary shares was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. |
• | The Registrant issued 10,220 ordinary shares to employees and directors of the Registrant and its subsidiaries during the period of May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 for a total consideration of $164,542 (based on the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate at £1 to $1.6100). The sale of ordinary shares was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. |
• | On February 11, 2003, the Registrant issued 43,420 ordinary shares to employees of the Registrant and its subsidiaries for a total consideration of $707,746 (based on the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate on such date at £1 to $1.6300). The sale of ordinary shares was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. |
II-2
• | On August 13, 2003, the Registrant issued 4,340 ordinary shares to employees of the Registrant and its subsidiaries for a total consideration of $67,461 (based on the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate on such date at £1 to $1.5544). The sale of ordinary shares was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. |
• | On December 9, 2003, the Company issued 126,706 ordinary shares to Harrington Trust Limited (the Names' Trustee) in connection with their exercise of options under the Option Instrument under both a cash and cashless basis for a total consideration price of $1,152,815 (based on the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate on such date of £1 to $1.7430). The exercise of options for ordinary shares was made in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act. |
• | On December 17, 2003, the Company issued 25,877 ordinary shares to Harrington Trust Limited (the Names' Trustee) in connection with their exercise of the options under the Option Instrument for a total consideration price $489,098 (based on the British Pound/U.S. Dollar exchange rate on such date of £1 to $1.7615). The exercise of options for ordinary shares was made in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act. |
• | In connection with this offering, the Company received a notice on September 17, 2004, as amended, from Appleby Trust (Bermuda) Limited (formerly known as Harrington Trust Limited) to exercise a portion of the options it holds. Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement we will issue 135,321 ordinary shares, of which 6,776 will be restricted shares and will not be registered. The exercise of options for ordinary shares was made in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act. |
ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Exhibits
II-3
II-4
(1) | Incorporated herein by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to the Company's Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-110435). |
(2) | Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 24, 2004. |
* | Previously filed. |
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
(1) Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited
Report of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II | — | Condensed Financial Information of Registrant | ||||||||
Schedule III | — | Supplementary Insurance Information | ||||||||
Schedule IV | — | Reinsurance | ||||||||
Schedule V | — | Valuation and Qualifying Accounts | ||||||||
(2) Syndicates 2020 and 3030
Report of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule IV | — | Reinsurance | ||||||||
Schedule V | — | Valuation and Qualifying Accounts | ||||||||
II-5
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTANTS
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited:
Under date of March 26, 2004, we reported on the consolidated balance sheet of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the period from incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002, which are included in this registration statement. In connection with our audit of the aforementioned consolidated financial statements, we also audited the related consolidated financial statement schedules appearing on pages II-7 through II-12 of this registration statement. These financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statement schedules based on our audit.
In our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
/s/ KPMG Audit Plc
Chartered
Accountants
London, United Kingdom
March 26, 2004
II-6
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
SCHEDULE II – CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
BALANCE
SHEET
As at December 31, 2003 and
2002
II-7
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
SCHEDULE II – CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (cont'd)
STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2003 And For the
Period From Incorporation On May 23,
2002 to December 31,
2002
II-8
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
SCHEDULE II – CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (cont'd)
STATEMENT OF
CASH FLOWS
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003 And
For The Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 to December 31,
2002
II-9
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDIGNS LIMITED
SCHEDULE III – SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE
INFORMATION
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003 And For
The Period From
Incorporation On May 23, 2002 to December 31,
2002
Premiums written:
Direct | Assumed | Ceded | Net Amount | |||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||
2003 | $ | 304.9 | $ | 1,001.9 | $ | (214.0 | ) | $ | 1,092.8 | |||||||||
2002 | $ | 86.6 | $ | 288.2 | $ | (62.2 | ) | $ | 312.6 | |||||||||
Supplementary information:
II-10
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
SCHEDULE IV – REINSURANCE
For the
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003 And For The
Period From
Incorporation On May 23, 2002 to December 31,
2002
II-11
ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
SCHEDULE V – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING
ACCOUNTS
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2003 And For
The
Period From Incorporation On May 23, 2002 to December 31,
2002
II-12
Independent Auditors' Report
To the Board of Directors of Wellington Underwriting Agencies Limited:
Under date of September 15, 2003, we reported on the combined balance sheets of Syndicates 2020 and 3030 (the "Syndicates") as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related combined statements of operations and comprehensive income/(loss), members' deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2002, which are included in the prospectus. In connection with our audits of the aforementioned combined financials statements, we also audited the related combined financial statement schedules in the registration statement. These financial statement schedules are the responsibility of Wellington Underwriting Agencies Limited. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statement schedules based on our audits.
In our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic combined financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
/s/ KPMG Audit Plc |
London, United
Kingdom
September 15, 2003
II-13
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
SCHEDULE IV - REINSURANCE
II-14
SYNDICATES 2020 AND 3030
SCHEDULE V - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
II-15
ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
1. | To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: |
i. | To include any propectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; |
ii. | To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and |
iii. | To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; |
2. | That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
3. | To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. |
4. | If the registrant is a foreign private issuer, to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or Rule 3-19 of this chapter if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3. |
II-16
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Hamilton, Bermuda, on the 13th day of October, 2004.
Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited | ||||||||||
By: | /s/ Christopher O'Kane | |||||||||
Name: | Christopher O'Kane | |||||||||
Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |||||||||
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 13th day of October, 2004.
Signature | ||
/s/ Denise Tessier-Brown | ||
Denise
Tessier-Brown
(authorized representative in the United States) |
||
*By:
/s/
Julian
Cusack
Attorney-in-fact
II-17
EXHIBIT INDEX
II-18
(1) | Incorporated herein by reference to similarly numbered exhibit to the Company's Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-110435). |
(2) | Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 24, 2004. |
* | Previously filed. |
II-19
EXHIBIT 4.3 ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED TO DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, Trustee INDENTURE Dated as of August 16, 2004 DEBT SECURITIES Table Of Contents Page ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS.............................................................................................1 1 SECTION 1.1 CERTAIN TERMS DEFINED..................................................................1 ARTICLE 2 SECURITY FORMS.........................................................................................11 SECTION 2.1 FORMS GENERALLY.......................................................................11 SECTION 2.2 FORM OF LEGEND FOR RESTRICTED SECURITIES..............................................12 SECTION 2.3 FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.......................................12 SECTION 2.4 FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION BY AN AUTHENTICATING AGENT............14 SECTION 2.5 SECURITIES ISSUABLE IN THE FORM OF GLOBAL SECURITIES..................................14 ARTICLE 3 THE SECURITIES.........................................................................................16 SECTION 3.1 AMOUNT UNLIMITED; ISSUABLE IN SERIES..................................................16 SECTION 3.2 FORM AND DENOMINATIONS................................................................19 SECTION 3.3 AUTHENTICATION, DATING AND DELIVERY OF SECURITIES.....................................19 SECTION 3.4 EXECUTION OF SECURITIES...............................................................21 SECTION 3.5 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.........................................................22 SECTION 3.6 REGISTRATION, REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE...................................22 SECTION 3.7 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATED TO TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES.......23 SECTION 3.8 MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST AND STOLEN SECURITIES......................................25 SECTION 3.9 PAYMENT OF INTEREST AND CERTAIN ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS; INTEREST RIGHTS AND CERTAIN ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS PRESERVED..........................................................26 SECTION 3.10 ADDITIONAL OR SPECIAL INTEREST UNDER REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENTS...................27 SECTION 3.11 CANCELLATION OF SECURITIES; DESTRUCTION THEREOF.......................................28 SECTION 3.12 TEMPORARY SECURITIES..................................................................28 SECTION 3.13 COMPUTATION OF INTEREST...............................................................29 SECTION 3.14 CUSIP NUMBERS.........................................................................29 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY...............................................................................29 SECTION 4.1 PAYMENT OF SECURITIES.................................................................29 SECTION 4.2 OFFICES OR AGENCY.....................................................................29 SECTION 4.3 MONEY FOR SECURITIES PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.....................................30 SECTION 4.4 ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS....................................................................31 SECTION 4.5 REDEMPTION FOR TAX PURPOSES...........................................................34 i Table Of Contents (continued) Page SECTION 4.6 LIMITATION ON LIENS ON STOCK OF DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES...............................34 SECTION 4.7 LIMITATION ON DISPOSITION OF STOCK OF DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES.........................35 SECTION 4.8 CORPORATE EXISTENCE...................................................................35 SECTION 4.9 WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS...........................................................36 SECTION 4.10 CERTIFICATES TO TRUSTEE...............................................................36 SECTION 4.11 CALCULATION OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT................................................36 ARTICLE 5 SECURITYHOLDER LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE........................................37 SECTION 5.1 COMPANY TO FURNISH TRUSTEE INFORMATION AS TO NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF SECURITYHOLDERS...37 SECTION 5.2 PRESERVATION AND DISCLOSURE OF SECURITYHOLDER LISTS...................................37 SECTION 5.3 REPORTS BY THE COMPANY................................................................38 SECTION 5.4 REPORTS BY THE TRUSTEE................................................................39 ARTICLE 6 REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS ON EVENT OF DEFAULT........................................39 SECTION 6.1 EVENT OF DEFAULT DEFINED; ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; WAIVER OF DEFAULT.................39 SECTION 6.2 COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS BY TRUSTEE; TRUSTEE MAY PROVE DEBT.........................42 SECTION 6.3 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS...............................................................44 SECTION 6.4 SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT.................................................................45 SECTION 6.5 RESTORATION OF RIGHTS ON ABANDONMENT OF PROCEEDINGS...................................45 SECTION 6.6 LIMITATIONS ON SUITS BY SECURITYHOLDERS...............................................45 SECTION 6.7 UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF SECURITYHOLDERS TO INSTITUTE CERTAIN SUITS.....................46 SECTION 6.8 POWERS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE; DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER OF DEFAULT...............46 SECTION 6.9 CONTROL BY HOLDERS OF SECURITIES......................................................47 SECTION 6.10 WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS...............................................................47 SECTION 6.11 TRUSTEE TO GIVE NOTICE OF DEFAULT, BUT MAY WITHHOLD IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES..........48 SECTION 6.12 RIGHT OF COURT TO REQUIRE FILING OF UNDERTAKING TO PAY COSTS..........................48 SECTION 6.13 WAIVER OF USURY, STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS...............................................49 SECTION 6.14 DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER..........................................................49 ARTICLE 7 CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE.................................................................................49 SECTION 7.1 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE; DURING DEFAULT; PRIOR TO DEFAULT..........49 ii Table Of Contents (continued) Page SECTION 7.2 CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE TRUSTEE.........................................................50 SECTION 7.3 TRUSTEE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS, DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES OR APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS THEREOF......................................................................52 SECTION 7.4 TRUSTEE AND AGENTS MAY HOLD SECURITIES; COLLECTIONS, ETC..............................52 SECTION 7.5 MONEYS HELD BY TRUSTEE................................................................52 SECTION 7.6 COMPENSATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEE AND ITS PRIOR CLAIM.......................52 SECTION 7.7 RIGHT OF TRUSTEE TO RELY ON OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE, ETC................................53 SECTION 7.8 QUALIFICATION OF TRUSTEE; CONFLICTING INTERESTS.......................................53 SECTION 7.9 PERSONS ELIGIBLE FOR APPOINTMENT AS TRUSTEE...........................................54 SECTION 7.10 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE.............................54 SECTION 7.11 ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE........................................55 SECTION 7.12 MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS OF TRUSTEE................56 SECTION 7.13 PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST THE COMPANY.................................56 SECTION 7.14 AUTHENTICATING AGENT..................................................................60 ARTICLE 8 CONCERNING THE HOLDERS OF SECURITIES...................................................................61 SECTION 8.1 ACTION BY HOLDERS.....................................................................61 SECTION 8.2 PROOF OF EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS BY HOLDERS OF SECURITIES............................62 SECTION 8.3 HOLDERS TO BE TREATED AS OWNERS.......................................................62 SECTION 8.4 SECURITIES OWNED BY COMPANY DEEMED NOT OUTSTANDING....................................63 SECTION 8.5 RIGHT OF REVOCATION OF ACTION TAKEN...................................................63 ARTICLE 9 HOLDERS' MEETINGS......................................................................................64 SECTION 9.1 PURPOSES OF MEETINGS..................................................................64 SECTION 9.2 CALL OF MEETINGS BY TRUSTEE...........................................................64 SECTION 9.3 CALL OF MEETINGS BY COMPANY OR HOLDERS................................................64 SECTION 9.4 QUALIFICATIONS FOR VOTING.............................................................65 SECTION 9.5 REGULATIONS...........................................................................65 SECTION 9.6 VOTING................................................................................66 SECTION 9.7 NO DELAY OF RIGHTS BY REASON OF MEETING...............................................66 ARTICLE 10 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES...............................................................................66 SECTION 10.1 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF SECURITYHOLDERS............................66 SECTION 10.2 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF SECURITYHOLDERS...............................69 SECTION 10.3 NOTICE OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE......................................................70 SECTION 10.4 EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE......................................................70 SECTION 10.5 DOCUMENTS TO BE GIVEN TO TRUSTEE......................................................70 iii Table Of Contents (continued) Page SECTION 10.6 NOTATION ON SECURITIES IN RESPECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES..........................70 ARTICLE 11 CONSOLIDATION, AMALGAMATION, MERGER OR SALE...........................................................71 SECTION 11.1 COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS..................................71 SECTION 11.2 OPINION OF COUNSEL....................................................................71 SECTION 11.3 SUCCESSOR PERSON SUBSTITUTED..........................................................72 ARTICLE 12 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE, UNCLAIMED MONEYS.............................................72 SECTION 12.1 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF SECURITIES OF ANY SERIES................................72 SECTION 12.2 DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE....................................................74 SECTION 12.3 APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY............................................................78 SECTION 12.4 REPAYMENT OF MONEYS HELD BY PAYING AGENT..............................................78 SECTION 12.5 RETURN OF UNCLAIMED MONEYS HELD BY TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT...........................78 ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS..............................................................................79 SECTION 13.1 INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF COMPANY EXEMPT FROM INDIVIDUAL LIABILITY.............................................................................79 SECTION 13.2 PROVISIONS OF INDENTURE FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF PARTIES AND SECURITYHOLDERS...........80 SECTION 13.3 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF COMPANY BOUND BY INDENTURE..................................80 SECTION 13.4 NOTICES TO HOLDERS; WAIVER............................................................80 SECTION 13.5 ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES.................................................................80 SECTION 13.6 OFFICER'S CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS OF COUNSEL; STATEMENTS TO BE CONTAINED THEREIN....81 SECTION 13.7 SEPARABILITY CLAUSE...................................................................82 SECTION 13.8 LEGAL HOLIDAYS........................................................................82 SECTION 13.9 CONFLICT OF ANY PROVISION OF INDENTURE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.......................82 SECTION 13.10 GOVERNING LAW.........................................................................82 SECTION 13.11 JUDGMENT CURRENCY.....................................................................82 SECTION 13.12 NO SECURITY INTEREST CREATED..........................................................83 SECTION 13.13 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION............................................................83 SECTION 13.14 COUNTERPARTS..........................................................................84 SECTION 13.15 EFFECT OF HEADINGS....................................................................84 ARTICLE 14 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES..............................................................................84 SECTION 14.1 APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE..............................................................84 iv Table Of Contents (continued) Page SECTION 14.2 NOTICE OF REDEMPTION; SELECTION OF SECURITIES.........................................84 SECTION 14.3 PAYMENT OF SECURITIES CALLED FOR REDEMPTION...........................................86 ARTICLE 15 SINKING FUNDS.........................................................................................87 SECTION 15.1 APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE..............................................................87 SECTION 15.2 SATISFACTION OF MANDATORY SINKING FUND PAYMENT WITH SECURITIES........................88 SECTION 15.3 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES FOR SINKING FUND.............................................88 EXHIBITS EXHIBIT A - FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM RULE 144A GLOBAL SECURITY TO REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY EXHIBIT B - FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY TO RULE 144A GLOBAL SECURITY EXHIBIT C - FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFERS FROM RESTRICTED GLOBAL SECURITY TO UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL SECURITY EXHIBIT D - FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144 v 314(a)............................................ 4.10 and 5.3 314(b)............................................ Inapplicable 314(c)(1) and (2)................................. 13.6 314(c)(3)......................................... Inapplicable 314(d)............................................ Inapplicable 314(e)............................................ 13.6 315(a), (c) and (d)............................... 7.1 315(b)............................................ 6.11 315(e)............................................ 6.12 316(a)(1)......................................... 6.9 316(a)(2)......................................... Inapplicable 316(a) (last sentence)............................ 8.4 316(b)............................................ 6.7 316(c)............................................ 8.1 317(a)............................................ 6.2 317(b)............................................ 4.2 and 4.3 318(a)............................................ 13.9 ______________ * This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture or to have any bearing upon the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions.============================================================================== ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED --------- *Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Reform Act of 1990, and Indenture, dated as of August 16, 2004. Section of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 Section of Indenture --------------------------- -------------------- 310(a)(1), (2) and (5)............................ 7.9 310(a)(3) and (4)................................. Inapplicable 310(b)............................................ 7.8 and 7.10(a)and(b) 311(a)............................................ 7.13(a) and (c)(i) and (iii) 311(b)............................................ 7.13(b) 312(a)............................................ 5.1 and 5.2(a) 312(b)............................................ 5.2(b) 312(c)............................................ 5.2(b) 313(a)............................................ 5.4(a) 313(b)(1)......................................... Inapplicable 313(b)(2)......................................... 5.4(b) 313(c)............................................ 5.4(c) 313(d)............................................ 5.4(d) INDENTURE, dated as of August 16, 2004, between ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED, a Bermuda limited company (herein, subject to Article 11, sometimes called the "Company"), having its principal office at Victoria Hall, 11 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda, and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, as Trustee (hereinafter, subject to Article 12, called the "Trustee"), having its principal corporate trust office at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY, 10005. Attention: Trust and Securities Services. Recitals of the Company The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its notes, debentures or other evidences of its unsecured indebtedness (herein called the "Securities"), to be issued in one or more series, authenticated and delivered, as in this Indenture provided. All things necessary have been done to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms. NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Persons acquiring the same, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of the Securities of any series, without giving any priority of any one Security or series over any other, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, as follows: ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS Section 1.1 Certain Terms Defined. The following terms (except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise clearly requires) for all purposes of this Indenture, including any indenture supplemental hereto, have the respective meanings specified in this Section. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act or the definitions of which in the Securities Act of 1933 are referred to in the Trust Indenture Act or that are defined by rule of the Commission under the Trust Indenture Act (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise clearly requires) have the meanings assigned to such terms in said Trust Indenture Act and in said Securities Act or in said Commission rule under the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date on which this Indenture was originally executed (subject to Section 10.1 and Section 10.2). The words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. All references herein to "Articles" or other subdivisions are to the corresponding Articles or other subdivisions of this Indenture. The terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular. "Additional Amounts" means any additional amounts which are required hereby or by any Security, under circumstances specified herein or therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes, assessments or other governmental charges imposed on Holders specified therein and which are owing to such Holders. "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. "Authenticating Agent" means, with respect to any series of Securities, any authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee, with respect to that series of Securities, pursuant to Section 7.14. "Authorized Newspaper" means a newspaper or financial journal printed in the English language, customarily published at least once a day, and customarily published for at least five days in each calendar week, whether or not published on days that are legal holidays and of general circulation; or, in the alternative, shall mean such form of communication as may have come into general use for the dissemination of information of import similar to that of the information specified to be published by the provisions hereof. Whenever successive publications are required or authorized to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be made (unless otherwise expressly provided herein) in the same or different newspapers meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case on any Business Day and at the expense of the Company. In case, by reason of the suspension of publication of any Authorized Newspaper, or for any other cause, it shall be impractical without unreasonable expense to make publication of any notice in an Authorized Newspaper as required by this Indenture, then such method of publication or notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of the required publication of such notice in an Authorized Newspaper. "Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company or any committee of such Board of Directors or Officer duly authorized to act with respect to a particular matter on behalf of the Board of Directors. "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. "Broker-Dealer" has the meaning set forth in any applicable Registration Rights Agreement. "Business Day", when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any other location specified in the Securities or this Indenture, means each Monday, Tuesday, 2 Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment or location are generally authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close, except as may be otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1. "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means an obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with such principles. "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any time after the date on which this Indenture was originally executed such Commission is not existing and performing the duties assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act on such date of original execution, then the body performing such duties at such time. "Common Shares" in respect of any Corporation means Share Capital of any class or classes (however designated) which has no preference as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Corporation, and which is not subject to redemption by such Corporation. "Company" means Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, a Bermuda company, and, subject to ARTICLE 11, its successors and assigns. "Company Order" and "Company Request" mean a written order or request signed in the name of the Company by the chairman, any vice chairman, the president, any vice president, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller and by the chief financial officer, chief operating officer, any assistant treasurer, any assistant controller, the secretary or any assistant secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. "Consolidated Book Value" in respect of any Person means the total of the amounts shown on the balance sheet of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of such Person ending at least 45 days prior to the taking of any action for the purpose of which the determination is being made, as (i) the par or stated value of all outstanding Share Capital of such Person plus (ii) paid-in capital, share premium or capital surplus relating to such Share Capital plus (iii) any retained earnings or earned surplus plus (iv) any accumulated other comprehensive income, less any accumulated deficit. "Conversion Event" means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country or the confederation which issued such Foreign Currency and for the settlement of transactions by a central bank or other public institutions of or within the international banking community or (ii) any currency unit or composite currency for the purposes for which it was established. 3 "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office, on the date of original execution of this Indenture, is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY, 10005, Attention: Trust and Securities Services or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the parties hereto, or at the principal corporate trust office of any successor trustee as to which such successor trustee may notify the parties hereto in writing. "Corporation" includes corporations, limited liability companies, incorporated associations, companies and business trusts. "Depository" means, with respect to the Securities of any series or any Tranche thereof, which, in accordance with the determination of the Company, will be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, another clearing agency or any successor registered under the Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, which, in each case, shall be designated by the Company pursuant to either Section 2.5 or Section 3.1. If at any time there is more than one such Person, "Depository" as used with respect to the Securities of any such series or Tranche thereof means the Depository with respect to the Securities of that series or Tranche. "Designated Subsidiary" means any present or future consolidated Subsidiary of the Company, the Consolidated Book Value of which constitutes at least 20% of the Consolidated Book Value of the Company. "Dollar" ("$") means the coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, in each case as amended from time to time. "Exchange Securities" means the Securities issued in a Registered Exchange Offer. "Event of Default" means any event or condition specified as such in Section 6.1. "Foreign Currency" means any currency, currency unit or composite currency, including, without limitation, the euro, issued by the government of one or more countries other than the United States of America or by any recognized confederation or association of such governments. "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Standards 4 Accounting Board, and as are applicable to the financial statements of the Company, in each case as of the date of any computation required hereunder. "Global Security" means, with respect to all or any part of any series of Securities, a Security executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository's instruction, all in accordance with this Indenture and pursuant to a Company Order, which shall be registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee and the ownership of which will be registered in a "book-entry" or other system maintained by the Depository. "Government Obligations" means securities which are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or the other government or governments or confederation or association of governments which issued the Foreign Currency in which the principal of or any premium or interest on such Security or any Additional Amounts in respect thereof shall be payable, in each case where the payment or payments thereunder are supported by the full faith and credit of such government or governments or confederation or association of governments; or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or such other government or governments or confederation or association of governments, in each case where the timely payment or payments thereunder are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America or such other government or governments or confederation or association of governments, and which, in the case of (i) or (ii), are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer or issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of or other amount with respect to any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of or other amount with respect to the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt. "Holder", "Registered Holder" and "Securityholder" mean, with respect to a Security, the Person in whose name such Security is registered in the Securities Register (which terms, in the case of a Global Security, mean the Depository, notwithstanding that the Depository maintains a "book-entry" or other system for identification of ownership in respect of such Global Security). The term "include" (and other forms of such term) means "include, without limitation". "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, (i) the principal of and any premium and interest on (a) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed or (b) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; (ii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of 5 such Person; (iii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in (i) through (iii) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit); (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the amount thereof being deemed to be the lesser of the stated recourse, if limited, and the amount of the obligations or dividends of the other Person; (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured; and (vii) any amendments, modifications, refundings, renewals or extensions of any indebtedness or obligation described as Indebtedness in clauses (i) through (vi) above. "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed and delivered or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, and includes the forms and terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated hereunder. The term "interest" means, with respect to any Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity and, when used with respect to a Security which provides for the payment of Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 4.4, includes such Additional Amounts. "Interest Payment Date" means, with respect to any Security, the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security. "Judgment Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 13.11. "Lien" has the meaning specified in Section 4.6. "Maturity" means, with respect to any Security, the date on which the principal of such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise. "New York Banking Day" has the meaning specified in Section 13.11. "Non-U.S. Person" means a Person who is not a U.S. person as defined in Regulation S. 6 "Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Controller, any Assistant Secretary, the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the principal accounting officer or the chief operating officer of the Company. "Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed by one or more Officers (as applicable) and delivered to the Trustee, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein. "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. "Original Issue Discount Security" means any Security that provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration with respect thereto pursuant to Section 6.1. "Outstanding" (subject to Section 8.4) means, with reference to Securities as of the date of determination, all Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except: (a) Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; (b) Securities, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been irrevocably deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside, segregated and held in trust by the Company for the Holders of such Securities (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) or for the payment of which Government Obligations shall have been irrevocably deposited in trust with the Trustee in accordance with ARTICLE 12; provided that, if such Securities, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to the Stated Maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as herein provided, or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; (c) any such Security with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance pursuant to the terms hereof, except to the extent provided in Section 12.2; (d) Securities in substitution for which other Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered, or which shall have been paid, pursuant to the terms of Section 3.8 (except with respect to any such Security as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company is presented that such Security is held by a Person in whose hands such Security is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company); and (e) any such Security converted or exchanged as contemplated by this Indenture into Common Shares of the Company or other securities, if the terms of such Security provide for such conversion or exchange pursuant to Section 3.1. 7 In determining whether Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of any or all series have made or given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, or are present to constitute a quorum at a meeting of Holders of Securities, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration with respect thereto pursuant to Section 6.1 and (ii) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor, shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such a determination or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. "Overdue Rate" means, with respect to any Security of Securities, the rate designated as such in or pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors or the supplemental indenture, as the case may be, relating to such Security as contemplated by Section 3.1. "Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on, any Securities on behalf of the Company. "Periodic Offering" means an offering of Securities of a series from time to time, any or all of the specific terms of which Securities, which may be in one or more Tranches, including the rate or rates of interest, if any, thereon, the Stated Maturity or Maturities thereof and the redemption provisions, if any, with respect thereto, are to be determined by the Company or its agents from time to time subsequent to the initial request for authentication and delivery of such Securities by the Trustee, all as contemplated in Section 3.1. "Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. "Place of Payment" means, with respect to any Security, the place or places where the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on, such Security are payable as specified pursuant to Section 3.1. "Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same Indebtedness as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.8 in lieu of a lost, destroyed, mutilated or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Security. "Private Placement Legend" has the meaning specified in Section 2.2. "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer", as defined in Rule 144A. 8 "Redemption Date" means, with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture. "Redemption Price" means, with respect to any Security or portion thereof to be redeemed, the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture. "Registered Holder": See "Holder". "Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on a Security means the date specified for that purpose pursuant to Section 3.1 or as specified in Section 3.9. "Registered Exchange Offer" means an exchange offer by the Company registered under the Securities Act pursuant to which Restricted Securities are exchanged for Securities of like principal amount not bearing the Private Placement Legend. "Registration Rights Agreement" means any registration rights agreement between the Company and one or more initial purchasers in connection with the issuance of Restricted Securities of any series under this Indenture. "Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act (including any successor regulation thereto) as may be amended from time to time. "Regulation S Global Security" means each Global Security that represents Securities sold in reliance on Regulation S and as specified in Section 2.1. "Required Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 13.11. "Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office, including any managing director, vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, assistant secretary or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers, and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer, to whom such matter is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. "Restricted Global Security" means a Global Security that bears the Private Placement Legend. "Restricted Security" means any Security (or beneficial interest therein) not originally issued and sold in a transaction registered under the Securities Act, until such time as: (i) such Security (or beneficial interest therein) has been transferred in a transaction registered under the Securities Act; (ii) the Restriction Termination Date therefor has passed; or (iii) the Private Placement Legend therefor has otherwise been removed pursuant to Section 3.7(e) hereof or, in the case of a beneficial interest in a Global Security, such beneficial interest has been exchanged for an interest in a Global Security not bearing a Private Placement Legend. 9 "Restriction Termination Date" means, with respect to any Restricted Security (or beneficial interest therein) resold in reliance on Rule 144A, two years (or such other period specified in Rule 144(k)) or, with respect to any Restricted Security (or beneficial interest therein) resold in reliance on Regulation S, the last day of the distribution compliance period specified in Rule 903 of Regulation S (if applicable), in each case from the original issue date of such Restricted Security or, if any additional Restricted Securities within the same series have been issued and sold prior to the Restriction Termination Date for such Restricted Security, from the latest original issue date of such additional Securities. "Rule 144" means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (including any successor regulation thereto) as may be amended from time to time. "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act (including any successor regulation thereto) as may be amended from time to time. "Rule 144A Global Security" means each Global Security that represents Securities resold in reliance on Rule 144A, and as specified in Section 2.1. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time. "Securities Register" and "Securities Registrar": See Section 3.6. "Security" or "Securities" has the meaning stated in the recitals of this Indenture. "Share Capital" of any Person means any and all share capital, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including preferred stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. "Special Record Date" for the payment of any defaulted interest means a date fixed pursuant to Section 3.9. "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon or any Additional Amounts with respect thereto, the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is, or such Additional Amounts are, due and payable (without regard to any provisions for redemption, prepayment, acceleration, purchase or extension). "Subsidiary" means, in respect of any Person, any Corporation, limited or general partnership or other business entity of which at the time of determination more than 50% of the voting power of the shares of its Share Capital or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in 10 the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person, (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. "Tranche" means a group of Securities which (a) are of the same series and (b) are identical except as to principal amount and/or date of issuance. "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed; provided, however, that in the event that such Act is amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" means, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended. "Trustee" means the Person identified as "Trustee" in the first paragraph hereof and, subject to the provisions of ARTICLE 7, shall also include any successor trustee. "United States," except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or any Board Resolution, Company Order and Company Request or both, means the United States of America (including the states thereof and the District of Columbia), its territories and possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction. "Vice President" means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title "vice president". ARTICLE 2 SECURITY FORMS Section 2.1 Forms Generally. The Securities of each series shall be in substantially such form as shall be established pursuant to Section 3.1, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not contrary to the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rules made pursuant thereto or with any rules of any securities exchange or of any automated quotation system, or to conform to usage, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of the Securities. Any Securities originally offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A will be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Securities (each, a "Rule 144A Global Security"). Any Securities originally offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S will be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Securities (each, a "Regulation S Global Security"). 11 The definitive Securities shall be prepared by the Company and shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel-engraved borders, or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities, subject to the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which such Securities are listed or quoted and (with respect to Global Securities) to the rules of the Depository. Section 2.2 Form of Legend for Restricted Securities. Each Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the "Private Placement Legend") on the face thereof; provided, however, that the Private Placement Legend on any Security shall be removed at the request of the Holder on or after the date when such Security ceases to be a Restricted Security: SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENT OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), OR (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES. Section 2.3 Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication. The Trustee's Certificate of Authentication on all Securities shall be in substantially the following form: This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. ___________________________________ Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee 12 By ________________________________ Authorized Signatory 13 Section 2.4 Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication by an Authenticating Agent. If at any time there shall be an Authenticating Agent appointed with respect to any series of Securities, then the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication by such Authenticating Agent on all Securities of each such series shall be in substantially the following form: _____________________________ Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee By [NAME OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT], Authenticating Agent By ________________________________ Authorized Signatory Section 2.5 Securities Issuable in the Form of Global Securities. (a) If the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 3.1 that the Securities of a particular series are to be issued in whole or in part as one or more Global Securities, then the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 3.3 and the Company Order deliver to the Trustee thereunder, authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Global Securities, each of which (i) shall represent an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series to be represented by such Global Security and may also provide that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect exchanges, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository's instruction and (iv) if required by the Depository, shall bear a legend reflecting the Depository's interest in such Global Security. (b) Notwithstanding any provision of Section 3.6, any Global Security thereof may be transferred, in whole but not in part, and in the manner provided in Section 3.6, only to another nominee of the Depository for such series or Tranche, or to a successor Depository for such series selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor Depository. (c) If at any time (A) (i) the Depository for Securities of a series or Tranche thereof notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for Securities of 14 such series or Tranche, or (ii) the Depository shall no longer be registered or in good standing under the Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, and a successor Depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, or (B) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Security, this Section shall no longer be applicable to the Securities of such series or Tranche and the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series or Tranche, will authenticate and make available for delivery, Securities of such series or Tranche, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Global Security or Global Securities of such series or Tranche in exchange for such Global Security or Global Securities. The Company may at any time determine that Securities of any series or Tranche thereof shall no longer be represented by one or more Global Securities and that the provisions of this Section shall no longer apply to the Securities of such series or Tranche. In such event the Company will execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series or Tranche, will authenticate and make available for delivery Securities of such series or Tranche, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Global Security or Global Securities of such series or Tranche in exchange for such Global Security. If specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to a series of Securities or Tranche thereof, the Depository for such series or Tranche may surrender a Global Security for such series or Tranche in exchange in whole or in part for individual Securities of such series or Tranche on such terms as are acceptable to the Company and such Depository. Thereupon, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, without service charge, (i) to each Person specified by such Depository a new individual Security or Securities of the same series or Tranche, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Persons' beneficial interest in the Global Security; and (ii) to such Depository a new Global Security in a denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Global Security and the aggregate principal amount of individual Securities delivered to Holders thereof. In any exchange provided for in any of the preceding paragraphs of this Section, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and make available for delivery individual Securities in registered form in authorized denominations. Upon the exchange of a Global Security for individual Securities, such Global Security shall be cancelled by the Trustee. Individual Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such 15 names and in such authorized denominations as the Depository for such Global Security shall instruct the Trustee. The Trustee shall make such Securities available for delivery to the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered. ARTICLE 3 THE SECURITIES Section 3.1 Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series. The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued from time to time in one or more series. With respect to the Securities of any particular series, there shall be established in, or pursuant to the authority granted in, a resolution of the Board of Directors, and set forth in an Officer's Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto prior to the issuance of Securities of a series: (a) the form of the Securities of the series; (b) the title of the Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other Securities); (c) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 2.5, Section 3.6, Section 3.8, Section 3.12 or Section 14.3); (d) the date or dates on which the Securities of the series may be issued; (e) the date or dates, which may be serial, on which the principal of, and premium, if any, on, the Securities of the series are payable; (f) the rate or rates, or the method of determination thereof, at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, any Overdue Rate (including the rate or rates at which overdue principal shall bear interest, if different from the rate or rates at which such Securities shall bear interest prior to Maturity, and, if applicable, the rate or rates at which overdue premium or interest shall bear interest, if any); any formulary or other method or other means by which any such rate or rates shall be determined, by reference to an index or other fact or event ascertainable outside this Indenture or otherwise; the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue and the method or methods, if any, by which such date or dates are to be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date, if other than as set forth in Section 3.9, for the determination of Holders to whom interest is payable, whether and under what circumstances Additional Amounts (in addition to those set forth in Section 4.4) on such Securities or any of them shall be payable, the notice, if 16 any, to Holders regarding the determination of interest on a floating rate Security, and the manner of giving such notice, and the basis upon which interest shall be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months; (g) the place or places where the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on or any Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to such Securities of the series shall be payable (if other than as provided in Section 4.2); (h) the provisions, if any, establishing the price or prices at which, the date or dates on which, the period or periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, pursuant to any sinking fund or otherwise; (i) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, purchase or repay Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the price or prices at which, the date or dates on which, and the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, Securities of the series shall be redeemed, purchased or repaid, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation and any provisions for the remarketing of such Securities so redeemed or purchased; (j) if other than denominations of $1,000, and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable; (k) whether the Securities of the series will be convertible into shares of Common Shares of the Company and/or exchangeable for other securities, whether or not issued by the Company, and, if so, the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible or exchangeable, and any deletions from or modifications or additions to this Indenture to permit or to facilitate the issuance of such convertible or exchangeable Securities or the administration thereof; (l) whether the Securities of the series are to be issued as Original Issue Discount Securities and, if so, the amount of the discount with respect thereto; (m) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of the Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration with respect thereto pursuant to Section 6.1 or payable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 6.2; (n) any Events of Default or restrictive covenants provided for with respect to the Securities of the series, if other than as set forth in Section 6.1, ARTICLE 4 and ARTICLE 11; (o) in case the Securities of the series do not bear interest, the applicable dates for the purpose of Section 5.1; (p) whether the Securities of the series will bear any other form of special interest; 17 (q) whether either or both of Section 12.2(b) relating to defeasance or Section 12.2(c) relating to covenant defeasance shall not be applicable to the Securities of such series, or any covenants in addition to those specified in Section 12.2(c) relating to the Securities of such series which shall be subject to covenant defeasance, and any deletions from, or modifications or additions to, the provisions of ARTICLE 12 in respect of the Securities of such series; (r) any trustees, paying agents, transfer agents or registrars with respect to the Securities of the series; (s) whether the Securities of the series are issuable in whole or in part as one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the identity of the Depository for such Global Security or Global Securities; (t) any restrictions on transfer with respect to the Securities of the series and any legend reflecting such restrictions to be placed on such Securities; (u) if the amount of payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on or Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to such Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method, and, if so, the terms and conditions upon which and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined; (v) any exceptions to Section 13.8 or in the definition of "Business Day" with respect to the Securities of the series; (w) if other than U.S. dollars, the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of such series shall be denominated and in which payments or principal of, and any premium or interest on or Additional Amounts with respect to, such Securities shall or may be payable; (x) if the principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any of such Securities are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof or otherwise, in Dollars or in a Foreign Currency other than that in which such Securities are stated to be payable, the date or dates on which, the period or periods within which, and the other terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, and the time and manner of determining the exchange rate between the Currency in which such Securities are stated to be payable and the Currency in which such Securities or any of them are to be paid pursuant to such election, and any deletions from or modifications of or additions to the terms of this Indenture to provide for or to facilitate the issuance of Securities denominated or payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof or otherwise, in a Foreign Currency; and (y) any other terms of the series and any other modifications or additions to this Indenture in respect of such Securities (which terms shall not be contrary to the provisions of this Indenture). 18 With respect to Securities of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, such resolution of the Board of Directors or indenture supplemental hereto may provide general terms or parameters and may provide that the specific terms of particular Securities, and the Persons authorized to determine such terms or parameters, may be determined in accordance with or pursuant to the Company Order referred to in Section 3.3. All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in, or pursuant to the authority granted in, such resolution of the Board of Directors or in any such indenture supplemental hereto. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to authenticate and deliver Securities of any series the terms of which, established as contemplated by this Section, would affect the rights, duties, obligations, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture. Section 3.2 Form and Denominations. In the absence of any specification pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of such series shall be issuable in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. Section 3.3 Authentication, Dating and Delivery of Securities. At any time and from time to time after the original execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series, executed by the Company, to the Trustee for authentication. Except as otherwise provided in this Article, the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and make available for delivery, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, said Securities to or upon a Company Order, without any further action by the Company; provided, however, that the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery Securities of such series for original issue from time to time in the aggregate principal amount established for such series pursuant to such procedures, acceptable to the Trustee and to such recipients, as may be specified from time to time by a Company Order. The maturity dates, original issue dates, interest rates and any other terms of the Securities of such series shall be determined by or pursuant to such Company Order and procedures. In authenticating such Securities and accepting the responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, prior to the initial authentication of such Securities, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon: (a) a Board Resolution relating thereto; (b) an Officer's Certificate or an executed supplemental indenture setting forth the terms of such Securities as provided in Section 3.1; 19 (c) an Officer's Certificate which shall state that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the issuance of such Securities have been complied with, that no Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities has occurred and is continuing and that the issuance of such Securities does not constitute and will not result in (i) any Event of Default or any event or condition, which, upon the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default or (ii) any default under the provisions of any other instrument or agreement by which the Company is bound; and (d) an Opinion of Counsel, which shall state: (i) that the form and the terms of such Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; (ii) that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, except to the extent enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, arrangement, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); (iii) that no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or any governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company is required for the execution and delivery of such Securities by the Company, except such as have been obtained (and except that no opinion need be expressed as to state securities or "blue sky" laws); and (iv) all applicable laws and requirements in respect of the execution and delivery by the Company of such Securities have been complied with; Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1 and of the immediately preceding paragraph, with respect to Securities of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive the Officer's Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 3.3(c) and the Opinion of Counsel required by this Section 3.3(d) only once at or prior to the time of the first authentication and delivery of such Securities (provided that such Opinion of Counsel addresses the authentication and delivery of all such Securities) and that, in lieu of the opinions described in clause (ii) above, Counsel may opine that: (x) when the terms of such Securities shall have been established pursuant to a Company Order or Orders or pursuant to such procedures as may be specified from time to time by a Company Order or Orders, all as contemplated by and in accordance with the instrument or instruments delivered pursuant to clause (i) above, such terms will have been duly 20 authorized by the Company and will have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and (y) when such Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture and the Company Order or Orders or the specified procedures referred to in paragraph (x) above and issued and delivered by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, such Securities will constitute valid obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms except to the extent enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). With respect to Securities of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the authorization by the Company of any of such Securities, the forms and terms thereof, the validity thereof and the compliance of the authentication and delivery thereof with the terms and conditions of this Indenture, upon the Opinion or Opinions of Counsel, the Officer's Certificate and the certificates and other documents delivered pursuant to this Section 3.3 at or prior to the time of the first authentication and delivery of Securities of such series until any of such opinions, certificates or other documents have been superseded or revoked or expire by their terms; provided, however, that any request by the Company to the Trustee to authenticate and deliver Securities of such series shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company that as of the date of such request the statements made in the most recent Officer's Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 3.3(c) are true and correct as if made on and as of the date thereof. The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and make available for delivery any Securities under this Section if the Trustee, being advised by counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Company, determines that such action would be contrary to the provisions hereof or would expose the Trustee to personal liability. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication, except as otherwise provided pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to the series of which such Security is a part and except that any substitute Security under Section 3.8 shall be dated so that neither gain nor loss in interest shall result from any mutilation, destruction, loss or theft of the relevant Predecessor Security. Section 3.4 Execution of Securities. The Securities shall be signed in the name of and on behalf of the Company by both (a) its chairman, vice chairman, president, any vice president, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and (b) its chief financial officer, chief operating officer, treasurer, any assistant treasurer, its secretary or any assistant secretary, under its corporate seal which may, but need not, be attested. Such signatures may be the manual or facsimile signatures of such officers. The seal of the Company may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be 21 impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced thereon. Typographical and other minor errors or defects in any such reproduction of the seal or any such signature shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any Security that has been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Securities shall cease to be such officer before the Security so signed shall be authenticated and delivered by or on behalf of the Trustee or disposed of by the Company, such Securities nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Securities had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Security may be signed on behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the original execution of such Security, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the original execution and delivery of this Indenture, or at the date of such Security, any such Person was not such an officer. Section 3.5 Certificate of Authentication. No Security shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form hereinbefore recited, executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by manual signature. Such certificate by or on behalf of the Trustee upon any Security executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Section 3.6 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange. Subject to the conditions set forth below (and subject, with respect to Global Securities, to Section 2.5), Securities of any series may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of the same series and having the same terms but in other authorized denominations. Securities to be exchanged shall be surrendered at the offices or agencies to be maintained for such purposes as provided in Section 4.2, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor the Security or Securities which the Holder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive. The Company shall keep or cause to be kept, at one of said offices or agencies maintained pursuant to Section 4.2, a register for each series of Securities issued hereunder (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Securities Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, provide for the registration of Securities of such series and shall register the transfer of Securities of such series as in this Article provided. The Securities Register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. The Trustee is hereby appointed as the initial "Securities Registrar" for the purpose of registering Securities and registering transfers of Securities as herein provided. 22 Subject to the provisions of Section 2.5, upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at any such office or agency, the Company shall execute and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of transferee or transferees a new Security or Securities of the same series for an equal aggregate principal amount. The Company shall have the right to remove and replace from time to time the Security Registrar for any series of Securities; provided that no such removal or replacement shall be effective until a successor Security Registrar with respect to such series of Securities shall have been appointed by the Company and shall have accepted such appointment by the Company. In the event that the Trustee shall not be or shall cease to be Security Registrar with respect to a series of Securities, it shall have the right to examine the Security Register for such series at all reasonable times. There shall be only one Security Register for each series of Securities. All Securities presented for registration of transfer or for exchange, redemption or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Securities Registrar) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Security issued upon registration of transfer or exchange of Securities pursuant to this Section shall be the valid obligation of the Company, evidencing the same indebtedness and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Security or Securities surrendered upon registration of such transfer or exchange. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.12, Section 10.6 or Section 14.3 not involving any transfer. Neither the Company nor the Security Registrar shall be required (a) to issue, exchange or register the transfer of any Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of such series and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (b) to exchange or register the transfer of any Securities selected, called or being called for redemption except, in the case of any Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed. Section 3.7 Additional Provisions Related to Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Securities. (a) If the owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Security that is a Restricted Security wishes to transfer such interest (or a portion thereof) to a Non-U.S. Person 23 pursuant to Regulations S, then upon receipt by the Trustee of (i) instructions from the Holder of the Rule 144A Global Security directing the Trustee to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Security to be transferred and (ii) a certificate from the transferor in the form of Exhibit A, the Trustee shall, subject to the rules and procedures of the Depository, instruct the Depository to increase the Regulation S Global Security and decrease the Rule 144A Global Security by the amount so transferred. (b) If the owner of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Security that is a Restricted Security wishes to transfer such interest (or a portion thereof) to a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A, then upon receipt by the Trustee of (i) instructions from the Holder of the Regulation S Global Security directing the Trustee to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Security equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regular S Global Note to be transferred and (ii) a certificate from the transferor in the form of Exhibit B, the Trustee shall, subject to the rules and procedures of the Depository, instruct the Depository to increase the Rule 144A Global Security and decrease the Regulation S Global Security by the amount so transferred. (c) If the owner of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Security wishes to transfer such interest in a Global Security that is unrestricted pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer, then upon receipt by the Trustee of (i) instructions from the Holder of the Restricted Global Security directing the Trustee to cause the transfer and exchange in the beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Security to a beneficial interest in a Global Security that is unrestricted, equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Security to be transferred, and (ii) a certificate from the owner in the form of Exhibit C, the Trustee shall, subject to the rules and procedures of the Depository, instruct the Depository to cause such transfer and exchange. Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.7, upon the close of the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver one or more unrestricted Global Securities representing an aggregate principal amount of Securities equal to the principal amount of Securities tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable letters of transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Securities and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. (d) Any transfer of Restricted Securities not described above (other than transfers of beneficial interests within the same Global Security, which must be effected in accordance with applicable law and the rules and procedures of the Depository) shall be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of such opinions of counsel, certificates and/or other information reasonably required by and satisfactory to it in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act or in accordance with subsection (e) below. 24 (e) Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of any Security (or a beneficial interest in a Global Security) bearing a Private Placement Legend, the Trustee shall deliver only a Security (or a beneficial interest in a Global Security) that bears a Private Placement Legend unless: (i) such Security (or beneficial interest) is exchanged in a Registered Exchange Offer; (ii) such Security (or beneficial interest) is transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement; (iii) such Security (or beneficial interest) is transferred pursuant to Rule 144 upon delivery to the Trustee of a certificate from the transferor in the form of Exhibit D and an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (iv) such Security (or beneficial interest) is transferred, replaced or exchanged after the Restriction Termination Date therefor; or (v) in connection with such transfer, exchange or replacement, the Trustee shall have received an opinion of counsel and other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it to the effect that neither such Private Placement Legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Section 3.8 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities. In case any temporary or definitive Security shall become mutilated (whether by defacement or otherwise) or be destroyed, lost or stolen, and in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall, except as otherwise provided in this Section, execute, and upon a Company Request, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, a new Security of the same series, tenor and principal amount, bearing a number, letter or other distinguishing symbol not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Security so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Security shall furnish to the Company and to the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the ownership thereof. Upon the issuance of any substitute Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent) connected therewith. 25 In case any Security which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Security). In every case, the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and to the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee such security or indemnity as any of them may require to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the ownership thereof. Every substitute Security of any series issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section by virtue of the fact that any such Security is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations of rights set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of such series duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. All Securities shall be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by law, the foregoing provisions of this Section are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated (whether by defacement or otherwise) or destroyed, lost or stolen Securities and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender. Section 3.9 Payment of Interest and Certain Additional Amounts; Interest Rights and Certain Additional Amounts Preserved. The Holder of any Securities at the close of business on the Regular Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the interest, if any, and any Additional Amounts payable on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the cancellation of such Securities upon any registration of transfer or exchange subsequent to the Regular Record Date and prior to such Interest Payment Date, and, if provided for in the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 3.1, in the case of a Security issued between a Regular Record Date and the initial Interest Payment Date relating to such Regular Record Date, interest for the period beginning on the date of issue and ending on such initial Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person to whom such Security shall have been originally issued. Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, for Securities of a particular series the term "Regular Record Date" as used in this Section with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall mean the close of business on the last day of the calendar month preceding such Interest Payment Date if such Interest Payment Date is the fifteenth day of a calendar month and shall mean the close of business on the fifteenth day of the calendar month preceding such Interest Payment Date if such Interest Payment Date is the first day of a calendar month, whether or not such day shall be a Business Day. At the option of the Company, payment of interest on any Security may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person 26 entitled thereto (which shall be the Depository in the case of Global Securities) as such address shall appear in the Securities Register. If and to the extent the Company shall default in the payment of the interest due or any Additional Amounts on such Interest Payment Date in respect of any Securities, such defaulted interest shall be paid by the Company at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below: (a) The Company may make payment of any defaulted interest to the Holder of Securities at the close of business on a "Special Record Date" established by notice given by mail, by or on behalf of the Company, to such Holder not less than 15 days preceding such Special Record Date, such Special Record Date to be not less than 10 days preceding the date for payment of such defaulted interest. (b) The Company may make payment of any defaulted interest on the Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of such series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security. Section 3.10 Additional or Special Interest Under Registration Rights Agreements. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be obligated to pay additional or special interest as liquidated damages to Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series, all as and to the extent set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement (if any) applicable to such series. In any such event, such additional or special interest the Company may be obligated to pay as liquidated damages will be deemed to be interest for purposes of this Indenture. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility for determining if any additional or special interest or liquidated damages are payable with respect to Securities of any series or, if any such additional or special interest or liquidated damages are payable thereon, when such additional or special interest or liquidated damages are payable and the amount thereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing at least five Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date with respect to Securities of such series whether additional or special interest or liquidated damages are payable and, to the extent such additional or special interest or 27 liquidated damages are payable, shall certify in such notice the date such additional or special interest or liquidated damages commenced to accrue, the applicable per annum interest rate or rates applicable thereto and the periods such additional or special interest or liquidated damages accrued at each such rate and the aggregate amount of such additional or special interest or liquidated damages payable on such Interest Payment Date. Section 3.11 Cancellation of Securities; Destruction Thereof. All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange, or for credit against any payment in respect of a sinking or analogous fund, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any Paying Agent or any Securities Registrar, be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be cancelled by it, and no Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall, unless instructed to deliver the Securities to the Company in a company order, destroy such cancelled Securities and deliver certification of their destruction to the Company. If the Company shall acquire any of the Securities, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. Section 3.12 Temporary Securities. Pending the preparation by the Company of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the manner provided in Section 3.3, temporary Securities for such series (printed, lithographed, typewritten or otherwise reproduced, in each case in form satisfactory to the Trustee). Temporary Securities of any series shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Securities of such series in lieu of which they are issued but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary securities, all as may be determined by the Company with the concurrence of the Trustee. Temporary Securities may contain such reference to any provisions of this Indenture as may be appropriate. Every temporary Security shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with like effect, as the definitive Securities. Without unreasonable delay the Company shall execute and shall furnish definitive Securities of such series and thereupon temporary Securities of such series may be surrendered in exchange therefor without charge at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Securities an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor except that in case of any such exchange involving any registration of transfer the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series authenticated and delivered hereunder. 28 Section 3.13 Computation of Interest. Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Section 3.14 CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders as set-forth in Section 14.2. ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of Securities (except to the extent that any series of Securities is excluded from the benefits of any of such covenants pursuant to Section 3.1(n)) that on and after the date of original execution of this Indenture and so long as any of the Securities of such series remain Outstanding: Section 4.1 Payment of Securities. The Company will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of any premium and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to the Securities of such series at the place or places, at the respective times and in the manner provided in such Securities and in the Indenture. Section 4.2 Offices or Agency. So long as any of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, an office or agency where such Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where such Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of such Securities and this Indenture may be served, which office or agency shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or, if the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is not located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, such office or agency shall be the principal corporate trust office of the Authenticating Agent designated pursuant to Section 7.14 hereof. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the required information with respect thereto, presentations, surrenders, notices and demands in respect of Securities may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the corporate trust office of any Authenticating Agent appointed hereunder; and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee and any Authenticating Agent appointed hereunder its agents to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 29 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside The City of New York) where the Securities of one or more series, or any Tranche thereof may be presented or surrendered for any or all of such purposes, and may from time to time rescind such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain for such purposes an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any such designation or rescission thereof. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.1, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a Foreign Currency or (ii) may be payable in a Foreign Currency, or so long as it is required under any other provision of this Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one exchange rate agent. Section 4.3 Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust. If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it shall, on or before each due date of the principal of, any premium or interest on or Additional Amounts with respect to any of the Securities of such series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Securities of such series) sufficient to pay the principal or any premium, interest or Additional Amounts so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure so to act. Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it shall, on or prior to each due date of the principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Securities of such series, deposit with any Paying Agent a sum (in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal and any premium, interest or Additional Amounts so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure so to act. The Company shall cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent shall: (a) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to Securities of such series or Tranche in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as provided in or pursuant to this Indenture; 30 (b) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series) in the making of any payment of principal of, any premium or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to the Securities of such series; and (c) At any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums. Anything in this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section is subject to the provisions of Section 12.3, Section 12.4 and Section 12.5. Section 4.4 Additional Amounts. All payments of principal of and premium, if any, interest and any other amounts on, or in respect of, the Securities of any series shall be made without withholding or deduction at source for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of Bermuda or any other jurisdiction in which the Company is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident for tax purposes, or any other jurisdiction from which or through which a payment on the Securities is made by the Company (each, a "Taxing Jurisdiction") or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, unless such taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges are required to be withheld or deducted by (i) the laws (or any regulations or ruling promulgated thereunder) of a Taxing Jurisdiction or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (ii) an official position regarding the application, administration, interpretation or enforcement of any such laws, regulations or rulings (including, without limitation, a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a taxing authority in a Taxing Jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof). If a withholding or deduction at source is required, the Company shall, subject to certain limitations and exceptions set forth below, pay to the Holder of any such Security such Additional Amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or any other amount made to such Holder, after such withholding or deduction (including any such withholding or deduction from such additional amounts), shall not be less than the amount provided for in such Security and this Indenture to be then due and payable; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to make payment of such Additional Amounts for or on account of: 31 (a) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or governmental charge of whatever nature which would not have been imposed but for the fact that such Holder: (A) was a resident, domiciliary or national of, or engaged in business or maintained a permanent establishment or was physically present in, the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or otherwise had some connection with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction other than by reason of the mere ownership of, or receipt of payment under, or enforcement of rights with respect to, such Security; (B) presented such Security, where presentation is required, for payment in the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof, unless such Security could not have been presented for payment elsewhere; or (C) presented such Security, where presentation is required, more than thirty (30) days after the date on which the payment in respect of such Security first became due and payable or provided for, whichever is later, except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts if it had presented such Security for payment on any day within such period of thirty (30) days; (b) any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge; (c) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld by reason of the failure by the Holder or the beneficial owner of such Security to comply with any reasonable request by the Company addressed to the Holder within 90 days of such request (A) to provide information concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or such beneficial owner or (B) to make any declaration or other similar claim or satisfy any information or reporting requirement, which, in the case of (A) or (B), is required or imposed by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such tax, assessment or other governmental charge; (d) any withholding or deduction required to be made pursuant to any EU Directive on the taxation of savings implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meetings of 26-27 November 2000, 3 June 2003 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to confirm to, such EU Directive; or (e) any combination of items (a), (b), (c) and (d); nor shall Additional Amounts be paid with respect to any payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, interest or any other amounts on, any such Security to any Holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole beneficial owner of such Security to the extent such payment would be required by the laws of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (or any political subdivision or relevant taxing authority thereof or therein) to be included in the income for tax purposes of a beneficiary or partner or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had it been the Holder of the Security. Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of or any premium, interest or any other amounts on, or in respect of, any Security 32 of any series or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided by the terms of such series established hereby or pursuant hereto to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to such terms, and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding the payment of Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made. Except as otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or the related Board Resolution of the applicable series, at least 10 days prior to the first Interest Payment Date with respect to a series of Securities (or if the Securities of such series shall not bear interest prior to Maturity, the first day on which a payment of principal is made), and at least 10 days prior to each date of payment of principal or interest if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below-mentioned Officer's Certificate, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the principal Paying Agent or Paying Agents, if other than the Trustee, an Officer's Certificate instructing the Trustee and such Paying Agent or Paying Agents whether such payment of principal of and premium, if any, interest or any other amounts on the Securities of such series shall be made to Holders of Securities of such series without withholding for or on account of any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge described in this Section 4.4. If any such withholding shall be required, then such Officer's Certificate shall specify by Taxing Jurisdiction the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments to such Holders of Securities and the Company agrees to pay to the Trustee or such Paying Agent the Additional Amounts required by this Section 4.4. The Company covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any Paying Agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officer's Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section 4.4. The Company will make any required withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law. The Company will furnish to the Holders, within 60 days after the date the payment of any taxes so deducted or withheld is due pursuant to applicable law, either certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company or, if such receipts are not obtainable, other evidence of such payments by the Company reasonably satisfactory to the Holders. The Company shall promptly pay when due any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise in any Taxing Jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, or registration of any Security or any other document or instrument relating to the issuance thereof or the receipt of any payments with respect to the Securities. The Company shall indemnify and make whole the Holders of Securities for any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies payable by the Company as provided in this Section 4.4 that are paid by such Holders. 33 The foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor to the Company is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein. Section 4.5 Redemption for Tax Purposes. The Company may redeem the Securities at its option, in whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date fixed for redemption, if at any time it determines in good faith that as a result of (i) any change in or amendment to the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated under these laws or treaties) of any Taxing Jurisdiction (or of any political subdivision or taxation authority thereof affecting taxation) or any change in the position regarding the application or official interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) which change in position becomes effective after the issuance of the Securities, or (ii) any action taken by any Taxing Jurisdiction (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof affecting taxation) which action is generally applied or is taken with respect to the Company, the Company would be required as of the next Interest Payment Date to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Securities as provided in Section 4.4 and such requirements cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures (consistent with practices and interpretations generally followed or in effect at the time such measures could be taken) then available. If the Company elects to redeem the Securities under this provision it will give written notice of such election to the Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem the Securities under this provision it will also mail a notice of redemption at least 30 days but no more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Redemption Price, on and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Securities or portions thereof called for redemption. Any such redemption will be subject to ARTICLE 14 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts or withholding if a payment in respect of the Securities were then due. In any event, prior to the publication or mailing or any notice of redemption of the Securities pursuant to the foregoing, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel of recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the circumstances referred to above exist. The Trustee will accept such opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the Securities. Section 4.6 Limitation on Liens on Stock of Designated Subsidiaries. So long as any Securities are Outstanding, the Company will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur, guarantee or otherwise permit to exist any Indebtedness secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance (a "Lien") upon 34 any shares of Share Capital of any Designated Subsidiary (whether such shares of stock are now owned or hereafter acquired) without effectively providing concurrently that the Securities (and, if the Company so elects, any other Indebtedness of the Company that is not subordinate to the Securities and with respect to which the governing instruments require, or pursuant to which the Company is otherwise obligated, to provide such security) shall be secured equally and ratably with such Indebtedness for at least the time period such other Indebtedness is so secured. Section 4.7 Limitation on Disposition of Stock of Designated Subsidiaries. (a) So long as any Securities are outstanding and except in a transaction otherwise governed by this Indenture, the Company (i) will not, nor will it permit any subsidiary to (other than to the Company or another Designated Subsidiary) issue, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of, securities convertible into, or warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase shares of, Share Capital (other than preferred stock having no voting rights of any kind) of any Designated Subsidiary, and (ii) will not permit any Designated Subsidiary to issue (other than to the Company or another Designated Subsidiary) any shares (other than the director's qualifying shares) of, or securities convertible into, or warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase shares of, Share Capital (other than preferred stock having no voting rights of any kind) of any Designated Subsidiary, if, in any transaction contemplated by (i) and (ii) above, after giving effect to any such transaction and the issuance of the maximum number of shares issuable upon the conversion or exercise of all such convertible securities, warrants, rights or options, the Designated Subsidiary would remain a Subsidiary of the Company and the Company would own, directly or indirectly, less than 80% of the shares of Share Capital of such Designated Subsidiary (other than preferred stock having no voting rights of any kind); provided, however, that the foregoing will not prohibit (i) any issuance, sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition made for at least a fair market value consideration as determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to a Board Resolution adopted in good faith and (ii) any such issuance or disposition of securities if required by any law or any regulation or order of any governmental or insurance regulatory authority. (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company may merge, amalgamate or consolidate any Designated Subsidiary into or with another direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company the shares of Share Capital of which the Company owns at least 80% and (ii) the Company may, subject to the provisions of ARTICLE 11, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of the entire Share Capital of any Designated Subsidiary at one time for at least a fair market value consideration as determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to a Board Resolution adopted in good faith. Section 4.8 Corporate Existence. Subject to ARTICLE 11 and Section 4.6, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not obligate the Company to preserve any such right or franchise if the Company shall determine that the 35 preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to any Holder. Section 4.9 Waiver of Certain Covenants. The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8 with respect to the Securities of any series if before the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, by Act of such Holders, either shall waive such compliance in such instance or generally shall have waived compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect. Section 4.10 Certificates to Trustee. The Company will, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, file with the Trustee an Officer's Certificate complying with the provisions of the second paragraph of Section 13.6, covering the period from the date of original execution of this Indenture to December 31, 2004 in the case of the first such certificate, and covering the preceding calendar year in the case of each subsequent certificate, and stating whether or not, to the knowledge of each of the signers, one of whom shall be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer, the Company has complied with the conditions and covenants on its part contained in this Indenture, and, if the signers, to the best of their knowledge, know of any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, a default by the Company in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default and the nature thereof. For the purpose of this Section, compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within five days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any Event of Default or any event which after notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default pursuant to clause (c) of Section 6.1. Section 4.11 Calculation of Original Issue Discount. The Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year (i) a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods) accrued on any Outstanding Original Issue Discount Securities as of the end of such year and (ii) such other specific information relating to such original issue discount as may then be relevant under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 36 ARTICLE 5 SECURITYHOLDER LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE Section 5.1 Company to Furnish Trustee Information as to Names and Addresses of Securityholders. The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of the Securities of each series semiannually and not later than June 30 and December 31 in each year, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, as of a date no more than 15 days prior to the date such information is so furnished; provided that, if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Securities Registrar for such series, such list shall not be required to be furnished. Section 5.2 Preservation and Disclosure of Securityholder Lists. (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information received by it pursuant to Section 5.1 and similar information received by it in any other capacity under this Indenture and afford Holders access to the information preserved by it, all to such extent, if any, and in such manner as shall be required by the Trust Indenture Act. (b) Each and every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2(a), regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 5.2(a). In case three or more Holders of Securities of any series (for purposes of this Section, "applicants") apply in writing to the Trustee and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Security for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders of Securities of a particular series (in which case the applicants must all hold Securities of such series) or with Holders of all Securities with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Securities and such application is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall, within five business days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either: (i) afford to such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provision of subsection (a) of this Section 5.2, or (ii) inform such applicant as to the approximate number of Holders of Securities of such series or all Securities, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee, in accordance 37 with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 5.2, and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application. If the Trustee shall elect not to afford to such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Securityholder of such series or all Securities, as the case may be, whose name and address appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 5.2, a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of a mailing, unless within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Commission together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interest of the Holders of Securities of such series or all Securities, as the case may be, or could be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If the Commission, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of such order sustaining one or more of such objections, the Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met, and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Securityholders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application. Section 5.3 Reports by the Company. The Company covenants: (a) to file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such Sections, then to file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations; (b) to file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and 38 covenants provided for in this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and (c) to transmit by mail to the Holders of Securities in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 5.4 within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section as may be required to be transmitted to such Holders by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission. The delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 5.3 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer's Certificates) other than with respect to Section 7.2. Section 5.4 Reports by the Trustee. (a) Within 60 days after May 15 in each year following the date of original execution of this Indenture, so long as any Securities are Outstanding hereunder, the Trustee shall transmit by mail (with a copy to the Company) to the Securityholders of such series in the manner and to extent provided in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), a brief report, as provided by the Trust Indenture Act Sections 313(a) and (b). (b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to the Securityholders of any series, be furnished to the Company and be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Securities of such series are listed and also with the Commission. The Company agrees to notify the Trustee promptly when and as the Securities of any series become admitted to trading on any national securities exchange. ARTICLE 6 REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS ON EVENT OF DEFAULT Section 6.1 Event of Default Defined; Acceleration of Maturity; Waiver of Default. "Event of Default", with respect to the Securities of any series, wherever used herein, means each one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless it is either inapplicable to a particular series or it is specifically deleted or modified in the applicable resolution of the Board of Directors or in the supplemental indenture under which such series of Securities is issued, as the case may be, as contemplated by Section 3.1: 39 (a) default in the payment of any interest on any of the Securities of such series, or any Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto, as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days and the time for payment of such interest or Additional Amounts has not been extended; provided, however that if the Company is permitted by the terms of the Securities of the applicable series to defer the payment in question, the date on which such payment is due and payable shall be the date on which the Company is required to make payment following such deferral, if such deferral has been elected pursuant to the terms of the Securities of that series; or (b) default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Securities of such series as, or any Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto, and when the same shall become due and payable at Maturity, and the time for payment of such principal (or premium, if any), or any Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto, has not been extended; provided, however, that if the Company is permitted by the terms of the Securities of the applicable series to defer the payment in question, the date on which such payment is due and payable shall be the date on which the Company is required to make payment following such deferral, if such deferral has been elected pursuant to the terms of the Securities of that series; or (c) default in the performance or breach of any other covenant or warranty of the Company in respect of the Securities of such series (other than a covenant or warranty in respect of the Securities of such series a default in whose performance or observance is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series affected thereby, a written notice specifying such default and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or (d) default in the payment at Maturity of Indebtedness of the Company in excess of $50,000,000 or if any event of default as defined in any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness of the Company (other than Indebtedness which is non-recourse to the Company) shall happen and shall result in the acceleration of more than $50,000,000 in principal amount of such Indebtedness (after giving effect to any applicable grace period) and such default shall not be cured or waived or such acceleration shall not be rescinded or annulled within a period of 60 days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such default or event of default and requiring the Company to cause such default to be cured or waived or to cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled or to cause such Indebtedness to be discharged and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or 40 (e) the Company shall fail within 60 days to pay, bond or otherwise discharge any uninsured judgment or court order for the payment of money in excess of $50,000,000, which is not stayed on appeal or is not otherwise being appropriately contested in good faith; or (f) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or, under any such law, (i) appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or for any substantial part of its property or (ii) ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (g) the Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or, under any such law, (i) consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (ii) consent to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or (iii) make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (h) default in the performance or breach of the conditions of Section 11.1 and Section 11.2, and the continuation of such violation for 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such failure to comply and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default"; or (i) any other Event of Default established by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors or one or more indentures supplemental hereto as applicable to the Securities of such series. If an Event of Default described in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (h) or (i) above occurs and is continuing with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal (or, if the Securities of such series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal as may be specified in the terms of such series) of all Securities of such series and the interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable. If any Event of Default described in clause (f) or (g) above occurs and is continuing, all unpaid principal of the Securities then Outstanding of that series and the interest accrued thereon, if any, shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without declaration, presentment, demand or notice of any kind by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities of that series. 41 The foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities of any series has been made and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest, if any, and any Additional Amounts with respect to all the Securities of such series (or upon all the Securities, as the case may be) and the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any and all Securities of such series (or of all the Securities, as the case may be) which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest or Additional Amounts, at the Overdue Rate applicable to such series to the date of such payment or deposit) and all amounts payable to the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.6, and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee except as a result of its negligence or bad faith, and if any and all Events of Default under the Indenture, other than the nonpayment of the principal of and accrued interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to Securities of such series which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein - then and in every such case the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series (each series voting as a separate class), or of all the Securities (voting as a single class), as the case may be, then Outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults with respect to that series (or with respect to all the Securities, as the case may be) and rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon. For all purposes under this Indenture, if a portion of the principal of any Original Issue Discount Security shall have been accelerated and declared or become due and payable pursuant to the provisions hereof, then, from and after such acceleration, unless such acceleration has been rescinded and annulled, the principal amount of such Original Issue Discount Security shall be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be such portion of the principal thereof as shall be due and payable as a result of such acceleration, and payment of such portion of the principal thereof as shall be due and payable as a result of such acceleration, together with interest, if any, thereon and all other amounts owing thereunder, shall constitute payment in full of such Original Issue Discount Security. Section 6.2 Collection of Indebtedness by Trustee; Trustee May Prove Debt. The Company covenants that (a) in case default shall be made in the payment of any installment of interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any of the Securities of any series when such interest shall have become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of 30 days or (b) in case default shall be made in the payment of all or any part of the principal of or any premium, if any, on any Securities of any series or any Additional Amounts with respect thereto when the same shall have become due and payable, 42 whether upon Stated Maturity of the Securities of such series or upon any redemption or by acceleration or otherwise, then upon demand of the Trustee for such series, the Company will pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holder of any such Security the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on any such Security for the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, with interest upon the overdue principal and premium, if any, and, so far as payment of the same is enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, at the Overdue Rate applicable to any such Security; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, and any further amounts payable to the Trustee, its agents and counsel pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.6. In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceedings to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or other obligor upon such Securities and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable. The Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, either in its own name as trustee of an express trust, or as attorney-in-fact for the Holders of any of the Securities, or in both such capacities, to file such proof of debt, amendment of proof of debt, claim, petition or other document as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and of the Holders of Securities allowed in any equity receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, readjustment, reorganization or other similar proceedings, or any judicial proceedings, relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Securities or its creditors or its property. The Trustee is hereby irrevocably appointed (and the successive respective Holders of the Securities, by taking and holding the same, shall be conclusively deemed to have so appointed the Trustee) the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of the respective Holders of the Securities, with authority to make or file in the respective names of the Holders of the Securities any proof of debt, amendment of proof of debt, claim, petition or other document in any such proceedings and to receive payment of any sums becoming distributable on account thereof, and to execute any other papers and documents and do and perform any and all acts and things for and on behalf of such Holders of the Securities as may be necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Trustee in order to have the respective claims of the Holders of the Securities against the Company or any other obligor on the Securities and/or its property allowed in any such proceedings, and to receive payment of or on account of such claims; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or empower the Trustee to consent to or accept or adopt, on behalf of any Holder of Securities, any plan of reorganization or readjustment of the Company or any other obligor on the Securities or, by other action of any character in any such proceeding, to waive or change in any way any right of any Holder of any Security, even though it may otherwise be entitled so to do under any present or future law, all such power or authorization being hereby expressly denied. 43 All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture or under any of the Securities may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or proceedings instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities in respect of which such action was taken. In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such action was taken, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of such Securities parties to any such proceedings. Section 6.3 Application of Proceeds. Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article in respect of any series of the Securities, together with any other sums held by the Trustee (as such) hereunder (other than sums held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Securities), shall be applied in the following order at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such moneys on account of principal, or any premium, interest or Additional Amounts, upon presentation (except in respect of Subdivision First below) of the several Securities in respect of which moneys have been collected and stamping (or otherwise noting) thereon the payment, or issuing Securities of such series in reduced principal amounts in exchange for the presented Securities of like series if only partially paid, or upon surrender thereof if fully paid: FIRST: To the payment of costs and expenses applicable to such series in respect of which moneys have been collected, including reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys and of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of its negligence or bad faith, and all other amounts due to the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee pursuant to Section 7.6; SECOND: In case the principal of the Securities of such series in respect of which moneys have been collected shall not have become and be then due and payable, to the payment of interest and any Additional Amounts on the Securities of such series in default in the order of the maturity of the installments of such interest, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee), so far as it may be enforceable under applicable law, upon the overdue installments of interest and any Additional Amounts at the Overdue Rate applicable to such series, such payments to be made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto, without discrimination or preference; THIRD: In case the principal of the Securities of such series in respect of which moneys have been collected shall have become and shall be then due and payable, to the 44 payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon all the Securities of such series for principal and premium, if any, and interest, if any, and any Additional Amounts, with interest upon the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee), so far as payment of the same is enforceable under applicable law, upon overdue installments of interest and any Additional Amounts, if any, at the Overdue Rate applicable to such series; and in case such moneys shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and unpaid upon the Securities of such series, then to the payment of such principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, and any Additional Amounts, without preference or priority of principal and premium, if any, over interest or any Additional Amounts, or of interest or any Additional Amounts, if any, over principal and premium, if any, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Security of such series over any other Security of such series, ratably to the aggregate of such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any; and FOURTH: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct in writing. Section 6.4 Suits for Enforcement. In case an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series has occurred, has not been waived and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law. Section 6.5 Restoration of Rights on Abandonment of Proceedings. In case the Trustee or any Holder shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee or such Holder, then and in every such case (subject to the binding effect of any determination made in such proceedings) the Company and the Trustee and each of the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and (subject as aforesaid) all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceedings had been instituted. Section 6.6 Limitations on Suits by Securityholders. No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute an action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official or for any other remedy 45 hereunder, unless such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, and unless also the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action or proceeding and no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.9; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and Holder of every Security with every other taker and Holder of any Security and with the Trustee, that no one or more Holders of Securities of any series shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder of Securities, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders of Securities of such series. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Holder of Securities of any series and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity. Section 6.7 Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Institute Certain Suits. Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Securities of any series shall affect or impair the obligation of the Company, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to, the Securities of such series at the respective places, at the respective times, at the respective rates, in the respective amounts and in the coin or currency therein and herein prescribed, or affect or impair the right of action, which is also absolute and unconditional, of any Holder of any Security to institute suit to enforce such payment at the respective due dates expressed in such Security, or upon redemption, by declaration, repayment or otherwise as herein provided without reference to, or the consent of, the Trustee or the Holder of any other Security, unless such Holder consents thereto or unless and to the extent that the institution or prosecution. Section 6.8 Powers and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver of Default. Except as provided in Section 6.6, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holder of any Security is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 46 No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security of any series to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to Section 6.6, every power and remedy given by this Indenture or by law to the Trustee or to the Holder of any Security may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holder of such Security. Section 6.9 Control by Holders of Securities. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected (with each series voting as a separate class) at the time Outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series by this Indenture; provided that such direction shall not be otherwise than in accordance with law and the provisions of this Indenture, and provided, further, that (subject to the provisions of Section 7.1) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would expose the Trustee to personal liability or would be contrary to the provisions hereof, being advised by counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Company, or if the Trustee in good faith shall so determine that the actions or forebearances specified in or pursuant to such direction would be unduly prejudicial to the interests of Holders of the Securities of all series so affected not joining in the giving of said direction, it being understood that (subject to Section 7.1) the Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forebearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders. As between the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, nothing in this Indenture shall impair the right of the Trustee in its discretion to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction or directions by Securityholders. Section 6.10 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series may waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default: (1) in the payment of the principal of, any premium or interest on, or any Additional Amounts with respect to, any Security of such series, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under ARTICLE 10 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected. 47 Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon. Section 6.11 Trustee to Give Notice of Default, But May Withhold in Certain Circumstances. The Trustee shall transmit to the Securityholders of any series, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the Security Register, notice by mail of all defaults known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee which have occurred with respect to such series, such notice to be transmitted within 60 days after the Trustee shall have knowledge thereof, as provided in section 7.1(i), unless such defaults shall have been cured before the giving of such notice (the term "default" or "defaults" for the purposes of this Section being hereby defined to mean any event or condition which is, or with notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default); provided that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on, or any Additional Amounts with respect to, any of the Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders of such series. Section 6.12 Right of Court to Require Filing of Undertaking to Pay Costs. The parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder or group of Securityholders of any series holding in the aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series Outstanding, or, in the case of any suit relating to or arising under Section 6.1(c) or Section 6.1(i) (if the suit relates to Securities of more than one but fewer than all series), 10% in aggregate principal amount of Securities Outstanding affected thereby, or, in the case of any suit relating to or arising under Section 6.1(c) or Section 6.1(i) (if the suit under clause (d) or (g) relates to all the Securities then Outstanding), Section 6.1(f) or Section 6.1(g), 10% in aggregate principal amount of all Securities Outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Holder of Securities for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on, any Security on or after the due date expressed in such Security. 48 Section 6.13 Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws. The Company covenants that (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company expressly waives (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to any Holder of a Security may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by such Holder, as the case may be. ARTICLE 7 CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE Section 7.1 Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee; During Default; Prior to Default. With respect to the Holders of any series of Securities issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred with respect to such series, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: (a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to such series which may have occurred: 49 (i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and (ii) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any statements, certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such statements, certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture; (b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 6.9 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture. None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such liability is not reasonably assured to it. Section 7.2 Certain Rights of the Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1: (a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, Officer's Certificate or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; (b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer's Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the secretary or any assistant secretary of the Company; 50 (c) the Trustee may consult with counsel and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel; (d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the trusts or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred therein or thereby; (e) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; (f) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or document unless requested in writing so to do by the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of all series affected then Outstanding; provided that, if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expenses or liabilities as a condition to proceeding; the reasonable expenses of every such investigation shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee, shall be repaid by the Company upon demand; (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys not regularly in its employ, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; (h) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine during reasonable hours and upon reasonable notice the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney; (i) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless 51 written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture; and (j) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person authorized to act hereunder. Section 7.3 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals, Disposition of Securities or Application of Proceeds Thereof. The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth therein. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any of the Securities or of the proceeds thereof. Section 7.4 Trustee and Agents May Hold Securities; Collections, etc. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Securities Registrar, Authenticating Agent or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent, and, subject to Section 7.8 and Section 7.13, if operative, may otherwise deal with the Company and receive, collect, hold and retain collections from the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Securities Registrar, Authenticating Agent or such agent. Section 7.5 Moneys Held by Trustee. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.3, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law. The Trustee shall have no liability for interest on money it receives and holds in trust except as specifically provided herein. Section 7.6 Compensation and Indemnification of Trustee and Its Prior Claim. The Company covenants and agrees to pay the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to such compensation as the Company and the Trustee may from time to time agree in writing for all services rendered by the Trustee hereunder (which compensation 52 shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) and the Company covenants and agrees to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by or on behalf of it in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all agents and other Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, damage, claims or expense, including taxes (other than taxes measured by the income of the Trustee or otherwise applicable to the Trustee for operations outside the scope of this Indenture) incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the trusts hereunder and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim of liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder except to the extent that any such loss, liability, damage, claims or expense shall be attributable to the Trustee's negligence or bad faith. The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee. Such additional indebtedness shall be a lien prior to that of the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Securities. Section 7.7 Right of Trustee to Rely on Officer's Certificate, etc. Subject to Section 7.1 and Section 7.2, whenever in the administration of the trusts of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer's Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the good faith thereof. Section 7.8 Qualification of Trustee; Conflicting Interests. The Trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act during the period of time provided for therein. In determining whether the Trustee has a conflicting interest as defined in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to the Securities of any series, there shall be excluded this Indenture with respect to Securities of any particular series of Securities other than that series. Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission 53 the application referred to in the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. Section 7.9 Persons Eligible for Appointment as Trustee. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder for each series of Securities, which shall be at all times either: (a) a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State or territory or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State, territory or District of Columbia authority; or (b) a corporation or other Person organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign government that is permitted to act as Trustee pursuant to a rule, regulation or order of the Commission, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, and subject to supervision or examination by authority of such foreign government or a political subdivision thereof substantially equivalent to supervision or examination applicable to United States institutional trustees, in either case having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 7.9, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee for the Securities of any series shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.9, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. Neither the Company nor any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company shall serve as Trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder. Section 7.10 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee. (a) The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof by first-class mail to Holders of the Securities at their last addresses as they shall appear on the Security Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees by written instrument in duplicate, executed by authority of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee or trustees. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 6.12, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee. 54 (b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur: (i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months unless the Trustee's duty to resign is stayed in accordance with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act; or (ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.9 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder; or the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent; or a receiver or liquidator of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation; then, in any case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors of the Company, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 6.12, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee. (c) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by delivering to the Trustee so removed, to the successor trustee so appointed and to the Company the evidence provided for in Section 8.1 of the action in that regard taken by the Securityholders. (d) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 7.10 shall become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.11. Section 7.11 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee. Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 7.10 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as trustee hereunder; but nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, upon payment of all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.6, the Trustee ceasing to act shall, subject to Section 4.4, pay over to 55 the successor trustee all moneys at the time held by it hereunder and shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. Upon request of any successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any Trustee ceasing to act, shall, nevertheless, retain a prior lien upon all property or funds held or collected by such trustee to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.6. No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 7.11 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 7.8 and eligible under the provisions of Section 7.9. Upon acceptance of appointment by any successor trustee as provided in this Section 7.11, the Company shall mail notice thereof by first-class mail to the Holders of Securities at their last addresses as they shall appear on the Security Register. If the acceptance of appointment is substantially contemporaneous with the resignation, then the notice called for by the preceding sentence may be combined with the notice called for by Section 7.10. If the Company fails to mail such notice within 10 days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company. Section 7.12 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee. Any corporation in which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the trustee hereunder, provided that such corporation shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 7.8 and eligible under the provisions of Section 7.9, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act (including the giving of any notice to Securityholders) on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and, in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificate shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee. Section 7.13 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. (a) Subject to the provisions of this Section, if the Trustee shall be or shall become a creditor, directly or indirectly, secured or unsecured, of the Company or any other obligor of the 56 Securities within three months prior to a default, as defined in Section 7.13(c), or subsequent to such a default, then, unless and until such default shall be cured, the Trustee shall set apart and hold in a special account for the benefit of the Trustee individually, the Holders of the Securities and the holders of other indenture securities (as defined in this Section): (i) an amount equal to any and all reductions in the amount due and owing upon any claim as such creditor in respect of principal or interest, effected after the beginning of such three months' period and valid as against the Company and its other creditors, except any such reduction resulting from the receipt or disposition of any property described in Section 7.13(a)(ii), or from the exercise of any right of set-off which the Trustee could have exercised if a petition in bankruptcy had been filed by or against the Company upon the date of such default; and (ii) all property received by the Trustee in respect of any claim as such creditor, either as security therefor, or in satisfaction or composition thereof, or otherwise, after the beginning of such three months' period, or an amount equal to the proceeds of any such property, if disposed of, subject, however, to the rights, if any, of the Company and its other creditors in such property or such proceeds. Nothing herein contained, however, shall affect the right of the Trustee: (A) to retain for its own account (i) payments made on account of any such claim by any Person (other than the Company) who is liable thereon, (ii) the proceeds of a bona fide sale of any such claim by the Trustee to a third Person, and (iii) distributions made in cash, securities or other property in respect of claims filed against the Company in bankruptcy or receivership or in the proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Code or applicable state law; (B) to realize, for its own account, upon any property held by it as security for any such claim, if such property was so held prior to the beginning of such three months' period; (C) to realize, for its own account, but only to the extent of the claim hereinafter mentioned, upon any property held by it as security for any such claim, if such claim was created after the beginning of such three months' period and such property was received as security therefor simultaneously with the creation thereof, and if the Trustee shall sustain the burden of proving that at the time such property was so received the Trustee has no reasonable cause to believe that a default as defined by Section 7.13(c) would occur within three months; or (D) to receive payment on any claim referred to in paragraph (B) or (C) above, against the release of any property held as security for such claim as 57 provided in such paragraph (B) or (C), as the case may be, to the extent of the fair value of such property. For the purposes of paragraphs (B), (C) and (D), property substituted after the beginning of such three months' period for property held as security at the time of such substitution shall, to the extent of the fair value of the property released, have the same status as the property released, and, to the extent that any claim referred to in any of such paragraphs is created in renewal of or in substitution for or for the purpose of repaying or refunding any pre-existing claim of the Trustee as such creditor, such claim shall have the same status as such pre-existing claim. If the Trustee shall be required to account, the funds and property held in such special account and the proceeds thereof shall be apportioned between the Trustee, the Holders of the Securities and the holders of other indenture securities in such manner that the Trustee, such Holders and the holders of other indenture securities realize, as a result of payments from such special account and payments of dividends on claims filed against the Company in bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Code or applicable state law, the same percentage of their respective claims, figured before crediting to the claim of the Trustee anything on account of the receipt by it from the Company of the funds and property in such special account and before crediting to the respective claims of the Trustee, Holders of the Securities and the holders of other indenture securities dividends on claims filed against the Company in bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Code or applicable state law, but after crediting thereon receipts on account of the indebtedness represented by their respective claims from all sources other than from such dividends and from the funds and property so held in such special account. As used in this paragraph, with respect to any claim, the term "dividends" shall include any distribution with respect to such claim, in bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Code or applicable state law, whether such distribution is made in cash, securities or other property, but shall not include any such distribution with respect to the secured portion, if any, of such claim. The court in which such bankruptcy, receivership or proceeding for reorganization is pending shall have jurisdiction (i) to apportion between the Trustee, the Holders of Securities and the holders of other indenture securities, in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, the funds and property held in such special account and the proceeds thereof; or (ii) in lieu of such apportionment, in whole or in part, to give to the provisions of this paragraph due consideration in determining the fairness of the distributions to be made to the Trustee, the Holders of Securities and the holders of other indenture securities with respect to their respective claims, in which event it shall not be necessary to liquidate or to appraise the value of any securities or other property held in such special account or as security for any such claim, or to make a specific allocation of such distribution as between the secured and unsecured portions of such claims, or otherwise to apply the provisions of this paragraph as a mathematical formula. Any Trustee who has resigned or been removed after the beginning of such three months' period shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.13(a) as though such 58 resignation or removal had not occurred. If any Trustee has resigned or been removed prior to the beginning of such three months' period, it shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.13(a) if and only if the following conditions exist: (E) the receipt of property or reduction of claim which would have given rise to the obligation to account, if such Trustee had continued as trustee, occurred after the beginning of such three months' period; and (F) such receipt of property or reduction of claim occurred within three months after such resignation or removal. (b) There shall be excluded from the operation of this Section a creditor relationship arising from: (i) the ownership or acquisition of securities issued under any indenture, or any security or securities having a maturity of one year or more at the time of acquisition by the Trustee; (ii) advances authorized by a receivership or bankruptcy court of competent jurisdiction or by this Indenture for the purpose of preserving any property which shall at any time be subject to the lien of this Indenture or of discharging tax liens or other prior liens or encumbrances thereon, if notice of such advance and of the circumstances surrounding the making thereof is given to the Holders of the applicable series of Securities at the time and in the manner provided in this Indenture; (iii) disbursements made in the ordinary course of business in the capacity of trustee under an indenture, transfer agent, registrar, custodian, paying agent, fiscal agent or depositary, or other similar capacity; (iv) an indebtedness created as a result of services rendered or premises rented or an indebtedness created as a result of goods or securities sold in a cash transaction as defined in Section 7.13(c)(iii); (v) the ownership of stock or of some other securities of a corporation organized under the provisions of Section 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended, which is directly or indirectly a creditor of the Company; or (vi) the acquisition, ownership, acceptance or negotiation of any drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances or obligations which fall within the classification of self-liquidating paper as defined in Section 7.13(c)(iv). (c) As used in this Section: (i) the term "default" shall mean any failure to make payment in full of the principal of or interest upon any of the Securities of the applicable series or upon the 59 other indenture securities when and as such principal or interest becomes due and payable; (ii) the term "other indenture securities" shall mean securities upon which the Company is an obligor (as defined in the Trust Indenture Act) outstanding under any other indenture (i) under which the Trustee is also trustee, (ii) which contains provisions substantially similar to the provisions of Section 7.13(a), and (iii) under which a default exists at the time of the apportionment of the funds and property held in said special account; (iii) the term "cash transaction" shall mean any transaction in which full payment for goods or securities sold is made within seven days after delivery of the goods or securities in currency or in checks or other orders drawn upon banks or bankers and payable upon demand; (iv) the term "self-liquidating paper" shall mean any draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation which is made, drawn, negotiated or incurred by the Company for the purpose of financing the purchase, processing, manufacture, shipment, storage or sale of goods, wares or merchandise and which is secured by documents evidencing title to, possession of, or a lien upon the goods, wares or merchandise or the receivables or proceeds arising from the sale of goods, wares or merchandise previously constituting the security, provided that the security is received by the Trustee simultaneously with the creation of the creditor relationship with the Company arising from the making, drawing, negotiating or incurring of the draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation; and (v) the term "Company" shall mean any obligor upon the Securities. Section 7.14 Authenticating Agent. So long as any Securities remain Outstanding, if the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is not located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or otherwise upon a Company Request, there shall be an authenticating agent (the "Authenticating Agent") appointed, for such period as the Company shall elect, by the Trustee to act as its agent on its behalf and subject to its direction in connection with the authentication and delivery of Securities. Securities authenticated by such Authenticating Agent shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by such Trustee. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or to the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a Certificate of Authentication executed on behalf of such Trustee by such Authenticating Agent. Such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State or of the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or 60 examination by Federal, State or District of Columbia authority. If the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is not located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the Authenticating Agent shall have its principal office and place of business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted, or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency business of any Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be the Authenticating Agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent. Any Authenticating Agent may at any time, and if it shall cease to be eligible shall, resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.14, the Trustee shall upon Company Request appoint a successor Authenticating Agent, and the Company shall provide notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 13.4. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent herein. The Company agrees to pay or to cause to be paid to the Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. The Authenticating Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such in good faith at the direction of the Trustee. ARTICLE 8 CONCERNING THE HOLDERS OF SECURITIES Section 8.1 Action by Holders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action) the fact that at the time of taking any such action the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Holders in Person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of ARTICLE 9, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders. The Company may (but shall not be required to) set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Securityholders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture, which record date shall be the later of 10 days 61 prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Indenture prior to such solicitation. If a record date is fixed, those Persons who were Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to take such action by vote or consent or to revoke any vote or consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. Section 8.2 Proof of Execution of Instruments by Holders of Securities. Subject to Section 7.1, Section 7.2 and Section 9.5, the execution of any instrument by a Holder of a Security or his agent or proxy may be proved in any reasonable manner that the Trustee deems sufficient, including, without limitation, in the following manner: The fact and date of the execution by any such Person of any instrument may be proved by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized to take acknowledgments of deeds, that the Person executing such instrument acknowledged to him the execution thereof, or by an affidavit or written statement of a witness to such execution. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or association or a member of a partnership on behalf of such corporation, association or partnership, as the case may be, or by any other Person acting in a representative capacity, such certificate, affidavit or written statement shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register or by a certificate of the Securities Registrar. The record of any Holders' meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 9.6. Section 8.3 Holders to be Treated as Owners. The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Security shall be registered upon the Security Register as the absolute owner of such Security (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 3.6 and Section 3.9) interest, if any, on, such Security, and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any Holder for the time being, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon such Security. None of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interest of a Global Security, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest. 62 Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Security, nothing herein shall prevent the Company or the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any Depository (or its nominee), as a Holder, with respect to such Global Security or impair, as between such Depository and owners of beneficial interests in such Global Security, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the right of such Depository (or its nominee) as holder of such Global Security. Section 8.4 Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Securities of any or all series have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Securities which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Securities with respect to which such determination is being made or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Securities with respect to which such determination is being made shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver only Securities which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Securities. In case of a dispute as to such right, the advice of counsel shall be full protection in respect of any decision made by the Trustee in accordance with such advice. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officer's Certificate listing and identifying all Securities, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above-described Persons; and, subject to Section 7.1 and Section 7.2, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer's Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Securities not listed therein are Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination. Section 8.5 Right of Revocation of Action Taken. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.1, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Security, the number, letter or other distinguishing symbol of which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Securities the Holders of which have consented to such action, may, by filing written notice at the Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in this Article, revoke such action so far as concerns such Security. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Security and of any Securities issued in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of 63 whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon any such Security or such other Security. Any action taken by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of all the Securities affected by such action. ARTICLE 9 HOLDERS' MEETINGS Section 9.1 Purposes of Meetings. A meeting of Holders of Securities of any or all series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article for any of the following purposes: (a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee for the Securities of such series, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Holders pursuant to any of the provisions of ARTICLE 6; (b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor Trustee pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE 7; (c) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.2; or (d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the Holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any one or more or all series, as the case may be, under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law. Section 9.2 Call of Meetings by Trustee. The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities to take any action specified in Section 9.1, to be held at such time and at such place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or such other Place of Payment, as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Holders of Securities, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting, and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given to Holders of Securities of the particular series in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 13.4. Such notice shall be given not less than 20 nor more than 90 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting. Section 9.3 Call of Meetings by Company or Holders. In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, by written request setting forth in reasonable 64 detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee for such series shall not have given the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Holders may determine the time and the place in the Borough of Manhattan or other Place of Payment for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 9.1, by giving notice thereof as provided in Section 9.2. Section 9.4 Qualifications for Voting. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders a Person shall be (a) a Holder of one or more outstanding Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by such Holder. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel. Section 9.5 Regulations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of the Securities in regard to proof of the holding of Securities and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit. The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 9.3, in which case the Company or the Holders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote of the meeting. Subject to Section 8.4, at any meeting each Holder of Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities, such principal amount to be determined as provided in the definition of "Outstanding") of Securities held or represented by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any such Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Securities held by him or instruments in writing aforesaid duly designating him as the Person to vote on behalf of other Holders. At any meeting of Holders, the presence of Persons holding or representing Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held in an aggregate principal amount sufficient to take action on the business for the transaction of which such meeting was called shall constitute a quorum, but, if less than a quorum is present, the Persons holding or representing a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Securities represented at the meeting may adjourn such meeting with the same effect, for all intents and purposes, as 65 though a quorum had been present. Any meeting of Holders of Securities with respect to which a meeting was duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2 or Section 9.3 may be adjourned from time to time by Persons holding or representing a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Securities represented at the meeting, present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice. Section 9.6 Voting. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such Holders or of their representatives by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Securities held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of holders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 9.2. The record shall show the serial numbers of the Securities voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated. Section 9.7 No Delay of Rights by Reason of Meeting. Nothing in this Article contained shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of Holders or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Securities of any series. ARTICLE 10 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES Section 10.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders. Without the consent of any Holders of Securities, the Company, when authorized by a resolution of its Board of Directors, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of the execution thereof) for one or more of the following purposes: 66 (a) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge to the Trustee as security for the Securities any property or assets; (b) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities, in each case in compliance with the Indenture; (c) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as its Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders of any series of Securities or Tranche thereof, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company and to make the occurrence and continuance of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction, condition or provision such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such an Event of Default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such an Event of Default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series to waive such an Event of Default; (d) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture; or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or under any supplemental indenture as the Board of Directors may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Securities; (e) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Section 3.1; (f) to provide for the issuance under this Indenture of Securities in coupon form (including Securities registrable as to principal only), to provide for interchangeability thereof with Securities in registered form of the same series and to make all appropriate changes for such purpose, or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities of any series in uncertificated form provided any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series in any material respect; (g) to add to, delete from or revise the conditions, limitations and restrictions on the authorized amount, terms or purposes of issue, authentication and delivery of Securities, as herein set forth; (h) to add any additional Events of Default with respect to all or any series of Securities (as shall be specified in such supplemental indenture); 67 (i) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Securities pursuant to ARTICLE 12, provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of any Holder of an Outstanding Security of such series or any other Outstanding Security in any material respect; (j) to make provisions with respect to conversion or exchange rights of Holders of Securities of any series; (k) to provide for the issuance under this Indenture of Securities denominated or payable in currency other than Dollars and to make all appropriate changes for such purpose; (l) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Securities, pursuant to Section 7.11, or to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; (m) to modify any restrictions on and procedures for resales of Securities of any series that is not registered pursuant to the Securities Act to reflect any change in applicable law or regulation (or the interpretation thereof) or in practices relating to the resale or transfer of restricted securities generally and to modify any legends placed on such Securities to reflect such restrictions and procedures; (n) to add to or change or eliminate any provision of this Indenture as shall be necessary or desirable to conform to provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as at the time in effect, provided that such action shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Securities of any series; and (o) otherwise to amend or supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture; provided, however, that no such amendment or supplement shall materially adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Securities then Outstanding. The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations, which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section may be executed without the consent of the Holders of any of the Securities at the time Outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 10.2. 68 Section 10.2 Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Securityholders. With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article VIII) of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of all series affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as one class), the Company, when authorized by a resolution of its Board of Directors, and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution thereof) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each such series; provided that no such supplemental indenture shall (a) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any premium or installment of interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to, any Security of such series, or reduce the principal amount thereof (or modify the calculation of such principal amount) or rate of interest thereon or any Additional Amounts with respect thereto (or modify the calculation of such rate), or any premium payable on redemption thereof or otherwise, or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon an acceleration with respect thereto pursuant to Section 6.1 or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 6.2, or change the obligation of the Company to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 4.4 (except as contemplated by Section 11.1 and permitted by Section 10.1), or change the redemption provisions, or change the Place of Payment, currency in which the principal of, any premium or interest on, or any Additional Amounts with respect to any security is payable, or impair or adversely affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for the payment thereof or, if the Securities provide therefor, any right of repayment at the option of the Securityholder, without the consent of the Holder of each Security of such series so affected; or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the principal amount of Securities Outstanding of such series, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture or any waiver of any obligations of the Company under this Indenture, without the consent of the Holders of each Security of such series so affected, or reduce the requirements for quorum on voting; or (c) modify any of the provisions this Section, Section 6.10 or Section 4.9, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security thereby. Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders as aforesaid and other documents, if any, required by Section 8.1, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture. 69 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series. Section 10.3 Notice of Supplemental Indenture. Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.2, the Company shall mail a notice thereof by first-class mail to the Holders of Securities of each series affected thereby at their addresses as they shall appear on the Security Register, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture. Section 10.4 Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith, but only with regard to the Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture, and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of any Securities of such series affected thereby shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes with regard to the Securities of such series. Section 10.5 Documents To Be Given to Trustee. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.1 and Section 7.2, shall be provided with an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. Section 10.6 Notation on Securities in Respect of Supplemental Indentures. Securities of any series affected by any supplemental indenture which are authenticated and delivered after the execution of such supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article may bear a notation in form approved by the Company and the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Company, to any 70 modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Securities of such series then Outstanding. ARTICLE 11 CONSOLIDATION, AMALGAMATION, MERGER OR SALE Section 11.1 Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms. The Company shall not consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company), or convey, transfer, sell or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company), and the Company shall not permit any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company) to consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless: (a) in case the Company shall consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any Person, the Person formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety shall be a Corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, Bermuda, or any other country (including under the laws of any state, province or other political subdivision thereof) which is on the date of this Indenture a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and shall expressly assume, by an indenture (or indentures, if at such time there is more than one Trustee) supplemental hereto, executed by the successor Person and delivered to the Trustee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, any premium and interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to all the Securities and the performance of every obligation in this Indenture and the Outstanding Securities on the part of the Company to be performed or observed and shall provide for conversion or exchange rights in accordance with the provisions of the Securities of any series that are convertible or exchangeable into Common Shares or other securities; and (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Event of Default or event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing. Section 11.2 Opinion of Counsel. Either the Company or the successor Person shall deliver to the Trustee prior to the proposed transaction(s) covered by Section 11.1 an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of 71 Counsel stating that the transaction(s) and such supplemental indenture are authorized and permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to the consummation of the transaction(s) under this Indenture have been met. Section 11.3 Successor Person Substituted. Upon any consolidation or amalgamation by the Company with or merger of the Company into any other Person or any lease, sale, assignment, or transfer of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company in accordance with Section 11.1, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the Company is merged or the successor Person or affiliated group of Persons to which such lease, sale, assignment, or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person or Persons had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person or Persons shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and in the event of such conveyance or transfer, except in the case of a lease, any such predecessor Person may be dissolved and liquidated. ARTICLE 12 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE, UNCLAIMED MONEYS Section 12.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Securities of Any Series. The Company shall be deemed to have satisfied and discharged this Indenture with respect to the entire indebtedness on all the Outstanding Securities of any particular series, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company and upon Company Request, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging such satisfaction and discharge, when (a) either: (i) all Outstanding Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) any Securities of such series which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.8 and (ii) Outstanding Securities of such series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 12.3) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (ii) all Outstanding Securities of such series described in sub-clause (i) above (other than the Securities referred to in the parenthetical phrase thereof) not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation: (x) have become due and payable; 72 (y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year; or (z) if redeemable at the option of the Company or pursuant to the operation of a sinking fund, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company; and (A) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Securities of such series) sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on all such Outstanding Securities of such series, not therefore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including the principal of, any premium and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to such Securities (based upon applicable law as in effect on the date of such deposit), to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Maturity thereof, as the case may be; (B) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee as obligations in trust such amount of Government Obligations as will, in a written opinion of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee, together with the predetermined and certain income to accrue thereon (without consideration of any reinvestment thereof), be sufficient to pay and discharge when due the entire indebtedness on all such Outstanding Securities of such series for unpaid principal (and premium, if any), interest on, and any Additional Amounts to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or Maturity thereof, as the case may be; (b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series including all fees due to the Trustee under Section 7.6; (c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the due satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the entire indebtedness on all Outstanding Securities of any such series have been complied with; and (d) if the Securities of such series are not to become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year of the date of such deposit or are not to be called for redemption within one year of the date of such deposit under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee as of the date of such deposit, then the Company shall have given, not later than the date of such deposit, notice of such deposit to the Holders of the Securities of such series. 73 Upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 12.1 with respect to all the Outstanding Securities of any series, the terms and conditions with respect thereto set forth in this Indenture shall no longer be binding upon, or applicable to, the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be discharged from (a) any obligations under Section 7.6 and Section 7.10 and (b) any obligations under Section 3.6, Section 3.9, Section 5.1 and Section 12.3 and (c) any obligations under Section 4.4, with respect to the payment of any Additional Amounts, if any, (but only to the extent that the Additional Amounts payable with respect to any Outstanding Securities of such series exceed the amount deposited in respect of such Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(ii)); and provided, further, that in the event a petition for relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or a successor statute is filed with respect to the Company within 91 days after the deposit, this Indenture with respect to the entire indebtedness on all Securities of such series shall not be discharged, and in such event the Trustee shall return such deposited funds or obligations as it is then holding to the Company upon Company Request. Section 12.2 Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. (a) Unless pursuant to Section 3.1, either or both of (i) defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under clause (b) of this Section 12.2 shall not be applicable with respect to the Securities of such series or (ii) covenant defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under clause (c) of this Section 12.2 shall not be applicable with respect to the Securities of such series, then such provisions, together with the other provisions of this Section 12.2 (with such modifications thereto as may be specified pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to any Securities), shall be applicable to such Securities and the Company may at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to such Securities, elect to have Section 12.2(b) or Section 12.2(c) be applied to such Outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Section 12.2. (b) Upon the Company's exercise of the above option applicable to this Section 12.2(b) with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Outstanding Securities on the date the conditions set forth in clause (d) of this Section 12.2 are satisfied (hereinafter, "defeasance"). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by such Outstanding Securities which shall thereafter be deemed to be "Outstanding" only for the purposes of clause (c) of this Section 12.2 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Securities, solely from the trust fund described in clause (d) of this Section 12.2 and as more fully set forth in such clause, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on, and Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to, such Securities when such payments are due, and any rights of such Holder to convert such Securities into Common 74 Shares of the Company or exchange such Securities for other securities; (ii) the obligations of the Company and the Trustee with respect to such Securities under Sections 3.6, 3.9, 4.2, 4.3 and 12.3 and with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, on such Securities as contemplated by Section 4.4 (but only to the extent that the Additional Amounts payable with respect to such Securities exceed the amount deposited in respect of such Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 12.2(d)(i) below), and with respect to any rights to convert such Securities into Common Shares of the Company or exchange such Securities for other securities; (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder including, without limitation, the compensation, reimbursement and indemnities provided in Section 7.6 herein; and (iv) this Section 12.2. The Company may exercise its option under this Section 12.2(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under clause (c) of this Section 12.2 with respect to such Securities. (c) Upon the Company's exercise of the option to have this Section 12.2(c) apply with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be released from its obligations in respect of any other covenant applicable to such Securities, with respect to such Outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth in clause (d) of this Section 12.2 are satisfied (hereinafter, "covenant defeasance"), and such Securities shall thereafter be deemed to be not "Outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with any such covenant or obligation, but shall continue to be deemed "Outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Outstanding Securities, the Company may omit to comply with, and shall have no liability in respect of, any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant or obligation, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or obligation or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. (d) The following shall be the conditions to application of clause (b) or (c) of this Section 12.2 to any Outstanding Securities of or within a series: (i) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.8 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Section 12.2 applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, (1) an amount in Dollars or in such Foreign Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity, or (2) Government Obligations applicable to such Securities (determined on the basis of the Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity) which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not 75 later than one day before the due date of any payment with respect to such Securities, money in an amount, or (3) a combination thereof, in any case, in an amount, sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of such principal and interest, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (y) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to such Securities (based upon applicable law as in effect on the date of such deposit), such Outstanding Securities at the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date of such principal or installment of principal or premium or interest and (z) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to such Outstanding Securities on the days on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities and, if applicable, shall have made irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of any Securities to be redeemed at the option of the Company in connection with such deposit. (ii) No Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (after giving effect thereto) and, with respect to defeasance only, no event described in Section 6.1(f) or (g) at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period). (iii) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound. (iv) In the case of an election under clause (b) of this Section 12.2 for which the Place of Payment is within the United States, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from the Internal Revenue Service a letter ruling, or there has been published by the Internal Revenue Service a Revenue Ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred. (v) In the case of an election under clause (c) of this Section 12.2 with respect to Requested Securities and for which the Place of Payment is within the United States, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be 76 subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred. (vi) With respect to defeasance only, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, after the 91st day after the date of deposit, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.1) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) pursuant to this clause (d) to be held in trust will not be subject to recapture or avoidance as a preference in any case or proceeding (whether voluntary or involuntary) in respect of the Company under any Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or any decree or order for relief in respect of the Company issued in connection therewith (for which purpose such Opinion of Counsel may assume that no Holder is an "insider"). (vii) With respect to defeasance only, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate as to solvency and the absence of any intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company. (viii) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance or covenant defeasance under clause (b) or (c) of this Section 12.2 (as the case may be) have been complied with. (ix) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 12.2(d), such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.1. (e) Unless otherwise specified in or pursuant to this Indenture, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 12.2(d)(i) has been made, (i) the Holder of a Security in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 3.1 or the terms of such Security to receive payment in a Currency other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 12.2(d)(i) has been made in respect of such Security, or (ii) a Conversion Event occurs in respect of the Foreign Currency in which the deposit pursuant to Section 12.2(d)(i) has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Security shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), and interest, if any, on, and Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to, such Security as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Security into the Currency in which such Security becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on (x) in the case of payments made pursuant to clause (i) above, the applicable market exchange rate for such Currency in effect on the second Business Day prior to each payment date, or (y) with respect to a Conversion Event, the applicable market exchange rate for such Foreign Currency in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event. 77 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 12.2(d) and Section 12.3, the "Trustee") against any tax, fee or other charge, imposed on or assessed against the Government Obligations deposited pursuant to this Section 12.2 or the principal or interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of such Outstanding Securities. Anything in this Section 12.2 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or Government Obligations (or other property and any proceeds therefrom) held by it as provided in clause (d) of this Section 12.2 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect a defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Section 12.2. Section 12.3 Application of Trust Money. All money and obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.1 or 12.2 shall be held irrevocably in trust and shall be made under the terms of an escrow trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee. Such money and obligations shall be applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities, this Indenture and such escrow trust agreement, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities for the payment of which such money and obligations have been deposited with the Trustee. If Securities of any series are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, whether pursuant to any optional redemption provisions or in accordance with any mandatory or optional sinking fund requirement, the Company shall give the required notice of redemption or shall make such arrangements as are satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company. Section 12.4 Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent. In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to Securities of any series, all moneys with respect to such series then held by any Paying Agent (and not required for such satisfaction and discharge) shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys. Section 12.5 Return of Unclaimed Moneys Held by Trustee and Paying Agent. Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on, Securities of any series and which shall not be applied but shall remain unclaimed by the Holders of Securities of such series for two years after the date upon which such payment shall have become due and payable, shall be 78 repaid to the Company by the Trustee on demand; and the Holder of any of such Securities entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter look only to the Company for the payment thereof; provided, however, that the Company or the Trustee, before making any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Company cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks (in each case on any day of the week) in an Authorized Newspaper, or mail to each Holder, or both, a notice that said moneys have not been so applied and that after a date named therein any unclaimed balance of said moneys then remaining will be returned to the Company. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 12.3 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.1 or Section 12.2 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 12.3; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of interest on or principal of, or any Additional Amounts, with respect to any Security following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Section 13.1 Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers and Directors of Company Exempt from Individual Liability. No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, or in any Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, as such, or against any past, present or future stockholder, officer or director, as such, of the Company or of any successor, either directly or through the Company or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise it being expressly understood that this Indenture and the obligations issued hereunder are solely corporate obligations, and that no such personal liability whatever shall attach to, or is or shall be incurred by, the incorporators, shareholders, officers or directors, as such, of the Company, or any of them, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any Security or implied therefrom; and that any and all such personal liability of every name and nature, either at common law or in equity or by constitution or statute, of, and any and all such rights and claims against, every such incorporator, shareholder, officer or director, as such, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any Security or implied therefrom, are hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issuance of such Security. 79 Section 13.2 Provisions of Indenture for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Securityholders. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, expressed or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and the Holders of the Securities, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture or under any covenant or provision herein contained, all such covenants and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and the Holders of the Securities. Section 13.3 Successors and Assigns of Company Bound by Indenture. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or on behalf of the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. Section 13.4 Notices to Holders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to such Holders as their names and addresses appear on the Securities Register within the time prescribed. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance on such waiver. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Holder, shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders, and any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given. In the case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. In case by reason of the suspension of publication of any Authorized Newspapers or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to publish any notice to Holders otherwise required or permitted under this Indenture, then such notification as shall be given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice to such Holders for every purpose hereunder. Section 13.5 Addresses for Notices. Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities of any series on the Company may be given or served by registered mail addressed (until another address is filed by the Company with the Trustee) as follows: Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, Victoria Hall, 11 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. Any notice, 80 direction, request or demand by the Company or any Holders of Securities of any series to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if received at the Corporate Trust Office of such Trustee. Section 13.6 Officer's Certificates and Opinions of Counsel; Statements to Be Contained Therein. Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that all conditions precedent (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture (other than annual certificates provided pursuant to Section 4.10) and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition, (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based, (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous. Any certificate, statement or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, information with respect to which is in the possession of the Company, upon the certificate, statement or opinion of or representations by an officer or officers of the Company, unless such counsel knows that the certificate, statement or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous. Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company or of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to accounting matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by an accountant or firm of accountants in the employ of the Company, unless such officer or counsel, as the case may be, knows that the certificate or opinion or 81 representations with respect to the accounting matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous. Any certificate or opinion of any independent firm of public accountants filed with the Trustee shall contain a statement that such firm is independent. Section 13.7 Separability Clause. In case any provision of this Indenture or of the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Section 13.8 Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day in any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities, other than a provision in Securities of any series, or any Tranche thereof, or in the indenture supplemental hereto, Board Resolution or Officer's Certificate that establishes the terms of the Securities of such series or Tranche, which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section) payment of interest or principal and premium, if any, need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, and, if such payment is made or duly provided for on such Business Day, no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, to such Business Day. Section 13.9 Conflict of Any Provision of Indenture with Trust Indenture Act. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under such Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the former provision shall control. Section 13.10 Governing Law. This Indenture and each Security shall be deemed to be a contract governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made or instruments entered into and, in each case, performed in said state. Section 13.11 Judgment Currency. The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the 82 sum due in respect of the principal of, or premium or interest, if any, or Additional Amounts on the Securities of any series (the "Required Currency") into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the "Judgment Currency"), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in the City of New York the requisite amount of the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding the day on which a final unappealable judgment is given and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with clause (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture. For purposes of the foregoing, "New York Banking Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to be closed. Section 13.12 No Security Interest Created. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.6, nothing in this Indenture or in any Securities, express or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect in any jurisdiction where property of the Company or its Subsidiaries is or may be located. Section 13.13 Submission to Jurisdiction. The Company agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding instituted against the Company in relation to any matter arising under this Indenture or the Securities appertaining thereto may be brought in any United States Federal or New York State court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York to the extent that such court has subject matter jurisdiction over the controversy, and, by execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company hereby irrevocably submits to, generally and unconditionally, the personal jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, acknowledges their competence and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered in such proceeding. The Company also irrevocably and unconditionally waives for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities any objection to the venue of a proceeding in any such court and any immunity from legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in the aid of execution, execution or otherwise) in respect of this Indenture. The Company hereby irrevocably designates and appoints for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities for the term of this Indenture CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011, as its agent to receive on its behalf service of all process (with a copy of all such service of process to be delivered to Aspen Insurance UK Limited, 100 Leadenhall Street, London EC3A 3DD, Attention: General Counsel) brought against it with respect to any 83 such proceeding in any such court in The City of New York, such service being hereby acknowledged by the Company to be effective and binding service on it in every respect whether or not the Company shall then be doing or shall have at any time done business in New York. Such appointment shall be irrevocable so long as any of the Securities or the obligations of the Company hereunder remain outstanding until the appointment of a successor by the Company and such successor's acceptance of such appointment. Upon such acceptance, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of such successor. The Company further agrees for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as its agent in full force and effect so long as any of the Securities or the obligations of the Company hereunder shall be outstanding. The Trustee shall not be obligated and shall have no responsibility with respect to any failure by the Company to take any such action. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by any law or limit the right of the Trustee or any Holder to institute proceedings against the Company in the courts of any other jurisdiction or jurisdictions. Section 13.14 Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, and on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Section 13.15 Effect of Headings. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof. ARTICLE 14 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES Section 14.1 Applicability of Article. The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to the Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 for Securities of such series. Section 14.2 Notice of Redemption; Selection of Securities. In case the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all or, as the case may be, any part of the Securities of any series in accordance with their terms, it shall fix a Redemption Date and shall provide notice of such redemption at least 45 days prior to such Redemption Date to the Trustee and at least 30 days but no more than 60 days prior to such Redemption Date to the Holders of Securities of such series so to be redeemed as a whole or in part in the manner provided in Section 13.4, unless a different period is specified in the Securities to be redeemed. The notice provided in the manner herein specified shall be 84 conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security of a series designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Security of such series. Each such notice of redemption shall specify the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price, the CUSIP or other comparable number, the Place or Places of Payment, that the Securities of such series are being redeemed at the option of the Company pursuant to provisions contained in the terms of the Securities of such series or in a supplemental indenture establishing such series, if such be the case, together with a brief statement of the facts permitting such redemption, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of the applicable Securities at the Place or Places of Payment, that the Redemption Price together with any interest accrued and Additional Amounts to the Redemption Date will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said Redemption Date any interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue, and any information that is required to be included therein by the Depository. If fewer than all the Securities of any series are to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of the Securities of such series to be redeemed. In case any Security of any series is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities of such series in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued, or, in the case of Securities providing appropriate space for such notation, at the option of the Holders the Trustee, in lieu of delivering a new Security or Securities as aforesaid, may make a notation on such Security of the payment of the redeemed portion thereof. On or before the Redemption Date with respect to the Securities of any series stated in the notice of redemption given as provided in this Section 14.2, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents an amount of money (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 for the Securities of such series or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.3) sufficient to redeem on such Redemption Date all the Securities or portions thereof so called for redemption at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest on and Additional Amounts with respect thereto, to such Redemption Date. If fewer than all the Securities of any series, or any Tranche thereof, are to be redeemed, the Company shall give notice of redemption to the Trustee not less than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date as to the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed. If a Holders' Redemption Agreement, as hereinafter defined, is not on file with the Trustee and in effect, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series or Tranche not previously called for redemption, substantially pro rata, by lot or by any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate and that complies with the requirements of the principal national securities 85 exchange, if any, on which such Securities are listed, and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or Tranche or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series or Tranche of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or Tranche; provided that in case the Securities of such series or Tranche have different terms and maturities, the Securities to be redeemed shall be selected by the Company and the Company shall give notice thereof to the Trustee; provided, however, that if, as indicated in an Officer's Certificate, the Company shall have offered to purchase all or any principal amount of the Securities then Outstanding of any series, or any Tranche thereof, and fewer than all of such Securities as to which such offer was made shall have been tendered to the Company for such purchase, the Trustee, if so directed by Company Order, shall select for redemption all or any principal amount of such Securities which have not been so tendered. If the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders, then any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the "CUSIP" numbers. If at the time the Company shall have given notice of redemption to the Trustee in accordance with Section 14.2, there shall be on file with the Trustee and in effect a Holders' Redemption Agreement, as hereinafter defined, then the Trustee shall select, in accordance with the provisions of said Holders' Redemption Agreement, the Securities or parts thereof to be redeemed. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term "Holders' Redemption Agreement" shall mean an agreement, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, executed as provided in this Section, which provides for the method to be followed by the Trustee in selecting Securities or parts of Securities for redemption out of any funds held by the Trustee to be applied to such redemption. A Holders' Redemption Agreement may be made with respect to a single series of Securities, or Tranche thereof, in which case it shall be executed by or on behalf of the Holders of all Outstanding Securities of such series or Tranche, or it may be made with respect to all Outstanding Securities in which case it shall be executed by or on behalf of the Holders of all Securities Outstanding hereunder. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Section 14.3 Payment of Securities Called for Redemption. If notice of redemption has been given as above provided and the Company has deposited, on or before the Redemption Date, with the Trustee (and/or having irrevocably 86 directed the Trustee to apply, from money held by it available to be used for the redemption of Securities) an amount in cash sufficient to redeem all of the Securities to be redeemed, the Securities or portions of Securities of the series specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date, and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price, together with any interest accrued to such Redemption Date, and on and after said Redemption Date any interest on the Securities or portion of Securities of any series so called for redemption shall cease to accrue. On presentation and surrender of such Securities at a Place of Payment in such notice specified, such Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price, together with any interest accrued and Additional Amounts to the Redemption Date, except that if such Redemption Date is an Interest Payment Date, interest shall be paid as provided in Section 3.9. Upon presentation of any Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to or on the order of the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities of such series, of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented. If a Security in global form is so surrendered, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the U.S. Depository or other Depository for such Security in global form as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, without service charge, a new Security in global form in a denomination equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security in global form so surrendered. If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and any premium, until paid, shall bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security. ARTICLE 15 SINKING FUNDS Section 15.1 Applicability of Article. The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 for Securities of such series. The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a "mandatory sinking fund payment", and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an "optional sinking fund payment". 87 Section 15.2 Satisfaction of Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment with Securities. In lieu of making all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to any Securities of a series in cash, the Company may at its option, at any time but not less than 45 days prior to the date on which such sinking fund payment is due, deliver to the Trustee Securities of such series theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company, except Securities of such series which have been redeemed through the application of mandatory sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of the Securities of such series, accompanied by a company order instructing the Trustee to credit such obligations and stating that the Securities of such series were originally issued by the Company by way of bona fide sale or other negotiation for value; provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the mandatory sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly. Section 15.3 Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund. Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee a certificate signed by the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the chief operating officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Company specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for such series pursuant to the terms of such series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of such series pursuant to Section 15.2 and whether the Company intends to exercise its rights to make a permitted optional sinking fund payment with respect to such series. Such certificate shall be irrevocable and upon its delivery the Company shall be obligated to make the cash payment or payments therein referred to, if any, on or before the next succeeding sinking fund payment date. In the case of the failure of the Company to deliver such certificate (or to deliver the Securities, if any, specified in such certificate within the time period specified in Section 15.2), unless otherwise agreed by the Trustee, the sinking fund payment due on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date for such series shall be paid entirely in cash and shall be sufficient to redeem the principal amount of the Securities of such series subject to a mandatory sinking fund payment without the right to deliver or credit Securities as provided in Section 15.2 and without the right to make any optional sinking fund payment, if any, with respect to such series. Any sinking fund payment or payments (mandatory or optional) made in cash plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payments made with respect to the Securities of any particular series shall be applied by the Trustee (or by the Company if the Company is 88 acting as its own Paying Agent) on the sinking fund payment date on which such payment is made (or, if such payment is made before a sinking fund payment date, on the sinking fund payment date following the date of such payment) to the redemption of Securities of such series at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities with respect to the sinking fund together with accrued interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date. Any sinking fund moneys not so applied or allocated by the Trustee (or by the Company if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent) to the redemption of Securities shall be added to the next sinking fund payment received by the Trustee (or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregated and held in trust as provided in Section 4.3) for such series and, together with such payment (or such amount so segregated) shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of this Section 15.3. Any and all sinking fund moneys with respect to the Securities of any particular series held by the Trustee (or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregated and held in trust as provided in Section 4.3) on the last sinking fund payment date with respect to Securities of such series and not held for the payment or redemption of particular Securities of such series shall be applied by the Trustee (or by the Company if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent), together with other moneys, if necessary, to be deposited (or segregated) sufficient for the purpose, to the payment of the principal of the Securities of such series at Maturity. The Trustee shall select or cause to be selected the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 14.2 and the Company shall cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the manner provided in Section 14.2 except that the notice of redemption shall also state that the Securities are being redeemed by operation of the sinking fund and whether the sinking fund payment is mandatory or optional, or both, as the case may be. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of the Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Section 14.3. On or before each sinking fund payment date, the Company shall pay to the Trustee (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, will segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.3) in cash a sum equal to the principal and any interest accrued to the Redemption Date for Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed on such sinking fund payment date pursuant to this Section. Neither the Trustee nor the Company shall redeem any Securities of a series with sinking fund moneys or mail any notice of redemption of Securities of such series by operation of the sinking fund for such series during the continuance of a default in payment of interest, if any, on any Securities of such series or of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default occurring as a consequence of this paragraph) with respect to the Securities of such series, except that if the notice of redemption shall have been provided in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Trustee (or the Company if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent) shall redeem such Securities if cash sufficient for that purpose shall be deposited with the Trustee (or segregated by the Company) for that purpose in accordance with the terms of this Article. Except as aforesaid, any moneys in the sinking fund for such series at the time when any such default or Event of Default shall occur and any moneys thereafter paid into such sinking fund shall, during the continuance of such default or Event of Default, be held as security for the payment of the Securities of such series; provided, however, that in case such Event of Default or default shall have been cured or waived as provided herein, such moneys shall thereafter be applied on the next sinking fund payment date for the Securities of such series on which such moneys may be applied pursuant to the provisions of this Section. 89 -2- IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited has caused this Indenture to be duly executed as a deed as of the date above written. By: Name: Title: By: Name: Title: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly authorized, has executed this Indenture as of the date first above written. DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, AS TRUSTEE By: Name: Title: EXHIBIT A FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM RULE 144A GLOBAL SECURITY TO REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY (transfers pursuant to Section 3.7(a) of the Indenture) [Date] Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas Global Debt Services Trust and Securities Services 60 Wall Street New York, New York 10005 Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited Victoria Hall 11 Victoria Street Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda Re: [Note][Debenture][Zero Coupon] Due _______ (the "Securities") of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited (the "Company") Ladies and Gentlemen: Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of [ ], 2004 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture"), between the Company, as issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the "Trustee"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture. This letter relates to $_________ principal amount of Securities which are held by the undersigned (the "Transferor") as a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Security (CUSIP No. ______________) deposited with [Name of Depository] (the "Depository"). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for an interest in the Regulation S Global Security (CUSIP No. ______________) deposited with the Depository. In connection with such request and in respect of such Securities, the Transferor hereby certifies that such transfer has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S and accordingly further certifies that: (a) the offer of the Securities was not made to a person in the United States; (b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither the Transferor nor A-1 any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; (c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; (d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and (e) the Transferor is the beneficial owner of the Securities being transferred. In addition, if the transfer is made during the distribution compliance period specified in Rule 903 of Regulation S and the provisions of Rule 904(b)(1) or Rule 904(b)(2) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, the Transferor confirms that such transfer has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 904(b)(1) or Rule 904(b)(2), as the case may be. You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Dated: Very truly yours, [Name of Transferor] By:_______________________________ Authorized signature A-2 EXHIBIT B FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY TO RULE 144A GLOBAL SECURITY (transfers pursuant to Section 3.7(b) of the Indenture) [Date] Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas Global Debt Services Trust and Securities Services 60 Wall Street New York, New York 10005 Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited Victoria Hall 11 Victoria Street Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda Re: [Note][Debenture][Zero Coupon] Due _______ (the "Securities") of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited (the "Company") Ladies and Gentlemen: Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of [ ], 2004 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture"), between the Company, as issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the "Trustee"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture. This letter relates to $_________ principal amount of Securities which are held by the undersigned (the "Transferor") as a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security (CUSIP No. ______________) deposited with [Name of Depository] (the "Depository"). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Security (CUSIP No. ______________) deposited with the Depository. In connection with such request and in respect of such Securities, the Transferor hereby certifies that such Securities are being transferred to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Securities for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion, and the transferee, as well as any such account, is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction. B-1You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Dated:________________ Very truly yours, [Name of Transferor] By:_________________________ Authorized signature B-2 EXHIBIT C FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFERS FROM RESTRICTED GLOBAL SECURITY TO UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL SECURITY (Transfers pursuant to section 3.7(c) of the Indenture) [Date] Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas Global Debt Services Trust and Securities Services 60 Wall Street New York, New York 10005 Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited Victoria Hall 11 Victoria Street Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda Re: [Note][Debenture][Zero Coupon] Due _______ (the "Securities") of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited (the "Company") Ladies and Gentlemen: Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of [ ], 2004 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture"), between the Company, as issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture. This letter relates to $_________ principal amount of Securities which are held by the undersigned (the "Owner") as a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security (CUSIP No. ______________)/Rule 144A Global Security (CUSIP No. ______________) deposited with [Name of Depository] (the "Depository"). The Owner owns and proposes to exchange the interest in the Regulation S Global Security (CUSIP No. ______________)/Rule 144A Global Security (CUSIP No. ______________) for an interest in the unrestricted Global Security (CUSIP No. ______________) deposited with the Depository (the "Exchange"). In connection with such request and in respect of such Securities, the Owner hereby certifies that (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Securities and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an unrestricted C-1Security is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Dated:________________ Very truly yours, [Name of Transferor] By:_________________________ Authorized signature C-2 EXHIBIT D FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144 (transfers pursuant to section 3.7(e) of the Indenture) [Date] Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas Global Debt Services Trust and Securities Services 60 Wall Street New York, New York 10005 Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited Victoria Hall 11 Victoria Street Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda Re: [Note][Debenture][Zero Coupon] Due _______ (the "Securities") of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited (the "Company") Ladies and Gentlemen: Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of [ ], 2004 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture"), between the Company, as issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture. In connection with our proposed sale of $___________ principal amount of the Securities, which represent an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note beneficially owned by the undersigned (the "Transferor"), we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144. You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Dated: Very truly yours, [Name of Transferor] By:__________________________ Authorized signature D-1
EXHIBIT 4.4 FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BY AND BETWEEN ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED, AS ISSUER AND DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, AS TRUSTEE DATED AS OF AUGUST 16, 2004 $250,000,000 ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED 6.00% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014 FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE This First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 16, 2004 (the "Supplemental Indenture"), to the Indenture, dated as of August 16, 2004 (the "Indenture") by and between Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, a limited company duly organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda, having its principal executive office located at Victoria Hall, 11 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (the "Company"), as issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, having its corporate trust office located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005 (the "Trustee"), as trustee, is effective upon the execution hereof by the parties hereto. RECITALS WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee the Indenture providing for the issuance from time to time of its notes, debentures or other evidences of its unsecured indebtedness (the "Securities"), unlimited as to principal amount; WHEREAS, the Indenture is incorporated herein by this reference; WHEREAS, Section 3.1 of the Indenture provides that, with respect to any series of Securities to be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture, the terms of such series of Securities shall be established by (i) a resolution of the Board of Directors and set forth in an Officer's Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture; WHEREAS, the Company desires to create, under the Indenture, a series of Securities to be known as its 6.00% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Senior Notes"), the form and substance of such notes and the terms, provisions and conditions thereof to be set forth as provided in the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture; and WHEREAS, all conditions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and to make it a valid and binding obligation of the Company have been done or performed; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree as follows: ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS Section 1.1. Definitions. The following defined terms used herein shall have the meanings specified below. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings assigned such terms in the Indenture. "Interest Payment Date" means, with respect to the Senior Notes only, February 15 and August 15 of each year. "Regular Record Date" means, with respect to the Senior Notes only, the close of business on January 31 or July 31, as the case may be, immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date. "Registration Default" shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 16, 2004, by and between the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., acting on behalf of each of the Purchasers (as defined therein), as the same shall be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms therein. "Special Interest" shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. ARTICLE II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE SENIOR NOTES There is hereby established a new series of Securities under the Indenture with the following terms: Section 2.1. Title. The title of the series is "6.00% Senior Notes due 2014". Section 2.2. Principal Amount. There are to be issued by the Company, and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee on the date hereof, $250,000,000 principal amount of Senior Notes, and such principal amount of Senior Notes may be increased from time to time pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Indenture. All Senior Notes need not be issued on the same date and such series may be reopened at any time, without the consent of any Holder, for issuances of additional Senior Notes, unlimited in principal amount, upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of either a resolution of the Board of Directors and set forth in an Officer's Certificate or an indenture supplemental to the Indenture, setting forth the original issuance date of such additional Senior Notes. The terms of any such additional Senior Notes will be identical (except as to denomination, and the date from which interest shall accrue, the issue price and the first 2 Interest Payment Date) to the terms of the Senior Notes initially issued, authenticated and delivered on the date hereof. Any such additional Senior Notes will, together with the previously issued Senior Notes, constitute a single series of Securities under the Indenture. Section 2.3. Payment of Principal and Interest. (a) The principal of the Senior Notes shall be due on August 15, 2014 which date shall be the Stated Maturity, subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to acceleration of maturity. The Senior Notes will bear interest from August 16, 2004, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at a rate of 6.00% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2005, and at the Stated Maturity. The Company will pay interest to the Persons in whose names the Senior Notes are registered on the Regular Record Date for such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. (b) If any Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the interest payment will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, and no interest on such payment will accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date. If the maturity date of the Senior Notes falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of interest and principal may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment will accrue for the period from and after the maturity date. Interest payments for the Senior Notes will include accrued interest from and including the date of issue or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been paid, as the case may be, to, but excluding, the Interest Payment Date or the date of maturity, as the case may be. Interest on the Senior Notes which have a Redemption Date after a Regular Record Date, and on or before the following Interest Payment Date, will also be payable to the Persons in whose names the Senior Notes are registered on such Regular Record Date. (c) Payment of the principal and interest due at maturity of the Senior Notes shall be made upon surrender of the Senior Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The principal of and interest on the Senior Notes shall be paid in Dollars. Payments of principal of or interest on the Senior Notes will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company, (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer to an account maintained by the payee with a bank located in the United States. Section 2.4. Special Interest If a Registration Default occurs, the Senior Notes shall bear Special Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) at the rate per annum as specified in the Registration Rights Agreement, in addition to the interest referred to above, as liquidated damages, for the period from the occurrence of such Registration Default until such time as no Registration Default is in effect. 3 Section 2.5. Optional Redemption. (a) The Senior Notes will be redeemable as a whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the option of the Company, at a "make-whole" redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes being redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (other than accrued interest) on the Senior Notes being redeemed, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 25 basis points, plus, in either case, any interest accrued but not paid to the date of redemption. Notice of any redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but no more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the Senior Notes to be redeemed. Unless the Company defaults in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Senior Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. (b) For the purposes of this Section 2.5, "Treasury Rate" means, with respect to any redemption date for the Senior Notes, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for the redemption date. "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Senior Notes. "Independent Investment Banker" means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company. "Comparable Treasury Price" means, with respect to any redemption date for the Senior Notes, (1) the average of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date, as set forth in the daily statistical release (or any successor release) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and designated "Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities" or (2) if that release (or any successor release) is not published or does not contain those prices on that Business Day, (A) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for that redemption date, or (B) if the Company obtains fewer than four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained. "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the 4 Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by a Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date. "Reference Treasury Dealer" means (1) each of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. and, in each case, their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of them ceases to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City, the Company shall appoint another primary U.S. Government securities dealer as a substitute and (2) any other U.S. Government securities dealers selected by the Company. Section 2.6. Amendments to Event of Default. The provisos in Section 6.1(a) and Section 6.1(b) of the Indenture shall not be applicable with respect to the Senior Notes. Section 2.7. Form, Currency and Denominations. The Senior Notes shall be issued in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Senior Notes will be issued in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which shall include the Private Placement Legend only for so long as, and to the extent that, the Senior Notes constitute Restricted Securities. The Depository with respect to the Senior Notes shall be The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York. Section 2.8. Global Securities. (a) The Senior Notes will be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of the Depository (which shall be The Depository Trust Company) or its nominee. Except under the circumstances set forth in Section 3.6 of the Indenture, the Global Securities will not be exchangeable for, and will not otherwise be issuable as, Senior Notes in definitive form. Owners of beneficial interests in such a Global Security will not be considered the registered owners or Holders of Senior Notes for any purpose. (b) No Security representing a Senior Note shall be exchangeable, except for another Global Security of like denomination and tenor to be registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee or to a successor Depository or its nominee. Payment of principal of, any premium or interest on, and any Additional Amounts or Special Interest, if applicable, in respect of, any Senior Note in global form shall be made to the registered Holder thereof. (c) The provisions of Section 3.7 of the Indenture shall apply to the Senior Notes only for so long as, and to the extent that, the Senior Notes constitute Restricted Securities. Section 2.9. Ranking. The Senior Notes will represent the Company's direct, unsecured obligations and will rank equally with all the Company's current and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. Section 2.10. Miscellaneous. The Company is not obligated to redeem or purchase any Senior Notes pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provision. The Senior Notes will not be convertible into shares of Common Stock of the Company and/or exchangeable for other securities. The amount of payments of principal with respect to the Senior Notes shall 5 not be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method or methods. No Senior Notes are issuable upon the exercise of warrants. Each of Section 12.2(b) of the Indenture relating to defeasance and Section 12.2(c) of the Indenture relating to covenant defeasance shall be applicable to the Senior Notes. Except as set forth in Section 4.4 of the Indenture, there will be no Additional Amount payable on the Senior Notes. The Company may exercise its option to redeem the Senior Notes for tax purposes pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Indenture. ARTICLE III. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Section 3.1. Ratification and Incorporation of Indenture. As supplemented hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Indenture as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument. Section 3.2. Counterparts. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Section 3.3. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and performed in said state. Section 3.4. Headings. The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. Section 3.5. Trustee. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. The recitals and statements herein are deemed to be those of the Company and not of the Trustee. [The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.] 6 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited has caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as a deed as of the date above written. By: Name: Title: By: Name: Title: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly authorized, has executed this Supplemental Indenture as of the date first above written. DEUTSHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, AS TRUSTEE By: Name: Title: 7 EXHIBIT A UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND SUCH PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. UNLESS AND UNTIL THIS CERTIFICATE IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SENIOR NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM, THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE THEREOF OR BY A NOMINEE THEREOF TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY DTC OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR OF DTC OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR. [LEGEND ONLY APPLICABLE IF A RESTRICTED SECURITY: SENIOR NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENT OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), OR (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES.]ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED 6.00% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2014 No. R1 CUSIP No.: 04530D AA 0 (Rule 144A) CUSIP No.: G05384 AA 3 (Regulation S) Principal Amount: $250,000,000 Regular Record Date: January 31 or July 31, as the case may be, immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date Original Issue Date: August 16, 2004 Maturity Date: August 15, 2014 Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15 Interest Rate: 6.00% per annum Authorized Denomination: $2,000, or any integral multiple of $1,000 Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, a company duly existing and organized under the laws of Bermuda (the "Company", which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the Principal Amount shown above on the Maturity Date shown above, and to pay interest thereon from the Original Issuance Date shown above, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date as specified above (including the Maturity Date), commencing on August 16, 2004, at the rate of 6.00% per annum until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest not timely paid or provided for shall, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, bear simple interest at the rate of 6.00% per annum. As provided in the Indenture, the Company under certain circumstances would be required to pay Additional Amounts to the Holders of the Senior Notes. In addition, if a Registration Default (as defined in the Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 16, 2004) occurs, the Senior Notes shall bear Special Interest (as defined in the Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 16, 2004) at a rate per annum specified therein, in addition to the interest referred to above, as liquidated damages, for the period from the occurrence of such Registration Default until such time as no Registration Default is in effect. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (including the Maturity Date) will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Senior Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date as specified above next preceding each Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Senior Note is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such defaulted interest established by notice given by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of Senior Notes not less than 15 days prior to such Special Record Date, such Special Record Date to be not less than 10 days prior to the date for payment of such defaulted interest, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange, if any, on which the Senior Notes shall be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by any such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. Payments of interest on this Senior Note will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for this Senior Note shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Senior Note is not a Business Day, then payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. A "Business Day" shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated, by law, regulation or executive order to close. Payment of the principal of and interest due on the Maturity Date of this Senior Note shall be made upon surrender of this Senior Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The principal of and interest on this Senior Note shall be paid in Dollars. Payments of principal of or interest will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company, (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer to an account maintained by the payee with a bank located in the United States. REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS SENIOR NOTE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF, WHICH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS IF SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE. Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Senior Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. Dated: ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED By: Name: Title: By: Name: Title: CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION This is one of the 6.00% Senior Notes due 2014 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee By: Authorized Signatory Dated: (Reverse Side of Note) This security is one of a duly authorized issue of debt securities of the Company (hereinafter called the "Securities"), all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of August 16, 2004 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto relating to this security (including, without limitation, the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 16, 2004, between the Company and the Trustee) reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitation of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities issued thereunder and of the terms upon which said Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The Securities may be issued in one or more series, which different series may be issued in various aggregate principal amounts, may mature at different times, may bear interest at different rates and may otherwise vary as provided in the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto. This security is one of a series designated on the face as 6.00% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Senior Notes"), initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $250,000,000, subject to increase as provided in Section 3.1 of the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. While this Senior Note is represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, the Company will cause payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Senior Note to be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, by wire transfer to the extent, in the funds and in the manner required by agreements with, or regulations or procedures prescribed from time to time by, DTC or its nominee, and otherwise in accordance with such agreements, regulations and procedures. The Senior Notes will not have a sinking fund. The Senior Notes will be redeemable as a whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the option of the Company, at a "make-whole" redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes being redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (other than accrued interest) on the Senior Notes being redeemed, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 25 basis points, plus, in either case, any interest accrued but not paid to the date of redemption. Notice of any redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but no more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the Senior Notes to be redeemed. Unless the Company defaults in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Senior Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. "Treasury Rate" means, with respect to any redemption date for the Senior Notes, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for the redemption date. "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Senior Notes. "Independent Investment Banker" means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company. "Comparable Treasury Price" means, with respect to any redemption date for the Senior Notes, (1) the average of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date, as set forth in the daily statistical release (or any successor release) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and designated "Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities" or (2) if that release (or any successor release) is not published or does not contain those prices on that Business Day, (A) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for that redemption date, or (B) if the Company obtains fewer than four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained. "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by a Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date. "Reference Treasury Dealer" means (1) each of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. and, in each case, their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of them ceases to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City, the Company shall appoint another primary U.S. Government securities dealer as a substitute and (2) any other U.S. Government securities dealers selected by the Company. The Company will mail a notice of redemption at least 30 days but no more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed. If less than all of the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select, by such method as it will deem fair and appropriate, including pro rata or by lot, the Securities to be redeemed in whole or in part. The Indenture contains provisions for redemption of the Senior Notes for tax purposes in whole but not in part at the option of the Company. The Indenture also contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of the Senior Notes or of certain restrictive covenants with respect to the Senior Notes, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default with respect to the Senior Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Senior Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture. The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Senior Notes to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes at the time Outstanding affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Senior Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Senior Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Senior Note and of any Senior Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Senior Note. No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Senior Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Senior Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Senior Note is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Senior Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company for such purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar and duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Senior Notes, of authorized denominations and of like tenor and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge or certain other expenses payable in connection therewith. Prior to due presentment of this Senior Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Senior Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Senior Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. The Senior Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Senior Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate requested by the Holder surrendering the same upon surrender of the Senior Note or Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Company. This Senior Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and performed in said state.principal amount of Senior Notes of a different authorized denomination, as ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM-as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian (Cust) (Minor) under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) TEN ENT-as tenants by the entireties JT TEN-as joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common Additional abbreviations may also be used though not on the above list. FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s) and transfer(s) unto (please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee) PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE the within Senior Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing agent to transfer said Senior Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within instrument in every particular without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.
EXHIBIT 4.5 ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED 6.00% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014 EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT August 16, 2004 Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. Goldman, Sachs & Co. As representatives of the several Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 60 Wall Street New York, New York 10005 c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co. 85 Broad Street New York, New York 10004 Ladies and Gentlemen: Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, a Bermuda company (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) an aggregate of $250,000,000 principal amount of its 6.00% Senior Notes due 2014. As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the Company agrees with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows: 1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings: "Base Interest" shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement. The term "broker-dealer" shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act. "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued. "Commission" shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose. "Effective Time," in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the 1 Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective. "Electing Holder" shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or 3(d)(iii) hereof. "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor thereto, as the same shall be amended from time to time. "Exchange Offer" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof. "Exchange Registration" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c) hereof. "Exchange Registration Statement" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof. "Exchange Securities" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof. The term "holder" shall mean each of the Purchasers and other persons who acquire Registrable Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Registrable Securities. "Indenture" shall mean the Indenture, dated as of August 16, 2004, between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as the same shall be amended from time to time. "Notice and Questionnaire" means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The term "person" shall mean a corporation, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency. "Purchase Agreement" shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2004, between the Purchasers and the Company relating to the Securities. "Purchasers" shall mean the Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement. "Registrable Securities" shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security when (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof (provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5, 6 and 9 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the 180-day period referred to in Section 2(a)); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b) hereof, a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) such Security is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the 2 Indenture; (iv) such Security is eligible to be sold pursuant to paragraph (k)of Rule 144; or (v) such Security shall cease to be outstanding. "Registration Default" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof. "Registration Expenses" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4 hereof. "Resale Period" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof. "Restricted Holder" shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder's business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company. "Rule 144," "Rule 405" and "Rule 415" shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same shall be amended from time to time. "Securities" shall mean, collectively, the 6.00% Notes due 2014 of the Company to be issued and sold to the Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture. "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor thereto, as the same shall be amended from time to time. "Shelf Registration" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof. "Shelf Registration Statement" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof. "Special Interest" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof. "Trust Indenture Act" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time. Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a "Section" or "clause" refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision. 2. Registration Under the Securities Act. (a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company agrees to file under the Securities Act, as soon as practicable, but no later than 150 days after the Closing Date, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the "Exchange Registration Statement", and such offer, the "Exchange Offer") any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company, which debt securities are substantially identical to the Securities (and are entitled to the benefits of a trust indenture which is substantially identical to the Indenture or is the Indenture and which has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for the additional interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such 3 new debt securities hereinafter called "Exchange Securities"). The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable, but no later than 210 days after the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. The Company further agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to commence and complete the Exchange Offer promptly, but no later than 45 days after such registration statement has become effective, hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 30 days and exchange Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been "completed" only if the debt securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been completed upon the earlier to occur of (i) the Company having exchanged the Exchange Securities for all outstanding Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer and (ii) the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is at least 30 days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company agrees (x) to include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer and (y) to keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the "Resale Period") beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Sections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e) hereof. (b) If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed existing Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 255 days following the Closing Date or (iii) the Exchange Offer is not available to any holder of the Securities, the Company shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), file under the Securities Act as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than the later of 30 days after the time such obligation to file arises, a "shelf" registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the "Shelf Registration" and such registration statement, the "Shelf Registration Statement"). The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts (x) to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective no later than 120 days after such Shelf Registration Statement is filed and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding, provided, however, that no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder, and (y) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to take any action reasonably necessary to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the 4 Shelf Registration Statement, provided, however, that nothing in this Clause (y) shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii) hereof. The Company further agrees to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration, and the Company agrees to furnish to each Electing Holder copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used or promptly following its filing with the Commission, if such supplement or amendment is not available via the Commission's EDGAR database. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the requirements set forth in Section 3(e) hereof, the Company may, by notice to holders of Registrable Securities, suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the use of the related prospectus for up to an aggregate of 45 days in any consecutive twelve-month period, if (i) the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith that it is in the Company's best interests to refrain from disclosing the existence of or facts surrounding any proposed or pending material corporate transaction or (ii) the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement or a material fact made in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus untrue or requires the making of any changes in or additions to the Shelf Registration Statement or related prospectus to make the statements therein not misleading. (c) In the event that (i) the Company has not filed the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (ii) such Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 45 days after the initial effective date of the Exchange Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made), or (iv) any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement (except as specifically permitted herein) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective, or (v) if any Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(b) hereof is filed and declared effective, and during the period the Company is required to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective, the Company shall have suspended the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement and the use of the related prospectus pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof for more than 45 days in the aggregate in any consecutive twelve-month period and be continuing to suspend the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (v), a "Registration Default" and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a "Registration Default Period"), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest ("Special Interest"), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period, at a per annum rate of 0.50% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period. (d) The Company shall take all actions reasonable and necessary or advisable to be taken by it to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated. 5 (e) Any reference herein to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time. (f) Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby acknowledges and agrees that any broker-dealer and any such holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission's letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such holder in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by such holder directly from the Company or one of its affiliates. Accordingly, the Company's obligation to accept for exchange a holder's Registrable Securities tendered in the Exchange Offer shall be conditioned upon such holder representing to the Company that, at the time of the consummation of the Exchange Offer: (i) that any Exchange Securities received by such holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of such holder's business; (ii) that such holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Act; (iii) that such holder is not an affiliate of the Company; and (iv) that if such holder is a broker-dealer that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired as a result of market making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that such holder will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Securities. 3. Registration Procedures. If the Company files a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply: (a) At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration, as the case may be, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. (b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture. (c) In connection with the Company's obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the "Exchange Registration"), if applicable, the Company shall, as soon as practicable (or as otherwise specified): (i) prepare and file with the Commission, as soon as practicable but no later than 150 days after the Closing Date, an Exchange Registration Statement on any form which may be 6 utilized by the Company and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable thereafter, but no later than 210 days after the Closing Date; (ii) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities; (iii) promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement, and confirm such advice in writing if so requested by any such broker-dealer, (A) when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated by Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing; (iv) in the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(e)(iii)(F) above, to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities, without delay prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements 7 therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing; each such broker-dealer agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(F) hereof, such broker-dealer shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Exchange Securities pursuant to such defective prospectus until such broker-dealer shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such broker-dealer shall deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such broker-dealer's possession of the prospectus covering such Exchange Securities at the time of receipt of such notice; (v) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date; (vi) use its reasonable best efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign company or corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction, (3) subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any such jurisdiction or (4) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation, memorandum of association, articles of association, bye-laws or other organizational document, as amended (any such document, a "Constitutional Document"), or any agreement between it and its shareholders; (vii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state, local or foreign, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period; (viii) provide a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; (ix) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders as soon as reasonably practicable but no later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Exchange Registration Statement, an earning statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder). (d) In connection with the Company's obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Company shall, as soon as practicable (or as otherwise specified): (i) prepare and file with the Commission, as soon as practicable but in any case within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of 8 disposition as may be specified by such of the holders as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable but in any case within the time periods specified in Section 2(b); (ii) not less than 30 calendar days prior to the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities; no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement as of the Effective Time, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company by the deadline for response set forth therein; provided, however, holders of Registrable Securities shall have at least 28 calendar days from the date on which the Notice and Questionnaire is first mailed to such holders to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company; provided, further that each holder agrees to furnish to the Company such information that the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus to the extent required by applicable law and each holder agrees to furnish promptly to the Company, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement being effected, all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such holder not misleading; (iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company; provided, further that each holder agrees to furnish to the Company such information that the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus to the extent required by applicable law and each holder agrees to furnish promptly to the Company, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement being effected, all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such holder not misleading; (iv) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission; (v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement; (vi) provide (A) the Electing Holders, (B) the underwriters (which term, for purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, shall include a person deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act), if any, thereof, (C) any sales or placement agent therefor, (D) counsel for any such underwriter or agent and (E) not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders the opportunity to participate in 9 the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto; (vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available at reasonable times at the Company's principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration such financial and other information and books and records of the Company, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in such Section, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such registration statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing; (viii) promptly notify each of the Electing Holders, any sales or placement agent therefor and any underwriter thereof (which notification may be made through any managing underwriter that is a representative of such underwriter for such purpose) and confirm such advice in writing if so requested, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated by Section 3(d)(xvii) or Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or 10 necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing; (ix) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date; (x) if requested by any managing underwriter or underwriters, any placement or sales agent or any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such managing underwriter or underwriters, such agent or such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Electing Holder or agent or to any underwriters, the name and description of such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder or agent or to such underwriters; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; (xi) furnish to each Electing Holder, each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor, each underwriter, if any, thereof and the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) a conformed copy (or, in the case of an Electing Holder, a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, as the case may be) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder, offered or sold by such agent or underwritten by such underwriter and to permit such Electing Holder, agent and underwriter to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder and by any such agent and underwriter, in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto; (xii) use reasonable best efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder and each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and underwriter, if any, thereof shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of 11 offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) above and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter to complete its distribution of Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign company or corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction, (3) subject itself to material taxation in respect of doing business in any such jurisdiction or (4) make any changes to its Constitutional Documents or bye-laws or any agreement between it and its stockholders; (xiii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state, local or foreign, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities; (xiv) Unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be penned, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends; and, in the case of an underwritten offering, enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two business days prior to any sale of the Registrable Securities; (xv) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; (xvi) enter into one or more underwriting agreements, engagement letters, agency agreements, "best efforts" underwriting agreements or similar agreements, as appropriate, including customary provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, and take such other actions in connection therewith as any Electing Holders aggregating at least 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding shall request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; provided that such Electing Holders shall have the right to direct the Company to effect not more than one underwritten offering; (xvii) if an agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(d)(xvi) hereof is entered into, (A) make such representations and warranties to the Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof in form, substance and scope as are customarily made in connection with an offering of debt securities pursuant to any appropriate agreement or to a registration statement filed on the form applicable to the Shelf Registration; (B) obtain an opinion of counsel to the Company in customary form and covering such matters, of the type customarily covered by such an opinion, as the managing underwriters, if any, or as any Electing Holders of at least 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding may reasonably request, addressed to such Electing Holder or Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor 12 and the underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (and if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering of a part or all of the Registrable Securities, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto) (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include the due incorporation and good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries; the qualification of the Company and its subsidiaries to transact business as foreign corporations; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(d)(xvi) hereof; the due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the Securities; the absence of material legal or governmental proceedings involving the Company; the absence of a breach by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of, or a default under, material agreements binding upon the Company or any subsidiary of the Company; the absence of governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration, the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities, this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement or any agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(d)(xvi) hereof, except such approvals as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws; the material compliance as to form of such Shelf Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, respectively; and, as of the date of the opinion and of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein, as then amended or supplemented, and from the documents incorporated by reference therein (in each case other than the financial statements and other financial information contained therein) of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of such documents, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time that such documents were filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act)); (C) obtain a "cold comfort" letter or letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company addressed to the selling Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor or the underwriters, if any, thereof, dated (i) the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) the effective date of any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus (and, if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering pursuant to any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto), such letter or letters to be in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by letters of such type; (D) deliver such documents and certificates, including officers' certificates, as may be reasonably requested by any Electing Holders of at least 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding or the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof to evidence the accuracy of the representations and warranties made pursuant to clause (A) above or those contained in Section 5(a) hereof and the compliance with or satisfaction of any agreements or conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company; and (E) undertake such obligations relating to expense reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as are provided in Section 6 hereof; 13 (xviii) notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) hereof and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be; (xix) in the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall be an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 2720(b)(1) of the Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD Rules") or any successor thereto, as amended from time to time) of the Company or has a "conflict of interest" (as defined in Rule 2720(b)(7) of the NASD Rules (or any successor provision thereto)) and such broker-dealer shall underwrite, participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or assist in the distribution of any Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, whether as a holder of such Registrable Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company shall provide such nonconfidential information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the NASD Rules; and (xx) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, an earning statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder). (e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 2(b) or Section 3(d)(viii)(F) above, to notify the Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof, the Company shall without delay prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders, to each placement or sales agent, if any, and to each such underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice (a "notice of suspension") from the Company pursuant to Section 2(b) or Section 3(d)(viii)(F) hereof, such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received (i) in the case of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, notice of termination of such suspension or (ii) in the case of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) hereof, copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus (each such period, a "period of suspension"). If so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Electing Holder's possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of a notice of suspension. The period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall be extended by the number of days in any period of suspension. (f) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice Questionnaire, the Company may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such 14 Electing Holder's intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder's intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder's intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. (g) Until the expiration of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and (i) will not permit any of its "affiliates" (as defined in Rule 144) under its control to and (ii) will use its best efforts to not permit any of its "affiliates" which control, or are under common control with, the Company to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 4. Registration Expenses. The Company agrees to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any NASD registration, filing and review fees and expenses including fees and disbursements of counsel for the placement or sales agent or underwriters in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) hereof and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as any managing underwriters or the Electing Holders may designate, including any fees and disbursements of counsel for the Electing Holders or underwriters in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any underwriting agreements, agreements among underwriters, selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company's officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any opinions or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance), (h) fees, disbursements and expenses of any "qualified independent underwriter" engaged pursuant to Section 3(d)(xix) hereof, (i) fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), (j) 15 any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities, and (k) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the "Registration Expenses"). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities or any placement or sales agent therefor or underwriter thereof, the Company shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above. 5. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities that: (a) Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities and each prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(d) or Section 3(c) hereof and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as the case may be, and, in the case of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, at the time of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(F) or Section 3(c)(iii)(F) hereof until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(e) or Section 3(c)(iv) hereof, each such registration statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(d) or Section 3(c) hereof, as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein. (b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a) hereof, when they become or became effective or are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein. (c) The compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not con- 16 flict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (i) the Constitutional Documents of the Company, (ii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, or (iii) any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body, any stock exchange authority or any other regulatory authority (hereinafter referred to as a "Governmental Agency") having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of clause (ii), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; (d) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any Governmental Agency is required for the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, except the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities, qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under State securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the Securities. (e) This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. 6. Indemnification. (a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement, each of the Electing Holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement and each person who participates as a placement or sales agent or as an underwriter in any offering or sale of such Registrable Securities against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder, agent or underwriter may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder, Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse such holder, such Electing Holder, such agent and such underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein. (b) Indemnification by the Holders and any Agents and Underwriters. The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof and to entering into any underwriting agreement with respect thereto, that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from the Electing Holder of such Registrable Securities and from each underwriter named in any such underwriting agreement, severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and all other holders of Registrable Securities, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the 17 Company or such other holders of Registrable Securities may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder or underwriter expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder's Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration. (c) Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 6(a) or 6(b) hereof. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party. (d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or 18 alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders or any agents or underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(d), no holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders' and any underwriters' obligations in this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered or underwritten, as the case may be, by them and not joint. (e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder, agent and underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any holder, agent or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and any agents or underwriters contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder, agent or underwriter may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his consent, is named in any registration statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act. 7. Underwritten Offerings. (a) Selection of Underwriters. If any of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration are to be sold pursuant to an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. For the avoidance of doubt, the Electing Holders shall have the right to direct the Company to effect not more than one underwritten offering. (b) Participation by Holders. Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees with each other such holder that no such holder may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless such holder (i) agrees to sell such holder's Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting 19 agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 8. Rule 144. The Company covenants to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company shall timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Section 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 adopted by the Commission under the Securities Act) and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar or successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities in connection with that holder's sale pursuant to Rule 144, the Company shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. 9. Miscellaneous. (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. (b) Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchasers and such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company under this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction. (c) Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally or by courier, or three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows: If to the Company, to it at Victoria Hall, 11 Victoria Street, Hamilton, Bermuda HM 11, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. (d) Parties in Interest. The parties to this Agreement intend that all holders of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to receive the benefits of this Agreement and that any Electing Holder shall be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement by reason of such election with respect to the Registrable Securities which are included in a Shelf Registration Statement. All the terms and provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto and such holders. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or 20 otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof. (e) Jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably (i) agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in any state or federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York (each a "New York Court"), (ii) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding and (iii) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such New York Court in any such suit, action or proceeding. The Company has appointed CT Corporation System, New York, New York, as its authorized agent (the "Authorized Agent") upon whom process may be served in any such action arising out of or based on this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby which may be instituted in any New York Court by any Purchaser or by any person who controls any Purchaser, expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action, and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Such appointment shall be irrevocable. The Company represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as such agent for service of process and agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Company shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company. (f) Judgment Currency. In respect of any judgment or order given or made for any amount due hereunder that is expressed and paid in a currency (the "judgment currency") other than United States dollars, the party against whom such judgment or order has been given or made will indemnify each party in whose favor such judgment or order has been given or made (the "Indemnitee") against any loss incurred by the Indemnitee as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order and (ii) the rate of exchange at which the Indemnitee is able to purchase United States dollars with the amount of the judgment currency actually received by such Indemnitee. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of each of the Company and the Purchasers and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term "rate of exchange" shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into United States dollars. (g) Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, any agent or underwriter or any director, officer or partner thereof, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer. 21 (H) GOVERNING LAW. THIS EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. (i) Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. (j) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding. Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder. (k) Inspection. For so long as there are Registrable Securities outstanding and this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be in effect, this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the holders of Registrable Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying on any business day by any holder of Registrable Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities under the Securities, the Indenture and this Agreement) at the offices of the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 9(c) above and at the office of the Trustee under the Indenture. (l) Counterparts. This agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. 22 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us seven counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof. Very truly yours, Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited By: Name: Title: Accepted as of the date hereof: Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. Goldman, Sachs & Co. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. By: Name: Title: By: Name: Title: By: (Goldman, Sachs & Co.) On behalf of each of the Purchasers 23 EXHIBIT A Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS (Date of Mailing) URGENT - IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE] * The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited (the "Company") 6.00% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Securities") are held. The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire. It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, Victoria Hall, 11 Victoria Street, Hamilton, Bermuda HM 11, (441) 295-8201. ___________________________ *Not less than 28 calendar days from date of mailing. A-1 Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (Date) Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the "Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement") between Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited (the "Company") and the Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form [__] (the "Shelf Registration Statement") for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of the Company's 6.00% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Securities"). A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire ("Notice and Questionnaire") must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company's counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE]. Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities. Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The term "Registrable Securities" is defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. A-2 ELECTION The undersigned holder (the "Selling Securityholder") of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto. Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete: A-3 QUESTIONNAIRE (1) (a) Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder: (b) Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below: (c) Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) Through Which Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below are Held: (2) Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder: Telephone: Fax: Contact Person: (3) Beneficial Ownership of Securities: Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities. (a) Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned: CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities: (b) Principal amount of Securities other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned: CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities: (c) Principal amount of Registrable Securities which the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement: CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement: (4) Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company: Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3). State any exceptions here: A-4 (5) Relationships with the Company: Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years. State any exceptions here: (6) Plan of Distribution: Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder or, alternatively, through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities. State any exceptions here: By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, particularly Regulation M. In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. In accordance with the Selling Securityholder's obligation under Section 3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date A-5 hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows: (i) To the Company: ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- (ii) With a copy to: ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company's counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York. A-6 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent. Dated: Selling Securityholder (Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities) By: Name: Title: PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY'S COUNSEL AT: ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- A-7 EXHIBIT B NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited c/o Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 60 Wall Street New York, New York 10005 Attention: Trust and Securities Services Re: Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited (the "Company") 6.00% Senior Notes due 2014 Dear Sirs: Please be advised that _________ has transferred $___________ aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Senior Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form [ ] (File No. 333- ) filed by the Company. We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Senior Notes is named as a "Selling Holder" in the Prospectus dated [DATE] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes transferred are the Senior Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner's name. Dated: Very truly yours, (Name) By: (Authorized Signature) B-1
Exhibit 5.1 [Letterhead of Appleby Spurling Hunter] ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Victoria Hall 11 Victoria Street Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda Dear Sirs 13 October 2004 ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED (THE "COMPANY") - REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM F-1 We have acted as Bermuda counsel to the Company, and this opinion as to Bermuda law is addressed to you in connection with the filing by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") of an Amendment No. 1 to Form F-1 Registration Statement (No. 333-119314 filed 13 October 2004) and related documents (the "Registration Statement") in relation to the sale and transfer by Appleby Trust (Bermuda) Ltd. (formerly Harrington Trust Limited) ("Appleby Trust") of up to 212,743 ordinary shares of the Company US0.15144558 cent par value per share (the "Shares") of which 84,198 ordinary shares (the "Issued Shares") are currently held by Appleby Trust and up to 128,545 ordinary shares (the "Option Shares") will be issued to Appleby Trust upon the exercise of Names' Options as defined in and pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Instrument Constituting Options to subscribe for shares in Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited dated 2 December 2003 (the "Option Instrument"). For the purposes of this opinion we have examined and relied upon the documents listed, and in some cases defined, in the Schedule to this opinion (the "Documents"). Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Schedule to this opinion, terms defined in the Registration Statement have the same meanings when used in this opinion. ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED 13 October 2004 ASSUMPTIONS In stating our opinion we have assumed: (a) the authenticity, accuracy and completeness of all Documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to authentic original Documents of all Documents submitted to us as certified, conformed, notarised, faxed or photostatic copies; (b) that each of the Documents which was received by electronic means is complete, intact and in conformity with the transmission as sent; (c) the genuineness of all signatures on the Documents; (d) the authority, capacity and power of each of the persons signing the Documents which we have reviewed (other than on behalf of the Company); (e) that any statements of fact or law, other than as to Bermuda law, made in any of the Documents are true, accurate and complete; (f) that the records which were the subject of the Company Search were complete and accurate at the time of such search and disclosed all information which is material for the purposes of this opinion and such information has not since the date of the Company Search been materially altered; (g) that the records which were the subject of the Litigation Search were complete and accurate at the time of such search and disclosed all information which is material for the purposes of this opinion and such information has not since the date of the Litigation Search been materially altered; (h) that there are no provisions of the laws or regulations of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda which would be contravened by the sale of the Shares or which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein and that, in so far as any obligation to be performed or action to be taken as described in the Registration Statement is required to be performed or taken in any jurisdiction outside Bermuda, the performance of such obligation or the taking of such action Page 2 ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED 13 October 2004 will constitute a valid and binding obligation of each of the parties thereto under the laws of that jurisdiction and will not be illegal by virtue of the laws of that jurisdiction; (i) that the Resolutions are in full force and effect, have not been rescinded, either in whole or in part, and accurately record the resolutions passed by the Board of Directors or Shareholders in meetings which were duly convened and at which a duly constituted quorum was present and voting throughout; and (j) that there is no matter affecting the authority of the Directors not disclosed by the Constitutional Documents, the Company Search, the Litigation Search, or the Resolutions, which would have any adverse implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein. OPINION Based upon and subject to the foregoing and subject to the reservations set out below and to any matters not disclosed to us, we are of the opinion that: (1) The Company is an exempted company validly organised and existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda. (2) All necessary corporate action required to be taken by the Company in connection with the issue by the Company of the Shares pursuant to Bermuda law has been taken by or on behalf of the Company, and all necessary approvals of Governmental or regulatory authorities in Bermuda have been duly obtained for the issue by the Company of the Shares. (3) Based solely upon the entries in the Register of Shareholders, the Issued Shares are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares in the capital of the Company. (4) When issued pursuant to the Option Instrument and the Resolutions and delivered against payment therefore, the Option Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares in the capital of the Company. Page 3 ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED 13 October 2004 (5) There are no taxes, duties or other charges payable to or chargeable by the Government of Bermuda, or any authority or agency thereof in respect of the issue of the Shares. RESERVATIONS We have the following reservations: (a) We express no opinion as to any law other than Bermuda law and none of the opinions expressed herein relates to compliance with or matters governed by the laws of any jurisdiction except Bermuda. This opinion is limited to Bermuda law as applied by the courts of Bermuda at the date hereof. (b) In paragraph (1) above, the term "good standing" means only that the Company has received a Certificate of Compliance from the Registrar of Companies in Hamilton Bermuda which confirms that the Company has neither failed to make any filing with any Bermuda governmental authority nor to pay any Bermuda government fee or tax, which might make it liable to be struck off the Registrar of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda. (c) Any reference in this opinion to shares being "non-assessable" shall mean, in relation to fully paid shares of the Company and subject to any contrary provision in any agreement in writing between the Company and the holder of the shares, that no shareholder shall be bound by an alteration to the Memorandum of Association or Bye-laws of the Company after the date on which he became a shareholder, if and so far as the alteration requires him to take, or subscribe for additional shares, or in any way increases his liability to contribute to the share capital of, or otherwise to pay money to, the Company. (d) Searches of the Register of Companies at the office of the Registrar of Companies and of the Supreme Court Causes Book at the Registry of the Supreme Court are not conclusive and it should be noted that the Register of Companies and the Supreme Court Causes Book do not reveal: Page 4 ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED 13 October 2004 (i) details of matters which have been lodged for filing or registration which as a matter of best practice of the Registrar of Companies or the Registry of the Supreme Court would have or should have been disclosed on the public file, the Causes Book or the Judgment Book, as the case may be, but for whatever reason have not actually been filed or registered or are not disclosed or which, notwithstanding filing or registration, at the date and time the search is concluded are for whatever reason not disclosed or do not appear on the public file, the Causes Book or Judgment Book; (ii) details of matters which should have been lodged for filing or registration at the Registrar of Companies or the Registry of the Supreme Court but have not been lodged for filing or registration at the date the search is concluded; (iii) whether an application to the Supreme Court for a winding-up petition or for the appointment of a receiver or manager has been prepared but not yet been presented or has been presented but does not appear in the Causes Book at the date and time the search is concluded; (iv) whether any arbitration or administrative proceedings are pending or whether any proceedings are threatened, or whether any arbitrator has been appointed; or (v) whether a receiver or manager has been appointed privately pursuant to the provisions of a debenture or other security, unless notice of the fact has been entered in the Register of Charges in accordance with the provisions of the Act. Furthermore, in the absence of a statutorily defined system for the registration of charges created by companies incorporated outside Bermuda ("overseas companies") over their assets located in Bermuda, it is not possible to determine definitively from searches of the Register of Charges maintained by the Registrar of Companies in respect of such overseas companies what charges have been registered over any of their assets located in Bermuda or whether any one charge has priority over any other charge over such assets. Page 5 ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED 13 October 2004 (e) In order to issue this opinion we have carried out the Company Search as referred to in the Schedule to this opinion and have not enquired as to whether there has been any change since the date of such search. (f) In order to issue this opinion we have carried out the Litigation Search as referred to in the Schedule to this opinion and have not enquired as to whether there has been any change since the date of such search. (g) Where an obligation is to be performed in a jurisdiction other than Bermuda, the courts of Bermuda may refuse to enforce it to the extent that such performance would be illegal under the laws of, or contrary to public policy of, such other jurisdiction. DISCLOSURE This opinion is addressed to you in connection with the filing by the Company of the Registration Statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. We hereby consent to (i) the inclusion of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and (ii) the use of our name in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. As Bermuda attorneys, however, we are not qualified to opine on matters of law of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda, accordingly we do not admit to being an expert within the meaning of the Securities Act. Further, this opinion speaks as of its date and is strictly limited to the matters stated herein and we assume no obligation to review or update this opinion if applicable law or the existing facts or circumstances should change. This opinion is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with Bermuda law. It is given on the basis that it will not give rise to any legal proceedings with respect thereto in any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. Yours faithfully /s/ Appleby Spurling Hunter Page 6 ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED 13 October 2004 SCHEDULE 1. The entries and filings shown in respect of the Company on the file of the Company maintained in the Register of Companies at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Hamilton, Bermuda, as revealed by a search conducted on 28 September 2004 and updated on 13 October 2004 (the "Company Search"). 2. The entries and filings shown in respect of the Company in the Supreme Court Causes Book maintained at the Registry of the Supreme Court in Hamilton, Bermuda, as revealed by a search conducted on 28 September 2004 and updated on 13 October 2004 in respect of the Company (the "Litigation Search"). 3. Certified copies of the Memorandum of Association, Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital and Certificate of Registration of Alteration of Denomination of Capital. 4. A certified copy of the Company's Bye-laws adopted (with effect from completion of the initial public offering of the Company's shares) and approved 22 September 2003 (the Memorandum of Association, Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital, Certificate of Registration of Alteration of Denomination of Capital and Bye-Laws are collectively referred to as the "Constitutional Documents"). 5. A certified copy of the "Tax Assurance", dated 20 June 2002, issued by the Registrar of Companies for the Minister of Finance in relation to the Company. 6. Certified extract of the resolutions passed (i) at Meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company held on 28 May 2002, 21 June 2002, 22 September 2003 and 24 September 2004; (ii) by Written Resolution of the Shareholders adopted 21 June 2002; and (iii) at the Annual General Meeting and the Special General Meeting of the Company both held on 22 September 2003 (collectively the "Resolutions"). 7. Copies of the permissions dated 3 December 2003, 20 October 2003, 23 July 2004 and 24 September 2004 given by the Bermuda Monetary Authority in relation to the Company. Page 7 ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED 13 October 2004 8. A certified copy of the Company's Register of Shareholders (the "Register of Shareholders"). 9. A faxed copy of an Officer's Certificate dated 13 October 2004 signed by Julian Cusack, Director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. 10. A Certificate of Compliance dated 27 September 2004 issued by the Registrar of Companies in respect of the Company. 11. A copy of the Registration Statement. 12. A copy of the Option Instrument. Page 8
EXHIBIT 23.1 KPMG Audit Plc Canary Wharf (7th Floor) 1 Canada Square London E14 5AG United Kingdom Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited Victoria Hall 11 Victoria Street Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda 13 October 2004 Dear Sirs ASPEN INSURANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED -- REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM F-1 DATED OCTOBER 13, 2004 (THE `REGISTRATION STATEMENT') We consent to the inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited of our reports dated March 26, 2004, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for the period from incorporation on May 23, 2002 to December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the related financial statement schedules, which reports appear in the December 31, 2003 annual report on Form 10-K of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited. In addition we consent to the inclusion of our reports on the combined balance sheets of Syndicates 2020 and 3030 as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related combined statements of operations and comprehensive income / (loss), members' deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2002 and the related financial statement schedules included in the registration statement. We consent to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus. Yours faithfully /s/ KPMG Audit Plc KPMG Audit Plc
Exhibit 23.3 We hereby consent to the use of our name in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-119314) of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. Respectfully submitted, /s/ LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P. ------------------------------------------ LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P. New York, New York October 13, 2004 /s/ LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae ----------------------------------- LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae London, England October 13, 2004